Austrobaileya 3(3): 331-333 (1991)

A NEW SPECIES OF BULBOPHYLLUM THOUARS SE¢

MICROMONANTHE (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM NORT H-

EASTERN QUEENSLAND

B. Gray

Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, PO Box

780, Atherton, Qid 4883, Austraha

and David L. Jones

Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601, _

Australia

Summary

Bulbophyllum wolfei B. Gray & D. Jones, a new species of Bulbophyllum Thouars section Micromonanthe from

north-eastern Queensland is described and illustrated.

Bulbophyllum wolfei B. Gray & D. Jones sp. nov. affinis B. bowkettiae Bailey sed

rhizomatis angustioribus, pseudobulbis minoribus, foltis valde crassioribus, floribus

minoribus et plus nutantibus, pedicellis tenuissimis, labello minore lobis lateralibus

pauce productis. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 144,

Parish of Spurgeon, Wren Logging Area, 16°11’S, 145°05’E, 940 m, 22 August

1984, B. Gray 3529 (holo: QRS; 1so: BRI,NSW,MEL).

Plant epiphytic. Rhizomes creeping, much branched, spreading; c. 1.5 mm diameter,

adhering closely to the substrate, when young covered by pale grey-brown scarious bracts,

becoming naked and furrowed with age; roots wiry, c. 0.2 mm diameter, arising from

rhizome nodes; pseudobulbs 10-60 mm apart, 4-9 mm X 3-5 mm, more or less ovoid,

ereen, faintly sulcate, appressed to the rhizome. Leaf lamina 9-25 mm X 3-6 mm, linear-

elliptic to linear-oblong, thick and fleshy, shallowly V-shaped in cross section, more or

less sessile. Flowers 5-8 mm diameter, solitary at nodes on bracteate, strongly nodding

pedicels c. 2 mm long, cream with prominent red to maroon longitudinal stripes; dorsal

sepal c. 6.5 mm X 2 mm, linear-elliptic to linear-ovate, cucullate over column, apex

cymbiform; lateral sepals c. 6.5 mm X 2.5 mm, triangular-lanceolate, asymmetric, widely

divergent, apex cymbiform; petals c. 2 mm X 1.2 mm, asymmetrically ovate, whitish,

apex truncate to retuse; labellum c. 4.8 mm X 2 mm, thick and fleshy, maroon, erect

in proximal third then curved forwards, dorsal surface smooth, ventral surface verrucose

to papillose, obscurely three-lobed, obtuse, apex obtuse; column c. 1.2 mm long; stelidia

c. 0.5 mm long, linear, slightly curved, subulate; column foot c. 1.2 mm, slightly curved

forward; anther cap c. 1 mm X 0.8 mm, with a beak-like rostrum. Capsule not seen.

Additional specimen examined: Windsor Tableland, Feb 1990, Jones 4353 & Clements (CBG).

Distribution and habitat: At present this species is known only from the Mt Windsor

Eig Nay it grows on the upper branches of trees in highland rainforest above

900 m altitude.

Flowering period: Sporadically from April to September but flowering has occurred as

early as January under glasshouse conditions.

‘Notes: B. wolfei is closely related to B. bowkettiae, but 1s readily distinguished by the

much thicker leaves and the smaller, strongly nodding flowers. Plants form larger, sparser

clumps than those in B. bowkettiae, have very slender rhizomes and smaller pseudobulbs

relatively distinct on the rhizomes. B. wolfei is at present known from only a few plants

but because of its superficial resemblance to B. bowkettiae it is probable that it has often

been mistaken for that species, however, ail specimens of B. bowkettiae examined appear

to have been correctly identified. B. bowkettiae is a much more common species occurring

from the Mclilwraith Range south to the Tully River.

Conservation status: 2RC according to the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: It gives us great pleasure to name this orchid in honour of Mr T.J. (Tom)

Wolfe, of Atherton, Queensland. As well as being a great companion in the bush he has

epee

TAN err eR, ‘

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

332

Are eae tara re OTe ry ey

d labeHlum from

hyllum wolfei: A. habit. B. section through leaf. C. section of rhizome, pseudobulb and leaf. D.

side. J. labellum from below. K. Jabellum from above. L. anther from side. All from Jones 4353.

nt. E. flower from side. F. dorsal sepai. G. lateral sepal. H. petal. I. column an

g. 1. Bulb

flower from

Gray & Jones, Bulbophyllum wolfei 333

been of significant help in our orchid research.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Barbara Jones for processing the manuscript.

Reference

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Piants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

Accepted for publication 22 March 1991

CALLER +

Austrobaileya 3(3): 335-360 (1991) 335

A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF SARCOLOBUS R

(ASCLEPIADACEAE: MARSDENIEAE)

IN AUSTRALIA AND PAPUASIA

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

The genus Sarcolobus R. Br. is revised for Australia and Papuasia (rian Jaya, Papua New Guinea and Solomon

Islands). Astelma Schltr, and Papuastelma Bullock are considered congeneric. Three species occur in Australia,

namely S, rifae sp. nov., S. vittatus sp. nov. and S. Aullsii comb. nov. (Marsdenia hulisti F. Muell. ex Benth.).

Nine species occur in Papuasia including §. porcatus sp. noy., S. spathulatus sp. nov., 8. vittatus sp. nov., S.

kaniensis comb, nov. (Gymnema kaniense Schlitr.), S. secamonoides comb. nov. (Astelma secamonoides Schltr.) and

S. brachystephanus comb. noy. (Marsdenia brachystephana Schitr.), Separate keys to the Australian and Papuasian

taxa are given.

Introduction

A monograph of Sarcolobus R. Br. was given by Rintz (1980) who recognised

four species from Asia, Malesia and Melanesia. All of these species occur in littoral or

mangrove habitats. Examination of a wide range of material of Asclepiadaceae from

Australia and Papuasia (Irian Jaya, Papua New Guinea and Solomon Islands) has

revealed the existence of additional taxa of Sarcolobus from these regions. The genus

has diversified considerably in Australia and New Guinea, as the species additional to

those described by Rintz, are mainly plants of woodlands or montane rainforests. In

most instances the specimens concerned from Papuasia that I examined, were filed in

herbaria as ‘Asclepiadaceae indet.’, ‘Apocynaceae indet.’ or under various other genera.

Hence it is unlikely that these specimens were examined by Rintz, particularly as large

numbers of Sarcolobus specimens of the species that he did cover were also present as

‘Asclepiadaceae indet.’ in a number of herbaria such as A and L where he examined

some material.

Generic delimitation in the group of genera closely related to Sarcolobus has not

previously been satisfactorily resolved. In the Australian and Papuasian region, these

genera include Marsdenia R. Br., Gymnema R. Br., Stephanotis Thouars, Tylophora R.

Br., Gongronema Decne., Bidaria Endl., Leichardtia R. Br. and Gunnessia P. Forster

(Forster 1990b). Rintz (1980) also discussed Dorystephania Warb. and Pentasachme

Wallich in relation to Sarcolobus. J am not familiar with material of the first of these

but Pentasachme is not related to Sarcolobus and belongs to the Stapelieae as defined

by Bruyns and Forster (1991).

Several of these genera, namely Marsdenia, Gymnema, Tylophora and Leichardtia,

were defined by Brown (1810a, b, 1811) on a small number of species and have been

added to rather haphazardly by a number of authors, none of whom has attempted to

critically examine the overall make-up of the group in terms of the many more species

now known. My own studies have concentrated on species from Australia and Papuasia

and to a lesser extent Melanesia, and I have also examined a number of critical taxa

from Asia such as the lectotype species of Marsdenia (M. tinctoria R. Br.), and the type

species of Gongronema (G. nepalense Decne.) and Bidaria (Asclepias tingens Roxb.). It

appears that generic delimitation among these genera has been mainly based on the

development of both corolline and staminal coronas and to a lesser extent on corolla

form and poilinarium structure. These ‘coronas’ are fleshy outgrowths that take the form

of lobes adnate to the staminal column and may be quite well developed (‘‘staminal

corona’), or may take the form of raised ridges with or without hairs and with or

without terminal lobes in the corolla throat (“corolline corona’’).

The earliest two genera recognised, Marsdenia and Gymnema, have been tradi-

tionally distinguished by the presence in the former of a staminal corona and the lack

of a corolline corona, and in the latter by the lack of a staminal corona and the presence

of a corolline corona. The varying development of these types of coronas may be

construed as being selection in relation to co-evolution with pollinators. However, their

functional significance is obscure at this point of time. From examination of approximately

AEE APS GEA SARIN «

- SPEC re ieee tee cee e yemmnns amt at atl a DA EEE A TG OE

336 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

75 taxa currently referred to the genera listed above, it is obvious that the degree of

development of these coronas cannot be satisfactorily utilised in generic delimitation,

but is very useful in defining species and infraspecific taxa. Generic delimitation in

Marsdenia, including the proposed congeneric Gymnema, Bidaria and Leichardtia, will

be discussed in more detail in the revision of the Australian taxa of that group which

will be published once the problem of priority of Stephanotis over Marsdenia is resolved

(Forster 1990a). In this paper I will deal only with Sarcolobus m any detail and outline

how this genus differs from the others in the group mentioned above. At this stage it

suffices to state that there is a complete gradation in development of these coronas from

those taxa that do not have any coronal development to those that have a well-developed

staminal corona, or a well-developed corolline corona or both pes of corona. This is

particularly noticeable in closely allied taxa such as Gymnema brevifolium Benth., G.

trinerve R. Br., Marsdenia suaveolens R. Br. and several recognizable but unnamed taxa.

This wide variation in the development of the coronas was previously noted by Rintz

(1980) for Sarcolobus in his treatment of S. globosus. Hence it should be noted that

within my concept of Sarcolobus there are species that may have either (1) no staminal

or corolline coronas, (2) a staminal corona only, (3) a corolline corona only, or (4) both

staminal and corolline coronas.

The main distinguishing characters for Sarcolobus are the slight to strongly papillate

style-head, the narrowly-oblong corpuscles that stand upright away from the anthers and

are of similar length or longer than the pollinia, and the geniculate caudicles of the

pollinaria. This combination of characters does not occur in related genera such as

Gongronema (in using the type species G. nepalense at least as an example), Marsdenia

s. lat. (including Stephanotis, Gymnema, Bidaria and Leichardtia), Tylophora or Gun-

nessia P. Forster. The distinguishing features of these genera are compared in Table 1.

Rintz (1980) also considered that the shape of the fruit and the presence or absence of

a coma on the seeds were of importance in defining Sarcolobus. Fruits are still unknown

for some of the new taxa from Papuasia described in this paper, so I cannot comment

on this character. The presence or absence of a coma on the seeds between different

species, also occurs in the unrelated Cynanchum L. (Forster 1991). In the species of

Sarcolobus and Cynanchum where a coma is absent, the plants are generally coastal or

aquatic inhabitants and the seeds have outer seed coats with well developed lateral

margins. It may be inferred that such seeds are adapted to water dispersal but field

observations are required to confirm this.

There is little to separate Gongronema from Marsdenia s. lat. (Table 1) so the

former may be better included in the latter. The genera compared in Table 1 may be

separated using the following key.

‘1. Corolla depressed-globose; staminal corona comprising a tube completely

enclosing the staminal column ........ 6... ce ee ce ee Gunnessia

Corolla rotate, campanulate, salverform or urceolate; staminal corona

absent or of 5 free lobes 2

2. Style-head papillate; corpuscles 5 or more times as long as wide __... Sarcolobus

Style-head smooth; corpuscles less than 5 times as long as wide Seite: 3

3. Caudicles geniculate 6. ok ne ce bee ee ee ee be ee eae Gongronema

Caudicles not geniculate epee ee 4

4. Pollinia oblong to ellipsoid, held erect to incurved ............ Marsdenia

Pollinia globose to subglobose, held horizontal to semi-erect ...... Tylophora

While several of the species enumerated in this account of Sarcolobus were

previously undescribed, four were described in other genera apart from Sarcolobus. The

Australian and New Guinean species, S. hullsiit (F. Muell. ex Benth.) P. Forster was

described as a Marsdenia species by Bentham (1869), the New Guinean S. brachystephanus

(Schltr.) P. Forster under Marsdenia by Schlechter (1905), the New Guinean S. kaniensis

(Schltr.) P. Forster under Gymnema by Schlechter (1914) and the New Guinean species

S. secamonoides (Schltr.) P. Forster was described as the only species of the genus

Astelma by Schlechter (1914). As Astelma Schltr. was a later homonym for Astelma R.

Forster, Sarcolobus 337

Table 1. Comparison of some diagnostic floral characters of Sarcolobus, Marsdenia,

Tylophora, Gunnessia and Gongronema

Character Sarcolobus Marsdenia Tylophora Gunnessia Gongronema

corolla depressed-globose ............ 7 — _ + -

corolla rotate or campanulate.......... + + + = +

corolla salverform or urceolate ....... - + —- — _

staminal corona comprising a tube uaa

staminal column .......... che _ — _ + =

staminal corona comprising 5 free & entire

lobes fused to base of staminal column + + + — +

gynostegium capitate........ ee att ett + — + _ +

corpusculum arroweobilonk: 5 or more times

longer than wide ........ a» - — _ _—

corpusculum apex held erect vere away v fhont

the style-head .................. + — — = _

pollinia globose to itchiness pee teeta ce — + + =

pollinia oblong to ellipsoid .......... - + — _ +

pollinia erect to incurved ............ 07 + — — +

pollinia horizontal to semi-erect........ + - + + —

caudicles geniculate ................ 4 — = + —

Br. (Asteraceae), Bullock (1964) substituted the name Papuastelma and made the

combination P. secamonoides (Schitr.) Bullock for the species concerned.

In publishing Astelma, Schlechter (1914) compared his single species, A. seca-

monoides, to species of Gymnem a, primarily on its lack of a staminal corona. Schlechter

did not comment on the distinctive narrow-oblong corpusculum, nor does his figure

show the geniculate nature of the caudicles. A. secamonoides cannot be generically

separated from the species recognised in Sarcolobus either by Rintz (1980) or in the

present paper. Hence Aste/ma Schltr. and consequently Papuastelma Bullock are placed

in the synonymy of the earlier Sarcolobus here.

Taxonomic Treatment

Sarcolobus R. Br., Asclepiad. 34 (1810). Type: S. banksii J.A. Schultes

R. Br,, Mem. Wern. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: 34 (1811); Wallich, Pl. As. Rar. 12: 566,

4&5 (1818); Schultes, Syst. Veg. 6: 58 (1820); Wight, Contrib. Bot. India 47

(1834); Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. yst. 50: 159 (1914); Rintz, Blumea 26: 65-79 (1980).

Astelma Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 139 (1914); Papuastelma Bullock, Kew Bull.

19: 202 (1964). non Astelma R. Br. Type: A. secamonoides Schltr.

Perennial lianes or subshrubs usually with white latex. Stems slender or becoming

corky and lenticellate with age, twining or trailing. Roots fibrous. Leaves opposite,

flattened 1n cross-section, coriaceous or herbaceous, margins entire or lobed, glabrous or

with indumentum of simple. muiticelled trichomes, extrafloral nectaries present at lamina

base, petiolate with small stipular structures at base. Cymes appearing at nodes between

the pair of leaves, 1-many-flowered. Sepals 5, distinct, usually with glands at base of

lobes. Corolla deeply 5-lobed, rotate to campanulate; lobes not contorted in bud. Corolline

corona, if present, consisting of 5 ridges in the corolla throat terminating in lobes at the

top of the corolla tube. Staminal corona if present, consisting of 5 lobes adnate to

stamina! column. Stamens inserted at coroila-tube base, connate; anthers each with an

incurved terminal appendage. Pollinaria each with 2. ‘pollinia: ‘pollinia semi-erect to

horizontal, 2 in each anther theca, globose, oblong or ellipsoid: corpusculum narrow-

SRST «

338 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

oblong, more than 5 times as long as wide, the upper portion usually vertical and

standing free from the anthers; caudicles flattened, geniculate. Gynostegium conical to

pyramidal; style head enclosed by stamens, papillate, with 5 distinct ridges running down

towards corpuscula; ovaries free except for bases and tips, glabrous. Follicles fusiform

to ovoid, smooth or somewhat roughened: triangular to semi-quadrate in cross-section,

solitary or rarely paired. Seeds flat, ovate or oblong, brown, comose at germinating end

only or lacking a coma.

A genus of 13 species in India, Malesia (including Papuasia), Melanesia and

Australia. Three species in Australia and eight in Papuasia.

Note: Indumentum cover is as defined by Hewson (1988), except that the term ‘scattered’

is used instead of ‘isolated’.

Key to the species of Sarcolobus in Australia

1. Leaf lamina elliptic-ovate; inner corolla surface papillate; pollinia

globose .... 1. S. ritae

Leaf lamina lanceolate to ovate: ‘inner corolla surface glabrous pollinia

oblong-globose .......... Rese a ee 2 a ee 2

2. Foliage with sparse to dense san HRT RG flowers 9-14 mm

diameter... Oy hein ta he ae ae 2 OS. linisa

Foliage glabrous; flowers 2.6-3 mm diameter .... .. eer 3. S. vittatus

1. Sarcolobus ritae P. Forster sp. nov. ad S. Aullsium 1 Mueil. ex Benth.) P. Forster

affinis, a qua floribus 13~15 mm diam., corolla pagina adaxiali loborum papillata,

tubo corollae c. 6 mm diam., columna staminali 1.75-2 mm diam., et polliniis

globosis, 0.2-0.28 mm longis differt. Typus: Australia, Northern Territory: East

Coast road, Murganella area, 11°40’S, 133°08’E, 9 February 1984, D.L. Jones 1356

(holo: DNA)).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter; internodes up to 25 cm

long. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic-ovate, up to 12 cm long and 9 cm wide, discolorous;

above dark green, venation obscure, glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 2 or 3

from the base of the midrib, tertiary venation obscure, with sparse indumentum; tip

acuminate; base strongly cordate: petiole grooved along top, up to 5 cm long and c. 1

mm wide; extrafloral nectaries 7-14 at base of lamina, occasionally 1 or 2 further up

lamina midrib. Cyme comprising | or 2 umbelliform fascicles; peduncle up to 20 mm

long and 1 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum; bracts ovate c. | mm long and 1

mm wide, with sparse indumentum. Flower rotate, strongly scented, c. 4 mm long, 13-

15 mm diameter; pedicels 5-12 mm long, c. | mm diameter, with scattered to sparse

indumentum. Sepals ovate, c. 3 mm long and 2 mm wide, externally with sparse

indumentum; base of each sinus with 2 or 3 glands. Corolla black-red or brown; tube

c. 1.5 mm long and 6 mm diameter; lobes ovate, reflexed, 5-6 mm long, 4-5 mm ‘wide,

with sparse indumentum on edges, upper surface papillate. Corolline corona absent.

Staminal corona consisting of 5 lobes adnate to base of staminal column and sunken in

corolla throat, c. 1 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter, brown or purplish; each lobe

depressed-ovoid, c. 1 mm long and 1 mm wide. Staminal column c. 1 mm long and 2

mm wide; anther appendages ovate, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; slit between

anther wings c. 0.25 mm long, not extending below ethers Style-head conical, 0.75-—1

mm wide. Pollinarium c. 0.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide; pollinia globose, 0. '22-0.28

mm long, 0.12-0.14 mm wide; corpusculum 0.24-0.25 mm long, 0.05-0.06 mm wide;

caudicles geniculate in middle, 0.25-0.3 mm long, 0.02-0.03 mm wide. Follicles and

seed not seen. Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: Known only from the type collection.

Distribution and habitat: Endemic in the north-eastern end of the Northern Territory

(Map 1) where it occurs in seasonally wet open forest communities.

Phenology: Probably flowering from December to March and fruiting several months

later.

Forster, Sarcolobus 339

DNA -.

MERRARIUG OF THE HORTHERS TERRITORY

afm’ ™~e

SAraletus rifaa fBRroste ms

P Monn PF

oor. : at Pe 4 ey

Fig. 1. Sarcolobus ritae. Photograph of the holotype (Jones 1356, DNA).

This content downloaded from

136.154.220.124 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 04:42:12 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

340 | Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Fig. 2. Sarcolobus ritae. A. cyme X 2. B. face view of flower showing papillate area X 2. C. face view of staminal

corona and staminal column 8. D. lateral view of staminal corona and staminal column, and cross-section of

corolla showing papillate nature of upper surface X 8. E. lateral cross-section of flower < 12. F. pollinarium xX

30. (All from Jones 1356, DNA). Del. P.V. Bruyns.

Notes: This species is very closely allied to S. Aud/sii and both species appear to be more

closely related to each other than to the other taxa enumerated by Rintz (1980) or to

others described in this paper. S. ritae differs from S. hullsii in the papillate inner corolla

surface, the flowers 13-15 mm in diameter, the corolla tube c. 6 mm tn diameter, the

staminal column 1.75-2 mm in diameter and the globose pollinia 0.2-0.28 mm in length.

Both species appear to be sympatric in the Murganella area.

Conservation status: A coding of 1K (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988) is appropriate at this

stage as further field work 1s required to ascertain the distribution of this plant in Arnhem

Land.

Etymology: Named for Mrs Rita Tingey of Palmerston, Northern Territory, who con-

tributed a number of most useful specimens of asclepiads from the Palmerston/Darwin

area in the early days of my research on the family.

2. Sarcolobus hulisii (F. Muell. ex Benth.) P. Forster comb. nov. Marsdenia hullsii F.

Muell. ex Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 338 (1869). Type: Australia, Northern Territory:

Adams Bay, [undated] Hulls (holo: K n.v., photo at BRI!; iso: BRI(AQ 333106)),

MEL(MEL 113416!)).

Tylophora sp., Jones & Gray, Climbing Pl. Austral. 352, 356 (1988).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter; mternodes up to 10 cm

long, with sparse to dense indumentum in two ridges on opposite sides. Leaves petiolate;

lamina lanceolate to ovate, up to 9 cm long and 4 cm wide, discolorous; above green,

venation obscure, glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 4~9 per side of midrib,

tertiary venation obscure, with sparse to dense indumentum, tip acuminate; base strongly

cordate to truncate; petiole grooved along top, to 2 cm long and c. 1 mm wide, with

sparse indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 2-7 at lamina base. Cymes umbelliform to

somewhat racemiform, up to 2.5 cm long, 1—many-flowered; peduncle up to 1 cm long,

c, | mm diameter, with scattered to sparse indumentum; bracts triangular to lanceolate,

0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide. Flower rotate, 3-5 mm long, 8-13 mm diameter;

pedicels 5-10 mm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, with scattered to sparse indumentum.

Sepals lanceolate to ovate, 2~3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, externally with sparse

Forster, Sarcolobus 341

indumentum; base of each sinus with 1-3 glands. Corolla mauve to brown inside, green

outside; tube 0.75-2 mm long, 2-5 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate to ovate, 3-5 mm

long, 3.5-4 mm wide, apex notched, glabrous. Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona

cupular and recessed in corolla tube, with 5 separate lobes adnate to staminal column

below anthers, 0.5-1 mm long, 1.8-3 mm diameter; each lobe flattened-truncate, 0.5-1

mm long, 0.75-1.1 mm wide. Staminal column 0.8-1 mm long, 1.5-2 mm diameter;

anther appendages acute to obtuse, 0.5-0.75 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide; slit between

anther wings 0.1-0.2 mm long, not extending below anthers. Style-head conical, flattened,

c. 0.75 mm long, 0.75-1.5 mm diameter. Pollinarium c, 0.4 mm long and 0.5 mm wide;

pollinia held semi-horizontal to erect, oblong-globose, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.15-0.27 mm

wide; corpusculum oblong, 0.17-0.25 mm long, 0.06-0.07 mm wide; caudicle geniculate

in middle, 0.15-0.27 mm long, 0.02-0.05 mm wide. Ovaries c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5

mm wide. Follicles fusiform-ovoid, 10-13 cm long, 1.5-2 cm wide. Seed ovate, c. 9 mm

long and 4 mm wide; coma 25-35 mm long. Figs 3 & 4.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea, CENTRAL PROVINCE: Eastern footslopes of Tovobada Hills, 12 miles

[20 km] N of Port Moresby, May 1965, Heyligers 1260 (CANB,L). Australia. Northern Territory. Workshop road,

Murganella, 11°30’S, 132°56’E, Feb 1984, Jones 1353 (BRI,DNA); Tarracumbi Ck, Melville Is, 11°36’S, 130°43’E,

Nov 1989, Forster 6095 & Russell-Smith (BRI,LDNA,QRS); Chingwah Terrace, Palmerston, 12°29’S, 130°58’E, Dec

1987, Cox [AQ 459719} (BRI); Holmes Jungle, 12°24’S, 130°56’E, Jan 1988, Stabo [AQ 459698] (BRI; LO miles

= ‘

nae Mie gl Petaie 92a

+2 a

*-* = « +2 Fi SS

=e w* T+ tate

r | eT, wv tered:

Sed et gtwe

= Fe¥ +2

= =

= = wt

= wi lte .

eee at ¥

wire ae ow +

Pa gt Pete 4

a aot =

Pe ee.

te*) ~ ‘ f

= ; i

c +r ; 4 7] 4 =

"oe aes i

F i+ i f a itt

+r wt gts at

® =F oe?

2 vs

' - *F ene

Ls =

. - = +

: a

Fig. 3. Sarcolobus hullsti: A. habit of flowering shoot < 1. B. leaf x 1. C. face view of calyx showing glands and

position of ovaries (stippled) x 6. D. face view of flower X 3. E. face view of staminal corona and staminal

column X 9. F. lateral view of staminal corona and staminal column X 9. G. oblique view of style-head, showing

5 ridges and papillate nature x 18. H. pollinartum x 37. (All from Stobo s.n., BRI). Del. K. Harold.

342 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Fig. 4. Sarcolobus hullsii: Variation in leaf shape, all x 1. A. Forster 4410. B. Forster 4501. C. Forster 4573, D.

Forster 5474. E. Forster 4563. Del. W.A. Smith.

Forster, Sarcolobus 343

[16 km] NW Humpty Doo, Nov 1971, A¢4cKean B144 (DNA); 7 km N of Cannon Hill, 12°17’S, 132°52’E, Jan

i984, Russell-Smith 956 (DNA); I mile [1.7 km] SW of Cannon Hill, Feb 1973, Martensz & Schodde AE641

(CANB,DNA); 23 km E Adelaide River Bridge, Arnhem Highway, 12°48’S, 132°32’E, Jan 1984, Russell-Smith

940 (DNA); Little Nourlangie Rock, 12°52’S, 132°48’E, Jan 1979, Dunlop 5199 (CANB,DNA); Ibangu, creek $

end of Ja Ja Massif, 12°33’S, 132°55’E, Feb 1984, Russell-Smith 1116 (CANB,DNA). Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Badu Is, Torres Strait, 10°O7’S, 142°07’E, Dec 1976, Cameron 2677 (QRS); Kubin Village, Banks (Moa) Is, Torres

Strait, 10°10’S, 142°1S’E, Aug 1975, Cameron 2450 (QRS); 92 km from Bamaga on road south, 11°28’S, 142°27’E,

Jun 1988, Forster 4488 & Tucker (BRI); Bertie Ck, 1 km N of Dulhunty River, 11°50’S, 142°30’E, Jun 1988,

Forster 4501 & Tucker (BRI); Head of Hann Creek, 12°28’S, 142°55’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4538 (BRI); ditto, Jun

1989, Forster 5474 (BRI); Head of Hann Creek, 46.5 km from Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°29’S, 142°58’E, Jun

1988, Forster 4563 (BRI); beach south of Kennedy Hill, 12°29’S, 143°16’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5374 (BRI); 60.5

km from Moreton Telegraph Station on Carron Valley road, 12°30’S, 143°0S’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4573 & Kenning

(BRD); 41.5 km past Maloney’s Springs, 12°30’S, 143°14E, Jun 1989, Forster 5367 (BRI); c. 2 km upstream of

Brown Creek Crossing, Iron Range road, 12°46/S, 143°07’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4170 & Liddle (BRD; 2.6 km past

Garraway Creek Crossing, Iron Range road, 12°44’S, 143°LI’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4184 & Liddle (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs in southern Papua New Guinea, the northern

portion of the Northern Territory and far north Queensland (Map 2) where it grows in

open eucalypt forest, woodlands and heaths on sandstone derived soils.

Eee Probably flowering from December to March and fruiting several months

ater.

Notes: Few species of Asclepiadaceae grow in heathland communities in Australia or

elsewhere. Vegetative material of S. Au/lsii1s superficially similar to that of both Gunnessia

pepo P. Forster and Cynanchum leptolepis (Benth.) Domin, however these species grow

in deciduous notophyll vine forest and have more glabrous leaves. One collection (Forster

4563 in Figure 4) is notable in the leaves being strongly trilobed which is not only

unusual for this species but for Asclepiadaceae in general and parallels the lobing found

in some species of Tweedia (Rua 1989) or Ceropegia (P.V. Bruyns, pers. comm. 1990).

Conservation status: Despite the lack of earlier collections from north Queensland, this

is a most common species and is not rare or endangered in any way in Australia.

Ethnobotanical use: The ripe pods of this species may be eaten raw or after cooking by

the Gunwing-gu dialect clan in Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory who refer to

the species as “anjilat” (Russell-Smith 1985).

3. Sarcolobus vittatus P. Forster sp. nov. ad S. brachystephanum (Schltr.) P. Forster

affinis a qua lobis corollae lanceolato-ovatis, 1.8-2 mm longis, corona corollina

lobi parvi terminalibus carenti, et corona staminali nulla, differt. Typus: Australia,

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Unigan Nature Reserve, Weipa, 12°37’S, 141°54’E,

4 March 1990, PI. Forster 6506 & M.R. O'Reilly (holo: BRI!; iso: DNA!,L!,QRS!).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 1 mm diameter; internodes up to 9 cm long,

glabrous or with extremely scattered indumentum. Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate-

ovate, up to 8 cm long and 3.5 cm wide, discolorous; above green, venation obscure,

glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 4 per side of midrib, tertiary venation

reticulate, glabrous; tip acute to acuminate; base subcordate; petiole grooved along top,

up to 1 cm long and c. | mm wide, with scattered to sparse indumentum; extrafloral

nectaries 6-9 at base of lamina. Cyme umbelliform to somewhat racemiform, up to 15

mm long; peduncie up to 6 mm long, 1.8-2 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum;

bracts triangular-ovate, c. 0.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with sparse to scattered

indumentum. Flower campanulate to urceolate, 2.5~2.8 mm long, 2.6-3 mm diameter;

pedicels 1.5-5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter with scattered to sparse indumentum.

Sepals ovate, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 1~1.1 mm wide, ciliate, externally with scattered

indumentum; base of each sinus with 1 gland. Corolla cream to greenish-yellow; tube

1-1.2 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter; lobes ovate, 1.5-2 mm long and 1.3-1.5 mm wide,

glabrous, internally with a pale brown longitudinal stripe in middle. Corolline corona

comprising 5 small rounded swellings just below the tube top, glabrous. Staminal corona

absent. Staminal column 1.3-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter; anther appendages truncate,

0.1-0.2 mm long and c. 0.1 mm wide; slit between anther wings 0.1-0.2 mm long, not

extending below anthers. Style-head c. 0.6 mm diameter, top slightly raised above anthers.

Ovaries 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.7~0.8 mm wide. Pollinarium 0.25-0,.32 mm long, 0.35-0.5

mm wide; pollinia held erect, narrow-globose, 0.17-0.18 mm long, 0.07—-0.08 mm wide;

corpusculum 0.26-0.32 mm long, 0.05-0.07 mm wide; caudicles 0.29-0.3 mm long, 0.02-

0.03 pila oa geniculate 0.15-0.2 mm from the corpusculum. Follicles and seed not

seen. Fig. 5.

ANCA ANO MTC LS enced tec See od ems cnn UM AEM UNAAE NMISAANASAEE A SIMGM AANA MEN A hE IN te Ute Re uP ee en alii ani aa is CN

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

wh gt

* is g-

lt a ak

attt vette sy

= =

—-

~ettrtee "a,4:, +

+z 2

>t = of .

wawasFets, .

% .

= .

4 7

a a

+i ert e eee :

a 2 = “

< 5 ~

7" *F aeertt_

' * +,

. ' te.

ee es *

z ‘ ; t =

7 = .

+ . *

= = .

* 3

= >. ie

fa.

perme rt Eta

Fs a

Fg aR he douse

eR tara +

att ee ee eae,

eo. + F "©

oe 1 -_— 4

Satattlesaz

per kp

+ 7.

+ 1 Ta +

4 * '

¥ wanes cent e

=< * we,

4a 1

Ee fa

~+* +

=* — ee

+s a *.

+= 5 Stag

ar : + .

* a i K

a +

* 7

e +

. = ie =i in)

Farr it Al al ee 7 +

inn issatat- - #*

re .

= a

a .

«+ +

= ¥

a +

. .

=¥ i"

* k

“as '

=F 7

+s +

+; ut +

= r '

cae

vo + +47

= * Ty oF +

woos 2 +

i |

= eof

ad +

ete ow £4

+ 4

ig. 5. Sarcolobus vittatus: A. habit of flowering branch X 0.5. B. lateral view of flower X 10, C. face view of

ower X 10. D. internal view of corolla showing corolline corona X 10, E. face view of staminal column X 30.

F. lateral view of staminal column X 25. G. lateral view of style-head showing disposition of pollinaria in situ

xX 88. H. pollinarium X 165. (All from Forster 6506 & O’Reiily). Del. M. Menadue.

Forster, Sarcolobus 345

Specimens examined: Irian Jaya. Merauke, Nov 1907, Versteegh 1886 (L). Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE:

Coast of Huon Gulf about 5 miles [8.3 km] NE ‘of Lae, Jan 1963, Hartley 11079 (BRI,CANB), WESTERN

PROVINCE: Upper Wassi Kussa River (left branch), 1939, Brass 8624 (A, BRI,L); Daru Island, Apr 1936, Brass

6452 (A,BRI,L). GULF PROVINCE: Paia Village near mouth of Omati River, Jan 1955, Womersley & Simmonds

NGF5062 (BRI). Australia, Queensland. Cook District: known only from type collection.

Distribution and habitat: S. vittatus occurs in Papua New Guinea and north Queensland

(Map 4) in the narrow ecological band between mangroves and the adjoining vegetation.

Notes: S. vittatus is closely allied to S. kaniensis (Schltr.) P. Forster from New Guinea

and differs mainly in the jack of small terminal lobes to the ridges comprising the

corolline corona, and the absence of a staminal corona.

Conservation status: It seems remarkable that this taxon has been previously uncollected

in Australia. A coding of 2K+ (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988) is appropriate at this stage until

further field work can be undertaken to determine the species abundance and distribution.

nie aga one The specific epithet alludes to the striped nature of the corolla lobes on the

type plant.

Key to the species of Sarcolobus in Papuasia —

1, Anther wings extending down staminal column below anthers .......... 2

Anther wings not extending down staminal column below anthers ........ 3

2. Staminal corona present; plant of mountains ............ 4.8. spathulatus

Staminal corona absent; plant of mangroves .............. °5. 8S. oblongus

3; Corolwne Corona. PYESENT se. co Fe en Se Ne te od he te ok ne ee a 4

Corolline corona absent .. 0. 0. 2. ee ee ee ee ne ne ee ee 7

4. Corolline corona comprising 5 ridges in corolla throat terminating in 5

small free lobes; plant of mountains... 6. S. brachystephanus

Corolline corona comprising 5 ridges or bulges in corolla throat, small

free lobes absent .......... 0.0.0, pat Reais ak Riad odlte, ode 5

5. Flowers greater than 6 mm in diameter .................. 7.8. globosus

Fiowers less than 5 mm in diameter anita tne tate nme,

6. Corolline corona comprising five small bulges just below top of

corolla tube... . 3. S. vittatus

Corolline corona comprising five / Tidges running down length of

corolla tube ....... pate ht ...... §. 8S. kaniensis

7, Staminal corona absent; plant of mangroves... ..... 9. S, retusus

Staminal corona present: plant of mountains or woodlands

8. Leaf lamina ovate-elliptic; corolla lobes with idging § in

centre towards base .. 10. S. porcatus

Leaf lamina elliptic to lanceolate-ovate; ‘corolla lobes without ridging in

centre towards base ............ PONS cea os gate chee 9

9. Pedicels 5-10 mm long; flowers 8-10 mm diameter ....... . 2 8. hullsii

Pedicels 1-4 mm long; flowers 3-4 mm diameter ...... “11.8. secamonoides

4. Sarcolobus spathulatus P. Forster sp. nov. ad S. secamonoidem (Schitr.) P. Forster

affinis, a qua foliis ovato-ellipticus paribus venarum secundariarum 12 vel 13,

sepalis c. 1.5 mm longis, et tubo corollae c. 1.5 mm longo differt. Typus: Papua

New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Sattelberg, March 1936, AZ.S. Clemens 2239

(holo: BRI!; iso: 7A, 7.¥.).

Liane, latex colour unknown. Stems cylindrical, up to 3 mm diameter. Leaves petiolate;

lamina ovate-elliptic, up to 8 cm long and 3.5 cm wide, discolorous; above green,

SEER OL

346 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

venation obscure, glabrous; below somewhat brownish (dried material), secondary veins

12 or 13 per side of midrib, tertiary venation reticulate, with sparse indumentum on

veins and midrib; tip acuminate: base cuneate; petiole up to 1 cm long and 1 mm wide,

grooved along top and with sparse indumentum: extrafloral nectaries 8 at base of lamina

and also present up to | cm along midrib from base. Cyme umbelliform with Il-many

flowers; peduncle up to 2 mm long and 1 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts ovate, c. 0.75

mm long and 0.5 mm wide, glabrous. Flowers rotate to subcampanulate, c. 2.5 mm long

and 2.5 mm diameter; pedicels c. 2 mm long and 0.5 mm diameter, ertiag Sepals

ovate, c. 1.5 mm long, and 1.5 mm wide, base of each sinus with | gland. Corolla

yellow; tube c. 1.5 mm long and 2 mm diameter: lobes lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm long and

1 mm wide. Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona comprising 5 lobes adnate to

column below and not exceeding the anthers; each lobe oblong-spathulate, c. 0.5 mm

long and 0.25 mm wide. Staminal column c. 1 mm long and 1 mm diameter; anther

appendages ovate, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; slit between anther wings c. 0.5

mm long, extending below anthers. Style-head c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Ovaries

c, 1 mm long and | mm diameter. Pollinarium c. 0.3 mm long and 0.35 mm wide;

pollinia ovoid-globose, c. 0.2 mm long, 0.09-0.12 mm wide; corpusculum narrowly-

oblong, 0.3-0.32 mm long and c. 0.06 mm wide; caudicles c. 0.19 mm long and 0.02-

0.03 eo wide, geniculate c. 0.12 mm from corpusculum. Follicles and seed not seen.

Fig.

Specimens examined: Known only from the type collection.

Distribution and habitat: Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea (Map 2). This plant

presumably grows 1n rainforest.

Phenology: Flowering in March.

Notes: This species is distinctive with respect to its spathulate coronal lobes which do

not occur in any other species of the genus. S. spathulatus is similar to S. secamonoides,

but differs primarily in the ovate-elliptic leaves with 12 or 13 secondary veins per side

of the midrib.

The holotype at BRI is poor and comprises loose leaves and an inflorescence. On

the label it is recorded as being a duplicate from A, however I did not find this collection

in a loan of material from that institution.

Conservation status: Unknown.

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the spathulate coronal lobes.

5. Sarcolobus oblongus Rintz, Blumea 26: 77, 78 fig. 4 (1980). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN PROVINCE: Daru Island, along the coast in mangroves, 5 March 1936,

L.J. Brass 6278 (holo: A!; iso: BRII, CANB)).

Forster, Austrobaileya 3: 123 é 989),

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 10 mm diameter, glabrous; internodes up to

8 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina oblong, up to 12.5 cm long and 5.5 cm wide,

discolorous; above dark green, glabrous, venation obscure; below pale green, secondary

veins 10-15 per side of midrib, tertiary venation obscure, glabrous: tip obtuse-acuminate

to mucronate; base cuneate; extrafloral nectaries 6-9 at lamina base; petiole grooved

along top, 28-30 mm long, [-2 mm wide, glabrous. Cyme umbelliform, up to 2 cm

long, with 1-8 flowers; peduncle c. 7 mm ‘long and 2 mm diameter, glabrous: bracts

lanceolate, c. 5 mm long and 2 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered indumentum.

Flowers campanulate, c. 3 mm long, 18-20 mm diameter; pedicels 4-5 mm long, c. 0.8

mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals ovate, c. 4 mm long and 3.5 mm wide, glabrous, ciliate,

base of each sinus with 3 or 4 glands. Corolla dark purple; tube c. 4 mm long and

mm diameter; lobes lanceolate-ovate, c. 7 mm long, 4.6-5 mm wide, glabrous. Corolline

corona consisting of a raised annulus at the top of the tube, c. 0.4 mm high. Staminal

corona absent. Staminal column c. 1.8 mm long and 1.7 mm diameter: anther appendages

narrow-ovate, c. 0.5 mm long and 1 mm wide; slit between anther wings 0.8-0.9 mm

long, extending below anthers. Style-head depressed-globose, c. 1 mm diameter. Ovaries

c. 1.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Pollinarium c. 0.6 mm long and 1 mm wide; pollinia

ellipsoid, 0.3-0.32 mm long, 0.14-0.15 mm wide; corpusculum 0.5-0.51 mm long, 0.1-

0.11 mm wide; caudicles 0.4-0.42 mm long, 0. 02-0.03 mm wide, geniculate 0.25~0.27

orster, Sarcolobus

he a ot Ba A hc a mL my ae Hg

Tene

gicceneaceat

ata

Snes

ape

aeniee

PA ee ree,

inch

Fig. 6. Sarcolobus spathulatus: Photograph of holotype. (Clemens 2239, BRI).

‘

348 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

mm from corpusculum. Follicles ovoid, 7.5-8 cm long and 4 cm wide. Seeds oblong,

2-2.5 cm long, 1.3-1.6 cm wide, lacking a coma.

Specimens examined: See Forster (1989).

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs in New Guinea (Rintz 1980) and the

Solomon Islands (Forster 1989), where it grows in mangrove communities. Map 3.

Phenology: Flowering throughout the year; probably fruiting 3-4 months later.

Conservation status: Unknown.

6. Sarcolobus brachystephanus (Schltr.) P. Forster comb. noy. Marsdenia brachystephana

Schltr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 367 (1905).

Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Torricelli Geb., April 1902,

R. Schlechter 14386 (holo: Bt; iso: P).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 3 mm diameter, glabrous; internodes up to

6 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate to elliptic, up to 5 cm long and 3

cm wide, discolorous; above green, venation obscure, glabrous; below pale green, sec-

ondary veins 7 per side of midrib, tertiary venation reticulate, glabrous or with scattered

indumentum; tip acute to acuminate; base cuneate; petiole grooved along top, up to 10

mm long and 0.8 mm wide; extrafloral nectaries 3-7 at base of lamina. Cyme comprising

1 or 2 umbelliform fascicles, up to 1.5 cm long; peduncle greatly reduced or up to 10

mm long and 0.5 mm diameter, with scattered to sparse indumentum; bracts lanceolate,

c. 0.5 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, with a few cilia on edge, glabrous or with scattered

indumentum. Flower subrotate to campanulate, 1.8-1.9 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter;

pedicels 1.5-1.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diameter, with scattered indumentum. Sepals

ovate, 1~1.5 mm long, 1-1.1 mm wide, ciliate, externally glabrous or with scattered

indumentum, base of each sinus with | gland. Corolla cream; tube glabrous, 0,6-0.8

mm long, 1.8-2 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate-ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm long,

glabrous. Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona comprising 5 lobes adnate between

the anthers and not exceeding them in length; each lobe oblong, c. 0.5 mm long and

0.2 mm wide. Staminal column c. 1 mm long and | mm diameter; anther appendages

truncate, c. 0.1 mm long and 0.2 mm wide; slit between anther wings 0.3-0.4 mm long,

not extending below anthers. Style-head globose-depressed, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5-0.6

mm diameter. Ovaries c. 0.8 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Pollinarrum 0.32-0.4 mm

long, 0.26-0.36 mm wide; pollinia globose-ovoid, 0.2-0.28 mm long, 0.08-0.12 mm

wide; corpusculum 0.3-0.34 mm long, 0.07-0.09 mm wide; caudicles 0.13-0.19 mm

long, c. 0.01-0.02 mm wide, geniculate 0.09-0.15 mm from corpusculum. Follicles and

seed not seen. Fig. 7.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Kani Geb., May 1908, Schlechter 17718 (P).

MOROBE PROVINCE: Sattleberg, Jun 1937, Clemens 6514 (L).

Distribution and habitat: Madang, Morobe and West Sepik provinces in Papua New

ae (Map 3). Collections have been made from montane rainforest at altitudes of c.

1100 m. |

Phenology: Flowering from April to June.

Notes: S. brachystephanus is similar to S. kaniensis but differs most noticeably in the

lack of a corolline corona.

Conservation status: Unknown.

7, Sarcolobus globosus Wallich, As. Res. 12: 568 (1818). Type: India. Sundarbans, Wallich

789 (holo: C, n.v., fide Rintz, Blumea 26: 73 (1980)).

Only the subsp. peregrinus (Blanco) Rintz occurs in Papuasia.

Sarcolobus globosus subsp. peregrinus (Blanco) Rintz, Blumea 26: 76,74 fig. 3 (1980);

Asclepias peregrina Blanco, Fl. Filip. ed. 2, 207 (1837); Sarcolobus peregrinus

(Blanco) Schltr., Fedde Rep. 13: 564 (1915). ag Philippines, Luzon: Bataan

(i913 eal Merrill 7477 (neo: NA, n.v., fide Schlitr., Fedde Rep. 13: 564

ATS IE

Pra

RTS Mk RS He be gets tee yt

2a tot tt tes ie

orster, Sarcolobus

PA emcee CMU PAL ERIE PAVERS OS

Potetered.

"Pha d fiics Pu wnt Be

ve cee th pee eh Re bere re Pe OE

8 Gem

ee es

she

crete

bt. as

herds” tees

art é

haa

ae,

elu

: ie

fats,

ca eras,

vecameegeara Ta

ae ent be

ARN Sco rae

rats tee

“eget

ee,

ey EN la abe PF te Te leet Ue rt a) age ay ae, a ae a va,

ae Ee ace oe 2 ee : :

grigbee tye", we Ea Ep RE Se pa eee he TG ee

ite : cet gt eB Sra EL Be ee ;

Fig. 7. Sarcolobus brachystephanus: Photograph of isotype. (Schlechter 14386, P).

350 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Sarcolobus multiflorus Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 509

(1901). Type: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Finschhafen, Lauterbach

443 (holo: B, n.v., fide Rintz, Blumea 26: 76 (1980)).

Sarcolobus beccarii Warb., Fedde Rep. 3: 308 (1907). Type: Borneo, Sarawak, Beccari

699 (holo: K, xv.v., fide Rintz, l.c.).

Sarcolobus minor Schltr., Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 34: 3 (1917). Type: Celebes, Toli-

Toli, Schlechter 20715 (holo: Bf).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 5 mm diameter, with scattered to sparse

indumentum; internodes up to 11 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate,

ovate or elliptic, up to 12.cm long and 5.5 cm wide, discolorous; above dark green,

venation obscure, glabrous or with scattered indumentum; below pale green, secondary

veins 5 or 6 per side of midrib, tertiary venation reticulate, with scattered indumentum

particularly on veins; tip acute, acuminate or obtuse; base cordate to truncate; petiole

grooved along top, 22-40 cm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with scattered indumentum; extrafloral

nectaries 18-20 at lamina base. Cyme umbelliform to racemiform, up to 3 cm long:

peduncle 7-15 mm long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, with scattered indumentum; bracts

lanceolate-ovate, 0.4-0.6 mm long and c. 0.3 mm wide, with scattered to sparse

indumentum. Flowers campanulate, 1.6-2 mm long, 12-18 mm diameter; pedicels 8-

12 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter, with scattered indumentum. Sepals lanceolate-ovate,

2~-2.2 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous, ciliate, base of each sinus with | gland.

Corolla yellow-green with red-brown longitudinal stripes on the lobes; tube c. 5 mm long

and 10 mm diameter; lobes ovate, 5-5.4 mm long, 6.5-7 mm wide, glabrous or with

scattered to sparse indumentum. Corolline corona comprising a raised annulus at the

base of the staminal column. Staminal corona comprising 5 lobes adnate to staminal

column below anthers; each lobe lanceolate-ovate to oblong, c. 5 mm Jong and 5 mm

wide at base. Staminal column c. 1.8 mm long and 1.8 mm diameter; anther appendages

triangular to truncate, c. 0.4 mm long and 0.4 mm wide; slit between anther wings c.

0.6 mm long, extending below anthers. Style-head depressed-globose, c. 0.8 mm diameter.

Ovaries c. | mm long and | mm wide. Pollinarium c. 0.5 mm long and 0.9 mm wide;

pollinia narrow-oblong, c. 0.35 mm long, 0.11-0.12 mm wide; corpusculum c. 0.4 mm

long and 0.08 mm wide; caudicles 0.56-0.62 mm long, 0.02-0.03 mm wide, geniculate

c. 0.4 mm from corpusculum. Follicles globose, c. 10 cm long and 7 cm wide. Seeds

oblong, 2—2.6 cm long, 1.5-1.8 cm wide, lacking a coma.

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Oriomo River, 8°50/S, 143°1S’E, Jan 1959, White

& Gray NGF10424 (BRI,L). GULF PROVINCE: [2 miles [20 km] inland from coast, east Purari River delta channel,

Feb 1966, Schodde 4461 & Craven (BRI,L); Paia Village, near mouth of Omati Village, Jan 1955, Womersley &

Simmonds NGF5061 (A, BRI). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Lower Fly River, east bank opposite Sturt Island, Oct 1936,

Brass 8131 (BRL,CANB).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies occurs widely in Malesia and in Western, Gulf

and Central Provinces in Papua New Guinea (Map 2). Plants grow in mangrove

communities.

Phenology: Flowering October to February.

Notes: Rintz (1980) took a broad view of this species with his two subspecies being

markedly different in floral structure. As I have not seen material from the region where

he claims overlap of characters occurs, no change is made in status for the taxon described

here.

Conservation status: Unknown.

8. Sarcolobus kaniensis (Schltr.) P. Forster comb. nov. Gymnema kaniense Schltr., Bot.

Jahrb. Syst. 50: 141 (1914). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Kani

Geb., October 1907, R. Schlechter 16738 (holo: Bt).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 3 mm diameter, glabrous; internodes up to

7 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic to lanceolate-ovate, up to 8.5 cm long and

4 cm wide, discolorous; above dark green, venation obscure, glabrous; below pale green,

secondary veins 7 or 8 per side of midrib, tertiary venation obscure, glabrous or with

scattered indumentum; tip acute to acuminate; base cuneate to rounded; petiole grooved

on top, up to 12 mm long and | mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered indumentum;

extrafloral nectaries 6-7 at lamina base. Cyme umbelliform, up to 2 cm long, comprising

2 fascicles; peduncle up to | mm long and | mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered

Forster, Sarcolobus

a" a ‘ ++ $ ‘ . te “ i r ede vie .

‘ . le . Lone ” 2 gh 2 Dy .

* . tn sexe t : . ”

~~ ei Ast)? oo 4 wi oe ee ay OTE HR gb a %

1 oan . . + Q 7 a ;

ss sare et . sone fs , " tee * .* A

a agtS = ‘ ete isa wets a . 7m:

wn * ra att waft ra id we . es » * i

. %, ti Bin yd Nn nn ew tay nae ee eg tN ™, wy ® + % % . . » . oe . eo % *

eehhet ae Fre ARIEL 1m Tae ate ett “Y aha te . 2) Aees ‘ . a +a 2 s * at

poet tS wm scree tes STEN peace eae ye nge are a “6s . Bs \ ea Se ae “et cS

ee . hw “

iy *

is “Sh ars

he zs Ri ‘

a oer

. SADE rome . sa

Sept te ealiin le eon . 4

een * tise os foe

: CREME crt ns cyt Pen ‘ é .

Tye Rata iY, : m n

Meola dong rs oc .

! wy we .

ns Cresta Frew er : Soke é

rar ee pe neepean tee ote a

a Pet as cane pr ae ”

Seria et Mire thede aan erent

eh al an es : a?

. ETON NS Manic aaa as

ta ae oe

: toy

PET LS Na har Seek,

a aici a mh eel he Cee eth er

ESP RT an Tte A ety h mined Che ghee + tats . els sae oe Satiendeaen tna

fae ang te ea Gite “e F ni ie Ss ede

Conn ie PI a Pe elke Te Pee Cole roe Nee: ence

Rea an neta oan : es * eX ry! .

errant nectar n ‘

“ Ke tae it ane 2 we

SHPO aes = Pen =

SESE eee eet ret

;

mee Tf Marpac thecal es eae age ees cr ae

: saith hy v <i oo BSR re reinstates pe ascipaneaa

. . Y Steaa rae | arate oS tet attd hm ig el a .

. 4 > se abe eta ath alot 3 bea Pte Rn HE a “

. - ear IT : : we eee froin ema oral oe cn kee

Beaune anges ron SRE ERE ieee

eet at} reas et so wes + Rte Ki non att ‘ EE e ae

. mF <f ons Fhe 5 an aaah ne Fre NS ee eee fa F BP Eat ged ES AA NG RAR Mey haem nom mT ERS s

- , : s Mase nee WH = on Ft See gill Be Lethe ape car a RE RRS RL ict

. se Ae i : SRT a sts : wa pe Se A are reread te nance atetecige "Tee ghee D

. a . ae waa ‘ Ee CR ee eles Sm Parone ctr inary *® Ae BN eae ee RST a ete Po

oan ROP oath Dp a a) « am eae Tea! : . . Hue “ty “. mE pct Le PES fla gE i Se eA ee a

77a) eee . . ‘ wen ee nto 1 BEER cere oar tia EO Re

woe oe # ot eS se ae 323 plotted hE a him bye gat eA oh Lita!

te oe. wees REMMI Assn es (retatacapA ate wes treat rl et

a Aa ® pathy ere ae ieee Fo a Mic en een

on . a eT ae 11 IRR SREEE SN ta R I

ry. ab De TT 1 RRS ARS ana a ae ae tte ;

art, : Re wie By aero EITC Ete Mii ral Leet en

eae: sit ss eran es Do TL ARERR RAN Ee atta ah ne eee

wet Par : whe te AS Doct T+ RRR ERE FE AOE a ae Paar

set oye, Mee oe eel Suan ty nn” 7 MRS Ra aR ce are “

_ F 4 Pee wot aes wae <1 ot RCE ST SSS a am ha oes une

ANDSNES ‘

eros tie

: ree aati

sane

. wel s «SERA Sth Pearce

a Roa tas cio 11 SERIES eat Damen

“et Ir pial cadet

8 he

tat ott

mon ains

ane

Ran ARR aly

Fete Mened

Kee eran

sesh rere

een

Sot ve Cit ES tae

sea

i” = a ce

ena h sme, atl, wet fet tee oo Te a ‘ tit niin tt gt Ss rod a Betta

. ape ts ait : oi nets

+e oat gates

acid Toes teh AE

ter

Re ee, a oe 4 4

ae on >

elma rath HEE Denn ge pelt basting 2 ER eat that aT OB re at eer a ee te eoeet ae ear wet ee eee reson a ne wean nota | oS Be a

" EA alia a ita a hear aaa CC aa art Se OM eT ae Le Tn te el eae ees a a ce ce ie rr) agate HE Oe satan te TR ee Ss, ne Pa are ee ee _

Sa a a CT Fata CALAN gta at Le el Lr a a ee pea ae, TAR ERNE S Gy RE ik hthate te yg ' a a br ce hr . £

sent mm ta ng ae meme eR SEN atte th Matt cr ght iced ae eta § OW ok Sak SR AV 5 Bae Uy teee rene Se " Oo ety aah : nye ee " ne ‘ sat .

Tenet AMEE Fosgate D et " } ‘ ¥

TBR DER inet bts ‘

: t x hs . fs

ra Perera ee Pe rrr ie her eet bere ey * a Bont - Pere or Pe * eee i Bot wee Tee a ee * hee ee noe

L i ae Tas rete ye tm te ” * te * eo ate a? i eee ky * aoe * fa * nn a rn ” eee A ae tee . hme eee ee ee

tt hee we ne?” wen a” A ee Oe » ” Ca ae wn m we ow » * Revert * oe _ » Phd Sy » ee er + ow y » *

fs " ghey * . He Me * * . he * fe ote ye

saa ates ee ae ge Ee ae ve ee Da , Aa ee ae kere A Banas SE

Rabie? vphe Ce ee tt De MOTT ie eet ae ee es i. hi shea, . bag BPR Oe - tee ey attr tre + oe

ah Matar tap tTE * . aa 7 hale . we Stier “Ewak ie epee a ery ee era : hr - "

Pr Ce ae Ga i * 5 rs wm OF Pr ra wee? ey - i * NA a a Fe

UL Gg eet ' ethane tage 8 Latatteattt * . ie She he ee Mere . see ach wat Rly «ee

Re ee at Poa teem th ae ty — eh ree eee

Fig. 8. Sarcolobus kaniensis. (Hartley 9699, CANB).

ronan remem at

rene

LAE aati ah De BaD RD AWAY Be De ee

fyewe er rower ewer ee

AAA pees A ener e eee gk A hte ete ch fk tt tt ft te ct oo ct ei itt Ba at Be

352 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

indumentum; bracts ovate, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide, ciliate. Flower campanulate

to subrotate, c. 2 mm long and 3 mm diameter; pedicels 3-4 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm

diameter, glabrous or with scattered indumentum. Sepals ovate, c. 1 mm long and 1

mm wide, ciliate, base of each sinus with 1 gland. Corolla cream; tube c. 1 mm long

and {| mm diameter, glabrous; lobes ovate, c. 1.5 mm long, 1.2—1.25 mm long, glabrous.

Corolline corona comprising 5 ridges in the corolla throat alternating with the lobes,

each ridge c. 0.2 mm wide and terminating in a small lobe c. 0.1 mm long. Staminal

corona comprising 5 lobes adnate to the staminal column; each lobe oblong, c. 0.5 mm

long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Staminal column c. 0.75 mm long and 1 mm diameter; anther

appendages truncate, c. 0.1 mm long and 0.2 mm wide; slit between anther wings c. 0.1

mm long, not extending below anthers. Style-head c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide.

Ovaries c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Pollinarium c. 0.35 mm long and 0.35 mm

wide; pollinia globose, 0.16-0.2 mm long, 0.06-0.08 mm wide; corpusculum c. 0.3 mm

long and 0.07 mm wide; caudicles c. 0.23 mm long and 0.02-0.04 mm wide, geniculate

approximately 0.14 mm from corpusculum. Follicles fusiform, 7-7.5 cm long and 3-4

mm wide, glabrous. Seed oblong, 5-6 mm long and 2 mm wide; coma 15-20 mm long,

white. Figs 8 & 10.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Along Buko Creek, just S of Gurakor, 6°50/S,

146°38’E, Jan 1962, Hartley 9699 (CANB); Buko Creek, 3 miles [S km] from Gurakor, 7°00/S, 146°40’E, Jan

1962, Millar NGF14448 (CANB).

Distribution and habitat: Madang and Morobe provinces in Papua New Guinea (Map

2). Collections have been made in rainforest at altitudes of 500-600 m.

Phenology: Flowering in January.

Notes: Although no isotypes of Schlechter’s G. Kaniensis have been located at BM, K,

L or P, the species 1s well illustrated in Figure 8 in Schlechter’s (1914) account and the

Buko Creek collections seen (Figs 8 & 9) are a reasonable match for both Schlechter’s

figure and original description. Hence I am confident in applying this name to the

material cited above.

The foliage of this species is difficult to distinguish from that of both S. brachys-

tephanus and an undescribed species of Marsdenia collected by C.E. Carr (no. 14781

(CANB)) in southern Papua New Guinea. Any attempts to assign any other vegetatively

similar collections should be undertaken only after making a full floral dissection.

Conservation status; Unknown.

9. Sarcolobus retusus Schumann in Schumann & Hollrung, Fl. Kais. Wilh. Land 109

(1889). Type: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Finschhafen, Hollrung 2

(iso: K, n.v., fide Rintz, Blumea 26: 70 (1980)). |

Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 159 (1914): Rintz, Blumea 26: 70, 71 fig. 2 (1980).

Sarcolobus ciliolatus Warb., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 13: 408 (1891). Type: Moluccas, Aroe

& Kei Is., Warburg 21317 (iso: BRI!; A, v.v., fide Rintz, I.c.)

Tylophora sulphureus Volkens, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 31: 473 (1902); Sarcolobus sulphureus

(Volkens) Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 160 (1914). Type: Caroline Is., Volkens

347 (iso: BO, n.v., fide Rintz, |.c.).

Sarcolobus quinquangularis Schltr., Fedde Rep. 3: 309 (1907). Type: Amboina,

Warburg 17498 (iso: K, n.v., fide Rintz, L.c.).

Sarcolobus Aad Guill., Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 74: 929 (1927). Type: Loyalty Islands,

Lifou, Balansa 2405 (holo: P, n.v., fide Rintz, l.c.).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 5 mm diameter, with scattered indumentum;

internodes up to 10.5 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic, up to 10 cm long and

5 cm wide, discolorous; above dark green, venation obscure, glabrous; below pale

green, secondary veins 5 or 6 per side of midrib, tertiary venation obscure, glabrous or

with scattered indumentum on veins; tip acute, obtuse or mucronate; base cordate,

rounded or cuneate; petiole 10-13 mm long and c. 1 mm diameter, with scattered to

sparse indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 4-6 at lamina base. Cyme umbelliform to

racemiform, up to 2.5 cm long; peduncle 7-8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, with

scattered indumentum; bracts lanceolate-ovate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, with

scattered indumentum. Flowers campanulate, 2.5-3 mm long, 11-15 mm diameter;

pedicels 7-15 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered indumentum.

Forster, Sarcolobus 353

Sepals lanceolate-ovate, c. 2.3 mm long and 1.5 mm wide, glabrous, ciliate, base of each

sinus lacking glands. Corolla yellow to brown, sometimes with longitudinal stripes on

lobes; tube c. 2.5 mm long and 5 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate-ovate, c. 4 mm long

and 3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona absent. Staminal

column c. 1 mm long and 1 mm diameter; anther appendages ovate to truncate, c. 0.3

mm long and 0.3 mm wide; slit between anther wings c. 0.3 mm long, not extending

below anthers. Style-head depressed-globose, c. 0.7 mm diameter. Ovaries c. 1.5 mm

long and 1 mm wide. Pollinarium c. 0.4 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; pollinia oblong,

0.2-0.21 mm long, 0.1-0.12 mm wide; corpusculum 0.3-0.35 mm long, 0.08-0.1 mm

wide; caudicles 0.25-0.27 mm long, 0.05-0.06 mm wide, geniculate c. 0.15 mm from

corpuscuium. Follicles ovoid, 5-6 cm long, c. 2.5 cm wide. Seeds ovate, 9-10 mm long,

6-7 mm wide, coma c. 2 cm long, white.

Selected specimens: Philippines. Palawan. St Paul’s Bay, Underground River National Park, Sabang Beach, May

1984, Risdale SMHI1665 (BRI,CANB). Caroline Islands. Ngerukenid, Belau (Palau), Jan 1988, Rauleron 16687

(BRI). Indonesia. Irian Jaya. Pocan Bay, Waigeo Is, Feb 1955, van Royen 5512 (A,L). Papua New Guinea. NEw

IRELAND: Katu Plantation, 26 miles [43 km] from Kavieng, 2°45’S, 151°06’E, Coode & Copley NGF29664 (BRI).

New Britain: Awul, 6°00’S, 151°02’E, Mar 1965, Sayers NGF21996 (BRD; Arawe Plantation, 6°10’S, 149°03’E,

Mar 1966, Henty & Frodin NGF27258 (BRI). MOROBE PROVINCE: Sisilia River area, 5°29’S, 147°47’E, Sep 1974,

Conn & Katik LAE66071 (BRI); Buso, 7°20’S, 147°10’E, Jun 1977, Conn 174 (L,MEL); Losanga Island, near Kui,

7°30'S, 147°LS’E, Apr 1967, Millar NGF22842 (BRI,L). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: Wagalasa Island, 8°25’S, 150°30’E,

ant ( ABR. & Osborn NGF43045 (BRI). Solomon Islands. SAN CRISTOBEL: Waimamura, Aug 1932, Brass

Distribution and habitat: Widely distributed in Malesia. Collections have been made

from Irian Jaya, Papua New Guinea and Solomon Islands (Map 1). I have seen no

collections from Australia although the species may occur in mangrove communities in

north Queensland.

Phenology: Flowering and fruiting throughout the year.

Conservation status: Not endangered or threatened.

10. Sarcolobus porcatus P. Forster sp. noy. ad S. secamonoidem (Schlitr.) P. Forster

affinis, a qua foliis ovato-ellipticis, corollis 3-5 mm longis et 5-6 mm diam.,

corona staminali ex lobis subulatis apicem styli superantibus constanti differt.

Typus: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Bulolo Valley, 7°10’S, 146°10’E,

April 1959, J. Womersley NGF11016 (holo: BRI!; iso: CANB!,L!);

Liane, latex colour unknown. Stems cylindrical, up to 4 mm diameter, glabrous or with

scattered indumentum; internodes up to 9 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina ovate-

elliptic, up to 8 cm long and 4 mm wide, discolorous; above dark green, venation

obscure, glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 6-8 per side of midrib, tertiary

venation reticulate, glabrous or with scattered to sparse indumentum mainly along veins

and midrib; tip acute to acuminate; base rounded; petiole grooved along top, up to 16

mm long and | mm wide, with scattered to sparse indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 4-

8 at lamina base. Cyme with 4-10 umbelliform fascicles, up to 8 cm long; peduncle 5-

20 mm long and 0.7-1 mm diameter, with scattered to sparse indumentum; bracts

lanceolate, 0.5-—1 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm wide, with scattered to sparse indumentum.

Flower rotate to subcampanulate, 3-5 mm long, 5-8 mm diameter; pedicels 3-6 mm

long and c. 0.5 mm diameter, with scattered to sparse indumentum. Sepals ovate, 1.5—

1.9 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, ciliate, with sparse to dense indumentum externally, base

of each sinus with | gland. Corolla white to creamy-white; tube 0.9-1.5 mm long, 1.6-

3 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous, somewhat

ridged along centre towards base. Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona c. | mm

long and 2 mm diameter, comprising 5 lobes adnate to staminal column below the

anthers, becoming free and just overtopping style-head; each lobe subulate, 0.5—1 mm

long and 0.1-0.25 mm wide. Staminal column 1.4-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm diameter;

anther appendages truncate-ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; slit between

anther wings 0.3-0.5 mm long, not extending below anthers. Style-head globose-depressed,

Q.5-1 mm diameter. Ovaries c. 1.5 mm long and | mm wide. Pollinartum 0.35-0.4 mm

long, 0.38-0.45 mm wide; pollinia oblong-ovoid, c. 0.25 mm long and 0.1 mm wide;

corpusculum narrow-oblong, 0.35-0.41 mm long, 0.05-0.1 mm wide; caudicles geniculate

c. two-thirds along from the point of attachment to the corpusculum, 0.15-0.17 mm

long and 0.03-0.04 mm wide. Follicles and seed not seen. Figs 9 & 10.

354 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

til Ae

ad. Relely Valte

Nae Sie aly pin ee ek ate hs a ure al tet ea eng Le ARG SR De AR a Ae ae Ga ee

” a

RNG. Hhbie Shhh eS ie i ipece eee

pitch i:

arias.

Fig. 9. Sarcolobus porcatus: Photograph of holotype. (Womersley NGF11016, BRD).

Forster, Sarcolobus 355

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Kassam, 6°15’S 146°03’E, May 1967, Kairo &

Stretmann NGF35716 (BRI,CANB,L); Wau, 7°20’S, 146°45’E, Feb 1965, Sayers NGF21683 (BRI, L); Clean Water,

bey red lata 146°45’E, Mar 1968, Streimann & Kairo NGF35828 (BRI,CANB); Bulolo, Apr 1959, Brass

B).

Distribution and habitat: Morobe province in Papua New Guinea (Map 4). This species

aes ig collected from altitudes of 1060 to 1300 m in Castanopsis sp. dominated forest.

ap 4.

Phenology: Flowering February to May.

Notes: S. porcatus is allied to S. secamonoides but differs in the ovate-elliptic leaf lamina,

the 3-5 mm long and 5-6 mm diameter flowers and the staminal corona of subulate

lobes overtopping the style-head.

Conservation status: Unknown.

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the ridged corolla lobes.

Fig. 10. A-H. Sarcolobus kaniensis: A. lateral view of flower < 6. B. face view of calyx showing glands at sinus

bases X 9. C. face view of flower X 9. D. lateral view of flower with corolla cutaway showing staminal column

and staminal corona X 16. E. internal view of partial corolla showing corolline corona X 9. F. lateral view of

poillinarium X 40, G. face view of pollinarium X 40, H. lateral view of style-head X 20. I-M. Sarcolobus porcatus:

I. lateral view of flower < 6. J. face view of calyx showing glands at sinus bases < 9. K. lateral view of flower

with corolla cutaway showing staminal column and staminal corona X 9. L. pollinarium X 40. M. lateral view

of style-head (somewhat distorted) * 20. All from reconstituted material: A-H, Millar NGF14448, CANB; I-M,

Streimann & Kairo NGF35828, BRI. Del. K. Harold.

356 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

11. Sarcolobus secamonoides (Schlitr.) P. Forster comb. nov. Aste/ma secamonoides Schltr.,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 140 (1914); Papuastelma secamonoides (Schltr.) Bullock,

Kew Bull. 19: 202 (1964). Type: Papua New Guinea, MADANG PROVINCE: Torricelli

Geb., September 1909, R. Schlechter 20051 (holo: Bt; iso: K, x.v., photo at BRI!).

Liane, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered

indumentum when young, becoming lenticellate with age; internodes up to 9 cm long.

Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate to lanceolate-elliptic, up to 7 cm long and 2.2

cm wide, discolorous; above dark green, venation obscure, glabrous; below pale green,

secondary veins 7-12 per side of midrib, tertiary venation reticulate, with scattered

indumentum mainly on veins; tip acute; base cuneate; petioles grooved along top, 2-10

mm long and c. 1 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered to sparse indumentum; extrafloral

nectaries 1-5 at lamina base. Cymes comprising 1-3 umbelliform fascicles, up to 1.5 cm

long, often greatly reduced, usually paired at node; peduncle 0-7 mm long and 0.25-1

mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered to sparse indumentum; bracts triangular to

lanceolate, 0.4-0.75 mm long, 0.25-0.5 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered to sparse

indumentum. Flowers rotate, sweetly scented, 1.5-3 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter; pedicels

1-4 mm long and 0.25-0.75 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered indumentum.

Sepals ovate, slightly overlapping, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, ciliate, externally

with scattered to sparse indumentum, base of each sinus with I-3 glands. Corolla white,

cream or green; tube 0.5-1 mm long, 1.25-2 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes lanceolate-

ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Corolline corona absent. Staminal

corona consisting of 5 very small adnate lobes between the anther wings but not exceeding

the anthers in length; each lobe oblong, 0.2-0.5 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Staminal

column yellow, 0.75-2 mm long, 1—1.5 mm diameter; anther appendages truncate and

not exceeding the anthers; slit between anther wings 0.1-0.25 mm long, not extending

below anthers. Style-head 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, generally not exceeding

anthers. Ovaries 1~1.5 mm long and c. | mm wide. Pollinarium 0.38-0.45 mm long,

0.35-0.5 mm wide; pollinia oblong-ovoid 0.25-0.35 mm long, 0.08-0.2 mm wide;

corpusculum 0.35-0.42 mm long, 0.07-0.08 mm wide; caudicles 0.15-0.25 mm long,

0.02-0.05 mm wide, geniculate approximately in middle. Follicles fusiform, glabrous, c.

47 mm long and 4 mm wide. Seed not seen. Figs 11 & 12.

Fig. 11. Sarcolobus secamonoides: A. partial cyme with two flowers X 27. B. face view of flower (somewhat

distorted) X 27. C. lateral view of staminal corona and staminal column X 63. D. face view of calyx with corolla

removed X 42. E, lateral view of style-head (faintly papillate) x 73. F. face view of staminal corona and staminal

ett aneren distorted) X 63. G. pollinartum X 73. All from reconstituted material of Vink 16397, BRI.

el. K. Harold.

Forster, Sarcolobus

Ca alr

Pye

faa

Seo hee

spect se

ve ee

sae te

eae

see

Rea ite

ae : prt tale erie CH a

ca eee aan eT eat

pa Spee te

Senay

sage

Fre ere ee

Repeat

apres,

ig geet

ery, fa32*2* =

tse

Lae

Fig, 12. Sarcolobus secamonoides. (Womersley NGF11425, BRI).

=! car Tu. mon ‘sibong at gy

Shree

cota

. . J —

—,

fale lg LT ee =

img

ah Ape Sa at

He ee at Ge

Cee CCC ee reece rr rec errr re eeer ere ceeereCeerererere rr cries

358 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Etappenberg, Oct 1912, Ledermann 9459 (L).

WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Kubor Range, Uinba, Nona-Minj Divide, Aug 1963, Vink 16397 (CANB).

EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Kini Creek, NE slopes of Mt Michael, 6°25’S, 145°2Q’E, Sep 1959, Womersley

NGF11425 (BRI,CANB); Mt Michael, northeast slopes, Sep 1959, Brass 31338, 31529 (CANB). MADANG PROVINCE:

N Kalronk Valley, Aug 1964, Bulmer 207 (LAE). MOROBE PROVINCE: track, Angabena ridge — Aseki, 7°20/S,

L46°10’E, Streimann & Stevens LAES3999 (BRI,CANB,L); Kisingam, Mt Dilmargi, 6°20’S, 146°35’E, Dec 1972,

Stevens LAES58027 (BRI,CANB); New Yamap, head of Baime River, 7°05’S, 146°50’E, Dec 1969, Streimann &

Kairo NGF44462 (BRIL,CANB); Matap, Feb-Apr 1940, Clemens 40932 (BRI); Ogeramnang, Jan 1937, Clemens

5062 (BRI); Sambangan, Aug 1937, Clemens 6779 (L); Samanzing, Oct 1938, Clemens 9728A (L). CENTRAL

PROVINCE: Efogi environs, Owen Stanley Range, Sep 1970, Schodde 5704 (BRI,CANB); Isuarava, 8°59’S, 147°43’E,

Feb 1936, Carr 15325, 15459 (CANB).

Distribution and habitat: S. secamonoides is widely distributed in Papua New Guinea

(Map 1) where it grows in montane primary or secondary forest often dominated by

Nothofagus species at altitudes of 1490 to 2000 m.

Phenology: Flowering throughout the year.

Notes: S. secamonoides is similar to S. spathulatus but differs most noticeably in the

lanceolate-ovate to lanceolate-elliptic leaves with 7-12 secondary veins per side of the

midrib.

Conservation status: Unknown.

Ethnobotanical use: The label of Bu/mer 207 records that this species 1s used for fencing

and home building and was known as “Wogukesinlk”’.

Acknowledgements

Illustrations were drawn by P.V. Bruyns, K. Harold, M. Menadue and W. Smith.

Material was collected on trips undertaken with P.D. Bostock, G. Kenning, D.J. Liddle,

M.R. O’Reilly, J. Russell-Smith and M.C. Tucker. The latin diagnoses were translated

by A.S. George. B. Leuenberger (B) provided a list of Schlechter collections held at that

institution. P.V. Bruyns (BOL) commented on a draft of the manuscript. G.P. Guymer

(BRI), K.L. Wilson (NSW) and T. Macfarlane (PERTH) while Australian Botanical

Liason Officers at Kew, England, located and photographed various types. P.R. Sharpe

translated parts of Schlechter’s various papers. The Duirectors/Curators of the cited

herbaria allowed access to the collections at their institutions or on loan. Staff of the

Queensland Herbarium arranged and processed loan material. The Australian Biological

Resources Study provided funding during 1988 to 1990. All of this assistance 1s gratefully

acknowledged.

References |

BENTHAM, G. (1869). Asclepiadeae. Flora Australiensis 4: 324-348. London: L. Reeve & Company.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition, Australian

yt iad maa and Wildlife Service, Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BROWN, R. (1810a). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen. New York: J. Cramer.

BROWN, R. (18106). On the Asclepiadeae. [a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu].

London: R. Brown, [A preprint of Brown 1811].

BROWN, R. (1811). On the Asclepiadeae, a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu.

Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society 1:12-78.

BRUYNS, P.V. & FORSTER, P.I. (1991). Recircumscription of the Stapelicae (Asclepiadaceae). 7axon in press.

BULLOCK, A.A. (1964). Nomenclatural notes: XVI. Kew Bulletin 19: 199-204.

FORSTER, P.I. (1989). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, |. Austrobaileya 3: 109-133.

FORSTER, P.I. (1990a). Proposal to conserve Marsdenia R. Br. against Stephanotis Thouars (Asclepiadaceae).

Taxon 39: 364-367.

FORSTER, P.I. (1990b). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2. Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.

FORSTER, P.I. (1991). A taxonomic revision of Cynanchum L, (Asclepiadaceae: Asclepiadoideae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 3: 443-466.

HEWSON, H.J. (1988). Plant Indumentum, A Handbook of Terminology. Australian Flora and Fauna Series No.

9. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

359

TT eT TTT a ELLE

ay ts

P |

at senene

- N “9

Forster, Sarcolobus

‘ S. oblongus ©. 4. S.

S. brachystephanus A:

rensis A: S. globosus subsp. peregrinus ©; S. hullsii @. 3.

ail

s 1-4: Distribution of Sarcolobus spp.: 1. S. retusus A; S. secamonoides A; S. ritae ®. 2. S. spathulatus A;

porcatus Ay, S. vittatus @.

360 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

RINTZ, R.E. (1980), A revision of the genus Sarcolobus (Asclepiadaceae). Blumea 26: 65-79.

RUA, G.H. (1989). Revision taxonomica del genero 7Tweedia (Asclepiadaceae). Parodiana 5: 375-410.

RUSSELL-SMITH, J. (1985). Studies in the jungle: people, fire and monsoon forest. In R. Jones (ed.), Archeological

Ladera in Aa National Park 241-268. Canberra: Australian National Parks & Wildlife Service, Special

Publication No. 13.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1905). Periplocaceae, Asclepiadaceae, In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach (eds), Nachtrage zur

Flora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Sudsee. 351-369. Letpzig: Gebruder Borntrager.

SCHLECHTER, R. Vedenias Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbticher fiir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

Accepted for publication 25 February 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 361-367 (1991) 361

THE GENUS EMBELIA N. BURMAN (MYRSINACEAE) IN

AUSTRALIA

S.T. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Embelia N, Burman is represented by four species in Australia of which three are new, viz E. caulialata, E.

curvinervia and E. grayi. All species are described with notes on their affinities and distribution. A key to

distinguish the species is also provided.

Introduction

The genus Embelia in Australia was previously represented by only the well

known £. australiana (F. Muell.) Bailey, and two or three undescribed taxa closely

related to this species. The other species described from Australia was correctly placed

in Tapeinosperma flueckigeri (F. Muell.) Mez.

Increased recent collecting due mostly to various floristic projects in Queensland

and Northern Territory has provided a sufficient number of representative specimens in

this genus to adequately understand the previously poorly known new species and to

allow the description of the following species, so that they can be included in the Census

of Queensland Plants.

Two of the new species viz E. grayi and E. curvinervia are closely related to E.

australiana, and are known only from Australia, while E. caulialata is quite distinct and

extends into Papua New Guinea.

Taxonomy

Embelia N. Burman, Fl. Ind. 62, t.23 (1768); Mez, Pflanzenr. 9: 295-332 (1902). Type:

E. ribes N. Burman

Derivation of name: Embdelia, a vernacular name for one of the species viz E. ribes, from

Sri Lanka.

Dioecious scandent shrubs or vines. Leaves petioled, distichous or spirally arranged,

entire (Australian species), glabrous, dotted with red brown or black glandular dots or

streaks. Inflorescences axillary or terminal, fascicled or solitary, racemose or paniculate,

sometimes subumbellate. Flowers small, 4- or 5-merous; pedicellate; calyx deeply lobed,

lobes imbricate; petals free or slightly connate at their base, imbricate or contorted,

usually papillate on the inner side and along the margins, mostly glabrous outside;

stamens and staminodes usually inserted towards the base of the petals, stamens longer

or shorter than petals; filaments subulate, glabrous; anthers dorsifixed, longitudinally

dehiscent, usually dorsally punctate and verrucose with a cluster of wart-like glands

above point of attachment with the filament; ovary in male flowers minute, in females

globose or ovoid, few-ovuled; style short, persistent; stigma broad, disciform. Fruit a

a oi erogt globose to subovoid, apiculate (persistent style), usually drying black; seed

subglobose.

About 130 species (Mabberley 1989), in Asia, Malesia, western Pacific and Aus-

tralia. Four in Australia.

Key to the species

1. Flowers 5-merous; inflorescences paniculate, large, 6-19.5 cm long. Leaves

with 16-18 pairs of fine, slender lateral nerves; apex acuminate; lamina

2.9-3.5 times as long as wide; young stems usually winged .. 1. E. caulialata

Flowers 4-merous; inflorescences racemose, subumbellate or paniculate,

smali, 0.3-9.5 cm long. Leaves with 5-8 pairs of prominent lateral

nerves; apex usually obtuse; lamina less than 2 times as long as wide;

young stems not winged .. 1... 1. ee ee ee 2

seapen pence hd SRE RE

362 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

2. Panicles terminal, 3-9.5 cm long, branching from the base; flowers sub-

sessile, pedicels to 1.5 mm long; fruits to 4 X 4 mm. Leaves thinly

coriaceous, lateral nerves strongly arched and ascending 2. E. curvinervia

Racemes or subumbels axillary or terminal, 0.3~-3.5 cm long; flowers

conspicuously pedicellate, pedicels 1.5-6 mm long; fruits to 9.5 x 9

mm, Leaves thinly or thickly coriaceous, sometimes thick, + rigid,

lateral nerves + oblique or patent and looping near margins .......... 3

3. Racemes 9-17-flowered; peduncles 1-3.3 cm long, densely papillose; sepals

narrowly ovate, acuminate, not dotted; stamens longer than the petals.

Leaves with broad usually truncate bases, reticulate veins closely

arranged; petioles 10-17 mm long .......... 0... 0.0. 004,

Racemes or subumbels reduced, 3—7-flowered; peduncles 1-—7(-20) mm

long, glabrous; sepals broadly ovate, abruptly acuminate, black-dotted;

stamens shorter or as long as the petals. Leaves with subacute or rarely

broad bases; reticulate veins laxly arranged; petioles 5-7(-10)mm

long 0d dw ee ee ee ee ve ve en en ee aeve. 4, E, australiana

3. E. grayi

1. Embelia caulialata S. Reyn. sp. nov. a speciebus ceteris Australianis caulibus juniores

angulatis plerumque angustialatis, foliis anguste ellipticis, et inflorescentiis pani-

culatis, floribus pentameris differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Cape

Tribulation, 16°05’S, 145°29’E, 28 May 1982, K.A.W. Williams 82050 (holo: BRD.

Scrambling shrubs or vines; stems to 8 cm diameter, pale brown with loose bark and

scattered lenticels, young stems angular and usually narrowly winged. Leaves narrowly

elliptic, 8.5-13.1 X 3.8-4.5 cm (Juvenile leaves to 16 X 3 cm, with long acumen), shortly

acuminate at apex; margins entire; base subacute; thinly coriaceous; lower surfaces pale,

densely black-dotted with + globose glandular dots; midrib sunken above; lateral nerves

16-18 pairs, very slender, patent, + parallel; reticulate venation obscure; petioles 6-10

mm long, deeply channelled above. Inflorescences axillary or terminal, paniculate, densely

flowered, male panicles 6-10 < 7-10 cm, females 7-19.5 x 5-14 cm; peduncles pubescent

with thick short spreading reddish brown hairs; branches patent, 3.5~8 cm long (female

panicles with longer branches); bracts narrowly ovate, 1.5-3 X 0.5-1 mm, glabrous,

sparsely ciliate. Flowers 5-merous, creamy green, slightly perfumed; pedicels 1-1.5 mm

long, patent hairy; calyx to | X 1.5 mm, lobed to near base; lobes broadly ovate, 0.5-

0.7 X 0.5-0.7 mm, usually erose, membranous, glabrous, ciliolate; petals imbricate,

elliptic, 1.5-2 X 1 mm, glabrous outside except papillose margin, densely papillose inside;

stamens longer than petals, exserted; filaments 1-1.25 mm long; anthers shorter than

filaments, to 0.5 X 0.5 mm, broadly obloid to ovoid, verrucose dorsally; staminodes to

0.7 mm long; ovary glabrous, ovoid; stigma disciform or capitate. Drupes subovoid, 3-

3.5 X 3 mm, reddish purple to maroon, usually black when ripe. Fig. 1G-O.

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. Wariarata Sogeri subdistrict, Central Division, Mar 1986, Wormersley

NGF 8765 (BRI). Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Between Lockerbie and Somerset, 10°47’S, 142°30’E,

Dec 1980, Hyland 10948 (BRI,QRS); Mt Tozer near Iron Ra., 12°45’S, 143°12’E, Nov 1977, Tracey 14839 (BRD;

between Gap Ck, and Bloomfield beach, May 1969, Smith (BRI); T.R. 176, Monkhouse, 15°45’S, 145°16’E, near

Shipton’s Flat, Oct 1982, Hyland 12137 (BRIQRS); Rex Ra. 16°34’S, 145°18’E, Sep 1985, Goodwin & Tracey

C2924 (BRI); Woopen Ck Rd, 17°27’S, 145°33’E, Aug 1989, Gray 20262 (BRI,QRS); Clump Point, 17°52’S,

145°35‘E, May 1945, Flecker 9336 (BRI,QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Northeastern Queensland, from Cape York Peninsula to Clump

Point, near Mission Beach (Map 2), also in southern New Guinea; usually along creeks

on alluvial soils in mesophyll vine forests or swampy forests.

E. caulialata is distinguishable from all the other Embelia species in Australia,

by its large paniculate inflorescences, 5-merous creamy green flowers, narrow elliptic

leaves, and usually winged young angular stems. It appears to be closely related to £.

cotinoides (S. Moore) Merr. from New Guinea which also has 5-merous flowers, but the

latter species has broad elliptic leaves, black-dotted calyx, petals and fruits, and stamens

with long anthers and very short filaments.

Etymology: The specific epithet (cau/i (Latin), stem, a/ata (Latin), wing) refers to the

usually winged (especially young) stems.

Reynolds, Embelia 363

SSM EM AY EU TRE

He ee Ae ee a eR Ee

cnn i oa Wat a He a ata at a a

hid ene

7 e* * *

5 ot Fe, peck = cae

Ff &

ee aay

= He ree Th,

‘ erF +, +," ay

mee ne RT RET

- a

mis

wt ee Co |

a ee eo

ht en

* mat

ne a

ase ae

“*

Fig, 1. A~F. Embelia curvinervia: A. branchlet with flowers < 0.67. B. male flower < 8. C. calyx X 12. D. petal

with stamen X 12. E. anther < 25. F. fruit x 6. G-O. Embelia caulialata: G. portion of adult stem x 0.67. H.

portion of young stem with narrow wings X 1. I. female inflorescence X 0.5. J. male flower X 8. K. female flower

x 8. L. calyx X 12. M. petal with stamen X 12. N. dorsal view of stamen, showing glands at point of attachment

of filament and anther X 25. O. fruit x 6. A-E, Wightman 325 & Dunlop; F, Russell-Smith 6102 & Lucas; G,H,

Webb & Tracey 9266; I.K,L, Williams 82050; J,M,N, Flecker 9336; O, Godwin & Tracey C2924.

364 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

2. Embelia curvinervia S. Reyn. sp. noy. quoad flores ad FE. australianam (F. Muell.)

Mez accedit, sed ab ea differt inflorescentiis paniculatis multo majoribus, fructibus

parvulis, nervis lateralibus conspicuis, gracilis, valde arcuato-ascendentibus. Typus:

Northern Territory. Near Bull Creek, 13°53’/S, 131°17’E, 2 July 1946, S.7. Blake

16287 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Scandent shrubs or vines; stems usually densely lenticellate with broadly ellipsoid, pale

lenticels, young branchlets with scattered, small, rusty brown club-shaped hairs. Leaves

broadly ‘elliptic or ovate-elliptic, 5.5-8. 7(-12. 7) x 3,5-6(-7.3) cm, apex obtuse or +

rounded; margins entire; base subobtuse or subtruncate; thinly coriaceous, shiny, green

above, pale and dull below, usually with scattered ellipsoid or subglobose pellucid red-

brown to black dots, the dots denser at margins; conspicuously nerved and reticulate

veined; lateral nerves 5-9 pairs, slender, oblique, strongly arched and ascending at tips

and looping away from margins; reticulate venation laxly arranged; petioles 1.5-2.2 cm

long, channelled above. Inflorescences terminal, usually paniculate, branching from the

base, 13-17-flowered, male panicles 3-5.5 cm ‘long, females 8-9.5 cm long; branches

patent, 1-4.8 cm long, peduncles sparsely hairy, with thick, short, + club-shaped, brown,

sometimes glandular hairs, and crinkly long multicellular hairs; bracts small, narrowly

ovate or linear, 1-2.5 X 0. 7a4 mm, densely hairy with long reddish, multicellular, crispate

hairs. Flowers ‘4-merous, cream to dark-orange, slightly perfumed: pedicels 0. 5-1.5 mm

ey spay hairy with thick short hairs; calyx 0.8-1.5 X 1.5-2 mm, lobed to near

middle, glabrous, cream or purplish, lobes narrowly ovate, 0.7-1.3 x 0.5-0.7 mm,

sparsely black glandular-dotted; petals imbricate, elliptic or ovate- elliptic, occasionally

shortly clawed, auriculate above the claw and enclosing the filaments, 1.5-2 X 1 mm,

obtuse, cream or purplish on outsides and usually sparsely dotted with minute black

dots, glabrous except papillose margins; orange inside and covered with dense, thick,

short, often glandular papillae; stamens longer than petals, filaments 1.5-3 mm long:

anthers shorter than filaments, 0.5-0.7 X 0.5 mm, broadly ovoid or obloid, rarely

verrucose dorsally, pale yellow; ‘staminodes shorter than petals; ovary globose, glabrous;

styles to 1 mm long; stigma capitate. Drupes globose, to 4 x 4 mm, ripening red; pericarp

thin, ribbed and wrinkled when dry. Fig. 1A-F.

Selected specimens: Northern Territor ry Black Jungle, 12°33’S, 131°14’E, Nov 1982, Wightman 306 (BRI,DNA);

Berry Springs, Jul 1971, Baloogy 1426 & Byrnes (DNA); Stapleton, Numuru Ck, Oct 1988, Russell-Smith 6102

& Lucas (BRI, She: Channel Point, 13°10’S, 131°I7’E, Nov 1982, Wightman 326 & Dunlop (DNA); Adelaide

R. - Daly R. Rd, 13°29’S, 131°04’E, Aug 1978, Dunlop 5025 (BRI); near Bull Ck, 13°53’S, 131°17’E, Jul 1946,

Blake 163 87 (BRI). ueensland. Cook DISTRICT: Claudie R,, towards Tozer’s Gap, 12°4S’S, L43° LSE, Oct 1984,

Gray 3648 (BRI,QRS); ditto, Oct 1986, Hyland 21192 (BRI ).

Distribution and habitat: Northern Australia, from Channel Point to near Goodparla

Station, Northern Territory, and near Claudie R., Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

(Map 1): usually near permanent water, viz rivers, creeks and streams, 1n monsoon

orests.

E. curvinervia is distinguishable by its shiny, usually thinly coriaceous leaves with

conspicuous strongly arched and ascending lateral nerves, paniculate inflorescences

terminating branchlets, 4-merous cream to dark orange flowers and small fruits. It

approaches EF. australiana of which it has the 4-merous flowers, but the latter species

differs particularly by its very small racemose or subumbellate, few-flowered inflorescences

and large fruits.

E. curvinervia also appears to be closely related to E. frangulifolia (Span.) Mez

from Timor, but the type of the latter species (Timor, Spanoghe s.n. (L)), and a few

collections of this species available for study, differ from the former species 1n its fairly

thin leaves, very fine slightly oblique lateral nerves and smooth dry fruits.

Etymology: The specific epithet (curvi (Latin), curved; mervia (Latin), nerves) refers to

the strongly arched ascending lateral nerves.

3. Embelia grayi S. Reyn. sp. nov. &. australianam (F. Muell.) Mez aemulans differt

racemis longioribus elongatis, dense papillosis, calycibus eglandulosis et folis

tenuloribus, dense conspicue reticulato venosis. Typus: Queensland. NORTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: S.F.R. 194 adjacent to Por. 69 Herberton, 17°28’S, 145°28’E,

altitude 1000 m, 28 November 1978, B. Gray 1153 (holo: BRI: iso: BRI QRS).

Vine with densely lenticellate stem; lenticels globose or ellipsoid, pale, contrasting with

dark brown stem; young parts, peduncles and pedicels with short red papillae. Leaves

Reynolds, Embelia 365

Map 1-3. Distribution of Embelia spp.: 1. E. curvinervia A; E. grayi OQ. 2. E. caulialata O. 3. E. australiana O.

broadly elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 4-6.8(-8.5) * 2.5-4.7(-7) cm, obtuse at both ends, or

truncate at base; glabrous or with scattered papillae on the midrib below, shiny above,

pale below, + rigid, usually densely dotted with transparent globose glandular dots and

streaks; midrib sunken above; lateral nerves 7-9 pairs, + oblique or patent, looping near

margins; reticulate venation closely arranged, forming a fine mesh, conspicuous; petioles

1-1.7 cm long, grooved above. Inflorescences in the axil of leaves or old leaves, racemose,

1.2-4 cm long, 9-17-flowered, male racemes usually shorter than the females; peduncles

1-3,.3 cm long, densely papillose with red papillae; bracts narrowly ovate to ovate-oblong,

to 4 X 1 mm, papillose. Flowers 4-merous, pinkish cream; pedicels patent, male pedicels

1.5-2.5 mm long, females 3~4.5 mm long; calyx to 1.25 * 2.5 mm, lobes divided to

near base, narrowly ovate, 0.5-1 xX 0.2-0.5 mm, sparsely papillose outside; petals

imbricate, ovate-elliptic or elliptic, 1.25-2.5 X 1-1.25 mm, apex acuminate or obtuse,

recurved, papillose inside; stamens longer than petals, filaments longer than anthers,

1.5-2 mm long, exserted; anthers ovoid, to 0.5 X 0.5 mm, not punctate dorsally;

staminodes to 1.25 mm long; styles to 1.5 mm long, sparsely papillose, stigma lobed.

Fruits not seen. :

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Gadgarra S.F.R., 17°1S’S, 145°45’E, Jul 1971, Hyland 5273

(BRI,QRS); Yungaburra, date unknown, Bick AQ 91599 (BRI); Waugh’s Pocket, Oct 1945, Flecker 9679 (BRI,QRS).

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: S.F.R. 194 adjacent to Por. 69, Herberton, 12°28’E, 145°28’E, Nov 1978, Gray 1153

(BRIQRS).

RRR RAS

PASE EMER ee

366 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Distribution and habitat: Northeastern Queensland, around Atherton Tableland (Map

1); in high altitude rain forests and in Hypoletrum sp. swamp.

E. grayi is distinguishable by its long, densely papillose, racemose inflorescences,

4-merous pinkish cream flowers, and closely reticulate-veined broad elliptic leaves. It is

comparable to E. australiana of which it has the flowers, but the latter species has fairly

thick, laxly reticulate-veined leaves, and very reduced, few-flowered inflorescences usually

terminating short branchlets.

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mr Bruce Gray (QRS), the collector of

the type, for his contribution to our knowledge of Australian rainforest plants especially

climbing plants.

4. Embelia australiana (F. Muell.) Bailey*, Qd FI. 3: 950 (1900); Choripetalum austral-

ianum F. Muell., Fragm. 3:36 (1862). Type: New South Wales. Clarence River,

H. Beckler s.n. (n.v.).

Mez, Pflanzenreich. 9: 331(1902).

Samara australiana (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 164 (1868).

Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 274 (1869).

Scandent shrubs or vines, stems thick with pale brown bark, usually densely lenticellate

with conspicuous red ellipsoid lenticels; branchlets often zig-zag, glabrous. Leaves variable

in size, elliptic or elliptic-obovate, 2.6-8.5(-10.5) X 1.2-4(-5.2) cm Guvenile leaves ovate

or elliptic, 11 < 6.7-7.5 cm), apex obtuse or rounded; base subacute or cuneate, rarely

obtuse or truncate; subcoriaceous, sometimes rigid, glossy green to yellowish, densely

dotted with conspicuous globose, oblong or ellipsoid, pellucid or opaque, reddish brown

or blackish dots; lateral nerves oblique or patent, ascending and looping near margins;

reticulate venation lax, prominent especially below; petioles 5-10 mm long, flexuose,

reddish. Inflorescences usually terminating short branchlets, racemose or rarely subum-

bellate, 3-—7-flowered; peduncles 1-7(-—20) mm long, glabrous, rarely sparsely papillose;

bracts ovate, 0.5-0.8 < 0.5-0.8 mm, sparsely papillose to glabrous, black-dotted. Flowers

4-merous; pedicels 3~6 mm long, slightly thick, glabrous; calyx 0.8-1.2 X 1-1.5 mm,

lobed to below middle, glabrous, black-dotted; lobes 0.5-0.8 x 0.5 mm, broadly ovate,

abruptly acuminate, ciliate; petals imbricate, elliptic or oblong, obtuse, 2-3.2 X 0.7-0.9

mm, reflexed, papillose inside, black-dotted; stamens as long as petals or slightly shorter,

filaments 0.7-1.5 mm long, exserted; anthers 0.5-0.7 X 0.5-0.7 mm, ovoid-ellipsoid,

emarginate or apiculate, punctate dorsally. Drupes subglobose, 6.5-9.5 x 6-9 mm, green

with black flecks and spots, red or blackish purple when ripe, usually verrucose by dark

raised spots, sometimes slightly ribbed when dry.

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. Beara, Gulf District, May 1945, White 13045 (BRI). Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: Tinaroo Ra. Rd, between Mareeba and Tinaroo Dam, 17°06’S, 145°35’E, May 1972, Webb &

Tracey 11493 (BRI); S.F.R. Barron, Jan 1958, Volek & Dansie 1421 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mt

Dryander near Proserpine, date unknown, Michael 825 (BRI). SouUTH KENNEDY District: Dalrymple Heights

and vicinity, Jul-Nov 1947, Clemens s.n. (BRI). WipDE Bay DiIStRict: Kin Kin, Mar 1916, White & Francis s.n.

(BRI). MoRETON District: SE side of Mt French, Aug 1988, Forster 4685 & Bird (BRI); Coolum beach, Apr

1978, Jessup & Sharpe 116 (BRI). New South Wales. Ballina, Feb 1894, Bauerien 1167 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: From Atherton Tableland, northeastern Queensland, extending

to as far south as Williams R., New South Wales (Map 3), also at Beara in southern

New Guinea; usually in dry rain forests or edge of rainforests.

_ _£. australiana is easily distinguishable from other Embelia species in Australia,

by its very small few-flowered inflorescences and large fruits.

Acknowledgements

I would like to offer my thanks to Les Pedley for providing the Latin diagnoses,

to Rod Henderson for his suggestions on the manuscript, to Bernie Hyland, Clyde

Dunlop and Jeremy Russell-Smith for the additional Embelia specimens, and to Will

Smith for the illustrations and maps. My thanks are also due to the curator of L for the

loan of the type and selected specimens of Embelia franguliifolia.

*The correct authors for this species should be (F. Muell.) Bailey and not (F. Muell.) Mez, as indicated in some

literature. F.M. Bailey made the combination in 1900, two years before Mez.

Reynolds, Embelia 367

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1900). Embelia N. Burman. Queensland Flora 3: 950-951. Brisbane: Queensland Government.

BENTHAM, G. (1869). Samara L. Flora Australiensis 4: 273-274. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

KANEHIIRA, R. & HATSIMA, S. (1943). Embelia. The Botanical Magazine, Tokyo 57: 222~225,

MEZ, G. (1902). Embelia. In A. Engler (ed.), Das Pflanzenreich iv (236): 295~332, Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

| SLEUMER, = ( 1987). The genera Embelia Burm. f. and Grenacheria Mez (Myrsinaceae) in New Guinea. Blurmea

32: 385-396,

Accepted for publication 3 May 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 369-375 (1991) 369

THE GENUS OPHIORRAIZA L. (RUBIACEAE) IN AUSTRA

David A. Halford

G.P.O. Box 2282, Brisbane, Qld 4001, Australia

Summary

One species of Ophiorrhiza L. occurs in Australia viz O. australiana. The subspecies O. australiana subsp.

heterostyla is described as new. A description of the genus and of the Australian species is given, together with

notes on its habitat, distribution and conservation status.

Introduction

The genus Ophiorrhiza L. 1s distributed throughout the Indo-Malesian region and

has its greatest diversity in south east Asia and New Guinea. Ophiorrhiza has approxi-

mately 150 species (Mabberley 1989) with one species, O. australiana Benth., being

recorded for Australia. This species was described by Bentham (1866) from material

collected from Rockingham Bay in north eastern Queensland. While I was preparing an

account of Ophiorrhiza for the Flora of Australia 1t became apparent that there are two

distinct taxa within the genus in Australia. The paper gives a detailed description of O.

australiana s. str. and describes a new subspecies.

Materials and Methods

Herbarium material from BRI, K, QRS and MEL has been examined. Measure-

ments have been taken from dried or spirit material.

Pollen was collected from herbarium specimens at BRI and prepared by the

standard acetolysis method outlined by Erdtman (1969). Acetolysed grains were air dried

from 100% acetone onto aluminium stubs. These samples were sputter coated with

platinum and examined with a Phillips 500 scanning electron microscope.

Taxonomy

Ophiorrhiza L., Sp. Pl. 150 (1753), Gen. Pl. ed. 5: 74 (1754). Type: O. mungos L.(lecto,

fide Hitchcock & Green (1929)).

Derivation of name: From the Greek ophios (a snake), rhiza (root); in reference to the

long spreading serpentine roots.

Erect or ascending herbs or shrubs. Leaves opposite, mostly petiolate, chartaceous,

elliptic-lanceolate or lanceolate-ovate or obovate to ovate, entire, penninerved, without

domatia. Stipules interpetiolar, entire or lobed, persistent or caducous. Flowers in terminal

(rarely axillary) helicoid cymes, usually united into umbelliform-corymbiform infloresc-

ences; bracts small, setaceous to well developed leaf-like structures, or absent. Flowers

isostylous or heterostylous. Perianth epigynous. Calyx 5-merous, minute. Corolla tube

cylindrical, infundibuliform or suburceolate; lobes 5, valvate. Androecium 5; filaments

adnate to corolla tube; anthers included or exserted. Ovary 2-celled, subglobose to

obovoid, often conspicuously ribbed, crowned with 2-lobed disk; placenta fleshy attached

to septum by short stalk; ovules numerous. Style included or exserted, filiform; stigma

bifid, filiform, capitate or clavate. Capsule 2-celled laterally flattened, obcoronate or

mitriform (rarely subglobose), mostly broader than long, dehiscing loculicidally. Seeds

numerous, minute, rhomboid to obconic.

Ophiorrhiza australiana Benth., Fl. austral. 3: 407 (1866). Type: Queensland. Rockingham

Bay, undated, Dallachy s.n. (holo: K).

Ascending to erect herbs or subshrubs to 60 (150) cm high. Stems usually not or slightly

branched, densely covered when young with weak crisped, ferruginous to whitish hairs

up to 1.0 mm long. Leaves chartaceous, discolourous, green above, paler beneath,

narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to narrowly ovate, 8-16 cm long, 2.5-6 cm

wide, midrib flat to canaliculate above, prominent below, secondary veins 9-14 per side,

habia seri fet AA A a aL oar any a ee eae ee ee A Se

em a se aN ae a a et

370 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

flat above, prominent below, acute or attenuate at base, acute to acuminate at apex;

petiole slender, canaliculate, 1.0-4.0 cm long, densely covered with weak, crisped hairs.

Stipule-sheath caducous, coriaceous, produced into | or 2 setae, totally 4-12 mm long.

Inflorescences terminal cymes, compact, corymbiform, 3-6-branched, 1-5 cm long, 10-

20 flowers per branch; peduncles 1-6 cm long, sparsely to densely covered with weak,

crisped, stramineous to ferruginous hairs; bracts setaceous, up to 4 mm long. Flowers

S(rarely 4 or 6)-merous, sessile or on short pedicels up to 1 mm long, isostylous or

heterostylous. Calyx lobes triangular to deltoid, 0.7-1.5 mm long, puberulent. Corolla

cream or pink, hypocrateriform; tube 2.5-4.0 mm long, pubescent outside with short

erect hairs, glabrous inside except densely bearded at throat; hairs up to 1.5 mm long,

with wavy lateral walls; lobes ovate, pubescent outside with short erect hairs, densely

papillose inside. In isostylous flowers stamens included, filaments filiform, 0.5-1.0 mm

long, adnate to corolla at 1/5 to 1/4 the length of corolla tube, anthers linear, c. 1.0 mm

long; style filiform, 1.0-1.7 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes c. 0.5 mm long. In heterostylous

short-styled flowers stamens exserted, filaments filiform, 2.5-3.5 mm long, adnate to

corolla at 1/4 to 1/2 the length of corolla tube; anthers linear, c. 1.5 mm long; style

filiform, c. 1.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform c. 1 mm long, erect. In heterostylous

long-styled flowers stamens included, filaments filiform, c. 0.5 mm long, adnate to corolla

c. 1/4 the length of corolla tube; anthers linear, c. 1.5 mm long; style filiform, 4.0-5.0

mm long; stigma capitate. Ovary 2-celled, subglobose to obovoid, 1-1.5 mm diameter,

ridged, capped by a 2-lobed disk which encircles base of style. Placenta fleshy, peltately

attached by short stalk to septum; ovules 8-20/locule. Capsules mitriform, 2-3 mm long,

6-7 mm wide, pubescent, splitting loculicidally. Seeds irregular shaped, cubic to obconic,

c. 0.5 mm along the longest axis; testa brown, faintly reticulate. Fig. 1.

Key to subspecies of Ophiorrhiza australiana

1. Flowers isostylous; indumentum on upper leaf surface composed of weak,

crisped, ferrugineous hairs; corolla lobes 1-2 mm long |

pe 3 Ge ies baie RT od, cutee sun a), QO. australiana subsp. australiana

Flowers heterostylous; indumentum on upper leaf surface composed of

more or less straight, erect to appressed, whitish hairs; corolla lobes

Fe eg) a er ee ee QO. australiana subsp. heterostyla

Ophiorrhiza australiana Benth. subsp. australiana

Young stems, peduncles and petioles densely covered with weak crisped, ferruginous

hairs. Leaf lamina on both surfaces covered with scattered weak, crisped, hairs; midrib

and secondary veins often purplish especially towards leaf base. Flowers isostylous;

corolla lobes 1-2 mm long. Fig. 2.

I have examined pollen of this subspecies (Fig. 1) which is similar in structure

to pollen of the Pacific species of Ophiorrhiza described by Darwin (1976). The pollen

grains are 3-colporate, isopolar, radially symmetrical, spheroidal to subprolate in equa-

torial view with equatorial axis length 33-48 w, subtriangular in polar view with polar

axis length 32-40 uw; colpi1 22-26 p long: ora circular, 3-5 uw in diameter; margin

crassimarginate; exine surface semitectate, reticulate-perforate; collumellae numerous:

lumina 0.5-1 pw in diameter.

Representative specimens: Queensland. CooK District: Gap Creek, c. 22 miles ba km] 8 by E of Cooktown,

15°4-’S, 14S5°1E, May 1969, Smith s.n. [AQ 339973] (BRI); end of Granite Creek logging road Bloomfield River,

W of Ayton, May 1969, Webb & Tracey 9000 (BRI); Daintree, 16°15’S, 145°19’E, Nov 1954, Blake 19728 (BRI);

foothills Thornton Peak, Sep 1937, Brass & White 269 (BRI); Mosman Intake, 16°27’S, 145°22’E, Aug 1957,

Smith 10030 (BRI); N of Kuranda, Sep 1963, Hyland AFO/2817 (BRI); F.R. 1073, 16°45’S, 145°30’E, Nov 1965,

Rudder 4047 (BRI); Yarrabah, [16°54’S, 145°52’E], Oct 1918, Michael 568 (BRI); Freshwater Creek, S of Redlynch,

16°59’S, 145°40’E, Oct 1973, Webb & Tracey 13655 (BRI,QRS); N.P.R. 226 (Harvey Creek), 17°15’S, 145°50E,

Jan 1972, Hyland 5784 (BRI,QRS); Weinerts Creek, Babinda, 17°20/S, 145°54’E, Nov 1982, Jago 557 (QRS);

Wyvuri Holding, 17°20’S, 146°00’E, Dec 1972, H yland 7893 (BRI,QRS); The Boulders, Babinda, 17°21’S, 145°55’E,

Dec 1972, Birch 89 (BRI); Bartle Frere, Oct 1935, Flecker 845 (QRS); Tchupala Falls - Crawfords Lookout walk,

17°36’S, 145°48’E, Feb 1981, Irvine 2079 (QRS). NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Jarra Creek, W of Tully, Nov 1951,

Smith 4994 (BRI); near Cardwell, W of Kennedy, 18°1-’S, 145°5-’E, Sep 1938, Blake 9728 (BRI); upper reach of

Deluge Inlet, Hinchinbrook Island, 18°24’S, 146°15’E, May 1972, Webb & Tracey 11187 (BRI); Exp. e/p 19,

Burgoo L.A., Garrawalt, 18°30/S, 145°45’E, Jul 1975, Sanderson S707 (QRS); Wallaman N.P., 18°3-’S, 145°4—E,

Nov 1985, Williams 85324 (BRI).

Halford, Ophiorrhiza :

r SS Pee BT EP q Be Pter eee Sidbbe agree gear

EST neti EE RAs NCTE > er Sire Casa ay a Santen OED Fa a

oe 6 ot

Seem e ete wee Z FETE EE a pipet as

1 PEE Le SERIES MADE LAOS RINE nwa foe Bet pe st *

eee Ate Ne a and act ean oon Ne Eta BOT

— ug SS . eee mn Me tee wahoo eee o rah ieee Hie Paar ae De

eek 8

cae

mie

ian

Telnaes

oe r, eualSaoe 9 ie BD soa aie ‘fate

SUE ae ioe naa Ter i % : : : ae 2

bas F : Sette nt a Se EE a eet RE et Ga + aera SE : oe al eee STEELE

ag CPO Pts ; Sates:

ie Sodas

Rae Ee

Ba See ee se

RSA Ss

ed eaeee aes

Nena beate tarred ees

peer E®

DICE

“8

stFe 5 As " sos auras ASA 4 we

Cee Sngte

Sine n tees toe

Poot ag eee tae

fs eg yn

Mea fers

‘Wp a Bey

ens poe

Pere - Se

pire

Vee tte

DEERE

eet

# ees s. . H fe wet ht f

SNING AHS oe ; : SERA ieee iterate ae

é ; : Shits! : aon So

HEUER EERE Peace Es 4 ee : nthe Renee

Bet

a cee aoe. " < " eee, “ae .

5 a Wee : tt bee ra) re cm! a poet af ns * 1 el

oem)

“

“i Neate’

a te getet

wee hy,

ty fee ES

rit ene rt Saeaare

irene

Vives UT

ors.

a B oe 5 : Z : ec pele ies

siptie og A ade TA Abe oethS TET g Ree Sana ae trite

PORE AS yale ee gna 2 SAH ns : ar B A Th

i re Pans: ses 33 Pe eee ye , 5 Tele phy EL ESS

a4 i

peciadie nse

Deemer ene

iy, a,

"some sibeieatitce sh ean ee Me add RT Sao te

a ee CoE at ‘ % 3 ‘ Tate Pitre

ee eS OLE TET

miurely Pate tPA OM.

Teper

Laest rie

Re steed eae

edit aie dtea my

Seen TRS

aes

ae ime

= S ? : yet S 3 te ae Tee a Jy Pate ees 7 ale CAs Ts i CY igen

Peete Ota Rs Mata iig miele etns is eh ” cea MESES LOOSE PP crt rem et Ben fet EEE ". vein, Semitgetet tiny Se - pees

ware ac ee Tea 4 Patani! Bae peter, DARTS SS AML Ea ieee a

a ee et He mn a? met yy Rae

“ee

= 5 ; Pape yes

. = ‘ re Rape ee sy 4 fi F 3 ett fete wh ee nee mn natate Seen eet

Soe ; Peer Rae ERE ATS PALAIS SANSA OE vd Se aR a ame da nay a er eg EONS gg : : 2 SER eared Peete

So Re,

eS ea sere peak Fi ~ : Ta ett ee ;

as Rati - een Poets Shee 5 Be 2 ~ ‘ pee aati

ieee eet ant ln a te an pees eed = scat Ma sroatntae

aie into,

Pan, SPITS SP Heme, fos

: : anatte sane ss Sees eee erect Foe

Pd |=

cate.

Deere

Ret teeters "

‘he iret tes

a sees

Getiets rere

ae Bites os

aor,

ou Ebats

SE Sati on

Citas

Venere

neat ee

ee,

ete et

ate

fs ies

bags

eka

ere

eta ae rehioe,

ats

epee

Ppt

ie LT

art

bax

f05

Aces

fers

pened

ref,

ine

yeas

oe eT,

L285

Sas

oy:

faci

: RS eae 3 : x vie rs,

eau

nue

Bee

she

hee

Meet EE

thes

nt At Mite Pre tent tei att “ rene en ae he be ¥ a oe ‘. es te

epee aoe

eS Se » S “ Stat Te, ape a Tae

Bey cattt e lf tage eg Pena, Eb Mess anata : aa

ate

ieee.

- ae, ay, , ne nae yay *, ets i hating al ne fn tn Gye) ond ‘ LE Te fal nae

Br WN BT, Se = me ate me pra a cata rhe ” aye ATs 4 “i 4 e ¢ tone ete inane ea tot al an ioe i ‘ ee} amy he tala rd Haka

‘itech etal oye ‘eit % a ; as Pe

nla

age Tifa: ae ERIE eK Se tae Rene eS Wine ates ft edin rat ie be

asteem

Dik

aor

Sele

bas

Sis

Ass

=A:

ry.

ths

Say

eins

SOT

ays

dad

i re

fet

eee

;

res

Eri

ich

“3

Fenner)

res

Apso

prreta ae

Pia

coe

eee

aes

hare

IES: =

oes

Sica

ies

‘.

Stee tS

Tis ‘=

foweee

etl

21.

rie Sie oa cinerea tare cnnattr VBA Zea : Z ’

f ee Sea i tae Man hi Dep ae teeny eA aE a ap

re fee ne Span ayes 3 Red aan pr a aS nals See ty te Se

iret

“1 Raed

" pteaet one, 2 5 deren

recta te Pa ge NA ged ed ah atlas Pol Adee” Ste

pane

to Mate hed

$f ay

Neeanas aoa

& inch wntengee a

be mae ; Recah

“Te € ary

mess a ee G any

Fr :

ey :

id ine nie rc

“t ns hae

“a S

i 7m “ote

a se ote : ; iy

ae Fae EEE eS Ma attra eR ble teat MAL a : eee om ate hati Geli a i thes se et Mihata s wl

Si ris eet er MN Tn Pei khaed meee Seph heeniea earth pe ORCA TE eg china ooh mack nn eta hatte her OE arundel repeat igh med eee «aca * wt, Mattei a piers eS Mine talker t gto PN aC TRY Reid Pe RT ele Re SE REISE Ak ar ita he! ee ete aes Veta Syed aye wich

reas Seairenie aa BY hanna sae bat tees chee PE etre T peal eh ara on) bated Leal a eyehe ces penitent seed tats ates oteten veeeha ney emery ance ea et ae eect name Mylotghen ee par een rarity Siar ati ‘a

va ed at ad kad SERA Rian lbh Relate nee Es EE et Sek rad Pot mminead cere ooee haay ieee LL eek ceca Ses Ryne SAAN casera NCEE EE Eka tt ed be Semele foment, byl Soe AEN ad PERS frees BaD aaa aa halter ice feeder keene

Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Ophiorrhiza australiana subsp. australiana: A,B, pollen. A, equatorial

view. B, polar view. C, seed mounted with hilum viewed obliquely from the side. A,B, Webb & Tracey 13655,

BRI; C, Webb & Tracey 10484.

LEANER ee mamteee Deane mnt

Sr EN Poot it Ponty

AeA AeA AeA tae MAMA fee Ae RAMAN Aero tt tok fat fe tt ft ES lt rs Zn

abetted

372 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is confined to the area between Cooktown and

Ingham in north Queensland (Map 1) where it is found on alluvial soils of granitic

origin and red loams along the banks of streams in rainforests and mesophyll vine forests

in areas of good light penetration to the forest floor.

Conservation status: This subspecies is known to occur in a number of National Parks

and is not considered to be rare, threatened or endangered at present.

Notes: The holotype is located at Kew. The sheet has a label in Bentham’s hand

‘Rockingham Bay Dallachy’. There is one specimen of this taxon in MEL (MEL 1583636)

collected by Dallachy from Rockingham Bay which is dated (2nd March 1864) before

the name was published. There 1s information on flower colour and height in Dallachy’s

hand which Bentham did not refer to in his protologue and there is no indication on

the sheets that Bentham saw the specimen. It appears unlikely then that Bentham used

this specimen in producing his protologue and therefore it 1s not considered to be type

material. As to whether or not the MEL specimen is an isotype cannot be ascertained

as there is no way of linking it to the holotype.

Ophiorrhiza australiana subsp. heterostyla Halford, subsp. nov. floribus heterostylibus,

corollae lobis 1.5-4.0 mm longis, fol lamina supra pilis albidis ascendentibus

usque appressis plus minusve strictis ornata diagnoscenda. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Massey Gorge, c. 23 km NW of Silver Plains Station, 13°50/S,

143°24’E, 9 November 1980, JR. Clarkson 3619 (holo: BRI; iso: QRS).

Young stems, peduncles and petioles densely hairy with weak crisped whitish hairs. Leaf

lamina covered with scattered, more or less straight, erect to appressed hairs, with weak,

crisped, hairs on midvein, secondary veins and leaf margins; midrib and secondary veins

stramineous to whitish. Flowers heterostylous; corolla lobes 1.5-4 mm long. Fig. 2.

_ Pollen of this subspecies has not been examined due to insufficient material

available.

Representative specimens: Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: “Steelwire Bridge’ East Claudie River, 12°43’S, 143°19’E,

Dec 1981, Tucker 305 (QRS); Mt Tozer, near Iron Range, 12°45’S, 143°12’E, Nov 1977, Tracey 14859 (BRI,

QRS); Claudie River, 12°45’S, 143°1S’E, Oct 1973, Hyland 6984 (QRS). Tozer Gap, Tozer Range, Jun 1948,

Brass 19374 (BRI); slopes of Iron Range (Mt Lamond), Nov 1956, Webb 3233 (BRI); Leo Creek, Upper Nesbit

River, Aug 1948, Brass 19853 (BRI); T.R. 14, Leo Creek Road, 13°40’S, 143°20’E, Sep 1972, Irvine 369 (QRS);

Mcllwraith Range, c. 11 miles [18 km] NE by E of Coen, Oct 1962, Smith 11798 (BRI); upper reaches of Chester

River on eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°43’S, 143°24’E, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2430 (BRI); T.R. 14 (Mcilwraith

Range ~ Leo Creek road), 13°45’S, 143°20’E, Sep 1975, Hyland 8439 (QRS); Massey Gorge, on eastern fall of

Mcllwraith Range, 13°49’S, 143°23’E, Sep 1979, Clarkson 2633 (BRI, QRS); MclIlwraith Range, 13°50’S, 143°15’E,

Sep 1974, H yland 7625 (OR); headwaters of Massey Creek near old mining site, Mcllwraith Range, c. 13°50’S,

143°20’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9101 (BRI); Rocky River near E boundary of T.R. 14, 13°50’S, 143°25’E,

Sep 1973, Dockrill 713 (QRS); headwaters of Lankelly Creek on western fall of MclIlwraith Range, c. 13°52’S,

os atts 365 (BRD. Webb & Tracey 9553 (BRI); SE slopes of MclIlwraith Range, c. 13°55’S, 143°1S’E, Aug 1966,

urtis

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is confined to the Iron and Mcllwraith Ranges

on Cape York Peninsula (Map 1) where it is found on soils derived from granitic and

metamorphic rocks along banks of creeks in sclerophyll, mesophyll and notophyll vine

forest in areas of good light penetration to the forest floor.

Conservation status: Although this subspecies is found only in the forests of two mountain

ranges on Cape York Peninsula, it is not considered to be rare, threatened or endangered

at present. It is known to occur in the Iron Range National Park.

Notes: Heterostyly has been reported in numerous genera in the Rubiaceae (Verdcourt

1958). There has been differing views, however, as to whether or not heterostyly occurs

in Ophiorrhiza. Schumann (1891) considered it to be well developed in the genus while

more recently Verdcourt (1958) reported it as being absent. Backer and Bakhuizen Van

den Brink (1965) record that O. canescens Blume and O. marginata Blume are heter-

ostylous. Vuilleumier (1967) did not record heterostyly in Ophiorrhiza in her survey of

heterostyly in the Angiosperms. Darwin’s (1976) revision of the Pacific species of

Ophiorrhiza produced no evidence of heterostyly although he reported the variable

location of the stamens 1n O. /eptantha. However as he points out, this is not heterostyly

in the true sense as the positions of the stigma and anthers are not exactly reversed

from flower to flower. It 1s clear from the Australian material of Ophiorrhiza that

heterostyly does occur in the genus.

Halford, Ophiorrhiza

373

sf Oe

ee ae

F Ld udeted a

~~ aa

Te aed ri

Cad

nny "t

nt “ en

hggee v aa om a

”

wate

Pet al f

ual Lt

are Pa

_ = a

R te

t ett

i ry

fF * # * bs

bat Ph a 23 tA fom V4,

a . a hy ane, vats Ss 4 ‘ a a4

r ra *

by r e ~ a t4 + 8 + Le

eh «* % aa * 4 a 3 ?

Pe +7

r,t - +

", by

= ¢

;

4 ’ }

A +. # ne 4 4 4

* a

* *

* ar 4

* ctr

¥ a ©

g - - *

‘, €¢ ef

# &

PW SMITH

Fig. 2. Ophiorrhiza australiana subsp. australiana: A, ovary, calyx lobes and style X 18. B. corolla opened out

x 9. C. portion of upper leaf surface X 18. O. australiana subsp. heterostyla: D,E, short styled flower; D. ovary,

calyx lobes and style x 18. E. corolla opened out X 9. F,G, long styled Hower. F. ovary, calyx lobes and style X

18. G. corolla opened out X 9. H. portion of upper leaf surface X 18. A,B, Michael 568; C, Thorsborne 423:

D,E,H, Clarkson 3619; F,G, Webb & Tracey 9101.

374 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

subsp. australiana o

subsp. heterostyla o

Se a LF

oO”

Map 1. Distribution of subspecies of Ophiorrhiza australiana.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Australian Biological Resources Study for financial support

in 1990 to undertake research on the tribe Hedyotideae in Australia. I would like to

thank the Directors of BRI, K, MEL and QRS for making material available for study;

Dr R.W. Johnson and Dr B.P.M. Hyland for use of facilities at BRI and QRS respectively;

Mr L. Pedley for providing the Latin diagnoses; Mr W. Smith for the illustrations and

Mr A. Franks for providing the Scanning Electron Micrographs.

References

BACKER, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, R.C. (1965), Rubiaceae. In Flora of Java 2: 244-274.

Groningen: N.V.P. Noordhoff.

BENTHAM, G. (1866). Ophiorrhiza. In Flora Australhtensis 3: 407. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

DARWIN, S.P. (1976). The Pacific species of Ophiorrhiza L. (Rubiaceae). Lyonia 1(2): 47-102.

ERDTMAN, G. (1969). Handbook of Palynology. New York: Hafner Publishing Co.

HITCHCOCK, A.S. & GREEN, M.L. (1929). Proposal by A.S. Hitchcock (Washington) & M.L. Green (Kew) pp.

110-199. In International Botanical Congress, Cambridge (England), 1930. Nomenciature. Proposals by British

botanists. London: Wyman and Sons.

MABBERLEY, D.J. (1989). The plant-book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

SCHUMANN, K. (1891). Rubiaceae. In A. Engler & K. Pranti, Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. 4: 1-156.

Halford, Ophiorrhiza 375

VERDCOURT, B. (1958), Remarks on the classification of the Rubiaceae. Bulletin du Jardin Botanique de l'Etat,

Bruxelles 28: 209-281.

VUILLEUMIER, B.S. (1967), The origin and evolutionary development of heterostyly in the Angiosperms.

Evolution 21. 210-226.

Accepted for publication 5 April 1991

IAT RI Ta ne yt Mrs

Austrobaileya 3(3): 377-387 (1991) 377

REVISION OF THE RHODOMYRTUS TRINEURA (F. MUELL.)

F, MUELL. EX BENTH. (MYRTACEAE) SPECIES COMPLEX

G.P. Guymer

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

The Rhodomyrtus frineura species complex is revised. R. novoguineensts,. R. canescens and R. sericea are re-

instated as species distinct from R. trineura. R. pervagata, R. trineura subsp. capensis and R. effusa from Australia

and R. lanata and R. montana from New Guinea are described as new. A key to the species is provided and the

new species illustrated.

Introduction

Scott (1978) recognised four varieties of Rhodomyrtus_trineura (F. Muell.) F.

Muell. ex Benth., viz var. trineura, var. novoguineensis (Diels) A.J. Scott, var. macrophylla

Domin, and var. canescens (C, White & Francis) A.J. Scott. The differences in the habit,

habitat, leaf and floral morphology of these taxa necessitates their elevation to specific

rank. Rhodomyrtus sericea Burret, included within R. trineura var. trineura by Scott

Sade: is also specifically distinct. In addition, two allied species from New Guinea need

ormal description. Both are described from material included by Scott under R. trineura

var. novoguineensis.

Floral and fruit measurements given are based on material preserved in spirit or

reconstituted material.

Key to Rhodomyrtus trineura and Related Species

1. Ovules/seeds in 16-22 rows; fruits ellipsoidal .. ae ee ee >

Ovules/seeds in 3-12 rows; fruits globular or subglobular sy Mayon cence IR xe nat iaath 3

2. Abaxial leaf surface villous, hairs dense; pedicels to 2 mm long.

NE New Guinea .. . 7. R. lanata

Abaxial leaf surface pubescent, ‘hairs mid-dense; s pedicels 2 2-5 mm long.

New Guinea ...... ae . ... 6, R,. novoguineensis

3. Inflorescences monads, rarely triads; tomentum of branchlets and leaves

erect or erect as well as appressed eo . 4

Inflorescences triads and monads; tomentum of branchlets and leaves —

appressed. NE Australia ..... Lene) Perey PTR ee .. 3. R. canescens

4. Pedicels 5-14 mm long «2 ww. ee ee ee 5

Pediceis to 5 mm long PEN Ope Rien Avan Baeeer tata ene eee ee ea rn 6

5. Ovules/seeds in 3-5 rows. NE Australia ............0.0..4. 1. R. trineura

Ovules/seeds in 7-10 rows. NE Austraha ................ 4 R. pervagata

6. Leaves 1.5-3.8 cm wide; small trees or shrubs Psat sete igs Pama eed te 7

Leaves 4-8.5 cm wide; straggling shrubs, NE Australia .......... 5. R. effusa

7, Leaves sericeous or pubescent below; inflorescences 2 per axil .......... 8

Leaves ferruginous-villous below; inflorescences 1 per axil. West

TSI cis Pde ope: hows bese, le sae ble hg te ee ee Pea Hho He ede ee ER oninna

8. Leaves pubescent below, hairs erect, mid-dense; ovules/seeds in 3-5 rows.

NE Australia... .. 1. R. trineura

Leaves sericeous below, hairs erect and appressed, dense: ovules/seeds in

6-9 rows. NE Australia... .. 0. cc ce ce ce ce ce ce ee eee 2. R. sericea

i Het tc AA eh At et ms me tS A DA YEA

378 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

1. Rhodomyrtus trineura (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. austral. 3: 272 (1866).

Myrtus trineura F. Muell., ls ong 4: 177 (1864). Type: Peak Range, Rockingham

Bay, 2 March 1864, J. Dallachy 1 (lecto (designated here): MEL).

Spreading shrub to 1-3(-5)m; bark smooth, brown. Branchlets and young leaves fer-

ruginous pubescent with erect hairs 0.3-0.9 mm long. Lamina ovate or ovate-lanceloate,

5-12 cm long, 1.5-3.7 cm wide, glabrous above except for hairs along midvein, pubescent

below with mid-dense erect hairs 0.5-1 mm long, 3-veined above the base, apex acuminate

or acute; base attenuate; venation raised below, midrib sunken above; primary marginal

veins 4—6 mm from base, 2-4 mm from margin; oil glands distinct, sparse to mid-dense.

Petiole pubescent, 3-6(-—9) mm long. Inflorescences 2 per axil, monads, 10-16 mm long;

pedicels pubescent, 2-10 mm long; pherophylls and metaxyphylls lanceolate, pubescent,

deciduous, 2-3 mm long. Flowers 5-merous; perigynium pubescent, 2.8-3.3 mm long

and 3.3~3.6 mm diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes ovate, acute, pubescent, 2.5-3 mm

long, 2.2-2.5 mm wide. Petals white or pinkish, obovate, pubescent or villous outside,

except for glabrous margins, glabrous inside, 5.6-7 mm long, 4.6~-6 mm wide. Stamens

125-134, + in 4 whorls; filaments 3-3.5 mm long; anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long. Ovary 3-

locular, summit puberulent; ovules 6-10 per loculus in 2 series of 3-5 on axile placentas;

style puberulent at base, glabrous above, 4-5 mm long; stigma capitate, 0.5-0.6 mm

diameter. Fruit cream, globular, pubescent, crowned by persistent calyx lobes, 10-12

mm long, 10-12 mm diameter. Seeds 18-30, reniform, flattened, 1.4-1.7 mm long.

Two subspecies are recognised.

la. R. trineura subsp. trineura

Petals pubescent: pedicels 2-6 mm long.

Selected specimens: Queensland, NORTH KENNEDY District: Mt Koolmoon Forest Reserve, about 7 miles [11.7

km] 8S of Ravenshoe, Aug 1963, Schodde 3292 (BRI); Mission Beach, 17°55’S, 156°05’E, Nov 1963, Hyland 03086

(BRI); Hobans Creek on Mission Beach Road 4 miles [6.4 km] from Tully, Jun 1970, Moriarty 276 (BRI); Dunk

Island on hill behind Brammo Bay, 18°55’S, 146°09’E, Nov 1970, Webb & Tracey 10685 (BRI); Mount Kootaloo,

Dunk Island, 17°57’S, 146°10’E, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4237 (BRI); S.F. 702, south bank of Murray River near mouth,

18°05’S, 146°OI’E, Oct 1975, Thorsborne 116 (BRD; Kirrama, 19°07’S, 145°37’E, Jul 1947, Smith 3194 (BRD;

Cardwell forestry area, Aug 1980, Williams 80156 (BRI); Five Mile Creek near Cardwell upstream from Highway,

Aug 1979, Byrnes 3925 (BRI); Gould Island, Rockingham Bay, Aug 1865, Dallachy [AQ 278670] (BRI); Agnes

Island, close to Hinchinbrook Island, 18°20’S, 146°19"E, Aug 1975, Sharpe 1762 (BRI); upper reaches of North

Zoe Creek, Hinchinbrook Island, [8°21’S, 146°16’E, Jul 1988, Fe// 1162 (BRI); W of Ingham, near Wallaman

Falls, Aug 1951, Blake 18806 (BRI); near Witts Lookout, Mt Spec National Park, Mar 1988, Fell 674 (BRI);

about 4 km W of Paluma, i19°O1’S, 146°10’E, Jan 1986, Guymer 2011 (BRI). SoUTH KENNEDY District: Dalrymple

Heights and vicinity, Aug 1947, Clemens [AQ 045226] (BRI,L); Cape Hillsborough, 20°55’S, 149°02’E, Dec 1987,

Thomson 126 (BRI), PORT CurtTIS District: Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, CSIRO ISOPOD site, c, 2.5 km

N of Mt Parnassus, 22°48’S, 150°35’E, Jul 1977, Clarkson & Stanley 672 (BRI); Water Park Creek, 3.5 km NE

of Byfield, Livingstone Shire, 22°49’S, [50°39’E, Aug 1985, Anderson 4010 (BRI); Byfield near Keppel Bay, Sep

1931, White 8016 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is found from Ravenshoe to Byfield, Queensland

and occurs on the margins of notophyll vine forest, along creeks and occasionally in

open forests at altitudes from near sea-level to 800 m.

lb. R. trineura subsp. capensis Guymer, subsp. noy. differt ab subsp. trineurae petalis

villosis et pedicellis longionbus (3-10 mm longis). Typus: Queensland. Cook

District, MclIlwraith Ra., T.R. 14, Leo Creek road, 13°45’S, 143°20’E, September

1975, B. Hyland 8383 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,QRS distribuendi).

Distinguished from R. trineura subsp. trineura by the villous petals and longer pedicels

(3-10 mm long).

Specimens examined: Australia. Queensland. Cook DiIsTrRicT: [ron Range, Jun 1948, Brass 19333 (BRI,L); Mt

Tozer near Iron Range, 12°45’S, 143°12’E, Nov 1977, Tracey 14851 (BRI,QRS), Hill E of Mt Tozer, Iron Range

area, 12°45’S, 143°13’E, Nov 1977, Tracey 14203 (BRI,QRS); Claudie River, [2°45’S, 143°15’E, Sep 1976, Hyland

9029 (BRI,L,QRS); ditto, Oct 1974, Hyland 7806 (BRI,L,QRS); ditto, Oct 1973, Jrvine 671 (BRI,QRS); Mt Carter,

13°00’S, 143°15’E, Sep 1974, Hyland 7554 (BRI,L,QRS); T.R. 14, Mcllwraith Range, Leo Ck road, 13°45’S,

143°20’E, Sep 1975, Hyland 8383 (BRI,QRS); ditto, H yland §390 (BRI,QRS); Mcilwraith Range, 13°50’S, 143°15’E,

Sep 1974, Hyland 7645 (BRI,L,QRS); Headwaters of Massy Ck near old mining site, MclIlwraith Range, 13°50/S,

143°20’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9129 (BRI); Headwaters of Lankelly Creek on western fall of MclIlwraith

Range, 13°52’S, 143°20’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9531 (BRI; Lankeliy Creek on western fall of MclIlwraith

Range, 13°55’S, 143°1LS’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9637 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is found from Iron Range to Mcliwraith Range,

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland and occurs on the margins of mesophyll or notophyll

vine forest at altitudes of 20 to 600 m.

Guymer, Rhodomyrtus trineura complex 379

Phenology: This species flowers from August to January with occasional records for May.

Fruiting specimens have been coilected in June, October to January, and March and

May.

Notes: R. érineura is distinguished from other species in this complex by its spreading

shrubby habit, mid-dense leaf tomentum and ovules/seeds in 3 to 5 rows.

There are two specimens of Dailachy’s in MEL which were collected before

Mueller’s publication of this species. The Dallachy specimen collected on 26 January

1864 has smaller leaves than that given by Mueller, whereas the specimen collected on

2 March 1864 agrees with Mueller’s protologue. Hence this latter specimen has been

selected as the lectotype of R. trineura.

2. Rhodomyrtus sericea Burret, Notizbl. Bot: Gart. Berlin 15: 497 (1941). Type: Australia,

we Cook DIsTrRIcT, Mt Bellenden-Ker, W. Sayer s.n. (holo: Bt; iso:

Shrubs or small trees, 2-6(-8) m tall, d.b.h. to 10 cm; bark smooth, reddish brown to

dark brown. Branchlets and young leaves sericeous with erect and appressed silken brown

hairs 0.2-1 mm long. Lamina elliptic to lanceolate, (3-)4-9 cm long, 1.4-1.7 cm wide,

glabrous above except for hairs along primary veins, sericeous or velutinous below with

dense erect and + appressed hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long, 3-veined above the base, apex

acuminate, base cuneate or attenuate, often decurrent with petiole; margins recurved;

venation raised below, midvein sunken above; primary marginal veins 3-7 mm from

base, 1-2 mm from margin; oil glands distinct, moderately dense. Petiole pubescent, 5-

9 mm long. Inflorescences 2 per axil, monads, rarely triads, 12~20 mm long; pherophylls

and metaxyphylls pubescent, lanceolate, acute, 2-2.5 mm long. Flowers 5-merous;

perigynium pubescent, 2.5-3.4 mm long, 2.8-3.5 mm diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes

rounded or semi-circular, pubescent, 2-2.6 mm long, 2.4-3.1 mm wide. Petals white,

obovate, puberulent outside except for the margins, glabrous inside, 6-8 mm long, 4.5-

6 mm wide. Stamens 130-144, + in 4 whorls; filaments 4.8—5.5 mm long; anthers with

3-5 oil glands along connective, 0.6—0.7 mm long. Ovary 3-locular, summit puberulent:

ovules 12-18 per loculus in 2 series of 6 to 9, on axile placentas; style pubescent at

base, glabrous above, 5—6 mm long; stigma capitate, 0.5-0.65 mm diameter. Fruits cream

or pale brown, globular, pubescent, crowned by persistent calyx lobes, 12~13.5 mm long,

10-11 mm diameter. Seeds 36-54, reniform, flattened, 1.6-1.8 mm long.

Selected specimens: Australia. Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: Mt Finnegan, Sep 1943, Brass 20134 (BRD; summit

of Mt Finnegan, 15°47’S, 145°17’E, Aug 1972, Webb & Tracey 10839 (BRI); N.P.R. 164, Thornton Peak, 16°10'S,

145°20’E, Nov 1973, Hyland 7058 (BRI); Thornton Peak, Mar 1932, Brass 2297 (BRI); V.C.L. Noah, Mt Hemmant,

16°10’S, 145°25’E, Oct 1975, Hyland 8488 (BRI); Mt Spurgeon, 16°26’S, 145°12’E, Sep 1936, White 10606 (BRI);

21 km along Mt Lewis Rd, Jan 1986, Guymer 2020 (BRI); summit of Mt Demi, 16°30’S, 145°19’E, Feb 1932,

Brass 2098 (BRI); Mt Windsor, Mar 1941, Carr 13a (BRD; S.F.R. 143, Leichhardt L.A., 16°36’S, 145°17’E, Dec

1981, Hyland 11423 (BRI); Mt Lewis, 16°3-’S, 145°1-"E, Oct 1982, Williams 82198 (BRI); ditto, Williams 82204

(BRI); end of Mt Lewis Rd, 16°35’S, 145°15’E, Aug 1957, Syith 10086 (BRI); Bellenden Ker Range, 17°15’S

145°SO’E, Oct 1974, Hyland 7767 (BRI); Centre peak near TV tower, summit of Bellenden Ker, Nov 1972, Webb

& Tracey 10804 (BRI); Mt Bellenden Ker near the cableway terminus, Sep 1986, Clarkson 6572 (BRD; Bellenden

Ker, Jan 1923, White s.n. (BRI); Mt Bellenden Ker, c. 0.5 miles [0.8 km] SW of centre peak, Jun 1969, Smith

14633 (BRI); Mt Bartle Frere, Oct 1929, Kajewski 1282 (BRI); Bartle Frere, summit of south peak, Jun 1961,

Martin & Hyland 1894 (BRI); Bartle Frere, 4,200 ft to summit, Oct 1967, Scarth-Johnson s.n. (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: R. sericea is endemic in NE Queensland from Mt Finnegan to

Mt Bartle Frere at altitudes of 900-1650 m. It occurs on the margins of microphyil-

notophyll vine-fern forests, in windswept microphyll mossy thickets and 1n wet sclerophyll

forest adjoining these vine forest types. It grows on a variety of soil types derived mainly

from granite.

Phenology: This species flowers from August to December and fruits from December to

June. |

Notes: R. sericea is distinguished from R. trineura by its sericeous leaves and ovules/

seeds 1n 6 to 9 rows.

380 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

3. Rhodomyrtus canescens C. White & Francis, Queensland Dept. of Agric. Bot. Bull.

22: 26 (1920); Rhodomyrtus trineura var. canescens (C. White & Francis) A.J.

Scott, Kew Bull. 33: 325 (1978). Type: Australia, Queensland, Cook DISTRICT,

Atherton, January 1918, C.7. White [AQ 278660] (holo: BRI; iso: K).

Shrubs 1.5-4 m tall, bark smooth, grey. Branchlets and young leaves puberulent with

appressed simple hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long. Lamina lanceolate or elliptic, 4.5-10(-12) cm

long, 1.5-—3(-3.5) cm wide, glabrous or with occasional scattered appressed hairs above,

canescent below (hairs appressed 0.1-0.25 mm long), 3-veined above the base; apex

acuminate; base attenuate or cuneate; venation slightly raised above except for sunken

midrib, raised below; primary marginal veins 4-10 mm from base, 1.5-3 mm from

margin; oil glands distinct, moderately dense. Petiole canescent, 5-8 mm long. Inflo-

rescence 1 per axil, metaxytriads, 15-35 mm long; pedicels canescent, (3-)4-10 mm

long; pherophylls and metaxyphylls ovate, acute, caducous, canescent, 2-3.2 mm long.

Flowers 5-merous; perigynium canescent, 2.8-3.3 mm long, 3-3.5 mm diameter at

anthesis. Calyx lobes rounded or semi-circular, canescent, 2-2.6 mm long, 2.1-4 mm

wide. Petals white, obovate, glabrous or canescent outside with glabrous margins, 8-10

mm long, 6.5-7.5 mm wide. Stamens 165-176, + in 4 whorls; filaments 4-5 mm long;

anthers 0.5-0.65 mm long. Ovary 3-locular, summit puberulent; ovules 14-16 per loculus,

in 2 series of 7 or 8, on axile placentas; style puberulent at base, glabrous above, 5.5-6

mm long; stigma capitate, 0.6-0.7 mm diameter. Fruits pale cream, globular, puberulent,

crowned by persistent calyx lobes, 6.6-11 mm long, 4.5-7.1 mm diameter. Seeds 42-48,

reniform, flattened, finely sculptured, 1.6-2 mm long.

Selected specimens: Australia. Queensland. COOK District: Davies Creek, Lamb Range, Oct 1967, Brass 33723

(BRI); Davies Creek L.A., 17°04’S, 145°36’E, Mar 1988, Forster PIF 3869 & Liddle (BRI); S.F.R. 185, c. 5 km

N of Tinaroo Falls Dam, 17°05’S, 145°36’E, Mar 1976, Moriarty 1984 (BRI); Noel L.A. Tinaroo Range, 17°07‘S,

145°39E, Nov 1981, Kanis 2149 (BRI); Tinaroo Range, on road from Downfall Creek, Feb 1962, Webb & Tracey

5759 (BRD; S.F.R. 194 Western, 17°16’S, 145°25’E, Feb 1981, Gray 1902 (BRD; Herberton Range S.F., W of

Atherton, 17°17’S, 145°26’E, Jan 1986, Guyer 2028 (BRI); S.F.R. 194, c. 6 km WSW of Atherton, 17°17'S,

145°26’E, Mar 1976, Moriarty 1974 (BRILNSW); S.F.R, 194, Barron, 17°17’S, 145°31’E, Jan 1972, Irvine 143

(BRD; S.F.R. £94, Western, 17°19’S, 145°26’E, Feb 1982, Gray 2458 (BRI); S.F.R. 99, Western, Dec 1956, Volck

QF57/108 (BRI); Evelyn Scrub, New Crater Rd, 17°25/S, 145°30’E, undated, Hamilton brothers [AQ 45077] (BRI);

S.F.R. 194, Hugh Nelson Ra., 17°27/S, 145°29‘E, Nov 1981, Gray 2292 (BRI); Microwave Tower Rd near The

Crater, 17°28’S, 145°29’E, Oct 1986, G. Sankowsky 575 & N. Sankowsky (BRI); c. 13 km SW of Atherton on

ranges near Moomin, Sep 1950, Smith 4664 (BRI); R99, compartment 50, Nov 1958, Smith 10437a (BRI). NorTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: Herberton-Ravenshoe Rd, 1972, Althofer 313 (BRI); c. 13 km N of Ravenshoe, Smith 5039

(BRI); Ravenshoe, Apr 1945, Flecker 9196 (BRI); Glendinning Rd, Ravenshoe, Aug 1967, Barnes s.n. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This species is endemic in north east Queensland from the

Lamb Range to Ravenshoe at altitudes of 750 to 1200 m. It occurs 1n or on the margins

of simple or complex notophyll vine forests.

Phenology: This species flowers from late September to December and fruits from

December to April.

Notes: R. canescens is readily distinguished from other species within the R. trineura

sroup by its pedunculate inflorescences (metaxytriads) and fine appressed indumentum.

4, Rhodomyrtus pervagata Guymer, sp. nov. affinis R. trineurae (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex

Benth. sed foliis majoribus (7-18 X 2.3-7 cm), pedicellis longioribus (5-14 mm

longis) et habitu arboreo differt. Typus: Australia, Queensland, Cook DISTRICT,

15 km along Mt Lewis Rd, off Julatten - Mareeba Rd (16°34’S, 145°16’E), January

1986, G.P.Guymer 2017 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,CANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NE,NSW,

QRS distribuendi).

Rhodomyrtus trineura var. macrophylla Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22: 474 (1928). Type:

Lake Eacham, February 1910, Domin 7310 (lecto (designated here): PR).

Small trees 3-8(—10) m tall, d.b.h. 6-14 cm; bark smooth, grey or dark brown. Branchlets

and young leaves densely pubescent with erect ferruginous simple hairs 0.2-—0.6 mm

long. Lamina elliptic to lanceolate, occasionally ovate, 7-14.6(-18) cm long, 2.3—5.5(-7)

cm wide, glabrous above except for hairs along primary veins, pubescent below with

mid-dense erect simple hairs 0.2-0.6 mm long, 3-veined above the base, apex long-

acuminate; base attenuate to cuneate; venation raised below, primary veins sunken above;

primary marginal veins 3-9 mm from base, 2-6 mm from margin; oil glands distinct,

moderately dense. Petiole pubescent, 5-13 mm long. Inflorescences 2 or 3 per axil,

monads, rarely metaxytriads, 12-18 mm long; pedicels ferruginous-pubescent, 5-14 mm

Guymer, Rhodomyrtus trineura complex

i wee ree - Reeth Pa

ak hs pity) i qe

* ashe 7 “ih ree

. {Y gs

f gt

=" hn tae

pant gaan

“a pape tse

hy ae

“" »

a ts ots

m 6 ‘eg

Toate

Li )

tog!

Fig. 1. Rhodomyrtus pervagata: A, flowering branchlets x 0.5. B. flower X 3. C. fruit X 2. Rhodomyrtus effusa:

D. fruiting branchlets x 0.67. E. L.S, of fruit X 3. A-C Guymer 2017; D,E, Guymer 2059.

381

Sao

382 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

long; pherophylls and metaxyphylls lanceolate to ovate, pubescent, deciduous, 2.8-5.1

mm long. Flowers 5-merous; perigynium ferruginous-pubescent, 2.5-3.2 mm long and

3.2-3.6 mm diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes rounded or semi-circular, ferruginous-

pubescent outside, sericeous inside, 2.7-3.1 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide. Petals white,

cream or pale pink, obovate, sericeous outside, glabrous around the margins, glabrous

inside, 8-10 mm long, 5-6 mm wide. Stamens 160-180, + in 4 whorls; filaments cream

or pink, 4.5~6 mm long; anthers with 2-5 oul glands along connective, 0.6-0.8 mm long.

Ovary 3-locular, summit puberulent; ovules 14~20 per loculus, in 2 series of 7-10, on

axile placentas; style puberulent at base, glabrous above, 6.5-8 mm long; stigma capitate,

0.5-0.7 mm diameter. Fruit cream when mature, globular to doliiform, puberulent,

crowned by persistent calyx lobes, 12-18 mm long, 10-13 mm diameter. Seeds 42-60,

reniform, flattened, finely sculptured, 1.9-2.2 mm long. Fig. 1 A-C.

Selected specimens: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: S.F.R. 144, Fantail L.A.. Mt Windsor Tableland,

16°12’S, 145°0S’E, Mar 1981, Unwin 762 (QRS); 15 km along Mt Lewis rd, 16°34’S, 145°16’E, Jan 1986, Guymer

2017 (BRIL.CANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW), Barron Falls track, 16°51’S, 145°39’E, Jan 1986, Guymer 2056 (BRI,QRS);

Davies Ck, 16°55’S, 145°32’E, Jan 1962, Webb 5558 & Tracey (BRI,K), 17°00’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1972, Hyland 5770

(BRI,K,QRS); Copper Lode Falls Dam area, Cairns, 17°00’S, 145°40’E, Dec 1972, Birch 32 (BRD); S.F.R. 185, c.

5S km N of Tinaroo Falls Dam, 17°05’S, 145°36’E, Apr 1976, Moriarty 1978 (BRI,QRS); S.F.R. 185, Haig L.A.,

17°05’S, 145°36’E, Jul 1976, Moriarty 2136 (BRI,QRS,L); S.F.R. 185, Emerald LA, 17°06’S, 145°35’E, May 1971,

Dockrill 86 (BRI,K,L,LNSW,QRS), Tree Ck, a tributary of Mulgrave River, 17°10/S, 145°5Q’E, Feb 1929, Tarden

s.n, (BRI); Lake Eacham, Feb 1910, Domin 7310, 7311, 7312, 7313 (all PR); Herberton Ra., 17°19’S, 145°26’E,

Jan 1986, Guymer 2027 (BRI,CBG,NE); 2.5 km along Boonjee rd, E of Lamin’s Hill, 17°22’S, 145°44’E, Jan 1986,

Guymer 2065 (BRI); S.F.R. 310, Swipers L.A., 17°22’S, 145°44’E, Jan 1986, Guymer 2065 (BRD; Reserve 404,

Dirran-Elinjaa Falls, 17°28’S, 145°39"E, Mar 1982, Hyland 11710 (BRI,QRS), S.F.R. 650, Mt Fisher, E/P 29,

17°33’S, 145°33’E, Nov 1975, Sanderson 799 (BRI,L,QRS); S.F.R. 756, West Charappa L.A., 17°42’S, 145°40’E,

Jul 1979, Stocker 1737 (QRS); S.F.R. 605, Luff L.A., 17°58’S, 145°36’E, Feb 1982, Hyland 11703 (BRI,QRS); c.

i km E of Paluma, 19°00’S, 146°14’E, Jan 1986, Guymer 2013 (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Rhodomyrtus pervagata is endemic in north-east Queensland

from Mt Windsor Tableland (16°12’S) to Paluma (19°S) and is found between 400 and

1250 m altitude. The species occurs in simple and complex notophyll vine forests on

soils derived from granite, granodiorite or basalt.

Phenology: This species flowers from October to February, and sometimes May or June.

Fruiting specimens have been collected from January to July.

Affinities: Rhodomyrtus pervagata has a leaf tomentum similar to that of R. trineura

but is distinguished from that species by its larger leaves, longer pedicels and arborescent

habit.

Etymology: Named from the Latin ‘pervagata’ (common), in reference to the occurrence

of this species along road verges throughout its distributional range.

5. Rhodomyrtus effusa Guymer, sp. noy. a R. novoguineensi Diels nervis lateralibus

foliorum paucioribus (4-7), ovulis paucioribus (60-72), bacca subglobosa, foltis

latioribus (4-8.5 cm latis) et statura minore differt. Typus: Queensland, Cook

DISTRICT, c. 2 km along Whyanbeel-Daintree track, from Whyanbeel Ck (16°22’S,

145°20’E), January 1986, G.P. Guymer 2059 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,CANB,

K,L,MEL,MO,NSW distribuend)).

Straggling shrubs to 4 m tall; bark smooth grey or brown. Branchlets and young leaves

ferruginous-villous with simple hairs 0.5-1.2 mm long. Lamina ovate to ovate-lanceolate,

8-18 cm long, 4-8.5 cm wide, glabrous above or pubescent along primary veins above,

pubescent below with ferruginous erect simple hairs 0.3-1.5 mm long, hairs dense along

veins, sparse elsewhere, 3-veined twice above the base; apex acuminate to caudate; base

cordate to truncate; venation raised below, primary and secondary sunken above, distinct;

primary marginal veins (lowermost pair): 1-3 mm from base, 1-4(—7) mm from margin,

(uppermost pair): 3-10(-12) mm from base, (2-)4-14(-18) mm margin; lateral veins 4-

7 pairs; oil glands obscure, moderately dense to sparse. Petiole pubescent, 2-5 mm long.

Inflorescence | or 2 per axil, monads, 12-16 mm long; pedicels ferruginous-villous, 3-

6 mm long; prophylls ovate to broadly ovate, ferruginous-villous, deciduous, 2.5-4 mm

long, 2-3 mm wide. Flowers 5-merous; perigynium ferruginous-villous, 3-3.5 mm long,

and 2-3 mm. diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes broadly ovate or slightly obovate, acute

or obtuse, ferruginous-villous outside, glabrous inside, caducous, 4-6 mm long, 3.5-4.5

mm wide. Stamens 203-215, + in 4 or 5 whorls; filaments 1.5-3.5 mm long; anthers

0.5-0.7 mm long. Ovary 3-loculur, summit pubescent; ovules 20-24 per loculus, in 2

series of 10-12, on axile placentas; style pubescent at base, glabrous above, 4—~5 mm

Guymer, Rhodomyrtus trineura complex 383

long; stigma capitate 0.4-0.5 mm diameter. Fruit cream when ripe, subglobular, pubescent,

crowned by persistent calyx lobes, 5-8 mm long, 5-7 mm diameter (not seen fully

mature). Fig. 1 D & E.

Specimens examined, Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Granite Ck, lower Bloomfield R., Sep 1960, Smith

11078 (BRI,K); c. 25 km NNW of Daintree, Nov 1967, Boyland 417 (BRI,K); Height of Alexandra, c. 7 1/4

miles [12 km] NE of Daintree, Oct 1962, Smith 11503 (BRI,K); N bank of Daintree, R., Feb 1932, Brass 2212

(BRI); ditto, Dec 1929, Kajewski 1438 (BRI,K); Stewart Ck, (16°20’S, 145°10’E), Sep 1948, Srzith 4043 (BRI,K);

T.R. 55, Whyanbeel, (16°20’S, 145°20’E), Mar 1976, Hyland 8687 (QRS); T.R. 55, Jul 1974, Hyland 7328

(BRLORS); ditto, Hyland 7348 (BRI,QRS); Exp. E/P 35, TR 55, Whyanbeel (16°22’S, 145°26’E), Jun 1977,

Sanderson 1208 (QRS); c. 2 km along Whyanbeel-Daintree track, from Whyanbeel Ck (16°22’S, 145°20’E), Jan

1986, Guymer 2059 (BRI,CANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Rhodomyrtus effusa is confined to northeast Queensland from

the Bloomfield River to the Rex Range (16°22’S), at altitudes of 20-100 m. It occurs on

the margins of complex mesophyll vine forests on soils derived from granite.

7 tt This species flowers from October to December and fruits from January to

April.

Affinities: This species has its closest affinities with Rhodomyrtus novoguineensis but

differs by its fewer ovules per loculus (20 to 24) in 10 to 12 rows, its broad ovate to

ovate-lanceolate leaves with fewer lateral nerves, its subglobular berry and its smaller

stature.

Notes: Specimens of this species have invariably been included under R. trineura var.

macrophylla (= R. pervagata). They can be readily distinguished from this species by

their coarser tomentum, leaf shape, smaller petals and shorter pedicels as well as the

straggling habit.

Conservation status: 2RC.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the straggling habit.

6. Rhodomyrtus novoguineensis Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 57: 378 (1922); Rhodomyrtus

trineura var. novoguineensis (Diels) A.J. Scott, Kew Bulletin 33: 324 (1978). Type:

Nordéstliches Neu-Guinea: In den Waldern bei Siu, 200 m u. M., 12 April 1909,

Schlechter s.n. [19223] (holo: Bt; iso: K,L).

Small trees to 8 m tall; bark brown, flaky. Branchlets ferruginous tomentose with simple

hairs 0.2-1.0 mm long. Lamina lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, (5-)7-15 cm long, (1.8-)

2-5.5 cm wide, glabrous above except for a few hairs along the primary veins, ferruginous-

pubescent below with hairs 0.5-1(-1.6) mm long, 3-veined above the base; apex acuminate

to almost caudate; base acute to cuneate; venation distinct, flush above except for primary

veins which are slightly sunken, raised below, primary marginal veins 2-5 mm from

base, 2-5 mm from margin, lateral veins 8-10 pairs; oil glands moderately dense or

sparse, distinct. Petiole pubescent, 3-5 mm long. Inflorescences 2 per axil, monads, 12-

16 mm long; pedicels pubescent, 2-5 mm long; prophylls ovate or ovate-lanceolate,

tomentose, 2-4 mm long, 1.2—-2.6 mm wide. Perigynium mostly ellipsoidal, villous, 3.4-

5.5 mm long, 2.2-3.2 mm diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes, semicircular to broadly

ovate, villous, persistent, 2.2-3 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide. Petals 4 or 5, white, broadly

ovate to ovate or orbicular, ferruginous-villous outside, glabrous inside or pubescent at

base only, caducous, 3-4(-5) mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide. Stamens 112-130; filaments |-

1.8 mm long; anthers 0.5-0.7 mm long. Ovary 3-locular, summit pubescent; ovules 36~-

44 per loculus, in 2 series of 18-22 on axile placentas; style pubescent in lower half,

glabrous above, 3-4 mm long; stigma capitate, c. 0.5 mm diameter. Fruit cream or pale

brown, pubescent, ellipsoidal, crowned by persistent calyx lobes, 10-14 mm long, 6-9

mm diameter. Fig. 2 A & B.

Specimens examined, Papua New Guinea, BISMARCK ARCHIPELAGO: Manus Island, Kaguli Ridge, 2°05’S, 146°40’E,

Oct 1974, Foreman & Katik LAE 59225 (BRI); Mt Dremsel, 2°10’S, 146°5S5’E, Jun 1971, Stone & Streimann

10377 (BRD. West NEW BRITAIN PROVINCE: NNE slope of Mt Ulawon, Hoskins subdistrict, 5°02’S, 151°22’E,

Feb 1971, Lelean & Stevens LAE 51245 PRL LS EASTERN NEW BRITAIN PROVINCE: Lower slopes of Mt

Lululua, Pomio subdistrict, 5°43’S, 151°02’E, May 1973, Steven & Lelean LAE 58273 (BRI,K,L). WesT Sepik

PROVINCE: Prospect Creek, tributary of Frieda River, Telefomin subdistrict, 4°42’S, 141°48’E, Jun 1969, Henty &

Foreman NGF 42614 (BRLK,L); Carpentaria Exploration base, above Storm Ck, Dec 1977, Hoover 6436 (K).

SEPIK PROVINCE: near Wantipi village (on Bliri R.), Aitape subdistrict, Aug 1961, Darbyshire & Hoogland 8365

(BRI,K,L). WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Shore of Lake Kopiago, Lake Kopiago subdistrict, 5°22’S, 142°33’E,

Ma nanNat ac aeAneNANN a

at ee a ate ea teat eh ait Mt mg tome mmm A i i og

384 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Nov 1968, Vandenberg & Galore NGF 42113 (BRI,K,L). Morospe PrRovINCcE: Tymne - Wago track, 6°50’S,

146°42’E, Mar 1963, Hartley 11414 (BRI); Ekuti Divide, Bulolo —- Aseki Rd, 35 km WSW of Bulolo, 7°19’,

146°23’E, Jun 1982, Streimann 8375 (BRI). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Ridge SW of Efogi village, Port subdistrict,

9°10’S, 147°39’E, Sep 1973, Foreman et al. LAE 52473 (BRI); Mt Tafa, May-Sep 1933, Brass 5110 (BRI). MILNE

BAY PROVINCE: Birlatabu, Nov 1925, Brass 577 (BRI,K); N slopes of Mt Dayman, Maneau Range, Jun 1953,

Brass 23122 (BRI); E slopes, Goodenough Island, Oct 1953, Brass 24491 (BRI); Junction Ugat and Mayu Rivers,

near Mayu I, Raba Raba subdistrict, 9°37'S, 149°10’E, Jui 1972, Streimann & Katik NGF 28988 (BRI,K,L);

between Agaun and Bonenau, Bantara subdistrict, 9°54’S, 149°22’E, Aug 1969, Pullen 7901 (BRI,K,L).

Distribution and habitat: R. novoguineensis occurs on the Bismarck Archipelago and

mainland Papua New Guinea from near sea-level to 2400 m. It has been recorded from

Castanopsis rainforest, Nothofagus dominant montane forest and open-forest.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been collected throughout the year.

Notes: Hartley 11414 1s included here although it 1s reported to be a liana. Specimens

(Brass 5110, Streimann 8375) from above 2000 m have smaller leaves (5-8.5 X 1.8-2.5

cm) but in other characters agree with R. novoguineensis.

7. Rhodomyrtus lanata Guymer, sp. nov. affinis R. novoguineensi Diels sed foliis villosis

pedicellis brevioribus et petalis majoribus (4-5.5 X 3-4.5 mm) differt. Typus:

New Guinea, Edie Ck, Wau Sub-district, Morobe District, 7°45’S, 146°25’E, 14

August 1968, Millar NGF 12156 (holo: BRI; iso: K,L distribuendi).

Shrubs or slender trees 2-7 m tall; bark flaky, brown. Branchlets and young leaves

densely ferruginous-villous with simple hairs 0.5-2.2 mm long. Lamina ovate to ovate-

lanceolate, 6-13.3 cm long, 2-5.6 cm wide, tomentose above when young, glabrescent

except for the primary veins, densely ferruginous-villous below (hairs 0.5-1.2 mm long),

3-veined almost from base; apex acuminate; base broadly cuneate, occasionally acute;

venation distinct, sunken above, raised below, primary marginal veins 1-3 mm from

base, 3-5 mm from margin; lateral veins 8-12 pairs; oil glands of medium to sparse

density, readily seen with hand lens. Petiole villous, glabrescent, 3-6 mm long. Inflo-

rescences 2 per axil, monads, 10-13 mm long; pedicels villous, to 2 mm long; prophylls

ovate, obovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute, pubescent, 3-5.5 mm long, 1.4-3 mm wide.

Flowers 5-merous; perigynium ovoid or ellipsoidal, villous, 4-6 mm long, 2-4 mm

diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes semicircular, or broadly ovate, villous, persistent, 2.5-

3.2 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide. Petals white, ovate, acute and obtuse, ferruginous-

villous or Sericeous outside, glabrous inside, caducous, 4-5.5 mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide.

Stamens 80-82, + in 2 or 3 whorls; filaments 2—3.3 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long.

Ovary 3-locular, summit tomentose; ovules 32-38 per loculus, in 2 series of 16-19 on

axile placentas; style pubescent at base, glabrous above, 3-4 mm long; stigma capitate,

0.4-0.5 mm diameter. Fruit cream or pale brown, ellipsoidal, villous, crowned by

‘eas calyx lobes, 8-13 mm long, 4.5-6.5 mm diameter (not seen fully mature). Fig.

Specimens examined: New Guinea. SEPIK PROVINCE: Puaxi Ck, Mar 1964, Sayers NGF 19502 (BRI,K,L). MOROBE

PROVINCE: Kaindi, May 1959, Brass 29576 (K); Ogeramnang, Feb 1937, Clemens 5452A Sata above Edie Ck,

July 1977, Conn 328 et al. (K,L); near Haumga, Aseki Patrol Area, Apr 1966, Crayen & Schodde 1108 (BRI,K,L);

headwaters of Longimar R., Aseki Patrol Area, Apr 1966, Craven & Schodde 1311 (BRI,K,L); Edie Ck., c. 4 miles

[6 km] SW of Wau, Apr 1963, Hartley 11674 eas ditto, Jan 1964, Sayers & Hartley 12609 (BRI); Wau-Edie

Ck rd, above Golden Ridges, Dec 1963, Havel & School NGF 17273 (BRI,K,L); Mt Kaindi, May 1974, Katik &

Larivita LAE 62065 (BRLK,L); ditto, Dec 1978, Kerenga & Wabo LAE 74380 (BRIK,L); Edie Ck, Aug 1968,

Millar NGF 12156 (BRI,K,L); Wagau, June 1964, A¢Ziflar NGF 23475 (BRI,K,L); Edie Ck, Nov 1966, Ridsdale

NGF 30279 (BRI,K,L); ditto, Sept 1964, Sayers NGF 19935 (BRI,K,L); Wau-Salamaua Track, 14 km NE of

Wau, Aug 1982, Streimann 8506 (K,L), summit of Mt Kainde, Mar 1978, Verdcourt & Johns 5110 (K); Edie Ck,

Sep 1953, Womersley 5375 (BRI,K); Edie Ck, 10 miles [16 km] from Wau, June 1960, Wormersley & Thorne

NGF 12810 (BRI); ditto, Sep 1961, Womersley NGF 13933 (BRLK); above Wau on Edie Ck rd, July 1954,

‘Womersley & yan Bret 3939 wee Edie Ck rd, Wau, Mar 1953, Womersley & Taylor 4788 (BRI, K); ditto, Oct

1965, Frodin NGF 26201 (BRI). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Woitape, Aug 1968, Ridsdale & Woods NGF 33776 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: R. /anata occurs in the Morobe and Central Provinces of Papua

New Guinea between 1100-2300 m altitude. One specimen from the Sepik Province of

New Guinea is also referable to this species. It occurs on the margins of montane

rainforest or in secondary regrowth situations.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been collected throughout the year.

Affinities: R. /anata is closely related to R. novoguineensis. It 1s readily distinguished

from this species by its villous leaves, short pedicels to 2 mm long and larger petals (4—

3.) X 34.5 mm).

Guymer, Rhodomyrtus trineura complex 385

i ae os =e

Cie ™

Poet

an 1 —

SETtr Ps

Un PSS

ATUL

C. flowering branchlets X |. D. L.S. of fruit X 2. Rhodomyrtus lanata: E. flowering branchlet X 0.75. F. L.S. o

fruit x 2. A,B, Henty & Foreman 42614; C,D, van Royen & Sleumer 8205; E,F, Womersley & Thorne 12810.

Fig. 2. Rhodomyrius novoguineensis. A. flowering branchlet X 0.75. B. L.S. of fruit X 2. Rhodomyrtus Lae a ee

386 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Etymology: Named from the Latin /anatus (woolly) in reference to the indumentum of

the leaves.

8. Rhodomyrtus montana Guymer, sp. noy. affinis R. novoguineensi Diels sed ovulis

paucioribus (48-54), bacca globosa et foliis brevioribus (3.7—7.5 cm longis) differt.

Typus: West Irian [Irian Jaya], Vogelkop Peninsula, Nettoti Ra., December 1961,

van Royen & Sleumer 8087 ( 10lo: BRI, iso: K,L distribuendi).

Shrubs to 4 m tall. Branchlets ferruginous-villous with simple hairs 0.4-1 mm long.

Lamina elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, glabrous above except for hairs along the primary

veins, ferruginous-villous below with hairs 0.4-1.2 mm long, 3-veined above the base,

3.5-7.5 cm long, 1.5-3.8 cm wide; apex acuminate, base cuneate; venation distinct,

slightly sunken above, raised below, primary marginal veins 1-3 mm from base, 2-6

mm from margin; oil ‘glands obscure. Petiole pubescent, 2-6 mm long. Inflorescence 1

per axil, monads, 10-15 mm long; pedicels pubescent, 1-4 mm long; prophylls ovate,

acute, pubescent, 1.5-2.5 mm long. Flowers 5-merous; perigynium globular, villous, 3. 2

4 mm long, 2.5~3 mm diameter at anthesis. Calyx lobes semi-circular to broadly ovate,

villous, persistent, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide. Petals white inside, pink or

brownish outside, 6-8 mm long, 4-5 mm wide. Stamens 76-88, in 4 whorls, ‘filaments

3.5-4 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 16-18 per loculus, in

2 series of 8 or 9 on axile placentas; style villous at base, glabrous above, 4—35.2 mm

long; stigma capitate, 0.4-0.5 mm diameter. Fruit globular, ‘ferruginous-villous, crowned

by persistent calyx lobes, 4-5 mm diameter. Seeds 48-54, reniform, flattened, finely

reticulate, 1.5-1.6 mm long. Figs 2C & D.

Specimens examined: West Irian. Vogelkop Peninsula: N slope of Mt Nettoti, path to Wekari R., Dec 1961, van

Royen & Sleumer 8087 (K,L); crest of Mt Nettoti, Dec 1961, van Royen & Sleumer 8205 (K,L); Mt Kobreimot

above Testega, Anggi Lakes, Jan 1962, Sleumer & Vink BW 14152 (K,L).

Distribution and habitat: Rhodomyrtus montana is known from the Vogelkop Peninsula,

West Irian, New Guinea, at an altitude of 1900-2300 m. The species has been recorded

from the edges of montane rainforest and montane thicket.

Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in December and January, and

fruiting specimens in January.

Affinities: Rhodomyrtus montana appears closely related to R. /anata based on its similar

leaf tomentum and inflorescences. Nevertheless it 1s distinguished from this species by

its smaller leaves, globular berries and fewer ovules per loculus.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the montane distribution of the species.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank the Directors and staff of K, L, MEL and QRS for providing

facilities for study and access to their collections. This work was supported partly by a

grant from the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS). Mr Will Smith provided

the line drawings.

Reference

SCOTT, A.J. (1978). A revision of Rhodomyrtus (Myrtaceae). Kew Bulletin 33: 311-329.

Index of Collectors

Each collector’s number is followed by the number of the species in parentheses. The

list includes collections seen for R. trineura, R. sericea, R. canescens and R. pervagata

not cited above.

Adams 20048 (1). Althofer 313 (3). Anderson 4010 (1).

Balgooy 1589 \). iy 96 AQ 045203 (4). Barry AQ 435873 (1). Barnes s.n. (3). Birch 32 (4), Blake 15812 & Webb

(4), Blake 1880 273 (4). Boyland 417 (5). Brass 577 (6), 1948 (4), 2098 (2), 2122 (5), 2297 (2), 5110 (6),

19333 (1), 20061 3 20134 oN 33122 (6), 29576 (7), 33723 (3), 33754 (4). Byrnes 3925 (1).

Carr 13a (2). Clarkson 6572 (2). Clarkson & Stanley 672 (1). Clemens 5452A (7), AQ 045266 (1), as 045227

(1). Conn ef af, 328 (7). Craven & Schodde 1108, 1311 (7).

Guymer, Rhodomyrtus trineura complex 387

Dallachy AQ 278670 (1). ici & Hoogland 8365 (6). Dockrill 86 (4), 900 (3), Dogegrell s.n. (4). Domin

7310, 7311, 7312, 7313 (4).

Einar du Reitz s.n. (2), AQ 045206 (4). Everist 6063 (3), 9692 (1).

Fell 674, 1162 (1). Flecker ak 2287 (4), 9196 (3). Foreman et a/. LAE 52473 (6), Foreman ex Katik LAE 59225

6). Foreman et al. LAE 524 3 (6). Foreman & Katik LAE 59225 (6). Forster 3869 & Liddle (3). Francis AQ

045182 (1). Frodin NGF 36201 (7).

Gibbs 6331 (4). Gray 328 (4), 1902, ae ee 2458 (3), 2459 (4). Guymer 2011 (1), 2013, 2017 {3 2020 (2),

2027 (4), 2028 sop oe (4), 2059 (5), 2 5 (4). Haines 183 Q (4). Hamilton brothers AQ 45077 3). Henty &

Foreman NGF 42614 (6). Hockings 5(1). Piovee 6436 (6). Hyland 03086 (1), 5770 (4), 7058 (2), 7328 (5), 7348

(5), 7554, 7645 I) W163. 7767 (1) 7806 (1), 7975 (2), 8209, 8383, 8390 (1), 8488 (2), 8646 (4), 8687 (5), 9029,

9051 (1), 11423, 11424 (2), 11677 (4), 11681, 11682 (2), 11703 (4), 11710 (4).

Irvine 131 (4), 143 (3), 657 (2), 671 (1), 1005, 1116 (3).

7480 1) 1282 (2), 1379 (4), 1438 (5). Kanis 2149 (3). Katik & Larivita LAE 62065 (7). Kerenga & Wabo LAE

Lelean & Stevens LAE 51245 (6).

Macfarlane 045223 (1). Martin & Hyland 1894 (2), Michael 681 (4). Millar NGF 12156, 23475 (7). Moriarty 276

(1), 1967 (4), 1974, 1975 (3), 1978 (4), 1984 (3), 2003 (4), 2005, 2007 (3), 2095, 2136, 2250 (4).

Pearson IA 10 (i). Pullen 7901 (6).

Ridsdale NGF 30279 (7). Ridsdale & Woods NGF 33776 (7).

Sanderson 124, 799 (4), 1208 (5), 1307 (4). Sankowsky G 575 & Sankowsky (3). Sayers NGF 19502, NGF 19935

(7). Sayers & Hartley 2609 (7). Scarth-Johnson s.n. (2). Schodde 3269 (4), 3292 (1), 4176 (3). Sharpe 1594, 1762,

4237 (1). Sleumer & Vink BW 14152 (8). Smith 3194 (1), 4043 (5), 4167 A, 4280 (4), 4664 (3), 10086 (2), 10437a

ts} 11078, 11503 (5), 14633 (2). Stevens & Lelean 58273 (6). Stocker 660, 1737 (4). Stone & Stretmann 10377

6) Streimann 8375 (6), 8506 (7). Stretman 8375 (6), 8506 (7). Streimann & Katik NGF 28988 (6).

ati te (4). Thomson 126 (1). Thorne 20733 & Dansie (3). Thorsborne 116, 219 (1). Tracey 14203, 14851,

Unwin 32, 445, 762 (4).

van Altena 3620, 3650 (4). Van denberg & Galore NGF 42113 (6). van Royen & Sleumer 8087, 8205 (8).

Verdcourt & Johns 5110 (7). Volck QF 57/108 (3), AQ 45209 (4).

Warrian 5006 (1). Webb & Taylor 4788 (7). Webb & Thorne NGF 12810 (7). Webb 5558, 5755 & Tracey (4).

Webb & Tracey 5759 (3), 8625 (4), 9129, 9531, 9637, 10685 (1), 10794, 10804, 10939 (2), 12008 (1). Webb &

van Royen 5939 (7). Whiffen & Risley 642 (4). White 1530 (4), 2986, 2986, 8016, "8991 (1), s.n., 10606 (2). Wilson

744 (4), Womersley 5375, NGF 13933 (7).

Accepted for publication 5 November 1990

Austrobaileya 3(3): 389-392 (1991) 389

NICOTIANA WUTTKEI (SOLANACEAE), A NEW SPECIES

FROM NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND WITH

AN UNUSUAL CHROMOSOME NUMBER

J.R. Clarkson

Botany Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, Qld 4880,

Australia

and D.E. Symon

c/-State Herbarium, Botanic Garden, North Terrace, Adelaide, SA

5000, Australia

Summary

Nicotiana wuttket is described as new and compared with N. suaveolens Lehm. It is known only from a single

population on the Atherton Tablelands in north-eastern Queensland. The haploid chromosome number n = 14 is

the first record of this number for the genus Nicotiana worldwide.

Introduction

In 1967 Dr Herb Wuttke, a tobacco plant breeder with the Commonwealth

Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, Mareeba, discovered unusual plants of

a Nicotiana species on the Atherton Tableland. Until then the only species thought to

occur in north-eastern Queensland were N. debneyi Domin and N. megalosiphon Van

Heurck & Muell. Arg. (Burbidge 1960). The Atherton Tableland plant was readily

distinguished from the former by its staminal arrangement and from the latter by its

very much shorter corolla tube. It was found to be resistant to both Queensland strains

of blue mould (Peronospora hyoscyami De Bary), a serious disease of cultivated tobacco,

and it was soon introduced into the blue mould resistance breeding programme. On and

off for almost twenty years Dr Wuttke and then his successor in the breeding programme,

Mr Vern Hansen, attempted to establish the true identity of the unplaced plant. The

names N. suaveolens Lehm. and N. exigua H. Wheeler (now considered by Horton

(1981) to be a synonym of N. suaveolens) were applied with some qualification by

botanists at both BRI and CANB where material was sent for identification. Burbidge

(in litt. 1967) suggested that the plant might belong to a new species but Horton, who

saw at least one collection (Wuttke [AQ 38517] BRI) of glasshouse grown material at

BRI and annotated the sheet “appears to be N. suaveolens but corolla tube unusually

short’, did not cite any material in her revision (Horton 1981). At the request of Mr

Hansen, one of us (J.C.) critically examined glasshouse grown material, recollected the

plant in the field and, on the basis of morphological, agronomic and pathological

information combined with reference to the known patterns of distribution of Nicotiana

in Australia, was persuaded that Wuttke’s plant represented an undescribed species. This

finding was reinforced when the second author obtained a haploid chromosome number

of n = 14 for the plant. As a tobacco variety with blue mould resistance derived from

this taxon is close to commercial release, it is felt that formal recognition of it at this

stage 1s warranted.

Taxonomy

Nicotiana wuttkei J. Clarkson et Symon, sp. nov. similis V. suaveolenti Lehm. sed floribus

minoribus et chromosomatum numero n = 14 differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: 3 km from the Atherton to Ravenshoe road on the road to Tumoulin,

17°30’/S, 145°28’E, 12 September 1984, J.R. Clarkson 5549 (holo: BRI; iso:

AD,CANB,DNA,K,L,MBA,MO,QRS,PERTH).

Annual herb to 0.8(-1) m tall with one or a few stems from ground level. Indumentum

on bracts, pedicels and calyx sparse to dense, a mixture of long, multicellular, globular-

headed trichomes and short, unicellular, globular-tipped hydathodes; young growth

sparsely to densely pubescent with long, eglandular, multicellular trichomes, glabrescent

except for lower portions of stems and petioles of lower leaves. Leaves both radical and

cauline, occasionally mostly radical, petiolate; lamina of lower leaves ovate or elliptic

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

mT Ay RoBi Fa ee rite — Beielyps.. Put £3; tah ¥ te pat J 7 * is eo .

SEE! Fis * ota te, “ : fi far se ts Cees ah yok eke 7 554}

: 5 Se Ee at CG a pes ap Bate pe DEER ETE a. 5 eG,

hte ty Tis Sig tae ae Sh adhd Fs bot fe srg Mae hg OES SM Set Be 4

oe an tras IRE Aba te Saserstel Waid & be cone tw HRENEE

oe os Gearing betoe poner tae on cainforest avgin oe baalbe

- FRauats Ereatr whi te Daeg ys ate ry: =

~ ‘hh

Boat Y

" a

“ate ye Oe ae Bea +.

i Sky Eat ae, aes eyatatt aa Se ore

Fae Fan tan Enon . *

vente yee re

* Pilea ees "

*. eM ene es ee ae mee nae %

cee stant 2atathe ta taty emige ee EBte A

ane eme Tarte Dara tiies neat aan §

Sain, one mei

hs Maan? mia nial * a

ic i a i ne wee na Same, . . “. * . *

ADE NES CHALE Poa aa a eae A ap tt ARS ae ca ee ae ny. §

ee age Reretatnss* ie 4, eas el Lema Saal,

ee yee aL oe * oe eat oe * ee Poet obese + £ awa fa aoe

$ . vi . & . . . t

: “of te fe FE stleclcta: ast : 2? sat OD od

a 3 - ESS GPs.

“

: PeaplCevttit yt

AAT Lee

ae Hvis htt

Nari ey

‘Paaes,

rats

p : H ote fi , ; 4 aa ety " * Hi ms ee : Spe erg ae i f tae ips

SiETe Peta aaate a

wee hehee a

winter tet ite

rs eras |

Preise re

Pheer reer

wenceet

Perit

a ee

eter

ene are,

ai pare

elses.

eer inet lees!

cities

fea ati

eager Bree

eee

ia an

Saettrts be

aye

Ber

ner

rete

eth ani Ee tees fan etal beet Nae

pre te Pps Dobe bal 0s se A MPP eh : Aen cae ea : . aa

ED Beh Pb i

—* eye ae eet teehee ae ate 4% tee there t + ee .

wrolobebs'etibe toate! ie’ ber se riper hat bla ogetel asl! totet fatebe else te ees % ‘ te

JOY ets DA lie EEE Vda PE ESE te Pew

ree Bett Te ley ett Da ages Gees etalon Un eee geld ols ‘ . a ‘ but 'Z

ve crates Ee EEL SEY SSad Dimadtal 2a talhea? Tobe a oolele OT bet sate nete! Ee etttee eete tart : t Bera, . .

web ee TSE BAU TD DE LOTR Date th EE ne eee Poe as etre pee Ee oe 5 : Ei bbhihy aes Rs eae y .

eo eR TE pel UeTE DS EP nas TEST Eee temeee sere ee Bee ae ea tah tire ered tage dy eegt ; f o . .

rea ieee TE Re RT Pe es Od Bassas oye pede ae eee “ot A F

a RT eT eer Se ce ae ee a ed ae Sant i ier

Pa PRET Wate REM TSE TCT La Sen ae ae caf wetite . “ nineteen - a 3

Sa OO Os Oe ed Ce a _ SAAS 1 pea pane : bt

woe Tenet Tne ED Se bbe abetets beter fete te hy cain! " , SOG eet oe gh hy et

Ss CURLS ea ee Det eee ee Se ee Biss eS ; wikiaee : . nha ag

PT Ta TL Le RS TIT eT TTR ST TENT ETI ON ot ey Te ee : ri hth when Root as < : " Tes Pal ane .

ea EL SOTO Te S oP tS ie SA TS 2 aah dan;

ELE URRY atoah te oP Tbe! Dal bgeloy Boye ead PSUR FREE Oe Ee ny ~ Sih esas Cee ;

cee ee UR Ee TE ede ye = oy, Pe OAR CAS hee MB cian yar

COCR TRE Mee ea Pe Let Oe rs ae as betas ‘i Baer ee, 5 Ree Hoe ee aera

eee os — soe, roe ae ad ay TESS eee aie ec oc

ERLE Tbe te Hee SN Bi cea dS, UNE Natt esate eee gabe Sane

tiie k eee ee aa aks seen In| wert, mat a St TESTS SBA TD pet bts SEP ene eee

oy the ios is. b t gee at oy 2 whte ets a ork ‘ : PL ar rr cee a

ete erptine bree se wt ‘ - ie Boe fenee led foe EES teen, a meer a ee Tate

Be ey ne! . Pa ‘ paras fe if F . Tee VOTE Tee etre foe SERRE he eae ek ee ge ore

eee ED ene ee ho Shae 1 nets a ‘ Sse . ¢ Sa Pas 0 OS

VURIST Ye btae 2. Det Dain et pr ooar a Catena We sh ch Do Riven in et

a RAL, op aw og BECUSEOMGS fuer TE Ett Ea BR RB peed

Ta ar) a Cor aad 3 perenne Te EL Tee Een tre ee a raerpte he yy

ares ang aM tJet. tat borers Suge poh tin H ec a re cM ee Te CT

Ra OMI Sembee te x Pare te SHES TEAL Er Dinh elie EB vi 8 pet ei eel

Bytes ate ar othe 3 . at at it ease at ae J ce ee ee ETE EE he TATE phate 98" sete

co ee TN EES i Bes i eed, PER are ‘ og eye a

we RS REM E Saal ti ae, 20 tS Code ae Firat tea ce i odes tye yt ‘ eight *

A TEESE CDMS Dotaat 2s SHEED Sanit, Sateen mig Eade ee er panne ybeemgatge te iS pean : . Pig steno (ts Gait cath . oo res re . 3 Mel Hee ES

an ee ee OE 2 EE aE ee bee Dalat EET Be EE ED ted ars Se : ‘ : PO @e OE Mit Rb aca ti aba ‘ t TLE Fay ee ca

evita he get iia P tee eh ete Deeb ee a ee ae aan be Sea ied : sey Or tg NEY GAS SOON TESS pet “ on :

ec ee ee ee UUEE EEE, Dene ie tare PaSteth MOLD TILT. DD beet, een hit ete Se TON bate ate . . ata be Te SS ote - : a » .

See Tas Ren Pe ed ee ee Te ey ae ae Se eS aa tem SA oe 3: ‘ Be ee ete eo ow oe * See arse Teer ee * *

PSL SCRUM SL BE oR eo B iipisess PEA ee ee ans ‘ ye ee ee ae “ i

ele Eben gh ety eet, bilge iD erppry pb Be Uebel ete eee ele a aditanee ot eer ce ae ae te PR Rg Ee ahh ‘ pate tee ete * get Pe)

St RSS NE ES OA eR ED Cea rare rar state nba Men TrettetMe e a te ENE EEE . orn E pe be a . +i

SRN note the an net Eh ran OE atta at EE ot . ; - : ear! es Be r a lng Tike Par he eh

OUR ES EOREEE EERE enka tek wean ERATE a Taek a Dian Bet Bele gay thhg begedize debs ss Gtr ipes t a aa Tcl se ee Be Ghia #? bh tie, hate . sctetey Stbe bee ite wtie oe wade a

ee ey ET a EaEhae bape gorge ge ego eed bes o piatpty: tren FE Go. SERA Bee . Areata partes Ketremre’ tyre TF + an Tass Wh se pare ee ‘ 7 ‘

RR tate Rata abaya ES etbet ree, spe ate, ag es era PE SE Pet tyes ‘Sipe t ea aa ot we

OCDRUMUEEEALE Sie DE HO eh teeta tee aera Be “. ot eee Phas Perera era say . ik

ee eee ata ATED Erte at EE NEEM he” OE hata le Pceee ae ais PEE “Enis ae a Tee

Pry re se BD Pa Ps eg ee et ee

“UNAIDED Pippen ea pe ees Bes es Se mechs Mast hibaty VND Ot nbn hb UB yt

TP ta : wg ene ee ie TREES Pg Par os ge ; : : PUREED ahs Si Pie Pa re peepee bs

oe Te ie oe PE ae ary Po es bah ub ea hs ; tats A GEE oan ae a a be Pe TE oe es

Aca tecre ee ee « re, ae SRT EEE EEE ERNE SUN EN Soh ee tt i " i", . ® Fe anata Maced De a eS TE TMEES MEME ital Dal 2 a BP bag aE a 28 Taam eee

ey Sittin. oe Bi a ep z Bee ad ietabe ae tents nie a ngs = oat eras ti ma? oer] ro it ons PES DE ete, tte an BOTA tc ate geen eeeper | TE dr ee

oe te ea ONS Beg tt ep et ede BOT at ge) : vie yt . . wip sy jot Te ee . ee a OO Oe se ce Oe hs 4, Pr era eee Me es OCs hee OO Oe

owe let 3 a wore i pa . 7 i a te Tate hs % onaeak 4h ed SEIT EN ome ia eR eR oe AP ly yd hart Apa oo ie Bey nee tas tate, 3

Noaht nis 4 we arn eG Re kat “ a sot . “ . . Sate . rs an ing . : at ROE re er CS Gy ees

ji at aid . Py ate Bare: tale ” “tt Hea Car ee . . ats Mette ene en Tele eebetne Taba Eebaba tag ey, pede ea a paaaal gad Maal bgt abby at" eee eae

Hae a rs FSCGRTStEY VEERRE edo iri ome f . a i 3 a a ic tT hh ar A

‘sandatttee , rae aa FS oe eee i ee TT RES HN ta Pt CEL DE Pee eel Pe

fee ; , a eter eee lt oh TRIT OPES ne nm Be BEE ee EE OEE? Dag ett

" aos Bm oho ory * sth te f ey eth titne © die f RA Hf ef

ar se th PeteeL ates b Hater we , ; iid ea over ft pte A Fite A fe dhrat (alt sbi te at + eo PAE Teale Ot are

Peo tis Toe de Bap THE? By th SPhe Leer 7 AE Eee rey ier et oe peat te beet J HR tm oe Priest Leer ete t 7 te ‘

; vt Taye DR Jat . i i . i hare HAST rai eaertts : . ree nye oe waft tte gerd i

£ ht Ten ite eh eyitet +04 . a ES EE abate . oe . aa af 4,8 . ‘ . nbs patitad Leet thes ye 5 wate moe .

7 EE TE TEESE oe eee i Oe + Te pt etite gpSetes Prt PE R GU AIS ENS teem iat ie team y Ry R site Asya he eaters Hie oa af i

Fost nue) eee rit Th tens + ++ Sprteegd Tele “ gi . PBbty seta! Me ear sash Eanes 7) eee v sede trg GaSe US eT IESE) "toe oo i

Reais ahah Bier as eaiite ae) ayes } Sheet oe F ESE aahes 62 Serene Se a Segaema SST Cad F F + } Our nee ALM Tt JG mes pf" St Hey amar

Apt eri ae Ss mt rhe ete et stat ts fa . . ' ’ . Ci ris . Lees ssagie wanes Mae Sas . : Ao

ete Dtte emt at ot thts" SE berth tee “ee orca Ph gate, Beth athe ett teh teat boatet . ane “hee eet ot SETS TeEEEE ES he Be ar! *e .e

Donat on res pera a3 mies it . tae ca eat . . ke tah oe tH ete efits ¢ eee te ; i HiT GEE TREE putpeyestes) cb “at ‘ :

ess ree pote a ahah ab cektnet pean Fat i " ah aby : f . Pa CL TREN nee . ery nN AB Ba Ua bas bbe feof : it oo

see Piney TEUtt re ettiegs Ege eae cetera ata iene al ae a oe Adscieetear a: Saath Str ot eevee eareets Mam teW aged wenn Ties “ TeeaSLS T SES Meee tetas ad a +,

RGess ihe bE PeeThbeE out seas aerrods “ Hite Bip teeth betes Cae N oe te oe ke bcos pareeesae SEC STe apeyla bel gaes beta pe .ot Sheets oes migts Hema ats '

ne : 3 sy ais Sonar; Tagen q Lae ob $ f eee Se TAT EE ane of : Des oOOneN Pons i ae sate aT

etter ces 3 HH Bebe Bagte ee ease SH : Oe ae ate ea FP tet sae Wile! E E tony tedtle Lite be Can Ths p BOLE DAD TIA TARA oo saan ety enteee eadBieed onsen eat

Peace tas ee + S28 Sight a pa EEE aaett CeO shee See er Tene Piva hel Hig hat a bebe tnd a) obd ” : gy gmebetes 0 Ler Seema esas ft efeet es etet fee. bm

he ee Lan a cor fope TN PED sae . WUE wre EERE TTR ata ae ae ee es

fe ee ee ee cok ce aes f . , * fa ee ee eee ey eRe eye me eee eee REE Bet etree et BM,

3 Hite Nate? " . ates De eTE ae ehaPe by Date i PEER Rare ert pais ee 7 Ge

Roe aa asec) aa F Sb ate, ere he Ten! i ce Me oe ae Os

tet syle hy : ee: “ RO He Oey { step E Tn, Cpa el Ba

ptt aatt . porate o i . a in the nate? eo . Na Sasa yh aut PR Shee be oe ae eo,

aoa rete a a * nh ‘ah a Lea attebed vo daede otal snta’s Magade taathts SEAS VRAD aTgTah Dale t alet tats BD Bi ieitey ers Sher aitg a

ihe Peete: ae sheet ' ‘ a . beast et TEES ha aT D a tao ae Bombers PEE emer pee ot Te A PPR PT a

rate yey 3 my ¥ 1 oh , I re Fat aR OR YO Oe aM I Oe Ty

aes ttt ny ak thy ' ’ h he itm at memeti ming tae emass Re per "atest eM TEUPTEETES TEED Sy LEED aaa

' : eer ed : oC Pee ‘2 yar he oe ee ae tera sit : Crees 3 ere _* UEP DUD STD De HEE ES

ee ee a at sett i f e oe be : fee tt er aett'# By tet OS COE Ho IL it oneal We tener

: aoe ety ' " ayy es $ + Lh eae eas oie De Me ete DETER Uae

the DETER fabeet tee hia tee ' ie hee ey } “hoe te GUL reetet eT rie ee gers net Bote te he PEERS SPEED LESEH POG EES 2 tiie er Re

Hee ScLEED TEPER AT TREE Pe be eh Sd ey ate SACK ” +f ca ite Freer bas. SEE A Sry Tas SA ey ee

{ ey Oph dhe Soe Sg a aa hk anes iH Ph aH Batata HBO Rete eens fe

{ ‘ i Patievise ta hegt eateadiaies wy ithtet nee ; teeth ste sty he Eh Tpy tp | Peat RE aid ie ee ie

ect te om ic of Ha Site sree Le eat he : ” Xp eeeeeeeeeeed te + abe ate Liar eee ab br etal? oe iH ms iwi cree

" Tt bets! pb ica sare te so i A aS Saris EI poh SEN Ve ie oe VINE Ste a ES He yo ‘ a at ss i pe aR ED ae Sees ae yale g PO, . meee

ahye.t oe ve ; hea nee 3 Brags teas ¢ > t Sarees CESS. pop ppg ss ee Ttane aIeS pt

rs vat iaeenrs y abhor a 3 Ura . Wah ; . . ’ pane . en ee ae Hy i ate ate Ce aie tar

t tad Toh tate BERLE re = theaebermenteeT tf ioe sae a5 ee vate te nf Herne . Pamay yeti ety teammate Met aries mH se hed Periilaieaie

Ba ae HD pecerren site . tee g crramen hs ree err pte “ : 7 oN "ein titeeerbr abil hme SrEmrty be. fa . pe Hs dn Rita

t ae nae a” ae an ; i ae ren ot wo We gh CM CC A Se me See ea Habe

peat PERS! i SELih te 3 St aberhbs, ts Thaters " " beh Pe [ead hab pelecshetraore? 7 tate MaDe gh wo! deb a nero “ bi

Saar aes f ts $ ai Eee $ . RDI PES a ae pepsteles, baees Mee ath maT cmek a isetes EN STA Se re ees bee Bet i . Bent PSS Sele

: ayant ahs oats ata. Serer > peak ee eee stithet SF so Thee tg pee ei Peete ees Seabees ots af biteehe te peeaet, tatthk Tee

: 7 ake ies i eit pe we , state UE jetrsaeeeine toe! ae oe oe : Moc alte st PaO

y a met ttha eee HH ers, he, taht 4 Oe Marre) bean the no ss Pears reat TCs ahr ais a tial ame Ahn

Be : eer 23, atetee _ iytes . PhD ree PEE bhehie Ge . BD SiibA Cebeet tener iAP SerelbeEbh ate ets act OPT RE

if be ie Tita elas 2, ere PE : enable tet feerhe pea oA Sect eaat eee td . : ee ates

3 Beet ie eld bee ee le Ps . , : . 3 2 GCE: ESA be ne ans : Tepe Pa RE ate A re ee te Tne es

m By ier ret bree tabene bem i , i Dar eee saaeice POR Pa tht EN Teg tetas ata? pe? pe et es

Hd] DEDEDE Dee ae Te * 7 he ™ " Seber hll ine HES ois : me ipo) toe TER AS eda sod boa tessa sacha see hte ! t amare

“ POP ae i ; 5 . phate eet eh | Ree SHELA H Ee Pa , ao wp NBSP PTE oes Fbleee Here shh solr bhs ; el . ater Taba

i Pe ett i ; SPvish iets, seb thE ttt SURSEIE > CISD an So Set re 4 ee, ae te te

*. J‘ dow, Bee we J . » od ae ‘ae Paes » » . oe Lhe. ere ee Byes J Byes . * . . * . * wae ,

: Tie ss yent Piel ee ee 4 uot PCO ec oe +t yoy WP eRe se tty tT By ee ee ble pk oe ins beety ba Tee PEM ata fonda bah tbe abates a tite fe

o Rapa Easel gts z ADIN Eee ei ty he ae a+ ere BS § SE ae Tee tte ea, we te tae BT ETE Da Cee agents ae EE polite ay lollbe s londe Dige OE EE Ee Tebadee abe Eai cbs pe Eg” pT Maem SePevEREe [oD gabe obet eEEAeEs ott b te,

PRR LHe rte FSET Fetetest trey , Tara out, pega sasatis eit fF PBS Deeb bee HEE GE BE Be re eee be EE ae eee on a re aban ees

} DEP DEL epi f : ; geese anaes es “ Posrtrie oe re ee ” rents Hictaeen Came AC ST tt a Ce Oe

my mith stale saat abe goth & % te he ’ a ead ary che ere ee ea > re Siieiety eT: ie ge > PNG Ms AT ae a DAR LU OOD OC Oe aL

fe Pinar Lae : . . goat ebb edie TEES at r Vytbes bbe hes, DRL DSS . tye Teh apie hee Pe Une PA HRD Tne tly lp Tale Gh nn? cos LU DED bales Betta be RU is Pelt 2b Og HE re

#3 OUEEMARADTDIS PotD ted S caer i cider sar er wee ie eee eee ‘ PPR teat teed The abode ‘ rete foal tte Ste at t LLL SM Siar ie fat aT ae es at nd i ae OS TT OS STP SS tt 2

ei ete Stilr we Times Tele at Rg Bt Tae He prrar oe t PERT tHE Per scaer ete) Fee f Sad kr aah SO Saar So Ta OC PULLS AC TE Se Sen od Od IOC CD

Pare ar er eer ae nee * * * PL ee) eae es ee * . * ? . * oat ™» * * * we we * eee * Ca a ee oo er aE Oe Oe OO De ae ae Oe ee Ba we tee

* Tete le epee . F oon CELI ica bD ta ; meee eae PU Sates tee tet oat wean hail * ee OND Teeth BOY GD Mn LOSE Gn OE Der ne iD etre, Bal yen as rhhtey

ae: IAN ager tage th . nt . RUA reece pect: Ceptberet bt pieiee (hs tree . : [elbtre rites fo Thee lee phoertd ebel. . soe treed me TRB es Ti chle be reste tie. t . Den a ae re ee eee rea eT aera Ce Ee ee Cee ne ceo ee

. ca 3 Pek RRR RR RRR . ee eee nk Re ee er ed * * Meee we ee eee en eee ne ++ + + +# a eee ne RRRRR i ee nd +t? Pe Aad Se i ee ee tas Bee FRE PR FOES Oe + bad ¥ 5

a SHE Te eee heb, Li PETES BOLPTM EGER TIAIT DA eReee RESP ca Ee rath : ae? ae Ve ; i , id ? i

*»

Fig. 1. Holotype of N. wuttkei (Clarkson 5549).

Clarkson, Nicotiana wuttkei 391

becoming lanceolate or linear-lanceolate in the upper cauline positions, the basal ones

10-18 cm long, 4-7.5 cm wide occasionally reaching 28-34 cm X 14-16 cm in well

erown individuals, those of the mid stem region 8-10 cm X 3.5-5 cm; apex acute to

acuminate; base cuneate to attenuate; petiole 2-5(-7) cm long, narrowly winged by the

decurrent leaf lamina. Inflorescence an elongate, sparsely branched panicle occupying

1/2 to 2/3 of the length of the stems; bracts linear to linear lanceolate, to 2-5 cm long;

pedicels 12-15(—20) mm long in fruit. Calyx 7-10 mm long; lobes linear-lanceolate, equal

to sub-equal, fused for about 1/2 their length. Corolla tube 16-18 mm long, c. 3 mm

wide at the top of the calyx; tube proper slightly narrower than the throat cylinder:

throat cup distinct, symmetrical, c. 3.5 mm diameter; corolla limb c. 9 mm diameter,

closing in bright sunlight; lobes emarginate, fused for 1/3-1/2 their length. Upper 4

stamens level in throat cup, included; filaments free from corolla tube for distal 1-1.5

mm; fifth stamen c. 25 mm below the upper four, free portion of filament c. 10 mm

long. Capsule ovate, 8-9 mm long, shorter than the calyx. Seeds reniform, 0.8-0.9 mm

long; testa with serpentine wrinkles. Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District: Tumoulin, to Atherton road, 11.2 km from Tumoulin, Apr

1978, Hansen [AQ 257106] (BRI); 3 km from Atherton to Ravenshoe road on the road to Tumoulin, Sep 1984,

Clarkson 5549 (AD, BRIL,CANB,DNA,K,L,MBA,MO,QRS,PERTH); Southedge Research Station near Mareeba

(cultivated), Jan 1984, Clarkson 5122 (AD,BRI,MBA,QRS). MORETON District: Tobacco Research Station, 2

mi [3.2 km] N of Beerwah (cultivated), Sep 1971, Wuttke [AQ 038517] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat; Known only from the type locality between Atherton and

Ravenshoe on the Atherton Tableland, north Queensland. The plant occurs on the

margins of closed forest on soils derived from basalt. It favours open ground free from

competition from grass and weeds. The numbers of plants within the population at any

one time appears to be very much dependant on the degree of disturbance and the

amount of bare soil.

Conservation status: Because of its restricted distribution this species rated is 2K (under

the name Nicotiana sp. “Tomoulin’) by Thomas and McDonald (1989).

Chromosome number: n = 14, determined from meiotic pollen mother cells in plants

cultivated from seed from Clarkson 5549. In view of the new low number further counts

are highly desirable.

Etymology: The species is named for Dr Herb Wuttke who spent many years as a plant

breeder working with Nicotiana species and who found the first plants.

Notes: Chromosome numbers and their evolution in the genus Nicotiana were discussed

at length by Goodspeed (1954). Section Suaveolentes, to which the 17 previously known

Australian endemic species are referred, contains an almost complete aneuploid series

of n = 16 to n = 24 from which, since Burbidge (1960) recorded the haploid number

23 for N. umbratica and N. cavicola, only n = 17 remains unknown. The discovery of

a haploid number of 14 for N. wuttkei is interesting in that it falls outside this series

and is the first record of 14 pairs of chromosomes for the genus worldwide.

_ The following modification will enable the species to be keyed out in the key to

species of Nicotiana in Volume 29 of Flora of Australia (Purdie et al. 1982).

19 Corolla-tube usually more than 18 mm long, distinctly broadening

up to the limb N. suaveolens

19: Corolla-tube usually 8-18 mm long, not distinctly broadening

up to the limb 19a

19a Radical leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, seeds C-shaped N. goodspeedii

19a: Radical leaves ovate or elliptic, seeds reniform N. wuttkei

Acknowledgements

We are indebted to our colleagues for their help and assistance in particular

Barbara Randell, formally of AD, who provided the chromosome count and Hans

Dillewaard of the Queensland Herbarium who prepared the scanning electron micrograph

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

= < ‘ae 4 z ee ead wheel tae

iain ed Te —— tne ne . See eet wae secre: z BRT ns el oT at SH es = : : Zo

eater hares a o ee io z oe Dials * =

Raina nla # Z m ee ares 3 % S . z 4 uae wel ~

eran oor fs See atle ee F ere oor : “ S, Piette

iain. on = oe S Sen ead pes ' a core

onstemes = = ba er ra me

Se re

res

= %

Bas

See = Le rce - . SE pele rere

Se ieee ie aera Mine : oe ee

ieee teen r x

Se ee ee

a :

iene fi x : a z é

Leet ee : : fe ? Se ‘i SESE

Fee te HE = c Postar rie Anes: per oe sae. as ane Tyne et =

Iie

Bard pea TEs7 1 Spee PLE Pe RE RR a I Reena rite see

asver sitesi Sana nt thse Durie Remy ms Renata ai ¥

eo feuecutheere pear ie, eee yn

ie Heo ¥ : a aH

Soares

oe ree

Seinen

Berea

i te

caine

pe ae Sepa Renee eee ere Sen eel

_ : erat) eee eer SCS EP, earner Pett tee =

Sas ric fet ene ELUNE rst Se we Ein et

Sian

aa ee 5 Fay pre

Ah gen

Loree)

Pore

ries Sr eae een io ee 3 SETI ESAs : Se os w

gett

stat,

2: pets

enn ee

Hes

Hiss

Eire A

pstrTF

are ene reat

acptteess

Eee

Preteen

SERRE ; ete

ate eae ; a aes

Senna eect ane Hea

See

air.

cea ee

lee

SE ie

raea oY

pie pet ey

eee

ae en ES:

ieee terre 5 > = - = . het Ss —

pear ed ores Sale ae Sige ee pat ee ee = Say eeoreeate Sat tn eee int fat oer Di hors ce hgh pata ar cr tenn ere ara ye eet a

aries ty = —

‘ "2

paren fener oa 5 eee peeerrite re a eae fe : ope:

era Farrah eh eee aera ee [Frese Pe eet eee a Sh itcencat es 7 rb aes rate = tae | pices Soa i oie ee Hy ee

reine See iad ren ner eee pears ae eee Beraley era reer = Pree SET PTT Pees end = Tes eae SaaS ¥ are ees, SESSA be SL ea ed

be Segre ee we

Fig. 2. Scanning electron micrograph of seeds of N. wuttkei. (Seed from plants cultivated from Clarkson 5549),

of the seeds and photographed the holotype. Les Pedley and Rod Henderson critically

read the manuscript eg offered constructive comments. Finally we wish to acknowledge

Vern Hansen of the Queensland Department of Primary Industry’s Southedge Research

Station for his useful comments on the behaviour of the new species and its close

relatives in the blue mould resistance breeding programme.

References

BURBIDGE, N.T. (1960). The Australian species of Nicotiana L. (Solanaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 8:

342-380.

HORTON, P. (1981). A taxonomic revision of Nicotiana (Solanaceae) in Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Gardens 3: 1-56.

PURDIE, R.W., SYMON, D.E. & HAEGI, L. (1982). Nicotiana. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 29: 38-

57. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

THOMAS, M.B. & McDONALD, W.J.F. (£989). Rare or Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition. Brisbane:

Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

Accepted for publication 10 January 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 393-399 (1991) 393

REVISION OF LAMPROLOBIUM BENT!

BRONGNIARTIEAE)

R.J.F. Henderson

[. (FABACEAE:

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

The genus Lamprolobium Benth. consists of two species, L. fruticosum Benth. and L. grandiflorum S.L. Everist

ex R. Henderson sp. nov. described here, and is confined to tropical north-eastern Australia. A lectotype is chosen

for L. fruticosum.

Introduction

As a result of a request for information from Roger Elliot on the variability of

Lamprolobium fruticosum Benth. for a forthcoming volume of his Encyclopaedia (cf.

Elliot & Jones 1990), I came across a specimen labelled as “type” of “Lamprolobium

grandiflorum S.L. Everist” (AQ 22875) amongst the BRI material of L. fruticosum.

Because of its overall appearance, it immediately struck me that the specimen represented

a species other than L. fruticosum, but as it was incomplete and its flowers were heavily

insect damaged, I was unable to place it with certainty.

Appended to this sheet is a note by L. Pedley to the effect that (as of March

1982) Everist’s name had not been validly published.

I was convinced that it was of a distinct species of Lamprolobium when I

subsequently came across relatively recent and complete flowering and fruiting material

of the same taxon (Rodd & Hardie 4515 - AQ 443462) in the remainder of BRI specimens

labelled L. fruticosum. This was confirmed by my colleague, Mr J.R. Clarkson (Mareeba),

who visited the site of collection of the more-recent BRI material and re-examined the

plants and made fresh collections of them and others he found in near-by areas.

To justify my former colleague’s perception of the material he saw, I herewith

formally validate his proposed name L. grandiflorum for this second Lamprolobium

species,

Review of classificatory history

The genus Lamprolobium was erected by Bentham (1864) for a single, shiny-

fruited, endemic Australian species he considered belonged in tribe Galegeae of Leg-

uminosae (Fabaceae). In the structure of its seeds, however, it seemed to him unrelated

to any other genera of this tribe except for the South American Brongniartia Kunth and

Harpalyce DC. He segregated these three genera later as subtribe Brongniartiinae (‘Brong-

niartieae’) of tribe Galegeae (Bentham 1865) and this grouping was accepted by Hutch-

inson (1964) though at the tribal rather than subtribal rank. Even later authors, however,

chose to disregard this classification since consideration of many attributes other than

seeds suggested to them that Lamprolobium has much greater affinities with genera of

the Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. and it was therefore included in that tribe until recently

by most workers (Polhill 1981). There, Polhill grouped it with Plagiocarpus Benth.,

Templetonia R. Br. and Hovea R. Br. in a so-called “Templetonia group”? while other

genera of the tribe, viz Platylobium Smith, Goodia Salisbury, Aenictophyton A. Lee,

Ptychosema Benth., Muelleranthus Hutch. together with Bossiaea Vent., he held to

comprise a second group, the so-called “‘Bossiaea group”.

Crisp and Weston (1987) reviewed this grouping and, following cladistic analysis

to establish relationships between genera and species of the Bossiaeeae, the Brongniartieae

and the allied Mirbelieae, concluded that to render the Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae

monophyletic, the “Templetonia group” including Lamprolobium must be transferred

to the Brongniartieae, leaving the ‘““Bossiaea group” as the only members of the Bossiaeeae.

Their study and conclusions, based on consideration of 73 attributes of 64 taxa, are

compelling and support both Bentham’s and Hutchinson’s earlier views on the relation-

ships of Lamprolobium. Its placement in Hutchinson’s Brongniartieae is thus accepted

here.

394 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

The finding of a second species within Lamprolobium clearly upsets the generic

description as traditionally given and necessitates modification of the key to the group

given by Polhill (1981). It does not, however, require a realignment of the genus within

the tribe as construed by Crisp and Weston (/oc. cit.). The attributes of a circumscissile

calyx and imparipinnate leaves with broad leaflets, apparently remain as the only unique

diagnostic characteristics for this genus in this tribe.

Another species, Galactia megalophylla (F. Muell.) J.H. Willis, was originally

described as Lamprolobium megalophyllum by F. Mueller (Mueller 1875) but it has

since been shown conclusively (Willis 1967) that it correctly belongs in Galactia P. Br.

as Mueller once thought. Galactia megalophylla was the manuscript name he used on

his herbarium material of it.

‘Taxonomic Treatment

Lamprolobium Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 202 (1864). Type: L. fruticosum Benth.

Derivation of Name: from Greek /ampros, shining, and lobos, pod, in relation to the

shiny, smooth fruits.

Erect shrubs, often many-branched from near base, densely hairy on most parts. Leaves

compound, often reduced to unifoliolate state distally on branches, stipulate, lacking

stipellae. Fiowers shortly pedicellate, single on + elongated, solitary, paired or clustered

peduncles in axils of upper leaves or leaves at jower nodes of axillary branches. Peduncles

bracteolate; bracteoles medial and distal on peduncles, deciduous. Calyx tube circum-

scissile at base; upper 2 lobes fused to produce a compound retuse or emarginate lobe.

Petals yellow, clawed, glabrous. Stamens 10, glabrous, united in lower 3/4 to 7/8 into a

cylinder completely open oe | the ventral (adaxial) side. Anthers alternately basifixed

or dorsifixed. Ovary glabrous, flattened, many-ovulate. Stigma consisting of the papillose

truncate style tip. Pod flattened, glabrous, many-seeded, shiny. Seeds oblique in pod,

separated by bands of pith, conspicuously arillate.

Petals conspicuously exceeding sepals, 15-20 mm long: mature leaflets +

appressed silky hairy, tapered evenly to an acuminate tip .. L. grandiflorum

Petals + equalling or shorter than sepals, 5-8 mm long: mature leaflets

+ moderately spreading hairy, contracted abruptly to a short mucro at

TED nak Seeley Ati e Yee $O%e gl SMe Alte ees Me an il L. fruticosum

Lamprolobium grandiflorum S.L. Everist ex R. Henderson, sp. noy. L. fruticoso Benthamii

petalis sepala conspicue longioribus (usque ad duplo longioribus), foliis maturis

subter et insuper sericeis et apici acuminato angustatis, et seminibus + discoideis

vel obloideis nec + reniformis vel ovoideis differt. Frutices 1-2 m alti; folia 1-

vel 3- (vel 5-) foliolata; foliola 4-12 cm longa petiolulum inclusa. Lobi sepalorum

6-9.5 mm longi. Petala flava, 15-20 mm longa ungues inclusa. Semina discoidea

ad obloidea, 4.5-5.1 mm longa. Typus: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 3.6 km E

of Lappa to Mount Garnet road, along mining access track turning off 18 km §S

of Lappa, 28 August 1990, J.R. Clarkson 8904 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA,K,

L,MBA,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS, distribuendi).

Shrub 1-2 m tall; stems single or with several arising from near base, pubescent with a

close, dense, greyish or rusty tomentum. Leaves unifoliate, trifoliate or occasionally 5-

foliate; stipules subulate, 3-5 mm long; petioles 8-32 mm long; rhachis 0-32 mm long;

mature leaflets narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, tapering + evenly to base and apex,

4-12 cm long including petiolule 1.5—10 mm long, 1-2.5 cm wide, sericeous above and

below, acute at base, acute acuminate at apex; acumen 1-3.5 mm long, sericeous.

Peduncles 2~4 cm long; bracteoles subulate to narrowly triangular, 3~4 mm long, sericeous

abaxially; pedicels to 5.5 mm long. Calyx sericeous abaxially, sparsely pubescent adaxially;

tube 1.5-4 mm long; lateral and basal lobes narrowly ovate, 7-9 mm long, 1.8-3 mm

wide, acute; compound lobe + rectangular but shallowly notched distally, 6—9.5 mm

long, 3.5-8.5 mm across at widest point. Standard + ovate-orbicular, 15-20 mm long

including claw 2.5-4 mm long, 13-15 mm across; wings + oblong, 16-18 mm long

including claw 1.5-2.5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm wide; keel 15-16 mm long including claws

2.5~3.5 mm long, 11-12 mm across (opened out). Staminal tube c. 10 mm long; anthers |

Henderson, Lamprolobium 395

elliptic in outline, 1.7—-1.8 mm long. Ovary linear, 5-7-ovulate. Stigmatic surface atop

and narrower than + truncate style tip. Legume 35-55 mm long including stipe up to

5 mm long, c. 9 mm wide, tapered evenly or contracted abruptly to short persistent

style base. Seeds + discoid to obloid, 4.5-5.1 mm long, 3.8-4.6 mm wide; mature testa

one brown to olive green, sometimes mottled with deep red or reddish brown. Fig.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook Districr: Gurrumba, Apr 1946, Stevens Cairns 10139 (BRI); 16 km

SSE of Lappa on road following abandoned railway line, 17°28’S, 144°55’E, Apr 1985, Rodd & Hardie 4515

(BRI,NSW), 15.8 km S of Lappa on road to Mount Garnet, Aug 1990, Clarkson 8902 (BRD; 16.3 km S of Lappa

on road to Mount Garnet, Aug 1990, Clarkson 8903 (BRI); 3.6 km E of Lappa to Mount Garnet road, along a

mining access track turning off 18 km S of Lappa, 17°29’S, 144°58’E, Aug 1990, Clarkson 8904 (TYPE).

Distribution and habitat: So far, L. grandiflorum is known only from a small area to

the north west of Mount Garnet in north Queensland (Map 1B), where it grows in

eucalypt pag fa melanophloia F. Muell., E. leichhardtii avons woodland with

cypress pines (Callitris columellaris var. campestris Silba) on low undulating country in

coarse sandy soil.

Phenology: Flowers and fruit have been collected in April and late August.

Conservation status: A coding of 2K, according to the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988),

seems appropriate at this stage. Its distribution and need for conservation warrant closer

study as it may have potential for plant breeding.

Etymology: The epithet is derived from Latin grandis, large, and florus, flowered, in

allusion to the size of its flowers compared with those of L. fruticosum.

Notes: The original label for Cairns 10139 in QRS has been associated with specimen

Cairns 10129 (QRS 31915) which is a specimen of Mirbelia speciosa subsp. ringrosei

(Bailey) Pedley. Thus the presence of Stephens’ original in QRS has not been confirmed.

Conversely, the collector and place of collection of Cairns 10129 remain uncertain.

With the current interest in taxonomy of the economically important legumes

and the critical study of several different groups within the family in Australia, it is

surprising that a plant of such stature and appearance as L. erandiflenin: should escape

detection for so long. In his recently published book on herbaceous and shrubby legumes

in Queensland, Hacker (1990) briefly touched on this species in his description of L.

fruticosum where he recorded that the leaves can be “narrowly pointed’. In this he

undoubtedly was referring to the leaves of L. grandiflorum. His voucher specimens from

near Chillagoe, however, are definitely of L. fruticosum.

Lamprolobium fruticosum Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 202 (1864). Type: Endeavour River,

Queensland, July 1819, A. Cunningham 242/1819 (lecto (here designated): K).

Erect slender, openly branched shrubs, 0.3-2 (rarely -3) m high, the twigs tending to

become pendant; branchlets and young leaves pubescent with a close, dense, usually

rusty brown tomentum. Leaves imparipinnate or unifoliate; stipules narrowly triangular,

0.6-1.6 mm long, densely hirsute, caducous; petioles 6-30 mm long; rhachis 0-36 mm

long; mature leaflets 1, 3, 5 or 7 per leaf, narrowly ovate to broadly elliptic and +

abruptly contracted at base and apex, 3-12 cm long including petiolule 1.5-4 mm long,

1-3 cm wide, pubescent above and below especially along nerves, obtuse at base, obtuse

at mucronate tip; mucro 0.6-1.2 mm long, hirsute. Peduncles 8-12 mm long; bracteoles

* subulate, 1.5~2.3 mm long, densely hirsute abaxially; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long. Calyx

densely hirsute abaxially, pubescent adaxially; tube 0.9-1.7 mm long; lateral and basal

lobes narrowly ovate to narrowly triangular, 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, acute;

compound lobe + trapezoidal but deeply emarginate distally, 5.5-8 mm long, 5.5-5.8

mm across at widest point. Standard cordate, 5-7 mm long including claw 1-1.5 mm

long, 5.5-6 mm across; wings + obliquely oblong, 6-7.5 mm long including claw 1-1.5

mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; keel + semi-ovate in outline, 6-7 mm long including claws

1,25-1.5 mm long, 5.4-6.8 mm across (opened out). Staminal tube c. 4 mm long; anthers

ovate in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm long. Ovary linear, 5—8-ovulate. Stigmatic surface atop the

obliquely truncate, slightly expanded style tip. Legume 30-55 mm long including stipe

48.5 mm long, 9-10 mm wide, contracted abruptly and obliquely to the short persistent

style base. Seeds + reniform to ovoid, 5-7 mm long, 3.5-4 mm wide; mature testa olive

396 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

green to dark reddish brown or almost black, sometimes reddish brown mottled with

black. Fig. 1.

Selected specimens (88 examined): Queensland. Cook District: Pinnacle Creek, 4 miles [6.4 km] N of Walsh

River, Jun 1929, Tardent [AQ 234637] (BRI); Browns Creek, Pascoe River, Jun 1948, Brass 19173 (BRI; ?A n.y.);

Tozer Gap, Tozer Range, Jul 1948, Brass 19509 (BRI; ?A 7.¥.); mouth of Endeavour River, Cooktown, May

1970, Blake 23315 (BRI); E of Wrotham Park and W of Chillagoe, May 1970, Webb & Tracey 13513 (BRI); 33

miles [53 km] from Mt Carbine towards Cooktown, Jun 1972, Wrigley & Telford NQI267 (NSW; ?CBG n.v.);

13 km § of Laura, on Peninsula Development road, Cape York, Oct 1974, Hind 622 (NSW); Heathlands Pastoral

Station, Cape York, 11°45’S, 142°33’E, Mar 1980, Aforton 579 (BRI,NSW; ?MEL n.y.); Lizard Island, Dec 1974,

Specht & Specht LI 208 (BRI); ditto, May 1975, Byrnes 3195 (BRD; ditto, Aug 1987, Grimshaw ALS 64 (BRD;

ditto, Sep 1988, Batianoff 10101 (BRI); ditto, Oct 1988, Batianoff 10257 (BRI); 42 km S of Palmer River, on

Peninsula Development road, Apr 1980, Clarkson 3060 (BRI; 7K,MBA,MO,NT,PERTH 7.7.); 9.7 km N of

Fairlight, on Fairlight to Palmerville road, 15°41’S, 144°02’E, Apr 1980, Clarkson 3254 (BRI;

2K, MBA,NSW,QRS,PERTH v.¥.); 53 km NNE of Laura, on road to Cooktown, Jun 1981, Maconochie 2716

(BRI; ?CBG,K,NT v.v.); c. 1 km N of “Gladstone” mine, Stannary Hills, May 1983, Conn & De Campo 1253

(BRI,NSW; ?AD,CANB,HO,MEL u.¥.); 63 km from Chillagoe, on Wrotham Park road, Jul 1983, Hacker BH 404

BRI); 0.5 km SW of dam on top of Mount Mulligan, c. 40 km NW of Dimbulah, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5881

‘BRI I7CANB,DNA,K,L,MBA,MEL,NSW,PERTH,QRS un.yv.); 12 km from Herberton, on road to Irvinebank, Aug

1990, Clarkson 8905 (BRI,DNA,K,PERTH; ?7MBA,MEL,QRS #.¥.), NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: near Greenvale,

Jul 1954, Blake 19454 (BRI; 7CANB,K,MEXU,MOSSP u.y¥.); Conjuboy road, Oct 1972, Althofer 325 (BRD; 4 km

from “Valley of Lagoons” homestead, on road to Ingham, May 1977, Williams 77036 ted ditto, Apr 1980,

Williams 80062 (BRI); Poley Cow Creek, Broken River, 19°28’S, 144°46’E, Apr 1988, Fe// DF 951 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: L. fruticosum is confined to the north east of Queensland (Map

1A) but occurs in a wide range of community types from swampy and sandy heaths to

grasslands, low closed forests, eucalypt woodlands (various species) and eucalypt forest

(various species). It grows in a wide variety of soil types from dune sands, sandy loams,

loams, gravelly clays and skeletal metamorphics on plains, undulating plains, ironstone

and sandstone ridges, near-coastal dunes, rocky hillsides and stony mountain tops. Its

recorded altitudinal range varies from sea-level to 750 m.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been collected from March to November, and

probably occur throughout the year.

Conservation status: This species is widespread and is conserved in several National

Parks, e.g. Lizard Island National Park. Its survival is not endangered.

Notes: In describing L. fruticosum, Bentham (/oc. cit.) cited both a Banks and Solander

and a Cunningham specimen in his protologue. Only the Cunningham specimen (on

two sheets) is at K though a packet containing seeds from Robert Brown’s herbarium

(presumably from a Banks and Solander specimen) is associated with it, i.e. mounted

on one Cunningham sheet. It is clear from the sketches attached to that sheet that this

specimen formed the major basis for Bentham’s description in his protologue even

though the specific epithet was taken up from Solander’s manuscript name for the species

(Crotalarioides fruticosa). Bentham undoubtedly derived the generic name from Cun-

ningham’s manuscript Glycine lamprocarpa written on the labels associated with his K

specimen.

For these reasons the Cunningham sheet at K excluding material from Brown’s

herbarium is selected lectotype of Bentham’s name. A good representative specimen of

the species collected by Banks and Solander from Endeavour River is in the separate

Banks and Solander collection at NSW (NSW 133343).

Notes attached to two specimens in BRI suggest the species is toxic to livestock

but there appears no definite evidence to support these suspicions.

Fig. 1. Lamprolobium fruticosum: A. calyx (opened and flattened) showing shape of compound lobe X 4. B.

standard (flattened) showing claw and basal lobes X 4. C. wing showing claw and basal lobe X 4. D. one side of

keel showing claw and basal lobe x 4. E. style and stigmatic zone X 12, F. seed looking at back of aril x 3. G.

aril from front < 12. H. leaflet (typical outline) X 0.5. I. apex of leaflet showing mucro, broad angle of major

veins and sparser hairs < 3. L. grandiflorum: J. calyx (opened and flattened) showing shape of compound lobe

xX 2. K. standard (flattened) showing claw and basal lobes xX 2. L. wing showing claw and basal lobe xX 2. M. one

side of keel showing claw and basal lobe X 2. N. style and stigmatic zone X 6. O. seed looking at back of aril x

3. P. aril from front < 12. Q. leaflet (typical outline) x 0.5. R. apex of leaflet showing acuminate tip, less broad

angle of major veins and denser hairs X 3, A-E,H,{, Clarkson 8905, F,G, Scarth-Johnson 339A, J-N,Q,R, Clarkson

8904, O,P, Rodd & Hardie 4515 (all BRI).

397

——

ay # ———e ee + a ee Se Fd

pe OE on Te Sea eet EER

+ alan /*

ip ie Pa i Macatee wl Pint fant a. ba wai ort. =a, ae a

4 = ey hehe aati -“~ ra

“a,

a aE

tebe gy ee Bite

Henderson, Lamprolobium

398 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

- = nt vs

145

Weipa 2 aa®

Mount Garnet U

15 rs

x Cooktown

A 44

ian

“tet Cairns

@ Mount Garnet

Townsville

(

A &

Map 1. Distribution of Lamprolobium spp.: A. L. fridicosum. B, L.grandiflorum.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to John Clarkson (MBA) who searched for L. grandiflorum in the

Lappa area at my request and who subsequently found three separate populations of the

plant. He also provided me with the type material. At BRI, Will Smith prepared the

illustrations, Aileen Wood the maps and Andrew Franks SEM photographs of leaf-tips

and seeds of both species. This assistance is gratefully acknowledged. An anonymous

referee kindly brought the very relevant Crisp and Weston reference to my notice.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis 2: 202 (1864). London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

BENTHAM, G. in BENTHAM, G. & HOOKER, J.D. (1865). Genera Plantarum 1: 444, 495. London: L. Reeve

& Co.; Williams & Norgate.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

epane Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

ildlife Service.

CRISP, M.D. & WESTON, P.H. (1987). Cladistics and Legume Systematics, with an analysis of the Bossiaeeae,

Brongniarticae and Mirbelieac. In C.H. Stirton (ed.), Advances in Legume Systematics Part 3: 65~130. Kew:

Royal Botanic Gardens.

ELLIOT, W.R. & JONES, D.L. (1990). Encyclopaedia of Australian Plants suitable for cultivation 5 (Gr-J): [-

512. Melbourne, Sydney, Auckland: Lothian.

HACKER, J.B. (1990). A Guide to Herbaceous and Shrub Legumes of Queensland 199. Brisbane: University of

Queensland Press.

HUTCHINSON, J. (1964). The Genera of Flowering Plants 1393/4. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Henderson, Lamprolobium 399

MUELLER, F. (1875). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 9: 67.

POLHILL, R.M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R.M. Polhill & P.H. Raven (eds), Advances in

Legume Systematics Part 1: 393-395. Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens.

WILLIS, J.H. (1967). Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. Muelleria 1: 128.

Accepted for publication 12 February 1991

Somemsrut orators ae hae

Austrobaileya 3(3): 401-407 (1991) 401

NOTES ON TK

{CHYMENE RUDGE (APIACEAE) IN

QUEENSLAND, 2

A.E. Holland

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

A key to the species of 7 rachymene known to occur in Queensland is provided. A new species, Trachymene montana

Holland, and a new variety, 7. bivestita var. pterecarpa Holland, are described. Previous descriptions of 7. bivestita

(Domin) L, Johnson and 7. tenutfolia (Domin) B.L. Burtt are amended. All species are listed with distribution,

place of publication and notes on toxicity.

Introduction

In the first part of this work, (Holland 1989), a new species, 7. clivicola Boyland

& Holland, and new combination, 7. hookeri (Domin) Holland were described and a

new record for Australia, T. cussonii (Montr.) B.L. Burtt, was noted. This paper completes

this treatment of Trachymene Rudge in Queensland with a key to the species, and

descriptions of a new species and variety. This work was carried out as part of the

Botany Branch Strategic Taxonomy Program.

Key to Trachymene in Queensland

1. Mericarps densely covered with hairs 1-1.5 mm ied .. 1... UL. T. gilleniae

Mericarps glabrous, smooth or tuberculate ads ase canteens ee, 2

2. Fruits consisting of a single mericarp

Fruits with two mericarps present, sometimes unequal in size

3. Mericarps more than 4 mm long epeiudiiag ane if Ereaeny

Mericarps less than 4 mm long ....

ON —~] & GO

4. Mericarps with a thin 0.5-2 mm wide wing on outer E eage Saas

Mericarps without a wing

5. Spreading multistemmed herb to 40 cm high; leaf blades deeply tripartite,

up to 3 cm long; segments shallowly lobed; lobes 2-5 mm wide

2. I. clivicola

Erect ‘single- stemmed herb to 80 cm high: leaf blades deeply ‘trisected,

up to 7 cm long; segments deeply lobed: lobes 1-2 mm wide

Lee ee te be ee ee ee ee ve ee ne ae ee we ae =6& T. bivestita var. pterocarpa

6. Stems and leaves es poe hai ee ee Perr 3. T. glandulosa

Stems and leaves completely gla PARE bemceclc da #4: stete bonis 4. T. glaucifolia

7. Mericarps 3-4 mm long with a prominant ring of large Panes on outer

BOB Ree apd ea rcs. sat gti te soe SEMEL g cant pie ese tle Lae Vogue 5. T. cyanantha

Mericarps 2.5-3.5 mm _ long, evenly papillose or completely

SMMOOUN CRE Lis cla ng Weis, Gore aye ShcSucO™ bicds aget noe ee 6. T. bivestita var. bivestita

8. Leaves basal, hairy; leaf blades orbicular with 5-7 shallow lobes; lobes

dentate 7. T. geraniifolia

Leaves basal or cauline, ‘glabrous or hairy; leat blades deeply trisected

and pinnatifid 9

9. Mericarps more than 4mm long .......... 0... 0.0. 0.20. ee ee ee = 10

Mericarps less than 3.5 mm long ........ 0... 0.0... ce eee ee ee ee©=§=6

10. Plants tussock-forming, to 30 cm heen bye RGR ee ed ene oo at 8. T. cussonii

Plants erect, up to 1 m high . Se pee a ys pine at eeean af tae, 4. T. glaucifolia

;

SAREE Ese

ESR RAMU SACI NAR RS A LA LAOACN RO EE LA SE

Senne KIgeEc In Qa MENA TATE VROR Omg OTHe Re meee tree nearer ae ry acacia

402 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

11. Plants prostrate, creeeping .. Loy Gauhs cov Se ee Se Sele ah MZ

Plants erect, weakly erect or ascending ax Seal att Ce eee See idl lana ee) MS

12. Leaf blades up to 2 cm long; mericarps 1.5-2 mm long .. 12. T. psammophila

Leaf blades mostly more than 2 cm long; snail 2~3 mm long

Be, ieee old= yim Gat Gh ratte en es ; 11. IT’. procumbens

13. Leaves mostly crowded at base, a few small leaves on stem .......... 14

Leaves basal and cauline, not crowded at base .................,... #5

14. Mericarps less than 2 mm long; leaf segments obtuse ........ 9. T. ochracea

Mericarps 2-3.5 mm long; leaf segments acute ............ 10. T. incisa

15. Slender, multistemmed, weakly erect or ascending herbs to 30 cm; leaf

segments acute or acuminate, 0.5-1.5 mm wide . 16. T. tenuifolia

Erect, single-stemmed herbs usually more than 30 cm high, robust, often

woody at base; leaf segments 1-6 mm wide, rounded or acute ........ 16

16, Bracts narrowly pak gs often lobed, distinctly shorter than pedicels,

-6 mm wide, fruit 1.6-2 mm long 15. T. montana

Bracts subulate, entire, mostly equal or longer ‘than pedicels, {-2 mm

wide; fruit 2~3 mm long ea ae rien. ban. Wares ne Ayan ee

17. Leaf segments rounded or broadly acute, 2-6 mm wide; umbels 8-10

mm wide in fruit... .. 13. T. longipedunculata

Leaf segments acute or acuminate, 1-4 mm wide: umbels 10-16 mm

wide in fruit ....... ..... 14, T. hookeri

1. T. gilleniae (Tate) B.L. Burtt, J. Bot. 79: 46 (1941 Didiscus gilleniae Tate, Report

of the Horn Scientific Expedition Pt 3:188 (1896). Type: Northern Territory. Mt

Gillen, 1894, R. Tate s.n., (holo: K, 7.y.).

Distribution: Northern Territory and recently collected from the Selwyn Ranges in North-

western Queensland.

2. T. clivicola Boyland & Holland, Austrobaileya 3(1): 135-139 (1989). Type: Queensland.

GREGORY NORTH DISTRICT: Kurran HS, c. 160 km WNW o Jundah, June 1974,

D.E. Boyland 7060 (holo, iso: BRI'(AQ 378654).

Distribution: Far western Queensland.

3. T. glandulosa (F. Muell.) Benth., Fi. austral. 3: 350 (1866); Didiscus glandulosus F.

Muell., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 3: 038 (1857). Type: Queensland. BURKE

District: Nicholson River, Gulf of Carpentaria, August 1856, F. Mueller (holo:

MEL!(MEL 37000), photo BRI),

Distribution: North-western Queensland and the Gulf of Carpentaria.

4. T. glaucifolia (F. Muell.) Benth. /oc. cit.; Didiscus glaucifolius F. Muell., Linnaea 25:

395 (1852). Type: South Australia. Elders Range, October 1851, F. Mueller (holo:

K!, photo BRI).

Distribution: Western Queensland, New South Wales, Northern Territory, South Australia,

Western Australia.

Note: Suspected of being toxic to stock.

5. T. cyanantha Boyland, Contr. Queensland Herb. 10 (1972). Type: Queensland.

WARREGO DISTRICT: 24.2 km S of Cheepie, September 1967, Pedley 2449 (holo:

BRI'(AQ 024325)).

Distribution: Western Queensland.

Note: Known to be toxic to stock.

Holland, Trachymene 403

6. Trachymene bivestita (Domin) L. Johnson, Contr. N.S.W. Natl Herb. 3: 101 (1962);

Didiscus benthamii var. bivestitus Domin, Sitzungsber. Kénigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss.

Prag, Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. 10: 40 (1908). Type: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Newcastle Range, without date, F. Mueller (holo: MEL!I(MEL 36985)).

Erect single-stemmed herb to 80 cm high. Stem thickened at base or slender with few

or many flowering branches, glabrous or sparsely glandular hairy sometimes glaucous.

Leaves cauline, a few crowded at base, leaf blades ovate or rounded in outline, usually

much divided with non-glandular hairs on veins and margins and glandular hairs at

base and on petioles. Lower leaves alternate; petioles dilated at base, 1.5-7 cm long; leaf

blades deeply trisected, 1.5-7 cm long, lobes pinnatifid, often further divided, ultimate

segments linear or narrowly oblong, acute, rounded or truncate, 1-3 mm wide. Upper

leaves opposite, subtending inflorescence branches, sessile or shortly petiolate, entire or

deeply trisected or further divided, 0.6-4.5 cm long, otherwise similar. Peduncles 2.5-

14 cm long, densely glandular hairy at base. Umbels 1-2 cm wide with 12-75 flowers

and 10-18 bracts; bracts narrowly triangular, subulate, 2-7.5 mm long and 3-6 mm

wide, glandular hairy; pedicels 2-8 mm long. Petals obovate, 1—1.8 mm long and 0.6-

1.3 mm wide, white or pale blue. Styles 0.8-2.5 mm long, bright blue. Anthers 1.2-2

mm long. Fruit with only one mericarp developing; mericarps obliquely rounded, laterally

flattened, 2.6-5.5 mm long and 1.7-¢4 mm wide, glabrous, evenly tuberculate or entirely

smooth, wingless or with a thin smooth wing 0.5-1 mm wide.

Two varieties are recognized:

Mericarps wingless, 2.6-3.8 mm long and 1.7-3 mm wide, evenly tuber-

culate or smooth By Rye gh NC) lay ethg oh OED oe TGA Diss Be WA ae Ep Gll lave ehys pA var. bivestita

Mericarps winged, 5.3-5.5 mm long and 3.5-4 mm wide, slightly tuber-

culate; wing thin, smooth, 0.5~1.0 mm wide ae arocre var. pterocarpa

Trachymene bivestita var. bivestita Fig. 1G.

Selected specimens: (all BRI) Queensland. Cook Districr: Lyasid [Lizard] Island, 1842, Macegillivray 52, 17.9

km SE of Alice R. crossing on the track from Kimba to the new Dixie-Oroners Rd, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3750;

Boyle Creek (NW of Mareeba), Apr 1962, A¢cKee 9153; Forsyth-Etnasleigh road c. 48 km W of Einasleigh, Apr

1975, Orchard 4732; c. 14 km S of Mutchilba, towards Stannary Hills, May 1983, Conn & De Campo 1231; Blue

Hills area, Mt Suprise Gemfields, 42 km from township of Mt Suprise, Apr 1985, Champion 139; Black Rock,

: 6 ae a km] S of Lynd Junction on Hann Hwy between Hughenden and Mt Garnet, May 1970, Webb &

racey ,

Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern Queensland from Lizard Island and

the Alice River in the north, to Black Rock near the Lynd Junction in the south. Found

on sandy or rocky soils in open eucalypt woodland or grassy flats.

Trachymene bivestita var. pterocarpa Holland var. nov. a var. bivestita mericarpo in ala

expanso differt. Typus: Cook District: Yaramulla Station, adjacent to Pinwill

Cave, 80 km SW of Mt Garnet, April 1989, VJ. Neldner 2776 (holo: BRI(AQ

500288). Fig. 1F.

The distinguishing characters are set out in the key above.

Specimens examined, (all BRI): Queensland, Cook District: Yaramulla Station, Gulf Development Road, Jul

1981, Williams 81116.

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality in northern Queensland, in

open Eucalyptus erythrophloia woodland adjacent to low closed forest in a collapsed

area of lava tubes.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from the Greek, ptero, wing and carpos, fruit.

Note: The description of 7. bivestita is based on Domin’s diagnosis of Didiscus benthamii

var. bivestita and on Queensland material most closely matching the type.

Two specimens from Laura sandstone area (Clarkson 4688 and Byrnes 3353) have

fruits consisting of a single mericarp and have leaves similar to those of T. bivestita but

they are more slender, more branched and have smaller umbels with fewer flowers and

short glabrous bracts.

eet nee endo ht INRA RRS RENO

404 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

7. T. geraniifolia Bailey, Queensl. fl. 6: 2015 (1902) (Additions); Didiscus geraniifolius

Bailey) Domin, Sitzungsber. K6nigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag, Math.-Naturwiss.

Cl. 10: 55 (1908). Type: Queensland. Cook District: Mt Alexandra, November

1902, Newport 9 (holo BRI'(AQ 024332)).

Distribution: Rare on coastal mountains in north-eastern Queensland.

8. T. cussonii (Montr.) B.L. Burtt, J. Bot. 79: 45 (1941); Hydrocotyle cussonii Montr.,

Mem. Acad. Roy. Sci. Lyon, Sect. Sci. ser 2, 10; 211 (1860). Type: De Vile Art,

(Pers de la Nouvelle Caledonia) (n.v.).

Distribution: Islands of the Capricornia Section of the Great Barrier Reef.

9. T. ochracea L. Johnson, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type:

New South Wales: Waverley Downs (W. of Paroo River, near Hungerford),

October 1912, J.L. Boorman, (holo: NSW (NSW 5406) zx.y.).

Distribution: Western Queensland, New South Wales.

Note: Known to be toxic to stock.

10. T. incisa Rudge, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 10: 300 (1811). Type: Sydney Harbour,

Port Jackson, May 1801, R. Brown (holo: MEL!(MEL 37071)).

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland, New South Wales.

11. T. procumbens (F. Muell.) Benth., Fl. austral. 3: 351 (1866): Didiscus procumbens F.

Muell., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 3: 237. Type: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT:

Brisbane River, Moreton Bay, F. Mueller (MELD).

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland, New South Wales.

12. T. psammophila Maconochie, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 2(2) (1980). Type: Northern

Territory. Wessel Islands, September 1972, P.K. Latz (holo: DNA; iso: BRI!).

Distribution: Cape York Peninsula and the Wessell Islands in northern Queensland and

the Northern Territory.

13. T. longipedunculata Maconochie, /oc. cit. Type: Northern Territory. Wessell Islands,

September 1972, P.K. Latz 3237 (holo: DNA; iso: BRI).

Distribution: Cape York Pensinsula and the Wessel Islands in far northern Queensland

and the Northern Territory.

14. T. hookeri (Domin) Holland, Austrobaileya 3(1): 135-136 (1989). Didiscus procumbens

var. hookeri Domin, foc, cit. Type: Queensland. Cook District: Lizard Island,

August 1848, J. MacGillivray s.n. (lecto K!(2 sheets), photo BRI).

Distribution: North-eastern and far northern Queensland.

15. Trachymene montana Holland sp. nov. afhinis T. longipedunculata Maconochie sed

inflorescentiarum bracteis latioribus (2~6 mm latis), pedicelles quam bracteis

longioribus et mericarpis parvioribus (1.6-2 mm longis) differt. Typus: Queens-

land. Cook District: Tinaroo Creek Forestry Road, near Mt Haig, c. 4.5 km

NNW of Danbulla,(17°06’S, 145°36’E), September 1980, J.R. Clarkson 3436 (holo:

BRI(AQ 346129)).

Erect single-stemmed herb to 70 cm high with a short primary root. Stem thickened and

somewhat woody at base, with many slender flowering branches, glabrous. Leaves cauline,

not crowded at base; leaf blades broadly ovate in outline, somewhat membranous,

glabrous or with non-glandular hairs on veins, sometimes sparsely glandular hairy at

base and on petioles. Lower leaves alternate or opposite, petioles 0.5-3.6 cm long, dilated

at base; leaf blades deeply trisected, (1.2~)1.5-8.3 cm long; lobes further deeply pinnatifid,

sometimes further lobed; ultimate segments linear or lanceolate, obtuse or acute, 1-4

mm wide. Upper leaves opposite, subtending flowering branches; petioles to 1.2 cm long;

leaf blades entire or deeply trisected and pinnatifid, 1.0-3.0 cm long; lobes linear or

lanceolate, acute or obtuse. Peduncles slender, 1.0-7.7 cm long, glandular hairy at base.

Umbels 7-10 mm wide (10-12 mm wide in fruit) with 20-42 flowers and 8-14 bracts:

Holland, 7rachymene

alt ant

J rT

hal er vi

W.A.SMITH

405

Fig. 1. Trachymene montana. A. flowering branchlet X 1. B. umbel of flowers x 8. C. mature fruit xX 8. 7.

tenuifolia: D. Flowering branchlet < I. E. mature fruit x 8. F. 7. bivestita var. pterocarpa: mature fruit x 8. G.

T. bivestita var, bivestita: mature fruit X 8. (A-C, J.R. Clarkson 3436; D,E, L.S. Smith 12654; F,G, I.G. Champion

272.)

a ac et Ae af te a a a ty le a a mmm mmm VAS Ste | i al

406 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

bracts narrowly triangular, entire or lobed, acute or acuminate, 1-3.4(-4.2) mm long

and 0.2-0.6 mm wide at base, glabrous; pedicels slightly longer, or up to three times as

long as bracts, 1.8-3.8(-4.6) mm long. Petals broadly elliptic, rounded, 0.8-1.4 mm long

and 0.5-1 mm wide, white or pink. Styles 0.3-1.2 mm long, white or pink. Anthers 8-

16 mm long. Fruit of paired mericarps, semicircular in outline, laterally flattened, 1.6-

2.0 mm long and 1.2-1.8 mm wide, wingless, glabrous, tuberculate. Fig. 1A-—C.

Specimens examined (all BRI): Queensland. Cook District: S.F.R. 185, Douglas Ck area, Apr 1964, Dansie

3048: S.F.R. 185, Apr 1964, Hyland 3048; 9.6 km SSW of Irvingbank, Apr 1962, Whitehouse s.n. NORTH KENNEDY

District: East of Baal Gammon Mine, c. 1 km N of Herberton to Irvingbank Rd., c. 7 km W. of Herberton,

Jun 1983, Conn & De Campo 1278; 19.2 km SW of Herberton, junction of Woolawan and Little Woolawan Cks,

May 1962, Whitehouse s.n., Mt Dryander, western slope, Apr 1978, Byrnes 3878 & Clarkson.

Distribution and habitat: North-eastern Queensland on mountains and plateau areas

from the Douglas Ck area north of Atherton to Mt Dryander near Proserpine. It occurs

in dry rainforests or open Eucalyptus forests.

Affinities: This species is related to 7. longipedunculata Maconochie and T. hookeri

(Domin) Holland. T. longipedunculata has 1-2 mm wide bracts longer than the pedicels

and fruits more than 2 mm long. 7. hookxeri is taller, usually 1-2 mm high, with more

divided leaves and fruits 2-3 mm long.

Etymology: The specific epithet was chosen to indicate the montane habitat of this

species.

Note: A specimen from Mt. Spurgeon (White 10658) has slightly larger umbels and fruits

but resembles 7. montana in all other ways.

16. Trachymene tenuifolia (Domin) B.L. Burtt, J. Bot. 79: 45 (1941); Didiscus tenuifolius

Domin, Sitzungsber. Koénigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag, Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. 10: 58

(1908). Type: “Australia, sine statione indicata, e Neapoli misit’” Sprenger (sub

no. 26)” (holo: K!, photo BRI).

Weakly ascending multistemmed herb to 30 cm high with a slender primary root. Stems

slender, weak, glabrous, with few or many slender flowering branches. Leaves mostly

basal; leaves blades ovate in outline, much divided into many narrow segments, glabrous

or with a few hairs on veins. Lower leaves mostly crowded at base; petioles 0.5-5 cm

long, glabrous or with a few hairs; leaf blades trisected almost to base with lobes deeply

trisected and further deeply divided; 1-3 cm long; ultimate segments linear, acute or

acuminate, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Upper leaves entire or deeply bi- or trisected, sessile or

shortly petiolate, 0.5-2.2 mm long, otherwise similar to lower leaves. Peduncles slender,

ascending, 1.5-8.5 cm long and 0.3-0.5 mm thick, glabrous or with a few glandular hairs

at base. Umbels 5-10 mm wide with 7-25(—33) flowers and 8-12 bracts; bracts filiform,

acuminate, 1.7-3.8(4.5) mm long and 1-3 mm wide at base, glabrous; pedicels 1.5-4

mm long. Petals obovate, 0.8-1.2 mm long and 0.5-0.8 mm wide, pale pink or white.

Styles 0.5-1.0 mm long, white. Anthers 6-10 mm long. Fruit of paired mericarps;

mericarps semicircular in outline, slightly laterally flattened, wingless, 1.2-2 mm long

and 0.8-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, smooth or_tuberculate. Fig. 1 D-E.

Selected Specimens (all BRI): Queensland. Cook District: Friday Is., without date, Hasaiel/ s.n. fare 089246];

Thursday Is., May 1906, fate 27; Mutee Head, Jun 1988, Forster 4468; Wenlock, Batavia R., Jul 1948, Brass

19707; Tucanoo, c. 16 km S of Cape York (Laradenya Mouth), Oct 1965, Smith 12654.

Distribution and habitat: Most commonly found on sandy foredunes from Friday Is. to

Batavia on the Wenlock River.

Affinities: T. psammophila Maconochie is similar to this species but is more prostrate

with thickened stems and trilobed leaves with ultimate segments 2-4 mm wide.

Three specimens (Scarth-Johnson 1311A, Clarkson 2101, Morton 1282) resemble

T. psammophila but have more divided leaves.

Note: This species was originally described by Domin from a specimen of uncertain

origin and without fruiting material. Domin distinguished the species on the basis of

the very narrow leaf segments. This description is based on specimens which most closely

match the type cited by Domin.

Holland, Trachymene 407

Acknowledgements

I extend my thanks to Mrs I. Champion, Mr J. Clarkson, Mr J. Neldner and Mr

P. Forster for their efforts to collect material, to the Director of Kew for provision of

the type photographs and to the Director of MEL for the loan of type material. The line

drawings were produced by Mr W. Smith.

Reference

HOLLAND, A.E. (1989). Notes on Trachymene Rudge (Apiaceae) in Queensland, 1. Austrobaileya 3(1): 135-139.

Accepted for publication 15 April 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 409-437 (1991) 409

REVISION OF THE YELLOW BLOODWOODS (MYRTACEAE:

EUCALYPTUS SER. NAVICULARES MAIDEN)

M.1.H. Brooker

CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, Box 1600, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601,

Australia

and A.R. Bean

P.O. Box 397, Nambour, Qld 4560, Australia

Summary

Yellow bloodwoods, a well-known group now accepted as comprising 12 taxa of largely Queensland eucalypts, is

revised, Five new species, Eucalyptus scabrida, E. bunites, E. petalophylla, E. aureola and E. lepteloma and two

new subspecies FE. peltata subsp. dimorpha and E. watsoniana subsp. capillata are described. The buds and fruits

of each new taxon are illustrated where relevant and a key and distribution maps of all taxa are provided. The

paper includes a summary of the five previously published species, notes on the classification of the series and

Spree ga in tabular form of all accepted bloodwood groups (informal Eucalyptus subgen. Corymbia Pryor &

ohnson).

1. Bloodwoods

The bloodwoods are a natural and distinctive group of species in Eucalyptus

occurring in all mainland States. They were given prominence by Bentham (1867) when

he erected the Eucalyptus subseries Corymbosae based on a combination of characters

concerning the inflorescence, fruit and seeds. The Corymbosae comprised 16 species in

Bentham’s treatment but subsequent research has resulted in the publication of at least

80 (Carr & Carr 1987). Furthermore, several natural groups within Corymbosae have

been recognised (Blakely 1934 and subsequent authors).

Most of the species in the subseries or those published later and of obvious affinity

are rough-barked, have winged seed!, and belong to what are commonly called “red

bloodwoods”, A much smaller group (all rough-barked species) is the “yellow blood-

woods” which have unwinged seed?, while there are three completely smooth-barked

species, also with unwinged seed, viz FE. maculata Hook., E. henryi Blake and E. citriodora

Hook. Three other species have been variously placed in the red or the yellow bloodwoods

or, in the case of two of them, FE. jacobsiana Blakely and E. trachyphloia F. Muell., in

monotypic series (see later).

The species so far referred to are known collectively as the “woody-frutted

bloodwoods”. We dissociate them totally from the group known as the “paper-fruited

bloodwoods”. Blakely (1934) confused these two groups, but the taxonomic distinctions

were discussed and clarified by Blake (1953) who erected two series to accommodate

the groups, viz Corymbosae, based on Bentham’s subseries and Clavigerae, based on an

informal unranked taxon of Maiden (1923). Pryor and Johnson (1971) followed Blake

in distinguishing them and equating their rank. They differed from Blake in their erection

of informal subgenera (Corymbia and Blakella respectively) for the two groups in contrast

to Blake’s series which were largely accepted by Chippendale (1988). In this paper, we

do not attend to the question of rank at these levels which is under consideration by

others for the whole genus Eucalyptus, but treat the yellow bloodwoods as a Series

following Maiden (1920) and Chippendale (1988).

' The hyaline wing approximates the length of the body of the seed. We use the term “wing” purely descriptively

with no functional implication.

2 The seed of E. leptoloma may have a terminal appendage much shorter than the length of the body of the seed

(see later).

410 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

2. Recognition of yellow bloodwoods as a distinctive group

a. General

Yellow bloodwoods are a relatively smail group of species endemic to eastern

Australia. They are trees usually recognisable in the field by their striking yellowish,

flaky, rough bark, although they can be confused in this character with the related E.

trachyphloia (an anomalous bloodwood, see later) and possibly with the quite unrelated

E. similis Maiden, E. phoenicea F. Muell. and FE. cloeziana F. Muell., all of which occur

within or near to the geographic range of the yellow bloodwoods in Queensland.

b. Taxonomic history

The first species of the series to be formally described was E. eximia Schauer in

1843. This is understandable as this species is prominent in the hinterland of Sydney.

All other species in the series are endemic to Queensland and were not discovered by

botanists until many years later.

| It is unlikely that Schauer was apprised of the field appearance of E. eximia and

his description covers only leaves, inflorescence structure, and flowers. The inflorescence

was given as a “terminal panicle”’.

The inflorescence, which 1s only pseudo-terminal (Johnson 1972), was the main

character on which Bentham (1867) based his subseries Corymbosae in “Flora Austral-

iensis”. A similar inflorescence occurs in Porantherae Benth., but the author correctly

distinguished the anther type in his series Porantherae from that of the series Normales

Benth. where the Corymbosae were placed.

The second yellow bloodwood recognized, E. peltata, was published by Bentham

(1867) in “Flora Australiensis”, and was placed in Corymbosae. Mueller had commu-

nicated some information to Bentham about bark of EF. peltata (“dark shining brittle

a nord but persistent”) but there is still no bark information on E. eximia in “Flora

ustraliensis’’.

Bentham described seed characters when possible and reported the winged seed

for most of the red bloodwoods, although the divergent seed form of E. joc. de R.

Br. ex Lindley was pointed out. He correctly, though briefly, reported the seed form of

E. peltata based on information from Mueller but seeds were not mentioned under E.

eximia. Hence the natural affinity between the two species was not evident to him and

they are widely separated 1n Bentham’s treatment.

Bark characters in eucalypts were given prominence some years earlier by Mueller

(1858) in a somewhat facile classification in which he grouped some boxes and ironbarks

with several bloodwoods, including E. trachyphloia, in an informal, unranked taxon,

Rhytiphloiae (wrinkled bark). This may have been the reason for Bentham’s placement

of this species in series Porantherae in “Flora Australiensis”. Mueller’s description of

the bark in the protologue of E. trachyphloia as “frustuloso” (fragmented) is important

as it draws attention to the tessellated nature of the bark of the species, which is also

seen in most box (Porantherae) species. Apart from the anomaly of E. trachyphloia,

Bentham was aware of a fundamental disparity between the boxes and the bloodwoods,

i.e. the fundamentally different anthers, which resulted in his grouping them into different

taxonomic series.

Mueller published a third yellow bloodwood, E. watsoniana, in 1876. The bark

was described as “persistent, wrinkled and sometimes scaly, red-brownish’’, the inflo-

rescences as “panicles terminal” and the seed as “‘winged””! (terminology from Maiden’s

translation 1920). Mueller referred to it as a “bloodwood” but there are no further clues

to its affinity. Maiden (1920) correctly allied it Gnasmuch as they are bloodwoods in the

broad sense) with EF. maculata, E. eximia, E. corymbosa Smith (syn. E. gummifera

(Gaertner) Hochr.) and FE. abergiana F. Muell., yet not with EZ. peltata which he treated

in the previous few pages. :

E. leichhardtii was published by F.M. Bailey in 1906 and the bark was given as

“thick, spongy and somewhat lamellar ... light yellowish brown” - probably the most

useful description of yellow bloodwood bark to that time. The inflorescence was given

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 411

as a “terminal panicle” and the seeds were adequately described. It 1s unfortunate that

this species with the most informative description to date has been consistently down-

graded, firstly as conspecific with FE. peltata by Maiden (1920) then by Blakely (1934),

and later as a subspecies of FE. peltata by Johnson and Blaxell (1973). The subspecies

status was followed by Chippendale (1988).

The most recently published yellow bloodwood is E. bloxsomei Maiden in 1925.

Maiden called it a “bloodwood” and more specifically a “yellow jacket” or “yellow

bloodwood”’, He gave no description of the seeds yet he clearly grew seedlings for his

diagnosis. He related the species to E. pel/tata and E. watsoniana and paid particular

attention in the protologue to the essential characters of the seedlings.

In addition to these species, we name seven new taxa in this study. While some

of them were collected early this century, none was recognized as distinct until recent

years. All of the new taxa are quite restricted in their distribution, and this factor has

certainly delayed their discovery and/or recognition.

3. Various classifications

Blakely (1934) was the first botanist to segregate red bloodwoods (as subseries

Neocorymbosae Blakely) from yellow bloodwoods, which name he gave in parentheses

following the heading “x1 Subseries Ochrophioiae’. This latter subseries comprised E.

peltata, E. torelliana, E. eximia, E. bloxsomei, E. watsoniana, and E. jacobsiana. The

inclusion of EF. torelliana was unqualified, while E. jacobsiana, with its stringy bark, was

stated as having “no very close affinities in its Subseries”. Blakely mentioned a similarity

of E. jacobsiana with EF. trachyphloia, which he placed unequivocally with the red

bloodwoods while merely describing the bark as “rough, persistent throughout”. The

seeds of E. trachyphloia were described as “winged”. Hence, inaccuracies and ambiguity

resulted in a less than satisfactory classification, although we agree that all the species

discussed so far are bloodwoods in the traditional senses. A significant contribution by

Blakely was the segregation of FE. maculata and E. citriodora in a third subseries

(Maculatae). Their allied species, E. henryi was not published until 1977.

Blake (1953), in his treatment of “northern” Australian species, placed EF. trachy-

phloia (“seed unwinged”’) and E. jacobsiana (“seed not winged”’) with the red bloodwoods

and apparently associated them with E. nesophila Blakely which he incorrectly stated

had seeds “‘not winged”’. In the conclusion to the section on E. series Corymbosae, he

drew attention to the distinction (“unwinged seeds and some peltate leaves”) within the

series of yellow bloodwoods as well as the associated E. subseries Maculatae Blakely (E.

citriodora and E. maculata) none of which was treated in this survey. It is curious with

his attention to seed characters that Blake did not exclude EF. trachyphloia and E.

jacobsiana from the red bloodwoods.

Pryor and Johnson (1971) appear to follow Blakely rather than Blake in their

informal treatment, although they improved Blakely’s classification by the exclusion of

E. torelliana and E. jacobsiana from “true” yellow bloodwoods.

In a recent informal classification of all the bloodwoods, Carr and Carr (1987)

arranged the species in a manner little different from Pryor and Johnson’s. The main

modifications were their placement of EF. torelliana in E. series Maculatae and they

allied E. jacobsiana with E. trachyphloia in a separate series. Unlike Pryor and Johnson

they diagnosed their supra-specific taxa.

Chippendale (1988), in his comprehensive treatment of the genus, formally erected

monotypic series each for E. jacobsiana, E. trachyphloia and E. torelliana. He raised

the E. subseries Maculatae to series rank, and accepted the established series Termin-

aliptera and Naviculares for the red and yellow bloodwoods respectively.

We accept Chippendale’s assigning of species to the various series but we, in

addition, define the essential morphology of the yellow bloodwoods and publish five

new species and two new subspecies in the group. At this stage in our review we believe

it is useful to summarise these diagnostic criteria of all the bloodwood groups in tabular

(Table 1) and key form.

412

Table 1. Diagnostic characters of the bloodwood series

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Series (after inflorescence outer seed

Chippendale, bark (see series operculum (mature) stigma**

1988) description) shed

Terminaliptera rough “compound” at flowering terminally mop

Maiden (red (tessellated) pseudo- winged _

bloodwoods) or smooth terminal (“Terminalipterae”’)

not winged

(““Gummiferae”’)*

Trachyphloiae rough (flaky) “compound”, at flowering not winged mop

Chippendale pseudo-

terminal

Jacobsianae rough “compound”, at flowering not winged mop

Chippendale (fibrous) pseudo-

terminal

Naviculares rough (flaky) “‘compound”, during bud not winged tapered

Maiden (yellow pseudo- development

bloodwoods) terminal

Torellianae Smooth “compound”, during bud not winged mop-

Chippendale (weakly pseudo- development tapered

tessellated terminal

at base)

Maculatae smooth “compound” near or at not winged mop

(Blakely) axillary flowering

Chippendale

* Comprising £. calophylla R. Br. ex Lindley, FE. gumsiifera (Gaertner) Hochr. and E. haematoxylon Maiden.

** Terminology as in Boland & Sedgley (1986).

4. Key to the bloodwoods

1. Seed not winged or with appendage much shorter than body of seed,

keeled on broad dorsal side, shiny red-brown ..

Seed with terminal wing approximately the length of body of seed, or if.

lacking terminal wing, ridged longitudinally and sometimes with rudi-

TREES lateral wings; outer Spereaiee Perper” till flowering .

2. Outer operculum persistent till flowering

Outer operculum shed before flowering

series ‘Terminaliptera

. Bark smooth; inflorescences 3-flowered, arranged on axillary axes among

upper leaves... . oe series Maculatae

Bark rough; inflorescences 7-flowered, arranged i in leafless terminal clusters

series Jacobsianae

series Trachyphlolae

. Bark fibrous... .

Bark flaky, tessellated

. Bark mostly smooth and green, with rough basal stocking; inflorescences

3-flowered .. series Torellianae

Bark flaky, yellowish, ‘tessellated over whole trunk; ‘inflorescences 7-or

more-flowered Beara yeh ete es series Naviculares

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 413

5. Yellow bloodwoods

Eucalyptus series Naviculares Maiden, Crit. Revis. Eucalyptus 7: 109 (1925); E. subser.

Corymbosae Benth., Fl. austral. 3: 198 (1867) ex parte excl. type; E. subser.

Ochrophloiae Blakely, Key Eucalypts 91 (1934). Type: E. eximia Schauer (lecto:

fide Chippendale, Flora of Australia 19: 502 (1988).

Trees mostly 5-15 m tall, occasionally to 22 m, forming a lignotuber. Bark loose and

flaky, irregularly tessellated, persistent at least to small branches, golden-yellow, orange-

or brownish yellow, weathering on the outside to pale brown. Cotyledons reniform.

Seedling leaves petiolate, decussate and remaining opposite, discolorous, hairy (Fig. 1),

peltate in some species. Juvenile leaves alternate, peltate in most species, sometimes

persisting in the mature crown. Adult leaves formed in most species, petiolate, alternate,

lanceolate or falcate, bright green or grey-green, shiny or dull, concolorous, rarely

discolorous, glabrous; side veins pinnate at relatively wide angle, terminating in distinct

intramarginal vein; reticulation dense, oil glands numerous, small, one per areole. Unit

inflorescences arranged decussately on leafless ends of branchlets whose terminal leaf

bud aborts (pseudo-terminal, apparently compound inflorescence), usually 7-flowered,

sometimes to 13-flowered, rarely to 21-flowered. Buds ovoid to clavate, smooth when

fresh, but often ribbed or striate when dry, sessile or shortly pedicellate; outer operculum.

shed during bud development, inner operculum finally conical, apiculate or rostrate,

sometimes broader than hypanthium, often with strong rubbery cuticle. Stamens white

or creamy, inflexed in unopened bud; anthers cuboid/cuneate, dorsi-fixed, versatile,

opening by longitudinal slits. Ovary sunk well below rim of hypanthium, (2 or)3(or 4)-

locular. Style tip usually inserted into pit on underside of operculum or invested by

irregular descending tube of tissue; stigma tapered. Ovules in (3-)4-8(-10) vertical rows

(Fig. 2), with apparent incipient wing on upper side. Ovary chamber with rubbery

membrane enveloping whole ovule contents on placenta (Fig. 3). Fruits woody, spherical-

truncate, ovoid or urceolate, smooth when fresh, but often ribbed or striate when dry,

8-32 mm long; valves (2 or) 3 (or 4), enclosed; disc broad, descending. Seeds brown,

elliptical, lustrous, wingless or with hyaline terminal appendage much shorter than body

of seed, many keeled on dorsal side.

The series comprises 12 taxa, 11 of which are endemic to Queensland and one

to New South Wales.

Habitat and geographical distribution

All yellow bloodwoods grow on sandy soils which may vary from very shallow

to more than a metre deep. Most often, the parent material is sandstone while granite

is also common. Rarely, trachyte provides the parent material.

Red bloodwoods also show a preference for sandy soils, but a small proportion

. these species is adapted to heavier soils including alkaline clays and soils with poor

rainage. |

Yellow bloodwoods are distributed on the central coast and nearby ranges of New

South Wales, and throughout much of sub-coastal Queensland, often in the vicinity of

the bes Dividing Range. These areas experience only a few light frosts each year, or

are irost-iree.

Annual rainfall varies greatly from a possible excess of 2000 mm experienced by

E. leptoloma near Paluma in northern Queensland, to a mere 500 mm for E. leichhardtii

east of Barcaldine in central Queensland.

Ovule patterns in yellow bloodwoods

Apart from bloodwoods, the ovules in eucalypts are arranged on the placenta in

an even number of easily-recognized vertical rows. Bilateral symmetry is the pattern,

except for some vertical displacement of the ovules in one vertical row to “mesh” with

those of a contiguous row (see ovule pattern in E. pauciflora in Boland et al. 1980). In

contrast, this bilateral symmetry is not always seen in both the red and yellow bloodwoods.

The ovules in bloodwoods are borne in 3 (rarely), 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 (rarely 10) vertical

rows and there is a rough association between bud size and number of rows. For example,

both E. ptychocarpa and E. watsoniana, the largest-budded species in the red and yellow

TOSS Dc Conia

oo NN BN HNN

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

ee fee eee Meier nes sotcuncotans = She enpcimediar petri aett nest =. = anes See eee = bere erence ere teat Se peereee terns

pote atte ee Rem aon re caper Mier pure acts serrate oi 2 eee Aaa ee eae = mee : ~ Teeneise

ra trie Fe ee a Be ek eg Fi ee et ele rere, de Leia Th — —s lente Pg Ppp cr ree tise FE Star PPS. sas

SEE ie ee pa ane eee ee Geese niet rele 5

eet SUS re ee iret)

: ee 2 ee

af Jer ee ye =e One

rere

Poel

PE ae

aie eae ee ee Tee ee tere Aan ene a, ATS aS ae fait Bs oY: a

3 eee Praca pres ce

sae ed ean

ae rrré,

eee

METIS

a : een t

ie ieee a Se

Pere i

: ponsrie ry iptaniits a Saae eee aiGy io % i Tro TRS) Seer

Frets, Sierras = ee has Soe ae ry eens | ree ar tire Sonate a Carel” Asef iheeceaer aed in

rea a eee re 2 a aoe Beers per ee ee etree aS a Ema Peet 5 PS ree “ "5 Sie = ee

iene TRE ahem cane i USES eee Pie ares Stat seer iene one ea : SReHAe

ete. ae

Sener

te eter het eS e ere yarn 7 sort earn = i fee cuinisr

ar Bio ee marta faaknnoe TO pears rays Ber ene inne pa ey Sate =

: ees

eae

> ~

actin

sated

eiwileletae Te. 2

ele ete oe see

CHASTE LRH

= ois sree

aioe

fee senrereyy eet a parte, a ~ wate = “ : eres

e : = eae SH tee oe : Sorpireaie

f pala

Teens

Poe

“ze

oat,

we.

ey nor

noe tet

as tates

ea eee

Seeceliee

meat eee

STEVIE

ataTasse? 22 2? = ee

pts s

iu na ae Ss zs a CS tata ls Neate it peta boa, = ef tare oatres ial rs -

ie pretreat! Teles Be moe : x os Seater * widneticee mane ay cr m aoe eur soeepecad Pens = et Y

: WS 2 a ee me “ie eT ee ~ : ae rae re re hae

a ai

eee

tel! arr, r

woe te tye ter Ene — eres = = I ae At 7 ! =a = "

1 TLS z are a Poo! my alerts Moria ra eles snevessisecic 3 erate ee soa SUERTE

TENE Oe

peered

Oa ce

wees

willie:

Ps eiteielisles.

TITY te ae

Fig. 1. Trichomes (bristle glands) on juvenile leaves of E. scabrida X 160 (seedling of Brooker 4891). These are

emergent oi] glands with 4 cap cells bearing distinctive papillae (typical of bloodwoods and Angophora, Ladiges

1984),

bloodwoods respectively, have up to 8 (rarely 10) rows. Three-rowed placentae have

been seen in £. bunites, which has the smallest buds of the yellow bloodwoods.

When the row number is odd, the middle row occupies the median vertical line

on the placenta, thereby maintaining symmetry. When the number is even, one of the

two middle rows occupies the median vertical line and bilateral symmetry is then lost.

The ovules of the middle row become keeled (Fig. 2), suggesting that pressure causes

ome distortion during maturation and this character 1s carried on the mature seedcoat.

The number of rows can vary within a bud and certainly between buds from the

ame tree. The odd number of vertical rows and the asymmetry in the even-rowed

examples appear to be distinctive features of the bloodwoods as it has not been reported

elsewhere in the genus.

Juvenile leaves in yellow bloodwoods

There are few Eucalyptus series or subseries for which comprehensive seedling

studies have been published. Recent examples are the results from investigations of the

peppermints (informal Eucalyptus subseries Amygdalininae by Ladiges et al., 1983), the

informal series Ovatae (Ladiges et al., 1984), the informal series Capitellatae (Ladiges et

/,, 1986) and the green ashes (Ladiges et al., 1988).

In the Ovatae study, the authors refer to the taxonomic problem provided by the

similarities in adult plants of related taxa through “‘continuously varying shape factors’’.

They contrasted this with the much greater dissimilarities occurring in the seedlings of

the same species and stated that “the early stages of development are under intense

selection pressures and that seedling characters may be the best indicators of evolutionary

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods

CPererw owes see

= - Terre “ee ry : == . eee

sa ALARA ORE H ‘ =, ar 1. EL Ata tereniatnces

res? yeent Fe rege Uae pee ras Tose see : 2 ? 2 nate

Seyi fanatic Brrineeicvaaans Su a ae B ena ae = ah : patter

Se ny

eee

Peer eee ere eer ere TeTererrererererererritrrrreeerrierrrT eee eee eee La re a

Rt eters

Perle

SeipSisne

SILI

SAIn

irrt ghee

pos a

Tort eS

MTA

Weg E water

piwrtelsiestl*

JUN race tee,

wiiawe Feesieee

F 7 * ~ Pema ae

Sirs Yiemet Tires * pear: és re = eeeti * * atte 2

ee Bes x Senn HEAT : : : : aie 12

Ss ? a ects r eet oo Bhltl 2 art or ES

SUE

PueRae

eee :

nee ie ES Hiatt raneaeean tte Gee Nee

es seteeettmtats Pen eae ng oe mare ie mene

Beers Z ae

ee ee eae SOS,

pares

“es oe = = aos eee e _—— as ae piles! a ‘

ee fe

eget

Sone

eer its a

AL panei eta

eee

ind

ety

Sree Se a ae

=o 4 erties ie rin pemnueeee erie Tice: : ‘ He AE u a aeons = ¥ a

* : E Sere Reema amie YY ¢ eee : : Se ee : Becriae

t te a sie ia Pe Reiter Se iiate eee “Eee ee

Bees z = d = bs outer ee a Gaeta eri

pects x * fen = : ws ante = Srpeseeer LEE 6 eee) oa nee lone z 2 ae

Dost i Meio Bers Tre ae a Heenan Bata ae Her ee ees

pat . Gree ieee Hl on ie ah ones es Brceters

Rarities

Bees

= Ro

Sees Dope ereee

NEDtpr er nieenteter tester eT

SEIEIAR +

rasta tata

nib

veitel ete ed

* :

tae

Bae.

ag Pek I

wel pee

ae A ae

Seen ee at gis eine asi Lae EET “y Hl REE at sce nn rane cr

Sea, em, Fetseer HH i. Ae ee Secs!

fate

ot LS

carrie

ee"re,.

a ary coe pte Je

SEE

isp

ate,

Sorte ee

weet

“a

eee

ret

ae wre Penne e,

. H oH ny Pips fee re,

= "See 3 TENSE fois: : Reinet VE

ae eee

= > S wee, “rt

Rocuetess - Ree sere a insets : eee te

res eS

Penn

Tae.

Blereetet*

atte

: x wil : ea tetileretie = . . : wt = x ieee Aiki =

ds a petted Pen Pybus. - cats rhs aa

etre

Hise

> : »: nee aa m em 2

Peet = : . H ;

: Shine Deepen ata i .

SETETPEITE! Sot wit epee eee fae : ne Sana ty eet ee

ere TEE Meee, Mv Sorrel ese eee Ee eee z ptt : ae + : -. ares -

Serer

rat * iY, pele ve Bs ®

7 oe : _ 3 : : eta : i ie ¥ s Snot Lge ane Fn ! :

cay : A. fate ee = at ant Hvesy oes = erlilnges tele id z Ey “4 a iS o Pena ae Hite a pee

Tr fle of flat eer ees € wee SET Rete 3 Te ris 7 “ > fy Beate peta <.

Ene HSE 7 = ati .

iz i; foe x Ineit ete eee - 7

or .

= Sie reper iY Rabat 2

as eee Serer rGes os SEnt eretere ne TEE : Se an Penne ah eA Te ee a ere Serlit corso ”

peree patra etree te pe ee cat meta rer : z wile e eetea Tereees fy sete air, itr: == reat =

= = 2

ivr yy :

anes.

ts #

x 2 Sees ere ees Seay pee are Said, :

ier af Sear orien cals net pare ree pies pre Prat: Jel eee eae ely erin ee en nae rien er Lee eT S p ROE a.

Preece b arena ree ere ee a isa ata alse eet a rea ry oe a . =

Aart ae AN at ee Petes areata othe erat Ra bes = = oe

tery

Feet

res -

areal st

Wrey : Soins :

a eee Sr, ara ery Sal Pre =

= eine

ae ele ry

ae Sain] penerO ee ctr reece

5 Dep ayes

act

Feat i Ir cena trea ate ae et are ae ms = a reer

FLT pepe are pie eer ppt Popp ye are ire bere Hin Saas tree etre

Se ee errr ee al ares etal Pee EE retest eee nore Eee

core : ea

ate tehor es eo ay

= su rree ee pes = re a a re i es Oe ae a et ete Pa eg Tr Tet nS tel PE ET ar rete en Pe eee eens = = aa:

ep recaainrs Sr par ee ee oe ET Pd eg er eg Seas, rn rps aioe roy ae a ese are

ios

E a s or >. Bere Sapa aed Set pe Sr er rec Pere oP aE a ee eer eS Ee BPE ee ELL ert tele! beg es

peter Porn a : sefant Sere ge estan re ae rer rere eas Per re a ie een eae Lp Pee ete ieee

an ban z seacresiaren

= is

sehen

rae i 2 at a : a

z ry Sr =. . . art tt , nr yee pee fatret rey. ee *

sear: Sete Beene tien PEE ree arcane ae rr Ee a HES fagion cucu Recerer aieety at :

H wee peeeeet ao pets = i 5 as rn *

Fe SEES ne eo EE TTP ER ETE Pe SDE PEED DO EEE oe eS ae ze He aerated eee eyes inhale ree See eererre ety -

ig. 2. Ovule patterns in the yellow bloodwoods. A. £. bunites X 72. B. E. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana X 26.

, Boland 1585; B, Brooker 4801.

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

carers

ivis

Fig. 3. Rubbery membrane enveloping placenta and ovules in E. petalophylla x 48 (A.R. Bean s.n.).

divergence in ... long-lived ... species’. Ladiges et al. (1984) cited the advantage of

discrete states 1n assessing a seedling and these are provided in more abundance in the

juvenile plant than 1n the adult. In addition, an advantage in the assessment of glasshouse-

han seedlings 1s provided by the direct comparisons, node for node, that can be made

etween taxa.

These aspects of comparative morphology have been notably demonstrated by

the yellow bloodwoods. Characters similar to those used by Ladiges ef al. for their four

groups have been seen in the yellow bloodwoods, with the addition of a further distinctive

character, peltation in the seedling and juvenile leaves. The presence or absence of

peltation and its persistence among only 12 taxa have provided instantly recognizable

plant forms such that many of the taxa can be identified from the seedling alone. It is

rare for individual species within series to be so distinctive in the juvenile stage as they

are in the yellow bloodwoods. Consequently we emphasize the juvenile characters in the

Species descriptions.

6. Key to species and subspecies of Eucalyptus series Naviculares

1. Crown of mature tree with at least some peltate, scabrid leaves ........

Crown of mature tree composed entirely of smooth, non-peltate leaves .. ..

2, Crown comprising both smooth adult leaves and scabrid juvenile leaves...

All of crown comprising scabrid juvenile leaves .... 1... 1. 0. oe ee ae.

- Go

t a E

3. Operculum broader than hypanthium, fruits >19 mm long .........

ie ........,.. 8. E. watsoniana subsp. capillata

Operculum same width as hypanthium, fruits 11-14 mm long .......

Le ee ee te ee te ee ee ee te ne ee ae ws es. )=6 3s E, peltata subsp. dimorpha

td Er a + ‘I ' i ‘ . 1 t ‘ 7. 7. ¥ ' ' +

a * :

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 417

4. Leaves broadly ovate to orbicular, 6-9 cm wide, petioles >15 mm long...

1. E. peltata subsp. peltata

Leaves narrowly ovate, 2-4 om wide, ‘petioles <15 mm long... 2. E. scabrida

5. Adult and juvenile leaves green, moderately -aaiahs oiay eect entte Sade ees ee ee 6

Adult and juvenile leaves grey-green, dull .... 2... 0... ce e 9

6. Adult leaves distinctly discolorous ...............0... 12. E. leptoloma

Adult leaves concolorous .. 1. 0... ee ee ek ne ee an 7

Te Preits <cl MI AONS. oie ce: ce an ee gh eee er ete eas Ere eye we eS Rae os 5, E. bunites

Fruits >12 mm long eae =f

8. Trees growing on skeletal sandstone hills; buds often glaucous; pedicels

0-2 mm long... .. .. 11. E. aureola

Trees growing in deep sand on flats and gentle rises: ‘buds never glaucous;

pedicels 3-6 mm long ........ 0.0... 0. ee ee ee ee 10. E. bloxsomei

9, Fruits >19 mm long, operculum broader than hypanthium wige cepa, SO

Fruits <19 mm long, operculum same width as hypanthium .......... Il

10. Juvenile leaves glabrous, non-peltate or <3 pairs peltate .

_ 7. KE. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana

J uvenile leaves hairy, at pairs markedly peltate

Foes GE thas ots) oor ts eae hee atta eed a de wees 8. E. watsoniana subsp. capillata

11. Seedling with peltate leaves for >10 nodes ...................... 12

Seedling with <3 nodes of, or no peltate leaves ..............,.... 43

12, Adult leaves markedly falcate; fruits 14-18 mm long; NSW only .. 6. E. eximia

Adult leaves not falcate; fruits 9-15 mm long; Qld only .... 4. E. leichhardtii

13. Adult leaves <25 mm wide with petioles 10-20 mm long; juvenile leaves

narrowly lanceolate .. .. .. §, E. bunites

Adult leaves 25-40 mm wide with petioles 20-38 mm long; juvenile

leaves broadly lanceolate .............. ee 9, E. petalophylla

7. Digests of species*

1, Eucalyptus peltata Benth. Fl. austral. 3: 254 (1867). Type: Newcastle Range, Qld.,

October 1856, F. Mueller (holo: K; iso: MEL,NSW)..

Eucalyptus peltata Benth. subsp. peltata

Smali, often gnarled tree, to 7 m high, with golden-yellow rough bark, persistent on

trunk and larger branches. Small and medium-sized branches smooth. Seedling leaves

remaining opposite for four or five pairs, elliptical. Subsequent leaves alternate, markedly

peltate, ovate, bluntly pointed, to 21 x 12 cm. Stems, petioles and laminae very hairy

throughout. Leaves on mature trees alternate, peltate, ‘ovate, to 11 X 8 cm, hairy; apex

obtuse, mucronate. Petioles to 24 mm long. Peduncles terete or angular, to 20 mm long.

Unit inflorescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 0-2 mm long. Buds to 8 X 6 mm; hypanthium

glaucous. Fruits ovoid to truncate-spherical, 9-11 X 9-10 mm. Fig. 4A & B.

* denotes seedlings of parent trees grown and studied in glasshouse at CSIRO, Canberra, supplementing field

observations

JOGO Lee

Tera ER ar A a a RE GE Te

418 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Selected specimens. Queensland, CooK District: Newcastle Range, Feb 1928, Brass 1774 (CANB); Oak Park,

{25 miles [201 km] N of Hughenden, Sep 1937, Brass & White 83, (BRD); Conjuboy to Hughenden, Aug 1973,

Brooker 4139* (CANB). NorTH KENNEDY District: Homestead, Oct 1935, Blake 9983 (BRI,CANB): | mile [1.6

km] N of Hospital Creek, 129 miles [208 km} N of Pentland, Sep 1970, Turnbull 44 (CANB); 30 km east of

Pentland, Sep 1977, Blaxell 1544 & Armstrong (CANB,NSW); 14.3 miles [22.9 km] E of Pentland, Aug 1973,

Brooker 4149 (BRI,CANB,K,NSW), Homestead Creek, 48 miles [76.8 km] W of Charters Towers, Jul 1964,

Larsen s.n, (CANB); 64 km W of Charters Towers, Dec 1982, Brooker 7847* (BRI,CANB).

Distribution and habitat: E. peltata subsp. peltata is restricted to northern Queensland

from Newcastle Range 1n the north to south of Homestead (Map 1), It grows on sandstone

ridges in shallow sandy soils. It is associated with E. setosa Schauer, E. melanophloia

F, Muell. and E. persistens L. Johnson & K. Hill.

Flowering period: January — February.

Notes: E. peltata subsp. peltata could be confused with E. similis, which has similar

bark, where the two species overlap in their natural distributions but the crown of

juvenile leaves in EF. peltata subsp. peltata is immediately distinctive. Rarely do the

ultimate shoots produce a short phase of glabrous intermediate leaves and such onto-

genetic development is always arrested. The crown in subsp. peltata is almost wholly

juvenile, while in subsp. dimorpha a mixture of adult, intermediate and juvenile leaves

is present. The crown of £. scabrida also comprises only juvenile leaves but these are

narrower than those in FE. peltata subsp. peltata. In addition, EF. scabrida is an erect tree

compared with the gnarled habit of E. peltata subsp. peltata and has non-glaucous buds.

2. Eucalyptus peltata subsp. dimorpha Brooker & A. Bean, subsp. nov. Eucalypto peltata

Benth. subsp. peltata praesentia consistenti foliorum lanceolatorum et peltatorum

et non peltatorum in arbore summa, fructibus majoribus, forma arboris superiore

et distributione dissimili differt. Typus: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

2.2 km N of railway between Laroona and Ewan, 19 May 1989, M4.I.H. Brooker

10196* (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,DNA,MEL,NSW).

Tree to 12 m high, usually with erect trunk; bark orangy yellow to orange, persistent

except on small branches. Seedling leaves remaining opposite for about five pairs,

elliptical. Subsequent leaves alternate, concolorous, markedly peltate, ovate, apex rounded,

to 16 X 10 cm. Stems, petioles and leaves very hairy throughout. Leaves on mature

trees dull grey-green, concolorous, with both hairy, slightly peltate, and glabrous, non-

peltate, lanceolate, acuminate forms, 11-17 X 3-6.1 cm. Petioles terete or flattened, 20-

25 mm long. Peduncles 11-25 mm long. Unit inflorescences 7-flowered, rarely more.

Pedicels 1-2 mm long. Buds glaucous, to 9 X 6 mm. Operculum low hemispherical.

pia to cylindrical, or sometimes slightly urceolate, 12-15 x 10-11 mm. Fig.

Specimens examined. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY District: 14.4 km N of “Dotswood”, W of Townsville, Jun

1989, Bean 1053 (BRI); Ewan-“Laroona” road, just S of Granite Creek, Jun 1989, Bean 1061 (BRD; | km S of

Plumtree Creek on Charters Towers-Clarke R. Road, Sep 1977, Blaxell 1556 & Armstrong (BRI,NSW); 26 miles

[41 km] SW of Mt Garnet, Sep 1937, Brass & White 115 (BRI); Tabletop Road, Hervey Range, May 1985,

Brooker 8994 (BRI,CANB,NSW); 33.3 km from Bruce Highway on tableland at Tabletop, May 1989, Brooker

10208* (BRI,;CANB,NSW),

Distribution and habitat: The main populations of this subspecies lie west of Townsville

in north Queensland along the Herveys Range Development Road, but there are scattered

stands further north and west (Map 1). This subspecies occurs in coarse white sandy

soil derived from granite. The major associated species are E. xanthoclada Brooker &

A, Bean, EF. shirleyi Maiden and E. crebra F. Muell.

Flowering period: Unknown.

Etymology: From the Greek di, two and morphe, form, in reference to the composition

of the mature leafy crowns.

Notes: E. peltata subsp. dimorpha can be distinguished in the field by the large leafy

crown comprising a mixture of juvenile, intermediate and adult leaves.

STAR RACER CONOR NOMA Litt Oop Rata a DIDS lig BBB ONDE COE OOD oat AN DEE IEEE POEL EOCENE OREN AN NEE EOELAELE VELLA EN EENEVAAN ANA | pn a a ae ne ree new emem

419

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods

SELES SESESESES ESL eS EEE

Peri ee eerie Cee cece Ler ere rey

t x

C. buds X 1. D. frui

1. £. peltata subsp. ditmorpha

X63

+ nt

458

—

p. peltata

; B, Blake 9983

ig. 4. E. peltata subs

, Brooker 7847

420 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

3. Eucalyptus scabrida Brooker and A. Bean, sp. nov. Eucalypto peltata Benth. affinis a

qua foliis totis angustioribus, petiolis brevioribus, alabastris glaucedinem defi-

clentibus et fructibus leviter parvioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. LEICHHARDT

DistRicT: 12.5 km from “Mantuan Downs” turn-off towards Springsure on

Dawson Developmental Road, 14 October 1987, A471... Brooker 9778* (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB,MEL,NSW),

Tree to 10 m tall, bark yellow or orangy, persistent to smaller branches. Seedling leaves

remaining opposite for six pairs, elliptical to ovate, non-peltate; stems, petioles and

laminae densely hairy. Subsequent leaves alternate, distinctly peltate, hairy, ovate to

lanceolate, apex acute, to 18 X 6 cm, slightly discolorous; petioles to 20 mm long. Leaves

on mature trees grey-green, scabrid, peltate, ovate to lanceolate, to 11 xX 3.5 cm,

concolorous. Petioles almost terete, grooved, to 13 mm long. Peduncles angular, to 24

mm long. Unit inflorescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 1-2 mm long. Buds clavate, non-

glaucous, to 9 X 6 mm; operculum low hemispherical, sometimes umbonate. Fruits

ovoid to spherical-truncate or urceolate, to 12 X 10 mm. Figs 1, 5A & B.

Specimens examined. Queensland, LEICHHARDT District: On Tambo road, 80.9 km W of Springsure, Aug 1984,

Bean 93 (BRI); 80 km from Springsure towards “Tanderra”, May 1986, Bean 448 (BRI,CANB); 10.8 miles [18

km] from Nandowrie towards Nardoo, Apr 1975, Brooker 4891* (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); 12.5 km from “‘Mantuan

Downs” turn-off towards Springsure on Dawson Development Road, Oct 1987, Brooker, 9779, 9780 (CANB);

10.4 km E of “Mantuan Downs” turn-off on the Tambo to Springsure road, Sep 1974, Kleinig 194, 196, 197

(CANB).

Distribution and habitat: KX. scabrida has a restricted distribution in central Queensland,

the largest population being near Mantuan Downs station, west of Springsure (Map 1).

It grows on sandstone ridges in shallow sandy soil. Associated species include FE.

wiclstiophiots F. Muell., E. dolichocarpa D. Carr & S. Carr and Angophora leiocarpa (L.

Johnson ex Leach) Thiele & Ladiges.

Flowering period: October.

Etymology: From the Latin scabridus, somewhat scabrous, in reference to the leaves at

all stages.

Notes: E. scabrida has been confused with E. peltata subsp. peltata but can be distinguished

by the erect habit, narrower leaves of the mature crown, shorter petioles and its non-

glaucous buds.

4. Eucalyptus leichhardtii Bailey, Qld. Agric. J. 16:493 (1906); E. peltata subsp. leichhardtti

(Bailey) L. Johnson & D. Blaxell, Contrib. N.S.W. Nat. Herb. 4: 453 (1973). Type:

ueensland, near Alice, Central Railway, December 1905, W. Pagan s.n. (holo:

BRI; iso: K,MEL,NSW).

Tree, 5-15 m high, with golden or orangy yellow bark, persistent on trunk and most

branches. Seedling leaves remaining opposite for three pairs, elliptical, hairy, non-peltate.

Subsequent leaves hairy, alternate, discolorous, peltate; leaf bases obtuse; apices at first

rounded, later distinctly acute. Juvenile leaves peltate, acute, grey-green, slightly disco-

lorous, hairy, ovate to deltoid, to 14.2 < 7.2 cm, becoming broadly lanceolate, to 21 x

6 cm; petioles and stems also hairy. Adult leaves lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, to

19 X 3.8 cm, grey-green, concolorous; petioles 12-26 mm long, flattened. Peduncles to

18 mm long. Unit inflorescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 0-2 mm long. Buds 9-11 X 6-7

mm, hypanthium often glaucous, especially in northern Queensland. Operculum low

hemispheric, umbonate. Fruits ovoid to urceolate, 9-15 X 8-13 mm. Figs. 5C & D, 6.

Selected specimens. Queensland. Cook Districr: Mt Mulligan, Apr 1987, Clarkson 6916

(BRI,CANB,MBA,MEL,NSW,QRS); Mutchilba-Stannary Hills road, May 1971, Hyland 5072 Se 2

miles [3.2 km] west of Lappa, Aug 1966, Larsen 606 (CANB); Watsonville-Bakerville road, Oct 1971, Hyland

5586 (BRI,CANB); between Watsonville and Bakerville, Jan 1972, Brooker 3355 (BRI,CANB,DNA,NSW,QRS);

c. | km N of Chmaman Creek crossing on Watsonville road, Oct 1979, Brooker 6518, 6519* (CANB). NORTH

KENNEDY DIsTRICT: 7.4 miles [11.8 km] S of Mt Garnet, Nov 1971, Kleinig 1*, 3 (CANB); Mt Claro, W of

Ingham, Jun 1966, Walker ANU366 (CANB); range before Hidden Valley, 19.8 km W of Paluma, May 1989,

Brooker 10205* (BRI,CANB,DNA,MEL,NSW); 60 km N of Pentland to Wando Vale, Sep 1977, Blaxell 1554 &

Armstrong (CANB,NSW); White Mountains, Torrens Creek catchment, May 1985, Brooker 8973 (CANB). SouTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: c.22 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station, Oct 1983, Henderson 2861 (BRI,CANB); near junction

of Bowen and Burdekin Rivers, Oct 1958, Blake 18691 (BRI,CANB); 32 km W of Alpha, May 1989, Brooker

10217*, 10218 (BRI,CANB,DNA,NSW). MITCHELL District: Capricorn Highway, 3 km E of Alice Railway

Siding, Jul 1989, Bean 1095 (BRI), LEICHHARDT District: 47.4 km from Clermont towards Alpha, May 1989

Brooker 10214* (BRI,CANB,DNA,NSW); 26.5 km W of Springsure on Tambo road, Oct 1987, Brooker 978.2%

(CANB); Salvator Rosa NP, 170 km SW of Springsure, Sep 1987, Thomas 242 (BRI).

smn Eure Syn baat tnt dk te fa iB at WR RaW hh Ps AN GM

421

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods

Tres 4

t x 1. A,B, Brooker 9778

C, buds X 1. D. frui

ts X L. EF. leichhardtii

A. buds X 1. B. fru

D, Kieinig 3.

Fig. 5. E. scabrida

Hyland 5586

422 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

“© = sei™é* =:

a 7

+ 4

=, - ‘i -

a he = bs

m . - £! -_ * : -, F

yy. 2 : = * :

= 2 ¥ = = i A 5 = Z fe .

= re 22 = F. #

. : 3 a2 = . . .

¥, + . a _ Ps x

= o* + ai - ee

2 = " cs

a . - 4, - = * af “try :

: ar3 J — < : 3

z haere & : ee - ;

F fi ete =, . ,245 7 = ig

: = 3 = = “acim ea o

eS - ms

=: = = > * 7

= pie rise =~ , a a

= ’ = —

= a e. =u F a P +: * = a ae

= eit 7 me ™ ; 5 it

ro ; ew 7s = 4 q = a“ - =

: a 247 = z —- < e

5 ag Ta =i =< = Se = eA eS

a z=L +, ee * $: . F wom we ot

2 fs =. a nays

= i * + Cd as *

« : - .

Fig, 6. E. leichhardtii: from seedling of Brooker 10217 X 0.4.

Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed sporadically over a wide area of

central and northern Queensland, ranging from Salvator Rosa National Park to Mt

Mulligan (Map 1). It grows on sandstone ridges and hills, or on sandy soils over

sandstone. There are many eucalypt species associated with EF. leichhardtii throughout

its range including FE. citriodora Hook. and E. brachycarpa D. Carr & S. Carr.

Flowering period: January — March.

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods | 423

Notes: E. leichhardtii is a distinctive species, and no closer to E. peltata subsp. peltata

with which it has frequently been associated taxonomically than to other species, e.g. E.

aureola, In its fragmented distribution it is not sympatric with EF. peltata subsp. peltata.

5. Eucalyptus bunites Brooker & A. Bean, sp. nov. Eucalypto leichhardtii Bailey affinis

a qua foltis plantularum angustis non peltatis, foliis adultis saepe angustioribus,

hypanthiis glaucedinem deficientibus et fructibus saepe subsphaericis differt. Typus:

Queensland, LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Blackdown Tableland, Queensland, 31 August

1972, M...H. Brooker 3779* (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,K,MEL,NSW).

Tree with erect trunk, 5-18 m high. Bark orangy to orangy-brown, persistent except on

smallest branches. Seedling leaves remaining opposite for about six pairs, elliptical to

lanceolate, to 8.5 X 2.7 cm. Stems, petioles and laminae hispid. Juvenile leaves alternate,

lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, never peltate, bright green (northern population) or

grey-green (southern population), to 22 xX 5 cm, slightly discolorous; apex acute to

acuminate. Stems, petioles and laminae glabrous. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate or

falcate, to 15.0 X 2.5 cm, concolorous, acuminate; green and slightly glossy in northern

population, dull grey-green in southern population. Petioles 10-20 mm long, distinctly

flattened, up to 2 mm wide. Peduncles angular, to 20 mm long. Unit inflorescences 7-

flowered. Pedicels 1-2 mm long. Buds clavate, to 7 X 5 mm. Operculum low hemispheric,

umbonate. Hypanthium not glaucous. Fruits truncate-spherical, sometimes ovoid, 9-12

xX 9-11 mm. Figs 2A, 7 & 8.

Specimens examined, Queensland. LEICHHARDT Districr: | km along Oilbore road, towards Robinson Gorge,

Sep 1985, Bean 275 (BRI,NSW); Blackdown Tableland, 21.4 km in from Umolo railway siding, Apr 1979, Boland

1585* (CANB); Blackdown Tableland, gate, Sep 1972, Brooker 3782 (BRI,CANB,K); 0.4 km S of gate to Blackdown

Tableland, Apr 1975, Brooker 4814 (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); 61 miles [100 km] south of Bauhinia Downs

towards Taroom, Apr 1975, Brooker 4839* (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); northern slope of Blackdown Tableland,

on entrance road, Mar 1982, Brooker 7375* (BRI,;CANB,NSW); road to Stony Falls, Blackdown Tableland, Mar

1982, Brooker 7382* (BRI,CANB,NSW); NW of Horseshoe Lookout, Blackdown Tableland, Mar 1982, Brooker

7386 (BRI,CANB,NSW); approach to Blackdown Tableland, May 1989, Brooker 10224 (BRI,CANB,DNA,NSW);

Blackdown Tableland, track to east opposite Loop road, Mar 1990, Brooker 10453* (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); at

gate to Blackdown Tableland S.F., Sep 1974; Chippendale 1110, 1112 (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH),

(CANBY Tableland, Apr 1973, Cossalter 627 (CANB); 32 miles SW of Duaringa, Aug 1970, Turnbull 12

NB).

Distribution and habitat: E. bunites has a restricted distribution in central Queensland

(Map 3). It is best known from the Blackdown Tableland, and most collections have

been made from there but it also grows in the Robinson Gorge area, about 150 km

further south. It occurs on sandstone hills and ridges in shallow sandy soil. Associated

species include FE. sphaerocarpa L. Johnson & Blaxell, E. baileyana F. Muell., E. sp. aff.

Ek. umbra R. Baker and Angophora leiocarpa (Johnson ex Leach) Thiele & Ladiges.

Flowering period: July — September.

a? kre y: From the Latined Greek bounites, hill dweller, in reference to the common

habitat for the species.

Notes: E. bunites has been collected on the Blackdown Tableland for some years but its

identity has been confused, often being attributed to E. leichhardtii. Seedling trials

revealed a taxon unlike any other in the series because of its long, narrow, non-peltate

seedling and juvenile leaves. Its distribution is disjunct with the forms at the two sites

showing juvenile leaf differences as shown above.

Fig, 7. E. bunites: A. buds X 1. B. fruit x 1. A, Brooker 7386: B, Brooker 3782.

199]

Austrobaileya 3(3)

424

Le |

peas ‘I

PERT Sf

‘

ic}

Fig. 8. £. bunites. from seedling of Brooker [0224 x 0.4.

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 425

140 145 180

° feichhardtii

A peltata ssp peltata

vy peltata ssp dimorpha

o scabrida

a watsoniana ssp watsoniana

® OA CAIRNS

me A

AA “VY YS pTOWNSVILLE

20 m Y

7a | 20

O 8 © :

Hughenden : ? S MACKAY

o\ROCKHAMPTON

eo 4, 4 BUNDABERG

A A 25

o Roma4,“

oO Dalby

BRISBANE

140 145 150

Map 1. Distribution of FE. peltata subsp. peltata, E. peltata subsp. dimorpha; E. scabrida, E. leichhardtii, E.

watsoniana subsp. watsoniana, E. watsoniana subsp. capillata.

STREAM ROA MARR

426 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

6. Eucalyptus eximia Schauer in W.G. Walpers, Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 925 (1843). Type:

New South Wales, Banks of Grose R., 9-10 November 1803, R. Brown & F.

Bauer s.n. (holo: W; iso: BM,E,K,MEL,NSW).

Tree to 15 m high. Bark brownish yellow, persistent except on small branches. Seedling

leaves remaining opposite for three pairs, elliptical, peltate from second pair onwards.

Juvenile leaves alternate, concave, very conspicuously peltate, hairs on stems, petioles

and leaves short and bristly, to 16 X 9 cm, grey-green. Adult leaves falcate, to 21 X 2.8

cm, grey-green, concolorous. Coppice leaves also falcate, but larger, up to 27 X 5.2 cm,

acuminate. Petioles flattened, 15-27 mm long. Peduncles flattened, up to 35 mm Iong.

Unit inflorescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 0-2 mm long. Buds clavate, to 12 X 9 mm.

Operculum rostrate, distinctly umbonate. Fruits ovoid, 14-18 * 12-15 mm, sessile or

very shortly pedicellate. Fig. 9A & B.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. Maroota, Dec 1930, de Beuzeville 29 (CANB); Cowan, Dec 1931, de

Beuzeville 374-377 (CANB,NSW); St Albans, towards Wollombi, Feb 1979, Briggs 335 (CANB); between

Hawkesbury River and Woy Woy, Nov 1970, Brooker 2842 (BRI,CANB,MEL); plateau east of Picton Lake, Nov

1974, Brooker 4616 (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); shoulder, N end of Broken Back Range, WNW of Pokolbin, Jun

1976, Brooker 5152 (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW), Howe's Mtn, Aug 1963, Burgess (seed 631931) (CANB,CBG),

near Mitchell Pass lookout, Blue Mtns ascent, Apr 1962, Burgess (seed 62889) (CANB,CBG); Emu Plains, Jan

1900, Cambage (CANB); Sawyer’s Gully, Maitland, Dec 1901, Cambage (CANB); Blaxland Park, Blaxland, Apr

1975, Chippendale 1194 & Brennan (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH); Hawkin’s Lookout near Wiseman’s

Ferry, Sep 1984, Coveny 11907 (CANB,NSW); 83 mules [138 km] from Windsor, May 1968, Dunlop 115 (CANB,

CBG); Luddenham, Feb 1968, Ha// (CANB), Glenbrook RAAF Station, Nov 1965, Johnston & Vos (CANB); 1.9

km W of Warrimoo towards Springwood, Jul 1974, Kleinig 133 (CANB); between Colo Heights and Colo River,

Sep 1966, Phillips (CANB,CBG); Yalwal road, Aug 1988, Slee 2253* (BRI,;CANB,NSW); Putty road, Oct 1988,

Slee 2363* (BRIL,CANB,NSW);

Distribution and habitat: E. eximia is endemic in New South Wales and extends from

Pokolbin to Nowra (Map 2). It is most common around Sydney and the lower Blue

Mountains, growing on shallow sandy soils on the Hawkesbury sandstone. It grows with

E. gummifera (Gaertner) Hochr., E. punctata DC. and Angophora costata (Gaertner)

Britten.

Flowering period: September ~- November.

Notes: E. eximia 1s quite disjunct from other members of series Naviculares. It is notable

for the large curved adult leaves, broad juvenile leaves peltate for many nodes and the

relatively large fruit.

7. Eucalyptus watsoniana F. Muell. Fragm. 10: 98 (1876). Type: Wigton, Queensland,

in 1876, 7.W. Watson s.n. (holo: MEL; 1so: K).

Eucalyptus watsoniana F. Muell. subsp. watsoniana

Tree to 18 m high; bark bright orangy yellow to brownish yellow. Seedling leaves

remaining opposite for three pairs, hairy. Subsequent leaves alternate, glabrous. Stems

and petioles also glabrous beyond this point. Very few or no leaves peltate. Juvenile

leaves broadly lanceolate, base obtuse, apex acute, to 22 X 10 cm, grey-green, concolorous.

Adult leaves lanceolate, 14-18 x 2.5-4.5 cm, grey-green, concolorous. Petioles to 27 mm

long, flattened. Peduncles angular or terete, to 28 mm long. Unit inflorescences 7-

flowered. Pedicels to 12 mm long. Buds to 19 X 16 mm, operculum flat, umbonate,

broader than hypanthium. Fruits ovoid to urceolate, 21-32 * 18-24 mm, pedicels 5~14

mm long. Figs 2B, 9C & D.

Selected specimens. Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRIctT: Isla Gorge, Mar 1990, Bean 1426* (BRI,CANB); 55 km

from Taroom-Theodore road towards Glenhaughton, Mar 1982, Brooker 7334 (BRI,CANB,NSW); 38 miles [62

km] N of Taroom towards Theodore, Apr 1975, Brooker 4801 (BRI,CANB),; 40 SSE of Theodore, vicinity of

Isla Gorge, Jan 1977, Guymer 863 (CANB,NE); c. 11 km N of “Jamberoo” Station, N of Taroom, May 1976,

Martensz 975 (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW), 60 km W of Theodore, Aug 1976, A¢artenz 1001 (BRI,CANB); 4.5 km §

of Fairyland, S of Cracow, May 1985, Brooker 9000* (CANB). BURNETT District: Auburn Range, S of “Rockybar”,

Mar 1990, Bean 1429* (BRI,CANB); Portion 7, Parish of Chesborough, 18 road miles [29 km] from Mundubbera,

Aug 1971, Brooker 3757, 3758 (BRI,CANB,NSW). DARLING Downs District: Barakula, Apr 1975, Brooker 4779

(AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); Ballon S.F., Jun 1959, Johnson [NSW 132493] (CANB,NSW); north of Jandowae

of Ke won Sep 1970, Hall s.n. (CANB); 9.3 km N of Barakula Forest Office, Sep 1974, Chippendale

108 ;

Distribution and habitat: This taxon occurs in southern Queensland (Map 1). The type

locality, Wigton, is at the eastern extremity of its distribution, and it extends west to

the Robinson Gorge area and north to the Blackdown Tableland. It grows on sandstone

ALANA DROS NAG ie Atv AME MMS MMP Paes HH MA Ba APE NP

427

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods

ee eee Lee)

ae ae

Tt eee

ra LA

oy ae an

ye ba 7 . t

‘ “4 + om MO Lie & + . c

ly » & 7 r + ow

1s “+ Pars 6 + * .

¥ ba cP ay at te om a” Fl +

ae Pre mt, ” “) ob Can

4, are ar *

a aed a ee Ss ks

+ Ps fall oe + i

* tae

ao Ft

we »#

7 ya “7

C. buds X 1. D. fruit X I. Subsp.

D, Chippendale 1082.

C, Martensz 1001;

t X L. E. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana

Eximia

A. buds X 1. B. fru

lata differs only slightly in size. A,B, Coveny 11907

Fig, 9. E.

capi

428 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

ridges on shallow sandy soils. It is often associated with E. tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely)

Blakely & C. White, &. maculata Hook. and E. suffulgens L. Johnson & K. Hill.

Flowering period: June — September.

Notes: E. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana is characterised by broad, dull adult leaves and

few or no peltate seedling leaves. The fruits, which are up to 32 mm long, are the largest

found in the series.

8. Eucalyptus watsoniana F. Muell. subsp. capillata Brooker & A. Bean, subsp. nov. A

subspecie typica plantulis pubescentibus, foliis valde peltatis, foliis adultis latior-

ibus, petiois brevioribus, et fructibus aliquantum parvioribus differt. Typus:

Queensland, LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 30.4 miles [50 km] E of Rolleston in Expe-

dition Range, Queensland, 23 April 1975, A7.I_H. Brooker 4833* (holo: BRI; iso:

AD,CANB,MEL,NSW).

Tree to 13 m high, bark yellow to brownish yellow, persistent except on small branches.

Seedling leaves remaining opposite for two to about five pairs, first three pairs not

peltate; all subsequent leaves markedly peltate; stems and petioles hairy although upper

seedling leaves hairy only on major veins. Juvenile leaves concolorous, dull, blue-green,

15-20 X 7-12 cm, leaves becoming glabrous by 10th node; stems hairy to about 15th

node. Scabrid, peltate leaves may persist on crown of mature tree. Adult leaves lanceolate

to broadly lanceolate, 12-16 x 4.1-6.1 cm, grey-green, concolorous, glabrous, non-peltate.

Petioles to 25 mm long, flattened. Peduncles up to 40 mm long, terete or angular. Unit

inflorescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 0-6 (9) mm long. Buds 17-20 X 13-15 mm. Operculum

broader than hypanthium, apiculate. Fruits ovoid to cylindrical or urceolate, 20-25 x

18-20 mm. Fig. 9C & D.

Specimens examined, Queensland, LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 23.4 km from Springsure towards Rolleston, Apr 1979,

Boland 1569* (CANB); 61 miles [99 km] south of Emerald (between Springsure and Rolleston), Jul 1968, Brooker

1446 (CANB,GAUBA); 14.2 miles [24 km] from Springsure towards Rolleston, Apr 1975, Brooker 4829*

(AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); Expedition Range, Dawson Highway, 28 km W of Bauhinia Downs, Mar 1982,

Brooker 7353 (BRI,CANB,NSW); W of Coynes Bore, Mar 1990, Brooker 10447 (CANB); between Bauhinia Downs

and Rolleston, Mar 1990, Brooker 10448 (CANB),; 14 miles [ee km] W of Bauhinia Downs, Aug 1962, Johnson

2468 & Everist (BRI,CANB); 23 miles [38 km] WSW of Rolleston, Aug 1961, Lazarides & Story (CANB), c. 5.5

km W of Coynes Bore road to Mt Ogg on Mt Inglis Holding, Aug 1976, Adartensz 1084* (CANB); 25 km S of

Springsure towards Rolleston, Aug 1975, W’. AdcCreaddie Tree 12 (CANB).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is confined to central Queensland, on the

Expedition and Staircase Ranges, east and west of Rolleston respectively (Map 1). It

grows in shallow sandy soil on sandstone hillsides and ridges. At the northern end of

the Staircase Range, there is intergradation between this subspecies and E. leichhardtii.

Flowering period: November.

Etymology: From the Latin capillatus, hairy, in reference to the seedlings.

Notes: The subspecies is distinguished from E. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana by its

persistent peltate juvenile leaves, somewhat smaller fruits, shorter pedicels and the

operculum which is only slightly broader than the hypanthium.

9, Eucalyptus petalophylla Brooker & A. Bean, sp. nov. Eucalypto watsonianae F. Muell.

affinis a qua alabastris parvioribus, operculo latitudem hypanthii aequanti et

fructibus multo parvioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. BURNETT DISTRICT: Beeron

Holding, 5 km W of “Toondahra” homestead, (25°59’S, 151°21’E), 9 September

1989, A.R. Bean 1112 & PJ. Forster (holo: BRI, 1so: A,DNA,HO,MEL,

NSW,PERTH,CANB,QRS).

Tree to 13 m high, often of poor form, bark orangy or orangy brown. Smallest branches

smooth. Seedling leaves remaining opposite for three pairs, elliptical, base obtuse or

slightly cordate. Leaves, petioles and stems hairy. Next four leaves alternate, peltate,

after which all leaves non-peltate. Stems, petioles and laminae glabrous from midway

through the peltate stage. Juvenile leaves ovate to broadly lanceolate, concolorous, to

25 X 10 cm, grey-green, petioles to 22 mm long. Adult leaves lanceolate, 15.5~19 x 2.5-

4.0 cm, dull grey-green, concolorous. Petioles 20-38 mm long, markedly flattened (up

to 2 mm wide). Peduncles to 28 mm long. Unit inflorescences usually 7-flowered, but

occasionally up to 21-flowered. Pedicels 1-4 mm long. Buds to 7 X 4 mm, clavate,

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 429

operculum low hemispheric with a blunt point, not wider than hypanthium. Fruits ovoid

to truncate-spherical, 8-14 * 8-12 mm. Figs 3, 10A & B.

Specimens examined. Queensland. BURNETT District: Eidsvold District, Bancroft [AQ 131525] (BRI); southern

end of “Munboree” Station, SW of Gayndah, Apr 1985, Bean 149 pe 20 km W of Eidsvold, Jul 1989, Bean

1102, 1104 (BRI); “Munboree” Station, via Gayndah, Oct 1987, Brooker 9763*, 9764, 9765 (BRI,CANB); Mt

Lorna Summit, 3.5 km W of “Toondahra” homestead, Sep 1985, Forster 2238 (BRI); 15 km WSW of Eidsvold,

Jul 1981, Vandersee [AQ 345766] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This species is confined to the Burnett district of south-eastern

Queensland (Map 3). There are two known populations, both sizeable, and both growing

on skeletal soils derived from granite. Associated species include E. baileyana F. Muell.,

E. trachyphloia F. Muell. and E. watsoniana F. Muell.

150 © 151 152

MAIT LAND

™ OCESSNOCK |

33 ad » NEWCASTLE]

@ =

@ -

_es.

@ GOSFORD *

@ © .

+ eS 5, ~

ae 7

KATOOMBA o 6

Ww. ~m { OYDNEY

@°

Mittagongo gCLLONGHNG

@ © NOWRA Uh

95 | - 35

150 151 152

Map 2. Distribution of E. eximtia.

430 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Flowering period: July — September.

Etymology: From the Greek petalos, broad and phyllon, leaf, in reference to the large

juvenile leaves.

Notes: E. petalophylla is unusual in the yellow bloodwoods with its clear disjunction in

distribution. It is notable for the short peltate-leaf phase and the relatively large leaves

at all stages of growth.

10. Eucalyptus bloxsomei Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 59: 156 (1925).

Type: Hippong, Queensland, 1919, April 1922, June 1922, 10 October 1922,

1995) NSW). March 1925, HS. Bloxsome s.n. (syn: BRI (April 1922, March

Tree to 22 m tall with bright golden-yellow bark on trunk and most branches. Small

branches smooth-barked. Seedling leaves remaining opposite for about four pairs, ellipt-

ical, to 42 X 22 mm. Stems, petioles and laminae hairy. A few subsequent leaves (about

five) barely peltate, green, ovate to broadly lanceolate, to 14 X 6 cm. Juvenile leaves

non-peltate, discolorous, becoming somewhat glossy green, apex acute, base obtuse, a

few hairs persisting on stems, petioles and leaf midribs. Adult leaves lanceolate or

narrowly lanceolate, to 18 X 3 cm, bright glossy green, concolorous. Petioles flattened,

to 25 mm long. Peduncles up to 18 mm long. Unit inflorescences mostly 7-flowered,

occasionally up to 11-flowered. Pedicels 3-6 mm long. Buds ovoid, up to 10 X 6 mm.

Operculum apiculate or beaked. Hypanthium not glaucous. Fruits ovoid or urceolate,

14-16 X 10-13 mm. Fig. 10C & D.

Selected specimens. Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 20 miles [32 km] S of Wandoan, Apr 1964, Speck 1973,

1974 (BRL.CANB). BURNETT DISTRicT: Myola Road, between Wee Wee Creek and Myola, Aug 1985, Bean 265

(BRI); 27.9 miles [44.6 km] from Mundubbera towards Chinchilla, Aug 1972, Brooker 3760 (BRI,CANB,K,NSW);

S of Mundubbera on road to Boondooma, Dec 1944, Shaw 5118 (CANB). DARLING Downs District: Welsh’s

Road, 5.2 km from Leichhardt Highway, Oct 1987, Brooker 9791* (BRI,CANB); c. 50 km NNE of Chinchilla

near Durah homestead, May 1971, Johnson 7089 & Briggs (CANB,NSW); 9.6 km N of Barakula Forest Office,

Sep 1974, Chippendale 1081 (CANB); NE of Burncluith, Aug 1968, Brooker 1508, 9 (CANB,GAUBA); Ballon

State Forest reserve, Mar 1953, Blake 19170 (BRI,CANB); 3.3 miles [5.3 km] from Fairyland corner on Mundubbera

road, S of Ballon, Apr 1975, Brooker 4776* (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW); 6 km W of turn-off to Chinchilla from

intersection N of Jandowae, Mar 1982, Brooker 7311 (BRI,;CANB,NSW),.

Distribution and habitat: FE. bloxsomei has a restricted distribution in southern Queensland

between Chinchilla and Mundubbera, and centred on the Barakula State Forest (Map

3). It grows in moderate to ie sandy soils in country of low relief. Commonly associated

species include FE. chloroclada (Blakely) L. Johnson & K. Hill, Angophora leiocarpa

(Johnson ex Leach) Thiele & Ladiges and FE. maculata Hook.

Flowering period: June — August.

Notes: E. bloxsomei is notable for the bright glossy green adult leaves, a character it

shares with E. aureola and E. leptoloma in the yellow bloodwoods. The type locality,

Hippong, lies within the Barakula State Forest.

11. Eucalyptus aureola Brooker & A. Bean, sp. nov. Eucalypto bloxsomei Maiden affinis

a qua folis plantularum peltatis per nodos multos, foliis adultis angustioribus,

alabastris glaucis, pedicellis brevioribus et habitatione dissimili differt. Typus:

Queensland, LEICHHARDT DIsTRIcT: hills W of Lake Elphinstone, Carborough

Range, 20 May 1989, M4... Brooker 10212* (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,NSW).

Tree to 14 m tall, with bright golden-yellow bark on trunk and most branches. Small

branches smooth-barked. Seedling leaves remaining opposite or sub-opposite for about

ten pairs, broadly ovate. First three or four pairs not peltate; subsequent leaves all peltate,

with obtuse or cordate base. Stems, petioles and leaf veins hairy. Juvenile leaves alternate,

lanceolate, to 28 X 7 cm, glossy-green on upper surface. Adult leaves narrowly lanceolate

or falcate, up to 18 X 2.4 cm, bright green, concolorous. Petioles terete or flattened, up

to 25 mm long. Peduncles to 17 mm long. Unit inflorescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 0-2

mm long. Buds clavate, to 11 * 7 mm, often glaucous. Operculum low hemispheric.

Fruits ovoid, cylindrical or urceolate, 14-18 X 11-16 mm. Fig. 10E & F.

Specimens examined, Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: Hills beside Lake Elphinstone, Jun 1989, Bean 1043

(BRI); 84 km E of Clermont towards Mackay, Jul 1976, Brooker 5329*, 5330* (CANB); 0.5 km S of Lake

5D (BRIG: in aw Carborough Range, Aug 1976, Martensz 1096* (BRI,CANB),; Cherwell Range, Aug 1986, Bean

502 ILCANB).

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 431

srk,

be]

Fig. 10. E. petalophylla: A. buds X 1. B. fruit x 1. &. bloxsomei: C. buds X |. D. fruit * [. FE. aureola: E. buds

x 1. F. fruit X 1. A, Brooker 9765; B, Brooker 9763; C,D, Brooker 9791; E, Bean 502; F, Brooker 5330.

432 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Distribution and habitat: This species has a restricted distribution in central Queensland,

on the Cherwell Range, south of Moranbah and the Carborough Range, west of Nebo

(Map 3). It grows on sandstone ridges on skeletal soils, and is associated commonly

with Acacia shirleyi Maiden, E. trachyphloia F. Muell. and E. papuana F. Muell.

Flowering period: Unknown.

Etymology: From the Latin aureolus, golden, in reference to the bark.

Notes: E. aureola is most notable for the Juvenile leaves which are long, narrow, peltate

on glossy and resemble no other species in the series. The bark is strikingly golden-

yellow.

12. Eucalyptus leptoloma Brooker & A. Bean, sp. nov. Eucalypto bloxsomei Maiden

afinis a qua folus plantularum valde peltatis, latis, nitentissimis, folis adultis

nitentibus valde discoloribus, alabastris brevioribus glaucis et fructibus brevioribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: c. 12 km W of Paluma,

Queensland, 19 May 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10207* (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

DNA,MEL,NSW).

Tree to 18 m tall, with erect trunk. Bark yellow or brownish yellow, persistent right to

twigs. Seedling leaves remaining opposite for four or five pairs, third, fourth and fifth

pair cordate and deeply dissected at base to point of petiole attachment, sixth and

seventh pair slightly peltate. Stems, petioles and leaves hairy to about 6th pair, then

glabrous apart from underside of midrib. Juvenile leaves alternate, peltate, broadly

lanceolate, to 20 X 12 cm, glossy green, discolorous. Adult leaves lanceolate, to 14 x

4.1 cm, markedly discolorous with margins rolled under, dark glossy green on upper

surface. Petioles 15-22 mm long, flattened. Peduncles up to 15 mm long. Unit inflo-

rescences 7-flowered. Pedicels 1-3 mm long. Buds clavate, glaucous, 6-7 < 4.5-6 mm.

Operculum conical. Fruits truncate-spherical, 8-9.5 * 8-9 mm. Figs 11 & 12.

Specimens examined. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Towards Hidden Valley, 13.9 km W of Paluma,

Jun 1989, Bean 1059*, (BRI); 14 km W of Paluma, Mar 1990, Brooker 10407*, 10408*, 10409*

(BRLCANB,MEL,NSW); 8 km E of Hidden Valley on Paluma road, Aug 1984, Hilf 1158 (NSW),

Distribution and habitat: E. /eptoloma is a rare species known only from the Paluma-

Hidden Vailey road (Map 3), where it occurs near watercourses along a 2 km band. The

riverine soil 1s white and coarsely sandy but on adjacent slopes, the species grows in

shallow, sandy soil between outcropping granite. It is associated with Syncarpia glo-

Wat, bake em Niedenzu, E. resinifera Smith, &. acmenoides Schauer, and Casuarina

foruiosa Aiton,

* <u fo z

| Sa

Fig. 11. #. leptoloma: A. buds X I. B. fruit < 1. A,B, Brooker 10207.

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 433

lowering period: Unknown.

Etymology: From the Greek /epto, narrow and Joma, border, in reference to the slightly

downturned edges of the adult leaves.

Notes: E. /eptoloma has the tallest trees of any species in the series (possibly equalled

by those of &. bunites and E. bloxsomei). It is unique in the series with its discolorous

adult leaves that exhibit the minutely down-turned edges characteristic of other eucalypt

species with discolorous leaves. The deeply cordate seedling leaves and subsequent broad,

glossy, juvenile leaves are also distinctive. It is the only yellow bloodwood with rough

bark to the twigs.

&% 7.3

= >

="%... Ty

z 7 4 =

pe a? au = iC,

tee Ss

Fig. 12. E. leptoloma: from seedling of Brooker 10207 x 0.4.

tc a tn at ab tt a te NG a atmo

434 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

8. Phytogeography and species concepts

Because of its proximity to long-settled and highly populated areas of the central

coast of New South Wales, the distribution of EF. eximia is better known than that of

the other yellow bloodwoods. Of more biological significance is its isolation by more

than 600 km from its nearest congener, EF. bloxsomei. Despite this disjunction, there

appears to be no exceptional morphological divergence which would isolate it within

the series. This may reflect the resistance to genetic modification from potential intro-

gressing species such as other bloodwoods (£. gummifera, E. maculata), the stability of

the environment or relatively recent disjunction.

The remainder of the species, all endemic in Queensland, occur often fragmented

within their own distributional range over a north-south distance of about 1200 km and

east-west distance of about 350 km. Because of the relative inaccessibility of much of

this area, we have been unable to ascertain distributions of any taxon with accuracy

comparable to that of E. eximia.

Broad-scale depictions of distribution as given in the conventional maps may

conceal true biological disjunctions across which gene exchange 1s prevented. Nevertheless,

we are satisfied with the morphological integrity of all the taxa we have treated and are

not aware of any interspecific hybrids within series Naviculares despite sympatry in some

areas. Intraspecific variation occurs, although coherence in the diagnostic characters at

the species level is strong.

The least variable species in the series are FE. bloxsomei and E. scabrida. This

may reflect their relatively compact distributions across which gene exchange is active.

E. watsoniana, which is partly sympatric with £. bloxsomei, 1s of much greater and

probably sparser distribution than these species. The northern and southern forms of

this species are clearly divergent 1n the juvenile phase while convergent in the adult.

We recognise this phenomenon in the erection of subspecies.

E. bunites is another species with recognizably different juvenile forms at the ends

of its known geographical range, but we consider the leaf colour distinction to be minor

compared with the extremes of peltation and pubescence seen within F. watsoniana.

Because of the wide distribution of E. watsoniana and the often inaccessible terrain

where E. bunites occurs, we are unable to collect comprehensively along a transect to

test further the patterns of morphological variation in relation to distribution for these

pe ae Perhaps further exploration will show E. bunites to be truly disjunct in its

istribution.

It is likely that &. bunites is the most modified of the yellow bloodwoods because

of its narrow juvenile leaves, the complete loss of peltation, the smallness of the buds

and fruit and the extremely rare condition of reduced ovule row number. The species

occurs towards the middle of the range of the Queensland yellow bloodwoods and is

possibly sympatric with FE. watsoniana subsp. capillata. In its Blackdown Tableland

occurrence, FE. bunites attains with E£. leptoloma the highest altitude of occurrence

recorded for species in series Naviculares (c. 900 m).

While distributions are imperfectly known, we are satisfied that FL. aureola, through

its apparent geographic isolation, is allopatric to all other yellow bloodwoods. This may

be the case with E. peltata subsp. dimorpha, although it occurs close to E. leichhardtii

and E. peltata subsp. peltata west of Townsville. E. leptoloma occurs within the

distribution of E. leichhardtii in this area. The two species appear to be parapatric with

the taller, green-leaved E. /eptoloma occurring to the east of the smaller, slightly bluish-

leaved E. leichhardtii and separated by less than | km.

At the eastern part of its very limited distribution, EZ. /eptoloma occurs close to

a tall stand of FE. grandis west of the town of Paluma, north Queensland, which has an

annual rainfall of 2685 mm. E. l/eptoloma is the only yellow bloodwood with discolorous

adult leaves, a characteristic of E. grandis (series Transversae Blakely) and many other

eucalypts of high rainfall areas. The other yellow bloodwoods have concolorous adult

leaves and occur in drier sites.

The clearest intra-species disjunctions are in E. petalophylla, which is known from

only two small occurrences, viz west of Eidsvold and south of Mundubbera, approximately

60 km apart, and in E. leichhardtii, which is the most widespread yellow bloodwood,

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 435

occurring from north-west of Mareeba, north Queensland, south to the Salvator Rosa

National Park, central Queensland, while appearing to be completely absent from the

lower parts of the Burdekin River catchment.

The most striking morphological feature in both the red and the yellow bloodwoods,

and exclusive to them, is peltation of the seedling and juvenile leaves. This character

has obviously been retained in both groups following their initial divergence. In the

yellow bloodwoods peltation occurs in all but two taxa, FE. bunites and E. watsoniana.

Two taxa, E. peltata subsp. peltata and E. scabrida are neotenous while E. peltata

subsp. dimorpha shows some ontogenetic development such that a reproductively mature

tree has a crown of mixed juvenile, intermediate and adult leaves. These three taxa are

in complete geographic isolation from each other and may have evolved as vicariants

from relatively uniform ancestral juvenile stock. In all other species, healthy crowns are

composed of adult leaves.

Throughout the genus Eucalyptus there are numerous examples of related species

which differ, among other characters in the reproductively mature plant, by the juvenile/

adult crown phenomenon. The juvenile crown in the mature plant may be a case of

arrested ontogeny of no adaptive significance.

An alternative possibility is that the juvenile crown was secondarily imposed as

a means of survival during prolonged aidity which caused the inevitable loss of or

prevented the ultimate development of adult leaves. Any plants in such a stressed

population that were reproductively mature in the juvenile phase were likely to have

been strongly selected for.

We have not observed interspecific hybrids in the yellow bloodwoods, but hybrid

combinations in areas of sympatry may be expected. In possible cases, e.g. £. bloxsomei

x E. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana and E. petalophylla x E. watsoniana subsp. watson-

lana peat pttonenaid occurrence), individual hybrid trees may be difficult to detect by

superficial observation, Seedling comparisons would be of little use between these species

pairs, as FE. petalophylla and E. watsoniana subsp. watsoniana have somewhat similar

seedlings and intermediates between F&. watsoniana, a taxon with few or no peltate

seedlings leaves, and E. bloxsomei with few, would provide a very fine distinction. The

species of these pairs are distinguished largely by adult characters and hybrids may only

be detectable by morphometric analyses. Recognition of hybridism between closely

related and, by implication, morphologically similar species is always difficult.

In contrast, hybridism between highly dissimilar species 1s relatively easy to

recognize. This occurs in the bloodwoods between Springsure and Rolieston where E.

citriodora and E. watsoniana subsp. capillata grow together and hybridize (Brooker 4830,

CANB). The cross between the smooth-barked and the rough-barked species produces

individuals that are 1/2 rough-barked. Of more significance 1s the fact that E. citriodora

carries the most distinctive genetic marker of all eucalypts. This is the presence of the

lemon-smelling citronellal in the essential oils, which occurs in detectable (by crushing

the leaves and smelling) quantities only in this species. The leaves of the hybrid also

contain easily detectable citronellal. This is a rare example of an intersertes cross in the

bloodwoods, only reported once before for a cross between E. gummifera and E. maculata

(Griffin et al. 1988).

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Andrew Slee for growing the seedlings, to Elaine Cooper for

the illustrations and to Garry Brown for the distribution maps.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Flora australiensis. Volume 3. London: Lovell Reeve and Co.

BLAKE, S.T. (£953). Botanical contributions of the Northern Australia Regional Survey. I. Studies on northern

Australian species of Eucalyptus. Australian Journal of Botany 1: 185-352.

BLAKELY, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Eucalypts. Sydney: The Worker Trustees.

436 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

BOLAND, D.J., BROOKER, M.ILH. & TURNBULL, J.W. (1980). Eucalyptus Seed. Australia: CSIRO.

BOLAND, D.J., & SEDGLEY, M. (1986). Stigma and style morphology in relation to taxonomy and breeding

systems in Eucalyptus and Angophora (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 34: 569-584.

CARR, D.J. & CARR, S.G.M. (1987), Eucalyptus II. Canberra: Phytoglyph Press.

CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1988). Flora of Australia. Volume 19, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

GRIFFIN, A.R., BURGESS, [.P. & WOLF, L. (1988). Patterns of natural and manipulated hybridisation in the

genus Eucalyptus L’Herit. - a review. Australian Journal of Botany 36: 41-66.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1972), Evolution and classification in Eucalyptus. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 97. 11-29.

140 145 150

leptoloma

aureola

bloxsomei

bunites

petalophylla

> > e

CAIRNS

Ng TOWNSVILLE

fer

rer,

Hughenden Y MACKAY

Emerald © ‘ o(ROCKHAMPTON

OF re BUNDABERG

= ew"

O Romae eee

o Dalby

BRISBANE

140 145 150

Map 3. Distribution of &. petalophylla, E. bloxsomei; E. aureola, E. leptoloma, E. bunites.

Brooker & Bean, yellow bloodwoods 437

JOHNSON, L.A.S. & BLAXELL, D.F. (1973). New taxa and combinations in Eucalyptus - Ill. Contributions of

the New South Wales National Herbarium 4: 453-456,

LADIGES, P.Y. (1984). A comparative study of trichomes in Angophora Cav. and Eucalyptus LV Herit. - a question

of homology. Australian Journal of Botany 32: 561-574.

LADIGES, P.Y., HUMPHRIES, C.J. & BROOKER, M.LH. (1983), Cladistic relationships and biogeographic

patterns in the peppermint group of Eucalyptus. ‘Australian Journal of Botany 31: 565-586.

LADIGES, P.Y., DALE, M.B., ROSS, D.R. & SHIELDS, K.G. (1984). Seedling characters and phylogenetic

relationships i in the informal series Ovatae of Eucalyptus, subgenus Symphyomyrius. Australian Journal of

otany 32: 1-13.

LADIGES, P.Y. & HUMPHRIES, C.J. (1986). Relationships in the stringybarks. Eucalyptus L’Herit, informal

subgenus Monocalyptus series Capitellatae and Olsenianae. phylogenetic hypotheses, phytogeography and

classification. Australian Journal of Botany 34: 603-632,

LADIGES, P.Y., NEWNHAM, M.R. & HUMPHRIES, C.J. rd | Systematics and biogeography of the Australian

“oreen ash” eucalypts (Monocalyptus). Cladistics 5: 345-364

MAIDEN, J.H. (1920). Critical Review of the Genus Eucalyptus. Part 42, Sydney: Government Printer.

MUELLER, F. (1858). Monograph of the Eucalypti of tropical Australia. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean

Society Botany 3: 81-101.

PRYOR, L.D. & JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification of the Eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National

University Press.

Accepted for publication 18 March 1991

A OUR ANA Ne

Pie nha ea ibe eink he)

Austrobaileya 3(3): 439-442 (1991) 439

THE GENUS KOHAUTIA CHAM. ET SCHLECHT.

(RUBIACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA

David A. Halford

G.P.O. Box 2282, Brisbane, Qld 4001, Australia

Summary

The first authentic record of the genus Kohautia Cham. et Schiecht. in Australia is made, with K. australiensis,

the only Australian representative, described as new. Notes on distribution, habitat and conservation status of this

species are given.

Introduction

The genus Kohautia Cham. et Schlecht. has approximately 60 species occurring

throughout the old world tropics (Mabberley, 1989). Differing opinions on the distinc-

tiveness of Kohautia have had it included in Oldeniandia in the sense of Hooker (1882)

or Hedyotis in the sense of Wight and Arnott (1834). The revision of the African species

of Oldenlandia L. by Bremekamp (1952) revealed that Kohautia can be distinguished

from Oldenlandia by its monomorphic short-styled flowers. The corolla is hypocrateriform

with the style and stigmata inserted in the lower part of the tube below the anthers

which are included in the wider upper part of the corolla tube. The pollen grains of the

genus also differ in structure and size from those of Oldenlandia and allied African

genera. Lewis (1965) carried out an extensive cytopalynological study of the African

Hedyotideae and concluded that Kohautia was distinct and should not be included in

Oldenlandia or Hedyotis.

The genus has been recorded previously in Australia by Verdcourt (1976), but

this appears to be an error which arose from misreading Bremekamp’s (1952) distribu-

tional information (pers. comm. Dr. B. Verdcourt via Australian Botanical Liaison Officer

(Dr. T. Macfarlane)). In the course of investigations into the Australian Hedyotideae for

the Flora of Australia it became apparent that the taxon here described was quite distinct

from the other Australian Hedyotideae and belonged in Kohautia.

All measurements have been taken from dried or reconstituted material.

Taxonomy

Kohautia Cham. et Schlecht., Linnaea 4: 156 (1829). Type: Kohautia senegalensis Cham.

et Schiecht.

Annual or perennial erect herbs rarely subshrubs. Leaves sessile, opposite or whorled.

Stipules interpetiolar, adnate at the leaf-base, forming short sheath produced into single

lobe or with 1-several fimbriae. Inflorescences of terminal or rarely axillary, lax, pani-

culiform or corymbiform cymes. Flowers 4-merous (rarely 5-merous), never heterostylous.

Calyx lobes smail, subulate to ovate-triangular or triangular, persistent. Corolla hypo-

crateriform; tube narrowly cylindrical, distinctly wider distally, throat glabrous or pilose;

lobes valvate. Stamens entirely included in the upper widened part of corolla tube or

rarely the anther-tips exserted. Style always included; stigma undivided, cylindrical or

bifid; lobes filiform, erect; stigmata usually well below base of anthers or reaching the

lower part of anthers. Ovary 2-locular; ovules numerous, immersed in fleshy placenta;

placenta obloid attached peltately by short stalk to centre of septum. Capsule crustaceous,

globose, ellipsoid or obloid, sometimes furrowed along dissepiment, beaked but not

prominently so, loculicidally splitting between persistent calyx lobes. Seeds numerous,

mostly not becoming viscid when moistened.

Distribution: The genus 1s distributed throughout Africa, India and Australia.

Kohautia australiensis Halford sp. nov. quoad inflorescentias capsulasque K. coccineae

Royle proxima, autem facile distinguenda corolla pallide caerulea, corollae tubo

lobisque brevioribus (illo 2.5-4.5 mm longo vice 4.0-5.7 mm longo, his 0.5~1.0

mm longis vice 1.5-3.8 mm longis) calycis lobis triangularibus brevioribus (0.5-

1.0 mm longis vice 1.8—5.2 mm longis). Typus: Western Australia. MUELLER

CANA S AAR R

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Fig. 1. Holotype of Kohautia australiensis Halford (Carr 3603 & Beauglehole 47381) at MEL.

Halford, Kohautia 441

District: Wolf Creek Meteorite Crater, July 1974, Carr 3603 & Beauglehole

47381 (holo: MEL).

Erect sparsely or much-branched annual herb 10-50 cm tall. Branchlets terete, papillose

towards base. Leaves sessile, linear, 15-40 mm long, 0.5—-1 mm wide, glabrous; margin

recurved or revolute; midvein prominent below. Stipule-sheath 1-1.5 mm long, produced

into a single lobe sometimes bifid at apex, 1-2 mm long; margin sometimes fimbriate.

Inflorescence a lax, terminal cyme, monochasially branched or sometimes dichasially at

the base. Flowers solitary, or paired at nodes on pedicels of unequal length; pedicels

0.5-15 mm long, Calyx lobes triangular, 0.6-1 mm long, glabrous; margin entire; colleters

present in sinus between lobes. Corolla pale blue, hypocrateriform; tube 2.5-4.5 mm

long, glabrous inside; lobes linear, 1-1.5 mm long, spreading, acute at apex. Anthers

linear-oblong, 0.8-lmm long, subsessile, basifixed or nearly so. Ovary ellipsoid, 1—1.3

mm long, papillate. Style slender 1.5-2.6 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform, erect,

0.7-1.2 mm long, reaching base of anthers. Ovulies c. 40 per locule. Capsule crustaceous,

obloid-subglobose, 3.5-5 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely papillate, slightly

compressed, furrowed along dissepiment with persistent calyx lobes distant; beak 0.5-1

mm long, truncate. Seeds angular, obconic, numerous, c. 0.6 mm long; testa light brown.

Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory. CENTRAL SOUTHERN REGION: Ellery Gorge National Park,

23°47'S, 133°04’E, May 1984, Latz 9876 (AD,DNA). Queensland. BURKE District: 14 km SSE of Mt Isa, 20°50/S,

139°37‘E, Jun 1983, Schmid 636 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This species is known from only three disjunct localities in

Western Australia (19°10’S, 127°48’E), Northern Territory (23°47’S, 133°04’E) and Queens-

land (20°50’S, 139°37’E) (Map 1). It has been noted growing on ‘alluvial soils near

creek’(Schmid 636) and on ‘gravelly soil with Triodia on limestone foothill’ (Latz 9876).

The Northern Territory material was collected in an area of regrowth after fire (pers.

comm. P.K. Latz).

Relationships: K. australiensis resembles K. coccinea Royle in inflorescence and capsule

shape but can be distinguished from that species by having a pale blue corolla, shorter

corolla tube (2.5-4.5 mm long compared to 4.0-5.7 mm long) and lobes (1.0-1.5 mm

long compared to 1.5-3.8 mm long), and shorter, triangular calyx lobes (0.5-1.0 mm

long compared to 1.8-5.2 mm long).

Map 1. Distribution of Kohautia australiensis.

sme eA A NO RN EAI

442 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Conservation status: Two of the three populations are within conservation reserves. A

conservation coding of 3RC is appropriate based on criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to Australia as this is the first authentic record of

this genus from the continent.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Australian Biological Resources Study for financial support

in 1990 to undertake research on the tribe Hedyotideae in Australia. I would like to

thank the Directors of BRI, K, MEL and PERTH for making material available for

study; Dr R.W. Johnson for use of facilities at BRI; Dr T.D. Macfarlane, for his assistance

while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew; Mr L. Pedley for providing the Latin

diagnoses and Mr A. Franks for the photograph of the holotype.

References

BREMEKAMP, C.E.B. (1952). The African species of O/denlandia L. sensu Hiern et K. Schumann. Verhandelingen

ae Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Natuurkunde. Tweede Reeks, Deel 68 No.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

ervice

HOOKER, J.D. (1882). Flora of British India 3: 64-71. London: Reeve & Co.

LEWIS, W.H. (1965). Cytopalynological study of African Hedyotideae (Rubiaceae). Annals of the Missouri

Botanical Garden §2(2): 182-211.

MABBERLEY, D.J. (1989), The plant-book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

TEP oats B. (1976). Rubiaceae (Part 1). In R.M. Polhill (ed.), Flora of Tropical East Africa. London: Crown

gents.

WIGHT, R. & ARNOTT, G.A.W. (1834), Prodromus Florae Peninsulae Indiae Orientalis 1: 405-418. London:

Parbury, Allen & Co.

Accepted for publication 14 February 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 443-466 (1991) 443

A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF CYNANCHUM L.

(ASCLEPIADACEAE: ASCLEPIADOIDEAE)

IN AUSTRALIA

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road,Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

A taxonomic revision of the genus Cynanchum L. in Australia is provided and 11 species are recognised. A key

to distinguish them is provided. Lectotypes are selected for six names,

Introduction

The genus Cynanchum was first described by Linnaeus (1753), based on five

species. It is therefore one of the few genera in the Asclepiadaceae to be recognised as

distinct from Asclepias L. at that time. Robert Brown (1810b, 1811) maintained Cynan-

chum and defined the genus by default in transferring most of the species included by

Linnaeus to various new genera. Brown (1810a) added a number of species to the genus

including two from Australia, namely C. pedunculatum R. Br. and C. floribundum R.

Br. Cynanchum is most closely allied to Sarcostemma R. Br., and the two genera

traditionally have been distinguished by the former having an inner staminal corona of

five distinct or basally connate, often conduplicate, but not vescicular segments and

lacking an outer corona, whereas the latter has an inner staminal corona of five distinct

vescicular segments and an outer laminate corona (Woodson 1941; Rosatti 1989). Many

taxa of Cynanchum are also characterised by the distinctive pendulous pollinia that are

elliptic in outline with rounded ends and attached to short, straight, often somewhat

thickened caudicles. In comparison, taxa of Sarcostemma usually have pendulous pollinia

that are obovate-elliptic, always much wider at the end furthest from the caudicle and

attached to long, often curved caudicles.

A great many genera of Asclepiadaceae since described can now be considered as

being congeneric with the pantropic Cynanchum. Many of the generic names, especially

those applying to neotropical plants, were placed in synonymy with Cynanchum by

Woodson (1941) and this has been supported by a number of more recent workers

(Spellman 1975; Sundeli 1981; Henrickson 1987; Rosatti 1989). A number of genera

described from Madagascar were also placed in Cynanchum by Descoings (1961).

The last treatment of Cynanchum in Australia was by Bentham (1869) who

recognised both Cynanchum and Vincetoxicum, with four species 1n each genus. In New

Guinea, Warburg (1891) described Vincetoxicum discolor and Schlechter (1914) men-

tioned the provisional name Cynanchum neopommeranicum. A number of authors have

included C. carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. as Ischnostemma carnosum or under other names

(Forster 1988). Kuntze (1891) chose to place various Australian species belonging to

Tylophora in the genus Vincetoxicum, but his account is confused and based on erroneous

generic concepts. Domin (1928) did not regard Vincetoxicum as distinct from Cynanchum

and made new combinations under the latter for most of the taxa described as new in

the former by Bentham (1869). More recently, several apparently restricted taxa of

Cynanchum have been described by Forster (1989) and Forster and Thongpukdee (1988).

Vincetoxicum Wolf has been often recognised as distinct from Cynanchum. The

most recent proponents of Vincetoxicum as a distinct genus are Ali and Khartoon (1982)

and Ali (1983). However, their uments for recognising the genus as distinct are based

on relatively trivial differences of the staminal corona. At most, Vincetoxicum should

be accorded sectional status in Cynanchum (as section Vincetoxicum (Wolf) Tsiang &

Li) (Tsiang & Li 1974), but until a monograph of the genus is undertaken, any infrageneric

classification proposed would be premature in its taxonomic arrangements. As noted by

Sundell (1981), any infrageneric classification will need to account for the precise

placement of the lectotype of Cynanchum, C. acutum L., before the various infrageneric

groups can be accorded their correct taxonomic status.

444 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

The name Vincetoxicum has been attributed to several authors (e.g. in Bentham

(1869) it 1s given as Moench.). However, Bullock (1958) first incorrectly and then (1967)

correctly indicated both the correct author and the earliest date of publication.

My brief has been to revise the genus as it occurs in Australia as a precursor to

a ‘Flora of Australia’ treatment, and this paper concentrates primarily on a taxonomic

account of the species from this region. Hence, it has not been possible, given the time

and resources available, to adequately deal with the many problems concerning both the

generic and infrageneric classification of Cynanchum s. lat. worldwide. Therefore, I have

chosen to recognise a broadly defined Cynanchum, thus taking into account a diverse

assemblage of vines, herbs and succulent shrubs (cf. Descoings 1961; Spellman 1975;

Sundell 1981; Rosatti 1989). Considerable floral variation is present in these taxa with

respect to the shape and degree of lobing of the staminal corona. This floral variation

may be viewed as representing various degrees of specialization with respect to different

pollinators. However, at this stage there is no available information on the pollinators

of species of Cynanchum in Australia, or elsewhere for that matter.

Despite the lack of a satisfactory world-wide infrageneric classification of Cynan-

chum, it 1s possible to allocate the Australian taxa into a number of groups. These groups

can be defined on habit and floral characters, particularly the form of the staminal

corona.

Group 1. Erect seasonally deciduous herbs; staminal corona of 5 simple lobes. C.

brachystelmoides, C. christineae and C. liebiana.

Group 2. Evergreen lianes; staminal corona of 5 simple lobes. C. bowmanii, C.

carnosum, C. elegans and C. leptolepis.

Group 3. Evergreen or seasonally deciduous lianes; staminal corona consisting of 5

connate lobes forming a tube around the base of the staminal column and usually

divided into as many as 25 variously shaped lobes. C. floribundum, C. ovalifolium,

C. pedunculatum and C. puberulum.

If a sectional classification 1s applied to these groups, then Groups | and 2 belong

to the section Vincetoxicum, whereas Group 3 belongs to section Cynoctum ce Meyer)

Schumann. The section Cynoctum would appear equivalent to the subgenus Mellichampia

(A. Gray ex S. Wats.) Woods. as defined by Sundell (1981).

Species of Group 1 are closely allied to a number of taxa from Asia, particularly

the Chinese C. riparium Tsiang & Zhang and C. hydrophilum Tsiang & Zhang. An

unusual characteristic of this group is the ability of two species, namely C. brachystel-

moides and C. liebiana, to tolerate seasonal flooding. Both these species have stems that

are hollow, except for one or two internodes below the growing apex, one or two

internodes above the rootstock, and the nodes themselves. This 1s a most unusual feature

for an asclepiad and presumably parallels the hollow or air-ducted stems found in many

strictly aquatic plants (Arber 1920; Sculthorpe 1967). These hollow or air-ducted stems

with minimal xylem development represent adaptations to the problem of transporting

air to the root systems that are often situated in low-oxygen or strictly anaerobic

situations, while still maintaining transpirational flow (Zimmerman 1983).

Species of Group 2 such as C. bowmanii and C. elegans are similar to a number

of taxa from the Indian subcontinent (Hooker 1885; Ali & Khartoon 1982), but the

endemic Australian taxa appear more closely related to one another than to any species

from elsewhere. The distribution of C. ovalifolium from India to Australia is quite

remarkable. However, this species is easily recognised, by the distinctive stipular out-

growths at the nodes.

The flowers of species of Group 3 are superficially similar to a number of succulent-

stemmed taxa from Madagascar such as C. macrolobum Jum. & Perr. and C. mahafalense

Jum. & Perr. (Descoings 1961) and to a number of the species discussed by Sundell

(1981). However, the Australian taxa are radically different in vegetative form from these

species, and, with the exception of the somewhat shrubby C. floribundum, are all seasonally

renascent. Without comparative studies of other leafy taxa of the genus from Asia, I am

reluctant to suggest relationships, although C. pedunculatum and C. puberulum appear

to be closely allied to each other.

Forster, Cynanchum 445

Materials and Methods

Floral descriptions are based on spirit or reconstituted dried material. Foliage and

fruit descriptions are based on herbarium material. Indumentum cover is described as

defined by Hewson (1988), except that the term ‘scattered’ is used instead of ‘isolated’.

Herbarium holdings at AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, JCT, MEL, NE, PERTH and

QRS, partial holdings at A, L and NSW and photographs or microfiche of relevant type

material at BM, K, G and P were examined. Material was collected or procured in

Australia between 1981 and 1990, In selecting specimens to cite, preference has been

given to fertile, widely duplicated collections or those that indicate the geographic range

of the taxon concerned. Generic synonymy is restricted to those names applicable to

Australian taxa. More comprehensive generic synonymies may be found in Woodson

(1941), Descoings (1961), Sundell (1981) and Rosatti (1989).

Taxonomic Treatment

Cynanchum L., Sp. Pl. 212 (1753). Type: Cynanchum acutum L.

L.., Gen. Pl. ed. 5, 101 (1754); R. Br., Prodr. 462-463 (1810); Mem. Wern. Nat.

Hist. Soc. 1: 43-48 (1811); Wight, Contrib. bot. India 55-59 (1834); G. Don.,

Gen, Syst. 4: 150 (1837), Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 547-552 (1844); Benth., Fi.

austral. 4: 331-333 (1869); Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook., Gen. PI. 2: 762- -763

(1876); J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 21-26 (1885); Schumann in Engl. & Prantl,

Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(2): 250-253 (1897); Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 1001-1002 (1900):

Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 93 (1914); Tsiang, Sunyatsenia 4: 107-119 (1939);

Woodson, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 28: 208-216 (1941); Bakhuizen van den

Brink, Blumea 6: 369-370 (1950); Descoings, Adansonia 1: 299-342 (1961); Backer

& Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 3: i (1965); Stearn, Phytologia a1:

137-138 (1971); Markgraf in Tutin et al, Fl. Europ. 3: 71 (1972): Tsiang & Li,

Acta Phytotaxon. Sin. 12: 83-112 (1974); Spellman, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.

62: 115-122 (1975); Hausner, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 52: 101-126 (1976); Sundell,

Evol. Monog., 5: 1-63 (1981); Ali, Fl. Pakistan 150: 9-17 (1983); Huber, Rev. Fl.

Ceylon 4: 79-81 (1983); Konta et al., Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 37: 59- 68 (1986);

Henrickson, Sida 12: 91-99 (1987); Forster, Austrobaileya 3: 110-114 (1989).

Derivation of Name: Greek, kynos, dog, and ancho to strangle, alluding to the supposed

use of some European species for poisoning dogs or other vermin.

Vincetoxicum Wolf, Gen. Pl. 130 (1776). Type: V. hirundinaria Medikus [= Asclepias

vincetoxicum L.,

Wolf, Gen. Sp. 269 (1781); Medikus, Hist. Commentat. Acad. Elect. Sci. Theod.-

Palat. 6: 404 (1790); Moench., Method. 717 (1794); Endl., Gen. 591 (1838); Decne.

in DC, Prodr. 8: 523-526 (1844); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 330-331 (1869); Benth.

in Benth. & J.D. Hook., Gen. pl. 2: 761-762 (1876); Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 999-

1001 (1900); Bullock, Kew Bull. 13: 302 (1958); Kew Bull, 21: 351 (1967);

Rechinger f., FI. Iran, 73: 10 (1970); Markgraf, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 64: 370-376

(1972); Markeraf i in Tutin et al, Fl. Europ. 3: 71 (1972); Vakili-Nejad, Rev. Gen.

Bot. 84: 79-88 (1977); Ali & Khartoon, Pak. J. Bot. 14: 61-68 (1982); Ah, FI.

Pakistan 150: 31-38 1983); non Vincetoxicum Walter, Fl. Carol. 13: 104 (1788).

Cynoctonum E, Mey., Comment. Africae 215 (1837). Type: not designated.

Endl., Gen. 591 (1831): Decne. in DC, Prodr. 8: 527-532 (1844); Miq., Fl. Ned.

Ind. 2: 748 (1834). non J. F. Gmelin (1791).

Cyathella Decne., Ann. Sci, Nat. Bot. 2 ser. 9: 332, t. 12 (1838).

Substitute name for Cynoctonum E. Mey.

Herbs, subshrubs or vines, perennial, terrestrial or aquatic, with clear, white or yellow

latex. Stems slender, woody or succulent, glabrous or with indumentum. Roots fibrous.

Leaves opposite, flattened in cross-section, ovate, elliptic, linear, lanceolate, fleshy,

coriaceous, herbaceous, sometimes scale-like: usually petiolate with small stipular struc-

tures at base: extrafloral nectaries present or absent at lamina base. Cymes appearing at

nodes between the pair of leaves, sessile to pedunculate, umbelliform to racemiform,

with 1—-many fascicles. Sepals 5, distinct, generally with glands at base of lobes. Corolla

deeply 5-lobed, rotate, campanulate or urceolate: lobes/petals valvate or variously imbri-

cate. Staminal corona in the simplest form consisting of 5 lobes adnate to the base of

i att lage aera ait

446 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

the staminal column, sometimes with extra lobing at or between the bases of these lobes;

in the most complex form consisting of 5 connate lobes forming a tube around the base

of the staminal column and usually divided into as many as 25 variously shaped lobes

that may or may not overtop both the staminal column and the style-head. Stamens

inserted at corolla-tube base, connate; anthers incurved, with incurved terminal appen-

dages. Pollinaria each with 2 pollinia, pollinia smooth, pendulous, 2 in each anther cell,

ellipsoid, ovoid or oblong, lacking pellucid margins; corpusculum oblong, tan to brown:

caudicles flattened, often nearly as broad as long. Gynostegium flat-topped to umbonate

with obtuse or capitate style-head; ovaries free or only the tip joined, glabrous. Follicles

fusiform to ovoid, smooth or roughened; triangular to semi-terete in cross-section, single

or more rarely paired. Seeds flat to boat-shaped, ovate, brown; comose with white hairs

at micropylar end only, or lacking hairs.

Over 200 species worldwide. Eleven species in Australia.

Key to Australian species of Cynanchum

1, Plants twining... TA Oe Seer OL, ae SAE CaS 2

Plant generally erect, not twining — Ferg ond A ee ee ee eee nS 9

2. Extrafloral nectaries absent from base of leaf lamina.

NG,WA,NT,Q,NSW .. tee ae ae as ©6061, C. carnosum

Extrafloral nectaries present at base of leaf lamina Seen tly aE dge Ga ae ee hee eG 3

3. Staminal corona of 5 separate lobes .. . eae 4

Staminal corona comprising 5 outer lobes and 5 inner lobes, | or appearing

tubular with various appendages ........... yes 6

4. Leaves fleshy, ovate; corona lobes abruptly acuminate.

NSW a

6. C. elegans

Leaves membranous, ovate, ‘ovate-lance olate or cordate-ovate: corona

lobes not abruptly acuminate aie cree oy ene Bene eee le 7, ars ae ee 5

5. Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate or cordate-ovate; staminal corona lobes

+ same length as staminal column Q .... 7% C, bowmanil

Leaves cordate-ovate; corona lobes more than twice as long as staminal

Colona. INTGO:) eS ay seas wg ieee tae set Pena ae tn iy ok ©=bbe &eptolenis

6. Leaves glabrous, membranous. NG,Q... .. 1. 6... ee ee 9. C. ovalifolium

Leaves pubescent, rarely glabrous; coriaceouS .............. 0008 es 7

7. Sepals c. 1 mm long, follicles 25-30 mm cakes WA,NT TQ fee

SA , 3. C. floribundum

Sepals 2-3 mm ‘long, follicles 60-80 mm long

8. Lobes of outer corona produced into long subulate points, foliage densely

pubescent. NT,WA .... .. 10. C. puberulum

Lobes of outer corona truncate, crenulate, ‘shortly obtuse, denticulate or

acuminate; foliage glabrous to sparsely pubescent. WA,NT,

Q apes Mss realy Mic ae cre eS jeteachze: ant cote Me Ey Facetered "EM ose eden re” Ss 11. C. pedunculatum

9. Staminal corona of 5 separate lobes .... ae 40

Staminal corona comprising 5 outer lobes and 5 inner lobes, or appearing

tubular with various appendages ............ ae eeu. Al

10. Corolla purple; lobes lanceolate, 10-11 mm long. NT ........ 2. C. liebiana

Corolla cream; lobes lanceolate to ovate, 1.5-4.5 mm long. NG,

TE a A can oe ble Hae ee tn ees 3. C. brachystelmoides

Forster, Cynanchum 447

11. Staminal corona appearing tubular with various appendages.WA,NT,Q,

INSYVSSAL cect anlce Siete RG Pe aU ea wee dete da | oe floribundum

Staminal corona comprising 5 outer lobes and 5 inner lobes.

NT aS eee ee eens See ye ere ae Oe 5. C. christineae

1. Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schitr. in Perkins, Fragm. Flor. Philipp. 120 (1904);

Oxystelma carnosum R. Br., Prodr. 462 (1810); Vincetoxicum carnosum (R. Br.)

Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 331 (1869); Ischnostemma carnosum (R. Br.) Merrill &

Rolfe, Phillip. J. Sci. 3(3): 121 (1908); Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89): 1085 (1928), nom. superfl. Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Island a [Sweer’s Island, Gulf of Carpentaria], November 1802, Brown

s.n. (ecto: BM, two sheets, n.v., photo at BRI).

Forster, Austrobaileya 2: 525-527 (1988); Wightman, Mangroves of the Northern

Territory 57-59 (1989).

Ischnostemma selangorica King & Gamble, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Pt. 2 Nat. Hist.

74: 532 (1907). Type: Selangor, at Kwala Selangor, Ridley 7564 (n.y.).

Pentatropis novoguineensis Val. (novo-guieensis’), Bull. Dep. Agric. Ind. Neerl. 10:

49 (1907). Type: Atasrip 96 (n.yv.). “

van Steenis & Bakhuizen van den Brink, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 86: 385-401 (1967).

Herbaceous vine, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, glabrous; internodes

up to 9 cm long. Leaf petiolate; lamina fleshy, elliptic to obovate, up to 6.5 cm long

and 2.5 cm wide, concolorous, grey-green to pale green; above glabrous, venation obscure;

below glabrous, secondary veins 4-5 per side of midrib, glabrous; tip acuminate to

apiculate; base cuneate to rounded; petiole grooved along top, up to 9 mm long and 2

mm wide, glabrous or with scattered indumentum; extrafloral nectaries absent from

lamina base. Cymes umbelliform, up to 4 cm long, with 1-5 flowers; peduncle up to 3.2

cm long and c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered indumentum; bracts lanceolate,

1.4-1.5 mm long, 0.75-0.9 mm wide, glabrous. Flowers subrotate, 2.5-5 mm long, 8-

13 mm diameter; pedicels 7-17 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm diameter, glabrous, light green

with some brown splotches. Sepals lanceolate, 1.5-2.7 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, glabrous,

light green, base of each sinus with | gland. Corolla greenish yellow to cream; tube 1.5-

2 mm long, 2.5-3 mm diameter; lobes twisted to right in bud and at anthesis, lanceolate,

5-9 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona comprising 5 free lobes, 2.3—

3 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter, pale green to cream; each lobe oblong-rectangular at base

and 0.8—1.25 mm wide, tapering to a subulate tip 0.1-0.3 mm wide. Staminal column

1.8-2.5 mm long, 1.25-1.8 mm wide; anther appendages triangular to lanceolate, 0.75-

1 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide; slit between anther wings 1-1.25 mm long. Style-head

domed, not exceeding anther appendages, 0.6-0.9 mm long, 1-1.3 mm diameter, pale

green. Ovaries c. 1.5 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide. Pollinarium 0.5-—0.57 mm long, 0.32-

0.5 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 0.24—0.3 mm long, 0.11-0.13 mm wide; corpusculum

oblong, 0.21-0.26 mm long, 0.09-0.14 mm wide; caudicles 0.11-0.15 mm long, 0.02-

0.05 mm wide, Follicles fusiform, 7.3~7.5 cm long, 1.3-1.4 cm wide, glabrous. Seed

ovate, 4-5 mm long, c. 3 mm wide; coma 15-20 mm long, white. Fig. 1.

For a discussion of the nomenclatural history of this species, a listing of selected

specimens, and notes on phenology and conservation status, reference should be made

to Forster (1988).

Distribution and habitat: C. carnosum is widespread in Australia (Map 1), New Guinea

and parts of south-east Asia as a plant of the littoral zone where it usually grows just

above the high-water mark often among rocks.

2, Cynanchum liebiana (F. Muell.) P. Forster, Austrobaileya 3: 110 (1989); 7ylophora

liebiana F. Muell., J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 24: 78 (1891). Type:

Sac Territory. Port Darwin, 1890, 4. Holtze 1010 (holo: MEL!). Fig. 4S-

See Forster (1989) for a description and notes on distribution, habitat, phenology and

conservation status.

448 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Additional notes: R. Tingey, who was instrumental in the rediscovery of this plant, has

shown photographs and drawings of it to a number of people. Some of these people

claim to have seen this plant flowering in swamps in Arnhem Land and so it may be

more widespread than the few_herbarium specimens would indicate.

Fig. 1. Cynanchum carnosum: A. leaf X 1. B. habit of flowering stem x 1. C. inflorescence X 2. D. face view of

flower X 2. E. face view of calyx and ovaries with corolla removed xX I1. F, side view of flower with corolla

partly removed and showing staminal corona < 9. face view of gynostegium X 9, H. pollinarium X 40. All from

spirit material of Forster 3306. Del. K. Harold.

Forster, Cynanchum 449

3. Cynanchum floribundum R. Br., Prodr. 463 (1810); Cynoctonum floribundum (R. Br.)

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 529 (1869); Vincetoxicum floribundum (R. Br.) O.

Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). Type: South Australia. Spencers Gulf [Bay

12, South Coast], 10 March 1802, R. Brown (lecto (here designated): BM, 2 sheets,

n.v., photo at BRI!; isolecto: CANB(CANB278884))).

Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 332 (1869); Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 1001 (1900); W. Fitzg.,

aye 198) Soc. Western Austral. 3: 196 (1928); K.L. Wilson, Fl. Central Austral.

Erect shrub to | m high or somewhat sprawling, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 5

mm diameter, woody at base; internodes up to 12 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina

lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, up to 11.5 cm long and 45 mm wide, concolorous; above

ereen, venation obscure, with scattered indumentum; below green, secondary veins 6

per side of midrib, with scattered to sparse indumentum; tip acute to acuminate; base

cuneate to truncate; petiole up to 25 mm long and 0.5 mm wide, with scattered to sparse

indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base. Cymes with 1-4 fascicles, up to 4

cm long; peduncle up to 6 cm long, and c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts linear-

lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.25-0.75 mm wide, with sparse indumentum. Flowers rotate,

2.5-7 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter; pedicels 5-15 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with

sparse indumentum. Sepals triangular to lanceolate-ovate, 1.8-3 mm long, 1-2 mm wide,

ciliate, bases of sinuses with 1-3 glands. Corolla yellow to cream; tube 0.9-1 mm long,

1.6-4 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate, reflexed, 3.9-8 mm long, 1.6-3 mm wide, glabrous.

Staminal corona yellow to cream, 1.6-7 mm long, 2-7 mm diameter, tubular with 10-

15 irregular lobes; tube 1.5-2 mm long, lobes 4-5.7 mm long. Staminal column 1.5-3.5

mm long, 1.4-2.5 mm wide; anther appendages lanceolate to ovate-crenulate, 0.8-2 mm

long, 0.6-1 mm wide, exceeding style-head by 0.4—1 mm; slit between anther wings 0.7-

1.25 mm long. Style-head conical, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.9-1.5 mm diameter. Ovaries c. 1.5

mm long and 1 mm wide. Pollinarium 0.35-0.6 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide; pollinia

ovoid-globose, 0.2-0.4 mm long, 0.14-0.22 mm wide; corpusculum 0.23-0.35 mm long,

0.14-0.2 mm wide; caudicies 0.08-0.15 mm long, 0.04-0.12 mm wide. Follicle fusiform-

ovoid, 3-6.5 cm long, 5-25 mm wide. Seed oblong-ovate, 7-8 mm long, 4 mm wide;

coma white, 15-28 mm long. Fig, 2.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Enderby Is, 20°36’S, 116°29’E, Jul 1980, Kenneally 7263 (CANB,PERTH);

9 km W of Shay Gap, 20°29’S, 120°06’E, Jul 1984, Newbey 10272 (PERTH); Crossing of Caroline Creek on road

to Millstream, c. 25 km SW of Pyramid HS, 21°14’S, 117°19’E, Aug 1977, Barker 2108 (AD,MEL). Rudall River

N.P., 22°32’S, 122°24E, Apr 1979, Mitchell 881 (DNA,PERTH); Vampire Gorge, Hammersley Range, Aug 1959,

Gardner 12277 (PERTH); Mt Herbert, 59 miles [98 km] from Roebourne on Wittenoom Road, Mar 1962, George

3507 (PERTH). Northern Territory. Stirling Creek, 21°40’S, 133°47’E, Aug 1985, Leach & Smith 697

(CANB,DNA,NSW); Old Redbank HS, “Narwietooma”, 23°29’S, 132°50’E, Oct 1979, Nelson 2473 (BRI,DNA);

13 miles [22 km] NW Fae a a Chippendale [NT2062] (DNA,MEL); c. 70 miles [117 km] WNW of Mt

Singleton, Jun 1957, Chippen Oe oar ee (BRI,CANB,DNA,MEL). Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: Spring Creek,

17 km N of Mt Isa, 20°32’S, 13

‘“‘Makunda Downs”, 22°21’S, 141°16’E, Jun 1979, Purdie 1545 (BRI); 21 km N of Diamantina Lakes Stn turnoff,

Springvale — Diamantina Road, 23°42’S, 141°OI’E, May 1977, Schmid 314 (BRI). New South Wales, Wild Dog

Fence, Muncardie & Orka Gates, Feb 1980, Barlow [NSW191104] (NSW). South Australia. On Strzelecki Track,

c. 134 km S of Moomba Gasfield, 29°09’S, 140°0S’E, May 1977, Lazarides 8383 (BRI,CANB); Yaningurie

Waterhole, 28°58’S, 140°06’E, Jul 1982, Olsen 176 (BRI); Lyndhurst-Innaminka Road, at Merti-Merti turnoff,

28°50’S, 140°10’E, Sep 1986, Ballingall 2262 (AD,BRD; 4.8 km N of Hawkers Gate on the border fence, 29°45’S,

d k Hele, ray I BY Chinnock 3505 (AD,MEL); Vicinity of Paralana Springs, 30°11’S, 139°27’E, Aug 1968, Symon

8 (AD, ;

Distribution and habitat: This species is widespread over arid central Australia (Map 1)

and is commonly found on sand ridges in association with Zygochloa paradoxa and

Triodia species.

Phenology: Flowering after rain throughout the year. Fruiting occurs 2-3 months later.

Conservation status: Not rare or endangered.

4, Cynanchum brachystelmoides P. Forster, Austrobaileya 2: 451 (1988). Type: Queens-

land. Cook District: 5 km W of the Watson River crossing on the Aurukun -

Merluna road, c. 40 km NE of Aurukun, Dec 1981, J.R. Clarkson 4053 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB!, DNA!,QRS!).

Herbaceous, erect perennial, latex lacking. Roots fusiform to 40 mm long. Stems upright,

up to 35 cm long, 0.5-4.0 mm thick, with 3-5 branches, up to 10 nodes; internodes up

to 5 cm long. Leaves linear, lacking extrafloral nectaries.at base, 5-20 mm long, 0.25-

°29’E, Feb 1985, Harris 39 (BRI). GREGORY NorTH DISTRICT: 6 km NW of

He te atc atrnene cm emma Sen RI Mat RANCH UNE MM RS WG a

450 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Fig. 2. Cynanchum floribundum: A. habit of fruiting branch xX 0,25. B. habit of flowering branch X 0.25, C. side

view of flower X 5. D. side view of flower with corolla removed showing staminal corona X 5. E. side view of

staminal column with corolla and staminal corona removed X 10. F. side view of staminal column with part

removed showing the ovaries and disposition of the pollinaria X 10. G. internal view of anther X 10. H. external

view of anther X 10. I. pollinarium X 30. All from spirit material of Olsen 176. Del. A. Thongpukdee.

Forster, Cynanchum 451

Fig. 3. Cynanchum brachystelmoides: A. habit X 1. B. cross-section of stem showing hollow centre X 6. C. side

view of flower X 6. D. face view of flower X 6. E. side view of gynostegium X 18. F. face view of gynostegium

x 18. G. face view of calyx with corolla removed X 18. H. pollinarium xX 37. All from spirit material of Forster

4069 & Liddle. Del. K. Harold.

1.0 mm wide, glabrous. Flowers borne on top 1-6 nodes, in 1~-7-flowered subsessile

cymes. Flower campanulate, 2-4.5 mm long, 3-5 mm diameter, with a faint citrus scent;

pedicels 1.5-—2.5 mm long, filiform, pendulous during anthesis. Sepals broadly triangular

to lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.5-—1 mm wide, glabrous; bases of sinuses lacking or with

1 gland. Corolla cream, brown or pink; tube c. 0.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm diameter; lobes

lanceolate to ovate, 1.5-4.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide at base, glabrous. Staminal corona

a continuous tube around the staminal column with 5 free erect lobes either overtopping

the anthers, level with or below them, 1.25-1.5 mm diameter, 1-1.5 mm long; each lobe

triangular, 0.25~0.75 mm long, 0.5-0.75 mm wide, green. Staminal column 0.3-1 mm

long, 0.5-1.5 mm diameter; anther appendages ovate, 0.2-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm

wide; slit between anther wings 0.2-0.4 mm long. Style-head depressed-globose, not

exceeding anthers, 0.4-0.75 mm diameter. Pollinartum 0.23-—0.34 mm long, 0.28-0.4 mm

wide; pollinia 0.14-0.15 mm long, 0.05—0.06 mm wide; corpusculum 0.20-0.27 mm long,

ro ‘sai wide; caudicles 0.1-0.13 long, 0.02-0.03 mm wide. Follicles and seed not

seen. Fig. 3.

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Penzara, between Morehead and Wassi

Kussa Rivers, Dec 1936, Brass 8448 (L). Australia. Queensland. Cook District: 2.4 km W of Lydia Ck on the

Mission River Road, 12°33’S, 142°34’E, Clarkson 8597 & Neldner (BRI,DNA,K,L,PERTH); “Batavia Downs’,

12°40'S, 142°40’E, Dec 1988, Bews [AQ 455240] (BRD; 62.5 km along main Weipa road off Peninsula road,

12°56’S, 142°24’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4069 & Liddle (BRI,MEL). -

Distribution and habitat: Western province 1n Papua New Guinea, Cook district in

Queensiand and the top end of the Northern Territory. The collection Forster 4069 &

Liddle came from 30 cm deep water in a Melaleuca swamp. Along with C. liebiana, C.

gn init appears to be able to tolerate aquatic conditions, at least for part of

the year.

SAM RAVENS

452 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Additional notes: The flowering of this unusual species in cultivation has enabled a more

detailed description and illustration to be published here. Considerable variation is

present in the staminal corona with the tube and lobes varying in length. The coronal

tube may extend to below the bottom of the anthers, as in the type and Brass 8396 as

illustrated in Forster & Thongpukdee (1988) or it may nearly overtop them (Fig. 3E).

A ‘!

So 3

s = +

if 3 !

= : Par >

“* + Pad ra + =

= at = *

= = = 7

i 2 = : +

= = ies =

f = 5% Pelt o

as *

« = = i

= 4+ = "te

Fx ” = 1

testezg =

— Freak =

= a + ies ys z

¥, . :

*e, ae Ce 4

: + r

+ 4* ¥gin, ~ a +

:f Tt , = a

-_M + *, = 5

+ 4 Fe * zt

a ‘* =

= % tee sy :

. = sl a = =

: ea . ‘—- *

* *, * +

Jt a =, ¥ +}

' * a +

+ ‘ . = .

i * 7 bg *

3 3 : . ?

5 = = =

4 : 2

: 5 aa

if: 1

2 “*, =

i * =~

‘= 4

al *.

. 54 “see a*

a =

= A

= Pd

5 2

4 5

> *

bau

“y

ety Iw

F "

._ 2

1, fe

== put

+ ~ =

+ = Fa

~ re +

a "e. re =

4 + a—

5 i

is # ‘s,

“s :3

= = = *

ar: uf

= = iil =

="Z

Pa - Fay =

+ 2]

*, 5 “24d

ee whe 7

= tae

#t + side

= =e

_ ately

cart Zz,

= *

<= “ y

aT wat

er"

fe *

& 4:

* «

‘a ettl ie

7 a

ar 3

Pi} eh a x

at wae

‘ a <—s

ata *

+f ed

0 la

re a

“daw

aT cefades

“y

ant

rt vpnt!

anh

bee

“

wea

‘ bee Fete nee te ayia 1 biel

yee

wom ha

“

rT]

¢.

thea

sea Tee

ve ed

pan HEE

ed tee ag

aah

A eile

rir

“a

S . rE:

ee: : ie '

7 =“

paride tart FETE TT maa eg

Act il add

* qreny jee

Xs ail

twa Wd a

apf

eyitete*

ty res “

bebe

ks ere:

= Fie

‘toe tPF et

ait’

ates

Pie regynenarnete

eae

23,8

* _— 4

ott}

” a thyme

“f

PA +

“er

“i 7

+ oF

ave

q te

mitts i

hen

Sat

SEL he

ete

rte i

att

par ht

wen

ree

pent

rmnepee LEAT EET HAgg ep ey

‘y,

4 i"

Fig. 4. A~C, L-M. Cynanchum p

surface X 0.5. P. seed X 1.5.

edunculatum: A. adaxial leaf surface x 0.5. B. adaxial leaf surface X 0.5. C.

adaxial leaf surface x 0.5. L. twin follicles X 1. M. seed X 1.5. D,J,K. C. bowmanii: D. adaxial leaf surface x

0.5. J. follicle X 1. K. seed X 1.5. E. C. elegans: adaxial leaf surface < 0.5. F, P-R. C. puberulum: F. adaxial leaf

Q. side view of follicle X I. R. twin follicles viewed from above X 1. G. C.

ovalifolium: adaxial leaf surface < 0.5. H,I. C. leptolepis: H. adaxial leaf surface X 0.5. I. adaxial leaf surface x

0.5. N,O. C. christineae. N, seed X 1.5. O. follicle x 1.S8,T. C. liebiana: S. follicle X 1. T. seed < 0.5. A, Martense

AE607; B, Russell-Smith 860; C, Holtze 34; D, Batianoff 9141 & Dillewaard; E, Wools [AQ 333122]; F, Mueller

[AQ 333094]; G, Brass 8521; H, Russell-Smith 6924 & Lucas; I, Russell-Smith 6907; J,K Batianoff 9126 &

Dillewaard; L,M Scarth-Johnson 1569A; N,O, Cox [AQ 453003]; P-R, Vernon 62; 8,T, Tingey [AQ 408482]. Del.

L.G. Jessup.

Forster, Cynanchum 453

§, Cynanchum christineae P. Forster, Austrobaileya 3: 112 (1989). Type: Northern

Territory. Palmerston, 12°29’S, 130°58’E, December 1987, C. Cox [AQ408484]

(holo: BRI!). Fig. 40.

See Forster (1989) for a description and notes on distribution, habitat, phenology and

conservation status.

Additional specimens: Northern Territory. 41 km past Berry Springs on Mandorah road, 12°40’S, 130°45’E, Nov

1989, Forster 6056 (BRD; 8 km along “Finnis River” road, off Bynoe road, 12°46’S, 130°46’E, Nov 1989, Forster

6060 (BRI,DNA), Tabletop Range, 90 km S Darwin, 13°12’S, 130°47’E, Nov 1988, Wightman 4637 (DNA).

6. Cynanchum elegans (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1085 (1928); Vincetoxicum

elegans Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 330-331 (1869). Type: New South Wales. Ash

Island, Hunter River, Miss Scott (lecto (here designated): MEL({MEL ge

isolecto: BRI(AQ 216451!); lectopara: New South Wales. Cabramatta, Woolls

(MEL{(MEL 10079!), BRI(AQ 333123!)).

Herbaceous vine, latex colour unknown. Stems cylindrical, up to 1 mm diameter, glabrous;

internodes up to 7 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate, up to 4.5 cm long

and 3.5 cm wide, discolorous; above green, venation obscure, glabrous; below pale green,

secondary veins 3 or 4 per side of midrib, glabrous; tip acuminate; base cuneate; petiole

grooved along top, up to 17 mm long; extrafloral nectaries 2 or 3 at lamina base. Cymes

with | or 2 fascicles, up to 4 cm long; peduncles to 22 mm long and c. | mm diameter,

glabrous; bracts triangular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with sparse indumentum.

Flower rotate, 5-6 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter; pedicels 13-15 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm

diameter, glabrous. Sepals lanceolate, 1-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, glabrous; bases

of sinuses with | gland. Corolla colour unknown; tube c. 1 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter:

lobes lanceolate, 5-6 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, externally glabrous, internally with

scattered to sparse indumentum. Staminal corona of 5 lobes, c. 2 mm long and 2 mm

diameter; each lobe triangular-lanceolate, not overtopping anthers, 1-2 mm long, 1-1.3

mm wide at base. Staminal column c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm diameter; anther

appendages ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.7-0.75 mm wide; slit between anther wings c. 1

mm long. Style-head conical, c. 1 mm long and 1 mm diameter. Pollinarium 0.36-0.45

mm long, 0.50-0.57 mm wide; pollinia 0.22-0.23 mm long, 0.11-0.13 mm wide;

corpusculum 0.25-0.30 mm long, 0.12-0.16 mm wide; caudicles 0.10-0.15 mm long,

0.02-0.05 mm wide. Follicles and seed not seen. Fig. 4E. |

Specimen examined: New South Wales. Berkeley Hill, Berkeley, S of Wollongong, Apr 1990, Bofeldt (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This plant is known to occur only near Wollongong (Map 1).

Leigh et al. (1984) report a further collection made by Rodd in 1966 at Mt Dangar near

Gungal, but I have not seen this. The Bofeldt collection was made in a ‘dry rainforest’

remnant and the plant grew in association with Sarcomelicope simplicifolia (Endl.) T.

Hartley, Ficus macrophylla Desf., Streblus brunonianus (Endl.) F. Muell. and Cassine

australis (Vent.) Kuntze.

Phenology: Flowering in April.

Conservation status: A Conservation Coding of 3E is appropriate according to the criteria

of Briggs & Leigh (1988).

7. Cynanchum bowmanii S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 59: 168 (1948). Type:

as for V. ovatum Benth.

Vincetoxicum ovatum Benth., FI. austral. 4: 330 (1869); Cynanchum ovatum (Benth.)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1085 (1928), non (E. Mey.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl.

Brit. Isl. 1916: 618 (1917). Type: Queensland. MORETON DisTRIcT: Moggill Scrub,

C. Stuart 381 (lecto (here designated): K, 7.v., photo at BRI!; isolecto: MEL(MEL

113316 in part!), BRI(AQ 333121!)); lectopara: Queensland. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT:

Table Mountain, Bowman (MEL(MEL 113315!), BRI(AQ 333125!)); lectopara:

Queensland. MORETON District: Brisbane River, F. Mueller (K, n.v., photo at

BRI'), MEL(MEL 113316 tn part!)); lectopara: Queensland. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT:

Rockhampton, Thozet (K, n.v., photo at BRI!)). |

A8e Queensl. fl. 3: 1000 (1900); Stanley & Ross, Fi. S.E. Queensl. 2: 312

PART

a Behe Aah eA Ne ta ee A mmm 4 mm gt aa AE Ct ak SM EA Se Me Ue At eT ae ie Ca

454 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Fig. 5. Cynanchum bowmanit: A, leaf X 1. B. habit of flowering stem x 1. C. face view of calyx and ovaries with

corolla removed X 6. D. side view of flower X 3. E. face view of flower X 6. F. face view of gynostegium x 9.

G. side view of gynostegium X 9. H. pollinarium x 40, All from spirit material of Forster 2407. Del. K. Harold.

Herbaceous vine, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 1 mm diameter, glabrous or with

sparse indumentum; internodes up to 4 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina lanceolate,

ovate to elliptic, up to 8.5 cm long and 3 cm wide, discolorous; above green, venation

obscure, glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 6 or 7 per side of midrib, glabrous

with scattered indumentum on veins; tip acute; base cuneate; petiole grooved along top,

up to 15 mm long and c. 1 mm wide; extrafloral nectaries 3-4 at lamina base. Cyme

with 1-6 fascicles, up to 5 cm long; peduncle 8-20 mm long, 0.5-—1 mm diameter; bracts

linear-lanceolate, 0.75-1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with sparse indumentum. Flowers

rotate, 2-3 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter; pedicels 4-13 mm long, 0.5-0.75 mm diameter,

with sparse indumentum. Sepals lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 1.5-2 mm long, 0.9-1

mm wide, glabrous; bases of sinuses lacking glands. Corolla cream; tube c. 1 mm long,

2.9-3 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate to oblong, 3-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, glabrous.

Staminal corona cream, c. 1.5 mm long, 2.5—-3 mm diameter, comprising 5 adjacent but

not fused lobes attached to base of staminal column; each lobe with a rectangular base

and with a rounded to irregularly shaped top, 1.25-1.5 mm wide. Staminal column c.

1.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm diameter; anther appendages ovate, c. 0.5 mm long, 0.5-0.75

mm wide; slit between anther wings 0.5—0.75 mm long. Style-head conical, globose,

barely exceeding anthers, c. 1 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Ovaries c. 1.5 mm long,

1-1.5 mm wide. Pollinarium 0.35-0.38 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide; pollinia oblong to

globose, 0.2-0.21 mm long, 0.12-0.16 mm wide; corpusculum oblong, 0.2-0.27 mm long,

0.08-0.12 mm wide; caudicles 0.07-0.09 mm long, 0.03-0.04 mm wide. Follicles fusiform-

ovoid, 6—9.5 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide. Seed ovate, c. 7 mm long and 4 mm wide:

coma 20-24 mm long, white. Fig. 4D, 5 & 6.

selected specimens. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY District: Rishton Scrub, 20°09’S, 146°32’E, Mar 1988, Forster

3764 (BRI,MEL,MO). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 2 km SW Eungella Dam, Byrnes 3692 & Clarkson (BRI); Ayr,

Michael 1532 (BRI); Mausoleum Is, 20°52’S, 148°57’E, Dec 1986, Dalliston N333 (BRI). Port Curtis DISTRICT:

Forster, Cynanchum 455

Fig. 6. Cynanchum bowmanii: A. inflorescence X 1. B. face view of calyx and ovaries with corolla removed X

7, C. side view of flower X 3. D. face view of flower X 3. E. side view of flower with corolla cutaway showin

gynostegium (note variation in corona lobes) X 9. F. face view of gynostegium (note variation in corona lobes}

xX 11. G. pollinarium X 40. H. seedling x |. I. fruiting branch x 2, A~G, Forster 3764; H, Forster 3480; I, Bird

sn. Mar. 1986. A-G, Del. K. Harold; H,I. Del. A. Thongpukdee.

a an Su a a mans dy Se Ma BSE SM

456 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

East Pumpkin Is, 23°05’S, 150°54’E, Oct 1987, Batianoff 9141 & Dillewaard (BRI); Dan Dan Scrub, Mar 1982,

Gibson 333 (BRI); Marmor, Mar 1943, Blake 14824 (BRI). LEICHHARDT Districr: Gogango Range, near Edungalba,

Sep 1943, Blake 15340 (BRI). BURNETT DiSTRIcT: Boat Mt, 8 km NNE of Murgon, 26°10’S, 151°58’E May 1988,

Forster 4266 & Sharpe (BRI); Mt Perry, Keys [AQ 216450} (BRI). WIDE BAy DisTRICcT: Mt Glastonbury, 26°14’S,

152°29’E, Jan 1987, Forster 2872 & Sharpe (BRD; ee Ck, near Didcot, Dec 1981, Forster 472B (BRD. DARLING

Downs District: 5.5 km SW of Baking Board, 26°44’S, 150°31’E, Feb 1978, Hando [AQ 408485] (BRI); Mt

Russel, 16 miles [27 km] SW of Oakey, Apr 1963, Hockings 10 (BRI). MoreTon District: Worlds End Pocket,

27°31’S, 152°45’E, Aug 1983, Forster 1666 (BRI); Pine Mt, near Ipswich, Apr 1984, Bird [AQ 431091]

BRI,CONN,NSW,SP); Mt Crosby road, between Anstead & Mt Crosby, Dec 1985, Bird [AQ 441683

BRI,GUAM,GNU,NSW,UPNG); Top of Flinders Peak, 27°49’S, 152°49’E, Nov 1986, Forster 2732 & Orfor

BRD; Ivorys Knob, 27°53’S, 152°48’E, Dec 1987, Bird & Orford [AQ 459646] (BRI); 11 km from Croftby on

White Swamp to Boonah Border Gate road, 28°10’S, 152°32’E, Feb 1985, Forster 1981 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs from near the Queensland-New South Wales

border to the Charters Towers area (Map 3) and grows in a range of drier vineforest

communities, especially in semi-evergreen vine thickets, deciduous vine thickets, arau-

carian microphyll and notophyll vineforests on a range of soil types. C. bowmanii may

grow in association with other Asclepiadaceous vines such as Tylophora benthamii

Tsiang, 7. grandiflora R. Br., T. williamsiti P. Forster ined., Gymnema micradenium

Benth., G. pleiadenium F. Muell. Secamone elliptica R. Br., Marsdenia rostrata R. Br.

and M. lloydii P. Forster.

Phenology: Flowering from November to March, fruiting 2-3 months later.

Conservation status: Not rare or endangered.

Notes: The MEL specimen of the Bowman collection has two labels, one has “Table

Mountain, Feb 1867”, the other has “Capricormia, Q”. The sheet MEL 113316 appears

to have both the Moggill Scrub and Brisbane River isosyntypes attached.

8. Cynanchum leptolepis (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1085 (1928); Vincetoxicum

leptolepis Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 331 (1869). Type: Queensland. SourH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: Elliot River Bowman 337 (lecto (here designated): K, n.v., photo at

BRI; isolecto: BRI(AQ 333127!), MELCMEL 113314!)); lectopara: Queensland.

“eet ee DISTRICT: Mount Elliot, Fitzalan (BRI(AQ 333129!), MEL{MEL

Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 1000 (1900).

Woody vine, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, with sparse to dense

indumentum; internodes up to 20 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina ovate, up to 17 cm

long and 14 cm wide, discolorous; above grey-green, venation obscure, glabrous, below

pale grey-green, secondary veins 5 or 6 per side of midrib with 3 radiating from the

lamina base, tertiary venation reticulate, glabrous or with sparse indumentum; tip acute

to weakly acuminate; base cordate to lobate; petiole grooved along top, 4-8 cm long, I-

2 mm diameter, with sparse to dense indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 6-13 at base of

lamina and sometimes for up to | cm along the midrib. Cyme with many fascicles, up

to 8 cm long; peduncle 3.5-—5.7 cm long and c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered

to sparse indumentum; bracts linear-lanceolate, 1-2.5 mm long, 0.25-0.75 mm wide

with scattered to sparse indumentum. Flower campanulate, 4-5 mm long, c. 5 mm

diameter; pedicels 4-7 mm long, 0.25-1 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals triangular to

lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered to sparse

indumentum; bases of sinuses with 1-2 glands. Corolla cream; tube 2.5-3 mm long, 2.5~

3 mm wide, top fused to base of staminal corona; lobes lanceolate-ovate, reflexed, 2.1-

3 mm long, 1.4-1.6 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona of 5 separate lobes, 3~5 mm

long, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter; each lobe oblong with a subulate tip, 0.5-1 mm wide at

base, 0.2-0.3 mm wide at tip, incurving over staminal column. Staminal column 1~2.7

mm long, 1.5-2.3 mm wide; anther appendages ovate, 0.5-0.75 mm long, 0.8-1 mm

wide; slit between anther wings 0.5-0.6 mm long. Style-head depressed, globose, barely

exceeding anthers, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 1.5—1.8 mm wide. Ovaries 1-1.1 mm long and 1-

1.5 mm wide. Pollinarium 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.65-0.72 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 0.37-

0.42 mm long, 0.15-0.17 mm wide; corpusculum 0.2-0.25 mm long, 0.1-0.17 mm wide;

caudicles 0.18-0.2 mm long, 0.02-0.05 mm wide. Follicles fusiform-ovoid 5-6 cm long,

* bs mm diameter, with sparse to dense short indumentum. Seed not seen. Figs 4H,I

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Headwaters Woolen River, Arnhem Land, 12°30/S, 135°24’E, Dec 1987,

Russell-Smith 4410 & Lucas (DNA); 11 km SE Calvert River mouth, 16°21’S, 137°48’E, Jan 1989, Thomson 3013

(DNA); 17 km E Calvert River mouth, 16°23’S, 137°47’E, Jan 1989, Thormson 3005 (DNA); 15 km SE Calvert

457

Forster, Cynanchum

He My, ‘* ww

Sip tne

pian

lee

pelt

Se teae

errr #5

f flower X 6. D.

er X 6. C, face view of fl aden tae

; inflorescence X 2, B. side yoann’ oe and corona X 6, E. pollin

Fig. 7, Cynanchum wi ange a ne sepals Pgdidas es Byn Smith,

ig. 7. eh ca Del W.

side view ia S patible ne i RussellSmith & Lucas

All from sp

458 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

River mouth, 16°23’/S, 137°50’E, Jan 1989, Russell-Smith & Lucas 6907 (DNA); 4 km S of Spear Waterhole,

‘“Wollogorang”’, 17°25’S, 137°43’E, Jan 1989, Russell-Smith & Lucas 6849 (DNA); McDermotts Spring, “Wollo-

gorang’, 17°25’S, 137°48’E, Jan 1989, Russell-Smith & Lucas 6294 (BRI,CANB,DNA); “Wollogorang”, c. 35 km

SW HS, 17°26’S, 137°43’E, Jan 1989, Brock 468 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: Pine River Basin, 12°31/S,

141°39’E, Feb 1981, Morton 1086 (BRI); Walsh, Mar 1891, Barclay-Millar [AQ 216488] (BRI); 8.3 km S of Weipa

turnoff, on Peninsula road, 13°11’S, 142°47’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4122 & Liddle (BRI); Bamboo Range, 19 km

past Musgrave on Coen road, 14°38/S, 143°27’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5229 (BRI); Burdett Ck, next to Spring Tower,

Chillagoe, 17°08’S, 144°26’E, Apr 1988, Forster 3962 (BRI,;CANB,MEL); The Archways, Chillagoe, 17°06’S,

144°24’E, Mar 1988, Forster 3959 (BRD, ditto, Mar 1987, Clarkson 6863 (BRI,MBA); Mt Pinnacle, 17°14/S,

145°30’E, Mar 1986, Sankowsky 497 & Sankowsky (BRI). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Port Mackay, 1865-1869,

Dietrich 2804 (BRI,CBG).

Distribution and habitat: This species is restricted to north Queensland and eastern

Arnhem Land and the Gulf of Carpentaria in the Northern Territory (Map 2) where it

may be a common component of deciduous vine thickets. C. leptolepis may grow in

association with other Asclepiadaceous vines such as Gunnessia pepo P. Forster, Gym-

nema geminata R. Br., Marsdenia cymulosa Benth., M. velutina R. Br., Ceropegia

cumingiana Decne., Secamone elliptica and S. lineata Blume.

Phenology: Flowering from November to March, fruiting 2—3 months later.

Notes: Plants of C. /eptolepis from the limestone tors at Chillagoe are notable for the

thick indumentum of white hairs present on the foliage. This is common among many

plants in the area and no taxonomic significance is given to it here, particularly because

plants cultivated away from this environment do not retain this feature.

Conservation status: Rarely collected, but not rare or endangered at this stage.

9, Cynanchum ovalifolium Wight, Contrib. bot. India 57 (1838); Cynoctonum ovalifolium

Wight) Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 529 (1844). Type: India. Penang, Aug 1827,

(holo: K-W(8226), n.v., fiche at BRI’).

J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 22-23 (1885); Bakhuizen van den Brink, Blumea

6: 369 (1950); Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 3: 253 (1965).

Cynanchum laeve (Blume) Schumann, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(2): 292 (1897) non

Persoon, Syn. 1: 27 (1805); Holostemma laeve Blume, Bijdr. 1055 (1826); Cynoc-

tonum blumei Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 528-529 (1844), Type: Indonesia. Java.

Sallak, Blume (holo: L(898166—426!)). |

Koord., Exkurs.-Fl. Java 3: 85 (1912).

Cynanchum javanicum (Koord.) Bakhuizen van den Brink, Blumea 6: 369 (1950);

Marsdenia javanicum Koord. in Koord.-Schumach., Syst. Verz. 1: 8 (1912); synon.

noy. Type: Indonesia. Java. Beseehi, Gendingwaloh, Aug 1916, Koorders 431028

(syn: BO n.y.; 1isosyn: L!); Indonesia. Java. Res. Bezoeki, Pantjoer Tdjen, Dec

1898, Koorders 322718 (syn: BO n.v.; isosyn: L!); Indonesia. Java. Res. Bezoeki,

Pantjoer Tdjen, Nov 1895, Koorders 203468 (syn: BO n.yv.; isosyn: L)).

Koord., Exkurs.-Fl. Java 3: 104 (1912); Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink, FI.

Java 2: 253 (1965).

Vincetoxicum discolor Warb., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 13: 469 (1891), synon. nov. Type:

“Sigar am McCluersgolf, holl. Neu-Guinea” (B*).

Herbaceous vine, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, grey-green;

internodes up to 12 cm long, small stipule like structures at nodes or occasionally leaflike

stipular structures to 1 cm long at nodes. Leaves petiolate; lamina ovate-lanceolate to

lanceolate, up to 12 cm long and 7 cm wide, discolorous; above dark green, venation

obscure, glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 10-13 per side of midrib, tertiary

venation obscure, glabrous apart from a few white uniseriate hairs at base and along

peduncle; tip acuminate; base cordate to cuneate; petiole grooved along top, 28-32 mm

long, c. 1 mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base. Flowers borne on top 2-

10 nodes. Cymes comprising 1-10 fascicles, up to 10 cm long; peduncle to 37 mm long,

c. | mm diameter, with scattered to sparse indumentum, green. Flowers rotate, c. 4 mm

long, 6-7 mm diameter; pedicels 4-7 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with scattered to

sparse indumentum. Sepals ovate, c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm wide, green, ciliate,

externally with sparse to dense indumentum; bases of sinuses with | gland. Corolla tube

cream, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 3 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes ovate-oblong, 4-5 mm long,

1-3 mm wide, somewhat pouched in middle, with brown-red and yellow-cream alternate

striping, glabrous. Staminal corona c. 3 mm long, 4-5 mm diameter, tubular with c. 15

Forster, Cynanchum 459

Fig. 8. Cynanchum ovalifolium. A. inflorescence X 1. B. side view of flower X 4. C, face view of flower x 4. D.

face view of calyx and ovaries with corolla removed X 6. E. side view of gynostegium with partial removal of

tubular corona X 6, F. cut-away portion of tubular corona x 6, G. face view of gynostegium x 6. H. pollinarium

x 18. All from spirit material of Forster 4090 & Liddle. Del. K. Harold.

irregular lobes, tubular portion c. 2 mm long, lobes up to 1 mm long; two lobes opposite

each corpusculum and | lobe between each pair. Staminal column c. 2.5 mm long, 2-

2.5 mm diameter; anther appendages triangular to ovate-truncate, 0.6-1 mm long, c. 1

mm wide; slit between anther wings 1-1.5 mm long. Style-head conical, rnibbieie 1-1.5

mm long, c. 2 mm diameter. Ovaries c. 2.5 mm long, 1~2 mm wide. Pollinaritum 0.6-

0.8 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide; pollinia ellipsoid, 0.35-0.37 mm long, 0.22-0.31 mm

wide; corpusculum oblong, 0.3-0.35 mm long, 0.2-0.22 mm wide; caudicles 0.17-0.27

mm long, 0.06-0.1 mm wide at end joining corpusculum, 0.16 mm wide at end joining

pollinium. Follicles fusiform-ovoid, 7-8.5 cm long, 3-3.5 cm wide. Seed ovate, 6-7 mm

long, c. 4 mm wide; coma 2~2.5 cm long, white. Figs 4G & 8.

Selected specimens. Indonesia. Halmaheira Sosoepae Kp. Taraeba, Oct 1937, Nedi 210 (L); Ambon, Kampong

Koeda mati, Apr 1918, Rornassi 1111 (L); Kiakalan, P. Rakala, Oct 1951, van Borssum Waalkes 914 (L). Java.

G. Muria, Mt Argodjembangan, Nov 1951, Kostermans 6313 (L); Batavia, Buitenzorg, Pasir Honje, Jun 1928,

Bakhuizen van den Brink 7365 (BRI). Irian Jaya. path from Pocan Bay to Fofak Bay, Waigeo Island, Feb 1955,

yan Royen 5544 & 5542 (CANB,L); Cycloop Mts, hills E of Koejaboe River, Jun 1961, van Royen & Sleumer

5828 (A,L). Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Road no. 1, near Mauan Village, Gogol Valley, 5°13’S,

145°3S’E, Jan 1977, Wiakabu et al. LAE70370 (BRI). East SEPIK PROVINCE: Cape Wom International Park, c. 8

km NW of Wewak town, 3°35’S, 143°35’E, Jan 1976, Wiakabu & Yefle LAE70312 (A,BRI,L); Passam, 3°48’S,

148°35’E, Mar 1989, Hawkeswood [AQ 470255] (BRI), MorRoOBE PROVINCE: Morobe, Dec 1947, Womersley

NGF2936 (BRI); Markham Point, c. 7 Readee km] W of Cae, Oct 1963, Hartley 12255 (A,CANB). WESTERN

PROVINCE: Tarara, Wass! Kussa River, Dec 1936, Brass 8521 (BRD. MILNE BAY PROVENCE: Menapi, Cape Vogel

Peninsula, Mar 1953, Brass 21732 (A), Australia. Queensland, Cook District: Cape York, near Wilderness

Lodge, Mar 1984, Jackes [AQ 437902] (BRI,JCT), near Ginger Mick’s Mine, 2 km S of Punsand Bay, 10°45’S,

142°28’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4447 & Liddle (BRI,CBG,QRS);, Kennedy Hill Gorge, 12°28’S, 143°16’E, Jun 1989,

Forster 5383 (BRI); Tin Ck, 12°29’S, 143°L1’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4592 & Liddle (BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MO); Iron

Range, Jun 1948, Brass 19238 nai c. 1.5 km upstream Brown Ck crossing, road to Lockhart River Mission,

9460 (BRLORS)” Apr 1988, Forster 4090 & Liddle (BRI,K); Chester River, 13°40’S, 143°25’E, Jul 1977, Hyland

Distribution and habitat: C. ovalifolium occurs from the Indian subcontinent, through

Malesia to New Guinea and far north Queensland in Australia. In Australia (Map 3),

ttt oe a ete

460 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

this species grows in seasonally deciduous vineforest communities. C. ovalifolium may

commonly grow in association with Gunnessia pepo, Gymnema tricholepis Schltr.,

Marsdenia velutina, Secamone elliptica and S. lineata.

Phenology: Flowering from November to February, fruiting 2-3 months later.

Notes: The original description of Vincetoxicum discolor Warb. applies to this taxon. Its

name is placed in synonymy with C. ovalifolium on this basis.

Conservation status: Not rare or endangered in any way.

10. Cynanchum puberulum F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 333 (1869). Vincetoxicum

puberulum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 425 (1891). Type:

Northern Territory. Rocks, Upper Victoria River, F. Mueller (holo: K, 2 sheets,

n.v., photo at BRI!; iso: MEL(MEL 113331!),BRI)).

Herbaceous vine, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, with dense silver

indumentum; internodes up to 18 cm long, small stipule like outgrowths at nodes, or

occasionally leaflike stipular outgrowth at node. Leaves petiolate; lamina ovate-cordate,

up to 11 cm long and 9 cm wide, discolorous; above grey-green, venation obscure, with

sparse to dense silver indumentum; below pale grey-green, secondary veins 4-6 per side

of midrib, with dense silver indumentum; tip acuminate; base strongly cordate; petiole

ooved along top, 13-40 mm long, 0.05-1 mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries 6-11 at

amina base. Flowers borne on top 2-10 nodes. Cymes of 1-6 fascicles, up to 30 mm

long; peduncle to 50 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum; bracts

linear-lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm long, 0.25-0.5 mm wide. Flower rotate, c. 10 mm long and

18 mm diameter; pedicels 3-12 mm long, 0.25-1 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum.

Sepals lanceolate to lanceolate-oblong 1.5~5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide, with sparse

indumentum; bases of sinuses with 1-2 glands. Corolla cream; tube c. 2 mm long and

5 mm diameter; lobes oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, recurved, 2.5-8 mm long, 0.5-3.5

mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona cream, tubular with 5 groups of lobes that intertwine

above the style-head; tubular portion comprising 5 ovate, acute tipped lobes fused at

edges, c. 2.5 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter; erect free lobes in groups of 4 or 5 (total of

20-25), linear-subulate, each lobe 3-5 mm long. Staminal column c. 3 mm long and 3

mm diameter, cream; anther appendages ovate, c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm wide; slit

between anther wings c. 1.5 mm long. Style-head conical, c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm

wide, not greatly exceeding anthers. Pollinarium c. 0.75 mm long and 1 mm wide;

pollinia oblong, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.25 mm wide; corpusculum oblong, c. 0.32 mm

long and 0.16 mm wide; caudicles attached to bottom of corpusculum, c. 0.20 mm long

and 0.16 mm wide. Ovaries c. 3 mm long and 2.5 mm wide. Follicles fusiform-ovoid,

50-80 mm long, 20-30 mm diameter. Seed boat-shaped, papillate, 5-6 mm long, 2-4

mm wide; coma 25-40 mm white. Figs 4P-R & 9.

Specimens examined: Western Australia, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15°20’S, 124°56’E, Aug 1974, Kenneally

2168 (PERTH); Front Beach Road, Koolan Is, 16°09’S, 123°45’E, Jun 1984, Vernon 62 (PERTH); Tunnel Ck,

Napier Range, 17°36’S, 125°08’E, Apr 1988, Dunlop 7756 & Simon (AD,BRI,CANB,DNA,MEL,NSW,PERTH);

Geikie Gorge, 18°09’S, 125°41’E, Apr 1985, Aplin, Cranfield & Wheeler 269 (PERTH); Manning Gorge, Jun 1976,

Beauglehole $2540 (PERTH); Road Crossing, Napier Range, May 1971, Mfaconochie 1185 (DNA,PERTH),; 26

miles [43 km] N of “Nicholson”, Jul 1949, Perry 2393 (BRI,CANB); “Ord River’, Sep 1972, Petheram 462

(DNA). Northern Territory. Victoria River escarpment, 15°35’/S, 131°06’E, Feb 1986, Clark 384 & Wightman

(DNA); 3.5°km S of Keep River, 15°47/S, 129°05’E, Mar 1989, Lucas 7442 & Medlicott (DNA); Keep River N.P.,

15°50’S, 129°06’E, Mar 1981, Dunlop 5833 (CANB,DNA,PERTH); Dennison Range, “Sturts Ck’, Jul 1972,

Maconochie 1770 (DNA), 50 km SE Billiluna, 19°45’S, 127°50’E, Nov 1980, Done 362 (DNA); Adam Bay, Oct

1867, [MEL 113687} (MEL).

Distribution and habitat: C. puberulum occurs in northern Australia in Western Australia

and the Northern Territory (Map 2), where it grows on sandstone substrates in eucalypt

woodland or on sandstone outcrops. Plants die back to the perennial rootstock during

the dry season, then reshoot on the early storms of the wet season.

Phenology: Flowering from February to May, fruiting 2-3 months later.

Conservation status: Although rarely collected, this species should not be considered as

rare or endangered.

A TA Loe MEM yA Mase pee ety Pe eh Me Poot PSALM A MM MY EEernny

ve . &

wT ae os &

SE pre eer at ee a 2

paints CoO8

— Ce

re)

te OS?

i pel oF a

oy ERNE LJ = = - a

ree | oe a a

1 ial 4 > A

tn ee gQ

e5Us

WENA

O'S x B

wi [tetiied wy a ‘ :

Nem a

> a fe

fr) ©

oO . mw

Sue

oN 8

ren oo ne WO

i sie ny

sets

‘* a

F is cae

ere, tie o = O

ba oo) men — oO

- io hen Sed tel

ime + ents pene cl

he oes a

Os ied

Mae <n a a a

eS Seat aw Ss Sdn

oe -2.56

ot ies PO +=

Sm gis

ey EF

=< Bt eae are

P a: 26 &

7 MeO Bwot

Zt thee tre ‘> a

BA asc”

fis TaN mBROom

ar a oo

ret eee 2 ot &

reer Ca

— " ay a wo oO

wee Fite a ney = ate * ake

| eam He

fore eS c=

Bs oo

are CREE << = xX van

‘ Th sotesee re? ree es Cait ™ cy

Uae u ae ine he S—= 5

} art sae ~~ TS XK

i ete et er ETE TEE TET fe way Pete a

heagt ie =e =

. _ BS SEES

BES se ae en Rei rth % a

1} teat se ae Ries roca > ae as

= a : ‘Soares 7 ee

os, RSs ANG ma 8s

= ile Paes 6a:

3 | San 2° Sos

=) RS = im

Ss i =moa

S Stent = 0 oO

= Sear

ae SOe .

'S) =O phen: rt

5 aa

_ Ah? &

2 ois &

oO in

iL yo om

SD Pet Of TSE ST of.

Sass £ gsog So

se Mia

Sve. = gsee aS

SS 2 0 3S oy - CO) oT

Sen .. SO aw BO

Vass = ows Q

Sok SF 8H a. eee

5 a) 2 ~* ve

ARSC CREME ae

SSEL ASlTys “R

Sao SSESES Me

SF Qes sts Saw +0

S Lee ga >

Seg — Song ev —

S RES mess oC OA

OO -eearso bx

SeGes FSOSOfRR BAS

mete et ied =f&sOo 8

UCUsb6e eS ALS 88

Sze S30Esy —Y

O25 Of..3 8&9 Py

S32 B8a8S2 ge

CO fx i RE Od mae

Se OMe S > J.

ac a DER OSH

cr) ‘eae’ a sgn

Tt. , AS Oo OY ci

NO =p ry Den = — oO

TORS moot .§ AS

SOROS ES

goose Co i — 2 rn

sto NeuPFen OF

> a

mA Ee Sst cy. oe

a ae ame a

ne 2s pha ye An =

oP tei & ales

ie . tv, LF

4S At - HARTI CS

ans ne a os WE

Say ad i T= as sag

= ome em ON .

board > Sp erm . Ot

BASMSE ES Edw FS

geo SER Sate Ps

BK bE OSeS wi PRe.

BM 5 Oo aEG Sy MMe oH

Ds ato OSA Hee.

at On BBR =

SOs ek sg Asa mong

SR SOB Posy .2 > we

Os 4% oO ~~ a =

OM ea eaShSysoa

=n EGS 5590883485

Se S)

—

Herbaceous vine, latex white. Stems cy!

“5

joel

o >

aed

Sc |

0°O

aaa a

= >

=f:

= .

internodes up to 15 cm long

dumentum;

462 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

up to 6 cm long and 5 cm wide, discolorous; above green, glabrous, venation obscure;

below pale green, venation obscure, glabrous or with sparse indumentum, tip acute; base

strongly cordate-lobate; petiole grooved along top, up to 40 mm long and 0.5 mm wide;

extrafloral nectaries 8-10 at lamina base. Cymes comprising 1-5 fascicles, up to 5 cm

long; peduncle to 7 cm long, and 0.5-1 mm diameter, glabrous or with sparse to dense

indumentum; bracts linear-lanceolate, 0.75-6 mm long, 0.25-1.5 mm wide, with scattered

indumentum. Flower rotate, 3~7 mm long, 6-10 mm diameter; pedicels 6-12 mm long,

0.5—1 mm diameter with sparse indumentum. Sepals lanceolate to ovate, 2-4 mm long,

1-2.5 mm wide, with sparse indumentum; bases of sinuses with 1-8 glands. Corolla

brown, cream, pink, pale purple; tube 1-1.5 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate

to ovate, reflexed at anthesis 2-8 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona

cream, 2-3.5 mm long, 1.5-4 mm diameter, comprising a tube with 15-20 irregularly

shaped lobes, each lobe 0.7-0.9 mm long. Staminal column 2-4 mm long, 1.25-—2.5 mm

diameter; anther appendages ovate-crenulate, 0.75-1.5 mm long, 1-1.3 mm wide; slit

between anther wings 0.75-1.5 mm long. Style-head conical-globose, 0.5-1 mm long, |-

2.5 mm diameter. Ovaries 0.8-2 mm long, 0.8—1 mm wide. Pollinarium 0.5-0.8 mm

long, 0.6-1 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 0.25-0.47 mm long, 0.15-0.23 mm wide; corpus-

culum oblong, 0.27-0.4 mm long, 0.14-0.23 mm wide; caudicles 0.13-0.2 mm long, 0.1-

0.17 mm wide. Follicles often paired, ovoid, 3.5-6.5 mm long, 1.7-3 cm wide, rugose

or smooth. Seed ovate, 7-8 mm long, 4-5 mm wide; coma white, 25 mm long. Figs

4A-C, L-M & 10.

Selected specimens: Western Australia, near old Amax Camp Site, Mitchell Plateau, 14°49’S, 125°50’E, Mar 1987,

Dunlop 6914 & Gallen (ONA,PERTH); Mitchell River, 14°50’S, 125°42’E, Feb 1980, Duniop 5235 (BRILDNA,PERTH);

Crystal Ck track, c. 30 km NNW of Mining Camp, Mitchell Plateau, Jan 1982, Kenneally 7972 (PERTH), Kellys

‘ a hail ow ~

EM a be

a ae

Lea dpe aed

Cad 7 -

~ =

oat

ad‘

+ 2

I L

par

ara

gee

Pot e

silts

“wag-

ons

«*

‘ asinge

CGC Sb ata eta

os leat 4c) Ge

4 ah (e; wt “ &

Fig. 10. Cynanchum pedunculatum: A, side view of bud X 6. B,C. side views of flowers X 6, D,E. side views of

staminal coronas and staminal columns X 12.5, F,G. side views of staminal columns with staminal coronas

removed X 12.5. H. face view of style-head and anther appendages X 12.5. I. cross-section of flower X 12.5, J,K.

pollinarium X 84, A,B, D,F, H,J trom spirit material of King 18. Remainder from spirit material of Dunlop

6659, Del. P.V. Bruyns.

Forster, Cynanchum 463

Knob, Kununurra, 15°46’S, 128°43’E, Nov 1981, Dunlop 5977 (DNA,MEL,PERTH); Keep River N.P., 15°46’S,

129°06’E, Apr 1982, King 102 (DNA); Junction of unnamed creek & Sale River, 30 km ESE of mouth, 16°02’S,

124°46’E, May 1986, Kenneally 9607 (PERTH); Gupungi road, S of Cable Beach, Broome, 17°55’S, 122°13’E, Mar

1987, Kenneally 9827 (DNA,PERTH); Durack Ranges, c. 62 km SE of “Bedford Downs”, Jun 1975, Symon

10320 (AD,PERTH). Northern Territory. Darwin River Quarry, Jan 1969, Byrnes 1299 (DNA); behind Marlowe’s

Lagoon, Palmerston area, 12°29’S, 130°58’E, Dec 1987, Tingey & Cox [AQ 459650] (BRI); Ibangu Ck, S end of

Ja Ja massif, 12°33’S, 132°55’E, Feb 1984, Russe/l-Smith 1118 CDNA); SE Mt Howship, Arnhem Land, 12°35’S,

133°10°E, Feb 1984, Dunlop 6659 (AD, DNA,MEL, NSW); 26 km past Mary River Crossing on Jabiru road, 12°53’S,

131°52’E, Dec 1989, Forster 6114 (BRI, DNA,MEL); Woolaning Saw Mill, 13°10’S, 130°40’E, Jan 1973, Dunlop

3141 (AD,BRLCANB,DNA); Motor Car Ck, 13°32’S, 132°28’E, Jan 1982, King 18 (DNA); Angurugu, Groote

Eylandt, 13°58’S, 136°27’E, Jan 1973, Levitt [DNA8164] (DNA); 0.25 miles [0.4 km] W of El Sharana, Jan 1973,

Martensz AE607 (BRI,DNA); near Lake Dean, Jan 1963, Mfuspratt [DNA505] (DNA). Queensland. CooK DISTRICT:

Rockingham Bay, Dallachy [AQ 216438] (BRI,MEL), Mt Saunders near Cooktown, Jul 1984, Scarth-Johnson

1569A (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY District: Yaramulla Stn, Kilkani Cove, Apr 1980, Williams 80037 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: C. pedunculatum is widely distributed and common in northern

Western Australian and the Northern Territory, but has rarely been collected in Queens-

land (Map 3). This species 1s often associated with sandstone, limestone or granite and

grows in open eucalypt forest and woodland on or near rock outcrops. The plants die

back to the perennial rootstock during the dry season. When the early storms of the

ag season occur, the plants shoot, sending out long runners and flowering from

these.

Phenology: Flowering from November to April, fruiting 2-3 months later.

Notes: C. pedunculatum is a very variable species and encompasses what was originally

described by Robert Brown as C. erubescens. The type of C. pedunculatum has large

flowers with corolla lobes longer than 6 mm and a well developed staminal corona longer

than the staminal column (King 18 matches the type). The type of C. erubescens has

small flowers with corolla lobes less than 4.5 mm long and a poorly developed staminal

corona not exceeding the staminal column in length (King 102 matches the type). Small

flowers tend to have small pollinaria and large flowers tend to have large pollinaria. To

some extent it is possible to sort fertile material into two groups based on these few

characters. However, the two entities so defined occur over the same geographic range,

in the same habitat, and are indistinguishable in characters of the foliage and fruit.

Furthermore, there are a number of collections that have staminal coronas of intermediate

length (e.g. Dunlop 6659 and 3141) and there is considerable variation in size of the

pollinarium and its components (Table 1). This degree of variation in flower size,

staminal corona development and pollinaria occurs in other Australian species such as

C. brachystelmoides. Species such as C. tetrapterum from Africa can have flowers of

sreatly different sizes and staminal corona development on the same plant at the same

time (Forster, unpubl. data). Therefore the recognition of two taxa is unwarranted and

all populations are referred to C. pedunculatum.

Conservation status: Not rare or endangered.

Table 1. Comparison of characters for four collections of Cynanchum pedunculatum

Collection

Character

Dunlop 6659 Dunlop 3141 King 102 King 18

flower length X diameter (mm) 4.5 X 8 5 xX 10 4X6 7TX7

lobe length X width (mm) .... 3,5X2 4-45X%2 4xX1.5-1.75 8&xX2.5

staminal corona length (mm) .. 2 29 1.5 Jen

no. lobes on corona ........ 20 20 20 14

staminal column length (mm) .. 2 2 2 2:5

pollinartum length X width (mm) 0.70 * 0.70 0.55 0.80 0.80 1.00 0.50 x 0.70

pollintum length X width (mm) 0.37 *0.19 0.370.220 0.30018 0.47 x 0,23

corpusculumlength X width(mm) 0.30 X 0.20 0.35015 0.27*0.14 0.40 x 0.23

464 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Excluded Species Names in Cynanchum and Vincetoxicum

Cynanchum neopommeranicum Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 93 (1914), nom. inval.

Cynanchum dichasiale O. Schwarz, Fedde Repert. 24: 94 98a (= Secamone elliptica

R. Br., fide Forster & Harold, Austrobaileya 3: 72 (1989)).

Vincetoxicum woollsii (Benth.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

woollsii Benth.).

Vincetoxicum grandiflorum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

crandiors R. Br.). a

Vincetoxicum paniculatum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 425 (1891). (= Tylophora

paniculata R. Br.).

Vincetoxicum erectum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (=

Tylophora erecta F. Muell. ex Benth.).

Vincetoxicum polyanthum O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

benthamii Tsiang).

Vincetoxicum calcaratum (Benth.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Heter-

ostemma acuminatum Decne.).

Vincetoxicum barbatum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

barbata R. Br.).

Vincetoxicum enerve (F. Muell.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

biglandulosa (Endl.) F. Muell.).

Vincetoxicum flexuosum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

flexuosa R. Br.).

Vincetoxicum benthamianum O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424 (1891). (= Tylophora

erecta F. Muell. ex Benth.).

Vincetoxicum pachylepis Bailey, Bot. Bull. 8: 79 (1893); Cynanchum pachylepis (Bailey)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1085 (1928). (= Marsdenia araujacea F. Muell.).

Acknowledgments

Illustrations were prepared by P.V. Bruyns, K. Harold, L.G. Jessup, W. Smith

and A. Thongpukdee. Special collections were either made by or on trips with: M.E.

Ballingall, L.H. Bird, A. Bofeldt, C. Cox, G. Kenning, D.J. Liddle, M:F. Olsen, M.

O’Reilly, D. Orford, J. Russell-Smith, P.R. Sharpe, J. Stobo, R. Tingey and M.C. Tucker.

G.P. Guymer, J.G. West and K.L. Wilson while Australian Botanical Liaison Officers

at Kew, U.K., located and photographed various types. The Directors/Curators of the

cited herbaria allowed access to collections either at their institutions or on loan. The

staff at DNA and QRS allowed extended use of facilities. The Australian Biological

Resources Study provided funding during 1988 to 1990. All are gratefully acknowledged

for this assistance.

References

ALI, 8.1. (1983). Asclepiadaceae. In E. Nasir & S.J. Ali (eds), Flora of Pakistan No. 150: 20-23.

ALI, S. & KHARTOON, S. (1982). Genus Vincetoxicum von Wolf (Asclepiadaceae) in Pakistan. Pakistan Journal

of Botany 14: 61-68.

ARBER, A. (1920). Water plants -a study of aquatic angiosperms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

BENTHAM, G. (1869). Asclepiadeae. Flora Australiensis 4: 324-348. London: L. Reeve & Company.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

Prt a OW and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BROWN, R. (1810a). Prodromus Flora Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen. London: Johnson & Co.

465

Forster, Cynanchum

‘

—

”

ts,

Maps 1-3. Distribution of Cynanchum spp.: 1. C. floribundum A; C. carnosum A; C. elegans >. 2. C. puberulum

A\; C. leptolepisA. 3. C. bowmanii A\; C. pedunculatum A; C. ovalifolium ©.

466 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

BROWN, R. (1810b). On the Asclepiadeae. [a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu].

London: R. Brown. [A preprint of Brown 1811]

BROWN, R. (1811). On the Asclepiadeae, a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu.

Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society 1: 12~78.

BULLOCK, A.A. (1958). On the application of the name Vincetoxicum. Kew Bulletin 13: 302.

BULLOCK, A.A. (1967). Nomenclatural notes: XVII Vincetoxicum again! Kew Bulletin 21: 351-352,

DESCOINGS, B. (1961). Notes taxonomiques et descriptives sur quelques Asclepiadées (Asclepiadacées) aphylles

de Madagascar. Adansonia 1: 299-342.

DOMIN, K. (1928). Beittrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 1085,

FORSTER, P.I. (1988). Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. V. Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. and

its synonymy. Austrobaileya 2: 525-527 (1988).

FORSTER, P.I. (1989). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, |. Austrobaileya 3: 109-133.

FORSTER, P.I. & THONGPUKDEE, A. (1988). Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. II]. A new name

in Marsdenia R. Br. and a new species of Cynanchum L. Austrobaileya 2: 452-457,

HENRICKSON, J. (1987). Notes on Cynanchui (Asclepiadaceae). Sida 12: 91-99,

HOOKER, J.D. (1885). Asclepiadeae. In The Flora of British India. Vol. 4: 22. London: L. Reeve & Company.

KUNTZE, O. (1891). Asclepiadaceae. Revisio Generum Plantarum. Leipzig: Arthur Felix; London: Dulau & Co.:

Milano: U. Hoepli; New York: Gust. E. Stechert.

LEIGH, J., BODEN, R., & BRIGGS, J. (1984). Extinct and Endangered Plants of Australia. South Melbourne &

Crows Nest: The Macmillan Company of Australia Pty Ltd.

ROSATTI, T.J. (1989). The genera of suborder Apocynineae (Apocynaceae and Asclepiadaceae) in the southeastern

United States. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 70: 307-401, 443-514.

SCHLECHTER, R. deals Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbticher fir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164,

SCULTHORPE, C.D. (1967). The biology of aquatic vascular plants. London: Arnold.

SPELLMAN, D.L. (1975). Asclepiadaceae. In R.E. Woodson & R.W. Schery (eds), Flora of Panama. Annals of

the Missouri Botanic Gardens 62: 103-156.

SUNDELL, E. (1981). The New World species of Cynanchum L., subgenus Mellichampia (A. Gray ex Wats.)

Woods. (Asclepiadaceae). Evolutionary Monographs 5: 1-63.

ae a be LI, P-T. (1974). Praecursores Florae Asclepiadacearum Sinensium. Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica

WARBURG, O. (1891). Bettrage zur Kenntnis der Papuanischen Flora. Botanische Jahrbticher fir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 13: 230-455.

WOODSON, R.E. (1941). The North American Asclepiadaceae. Hl. Perspective of the genera. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 28: 193-244,

ZIMMERMAN, M.H. (1983). Xylem structure and the ascent of sap. Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Tokyo:

Springer- Veriag.

Accepted for publication 10 December 1990

Austrobaileya 3(3): 467-471 (1991) 467

SPECIES OF RED GUM (EUCALYPTUS L’HERIT.,

YRTACEAE) FROM QUEENSLAND

A.R. Bean

P.O. Box 397, Nambour, Qld 4560, Austraha

Summary

Two new Queensland Red Gum species (Eucalyptus series Exsertae) are described: E. nudicaulis, from the Mount

Isa area and &. ferrica, from south-eastern Queensland. A key to the members of Series Exsertae in Queensland

and the Northern Territory is given.

Introduction

The Red Gum group (Eucalyptus series Exsertae Blakely (Chippendale 1988)), ts

perhaps the best known of all eucalypt groups, and includes FE. camaldulensis, the most

widespread species in the genus. The group reaches its greatest development in New

South Wales, but is also well represented in Queensland.

Its species are characterised by the usually smooth, dappled bark, concolourous

adult leaves, simple axillary inflorescences, double operculum (usually much longer than

wide), fruits with strongly exserted valves, and (with the exception of &. camaldulensis)

black angular seeds.

With the publication of this paper and others Johnson & Hiil 1990, in press),

almost all the known red gum taxa of Queensland will have been described. The exception

is E. exserta F. Muell. s. /at. which is highly variable and comprises at least two taxa.

These will be treated in a future paper.

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus nudicaulis A. Bean sp. nov. affinis £. gillenii Ewart & L. Kerr a qua foliis

adultis et juvenalibus multo angustioribus, operculis circa duplo longioribus quam

latis differt. Typus: Queensland. BURKE District: 25 km N of Mount Isa,

November 1986, P.L. Harris 98 (BRI).

A mallee, 2-6 metres high. Bark smooth throughout, shiny, grey or silvery in colour,

shedding in irregular flakes or sheets. Cotyledons bilobed. Leaves and stems glabrous at

all stages. Seedling leaves opposite for about 8 pairs; narrow-lanceolate, grey-green, not

glaucous, slightly discolourous, to 115 X 18 mm); petioles 4-10 mm long; stems more

or less quadrangular; undersides of early seedling leaves purple. Juvenile leaves continuing

narrow-lanceolate, grey-green, concolourous. Adult leaves narrow-lanceolate, dull, grey-

green, concolourous, 12-19 X 1-1.8 cm; petioles terete, 15-30 mm long; petioles and

leaf midribs yellow; lateral veins at about 45° to the midrib, terminating at an intra-

marginal vein, finer reticulation incomplete, oil glands very numerous, of various sizes

and colours. Inflorescence axillary, 7-flowered; peduncles terete, 7-13 mm long; pedicels

0-4 mm long; buds 12-15 X 6 mm, outer operculum shed early, inner operculum conical,

pointed, about 11 X 6 mm; flowers white, stamens ali fertile, outer stamens erect in

bud, inner stamens irregularly flexed. Fruits ovoid to globular-truncate, 6-9 x 6-9 mm,

disc broad, convex; valves stongly exserted, (3)4 or 5. Seeds black, angular, hilum

terminal. Fig 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. BURKE Districr: Upper Stone Axe Creek, 25 km N of Mount Isa, Dec 1989,

Harris 430 (BRI); west of Hilton Mine, c. 20 km N of Mount Isa, Jun 1989, Bean 1080 (BRI); headwaters of

Stone Axe Creek, 25 km N of Mount Isa, May 1989, Crisp 8298 per P.L. Harris (BRI,CANB,CBG,MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: E. nudicaulis is confined to the Mt Isa-Cloncurry area of north-

western Queensland. It grows only on quartzite ridges, at altitudes between 400 and 520

metres. It is known from about six small populations, and it grows in rocky gullies or

steep hillsides, in association with FE. leucophioia Brooker, E. capricornia Carr & Carr,

and Triodia spp. Map 1.

468 Austrobatleya 3(3): 1991

Flowering period: November — February.

Affinities: E. nudicaulis is most closely related to E. gillenii from the southern parts of

the Northern Territory. However, it differs from this species in its narrow lanceolate

juvenile leaves (compared to the ovate to orbicular juveniles of FE. gillenii), the narrower

adult leaves, and the longer, more conical operculum. The operculum of E. gillenii is

scarcely longer than it is broad. Of the species indigenous in Queensland, E. nudicaulis

is closest to E. exserta s. lat., but they are readily separated on bark characters.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the bark which is smooth throughout, in contrast

to that of E. exserta s. lat., which is largely rough-barked.

Eucalyptus terrica A. Bean sp. nov. affinis E. chloroclada (Blakely) L. Johnson & K. Hill

a qua cortice scabra, folus alabastris fructibusque parvioribus, foliis juvenalibus

multo angustioribus differt. Typus: 4.3 km from ‘“Terrica’ Station, towards Gore,

12 September 1990, A.R. Bean 2254 & D.A. Kleinig (holo: BRI; iso:

AD,CANB,MEL,NSW).

A small tree to 8 m high. Bark rough, brown and sub-fibrous on the trunk and largest

branches; small and medium sized branches smooth-barked. Cotyledons elliptical, 3 x

5 mm; seedling leaves dull green, ovate to elliptical, to 66 = 18 mm, discolourous,

opposite for about 5 pairs. Juvenile leaves narrow-lanceolate, green or bluish-green,

discolourous, dull, 11-14. X 1-2.2 cm, petioles 5-7 mm long. Adult leaves narrow-

lanceolate, grey-green, concolourous, 7.5-9.6 X 0.9—1.6 cm; venation regular, at about

45° to the midrib; oil dots numerous, several per areole; intramarginal vein present about

1 mm from leaf margin; petioles 10-14 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, 7-flowered;

peduncles 4-6 mm long, pedicels 1-3 mm long; buds up to 8 X 3.5 mm, outer operculum

shed early, inner operculum conical, up to 6 X 4 mm; stamens erect in bud, white.

Fruits hemispherical to globular-truncate, 4-5 xX 4-5 mm, disc flat or convex, valves

strongly exserted, 3 or 4(5). Fig 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. DARLING Downs DIsTRICT: along Stanthorpe road, 10 km S of Warwick, Feb

1990, Bean 1362 (BRI,CANB); on road to ‘Terrica’, 22.3 km S of Gore, Nov 1989, Bean 1174 (BRI); 10 miles

[16 km] NE of Inglewood, Feb 1969, Stanton s.n. [AQ 134415] (BRD; 1 km W of Coolmunda Dam, near Tobacco

road, Oct 1988, Grimshaw C2 (BRI); Warwick-Pikedale road, 5 km SW of Rabbit Fence, Jun 1990, Bean 1649

(BRI); Warroo, Apr 1990, Bean 1476 (BRI,CANB) (seedling).

Bean, red gums 469

Material intermediate between E. terrica and E. chloreclada: 5 km E of ‘Cattle Creek’, on Cecil Plains-Moonie

road, Feb 1988, Bean 725 (BRI); Inglewood S.F., north-west of Inglewood, Jun 1990, Bean 1661 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. terrica has a limited distribution in the Warwick-Inglewood

district of southern Queensland. The altitudinal range is 300-800 metres, with the highest

altitudes being near Amiens. It grows on hilly country, on shallow light coloured loams.

Associated eucalypts include E. melliodora Cunn. ex Schauer, E. moluccana Roxb. and

E. caleyi Maiden. Map 2.

Flowering period: September - October

Notes: E. terrica is quite distinctive in the areas east of Inglewood, by virtue of the

rough brown bark on the trunk and large branches, and very small leaves, buds and

fruits. It intergrades with FE. chloroclada in the Inglewood area; as one travels north and

west, trees gradually become less rough-barked, the buds and fruits become larger, and

the leaves, particularly the juvenile leaves, become larger and broader. Seedlings raised

from the Cattle Creek area, NW of Inglewood (Bean 1477 (BRI,CANB)) display leaf

dimensions intermediate between the two taxa. E. terrica is similar in appearance to £.

exserta s. lat. These two taxa sometimes grow together, but when this occurs, there is

no loss of identity for either.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the name of the station near where the type

was collected, which is near the middle of the distributional range of the species.

Key to the Red Gums (Eucalyptus series Exsertae) of Queensland and

Northern Territory

1. Trees, bark rough at least on majority of trunk .. . an: 2

Trees or mallees, bark smooth and deciduous, or with a short stocking

of rough bark .. . Peas este Cede yer cont he eee

2. Rough bark on trunk only, trees preferring SwaEODY sites, leaves green,

fruits 7-10.mm. long. . E. brassiana

Rough bark extending at least to larger limbs, ‘trees of f dry hilly sites,

leaves grey-green, fruits 4-8 mm long... ... . Ay Ss 3

3. Rough bark on trunk and largest branches; fruits 4—~5 mm long; disc flat

to slightly convex; juvenile leaves narrow-lanceolate.. . .. KE. terrica

Rough bark extending almost throughout; fruits 5-8 mm long: disc

steeply convex; juvenile leaves linear to lanceolate ...... E. exserta s. /at.

4. Bark dull, granular; base of fruiting valves below rim ..

Bark shiny, not granular; base of fruiting valves at or above rim level

5. Adult leaves narrow-lanceolate; fruits 5-6 X 5-6 mm .........

Adult leaves broad-lanceolate; fruits 6-9 x 7~9 mm

~~] ON GO Wn

6. Juvenile leaves linear; trees of coastal areas .. E. seeana

Juvenile leaves broad-lanceolate: is onnntonii trees, ‘often near ‘Great

Dividing Range .......... 0... 0008. red maT eo EK. interstans

7, Buds not glaucous; operculum conical to horn-shaped; coastal trees;

leaves acuminate . _E. bancroftii

Buds uaa operculum ovoid: inland trees; eaves obtuse or acuminate

EK. prava

8. Buds and adult leaves markedly glaucous .................. E. dealbata

Buds and aduit leaves not glaucous re ane et

9. Mallees or small trees of skeletal rocky slopes... eee ke 20

Medium to large trees of various habitats, but not on rocky slopes” ee |F2

470

1400

* A

“\ *

5 ty ‘

Sat,

NSW ~OTexas

‘. :

att Peer

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Maps 1 & 2, Distribution of Eucalyptus spp. 1. E. nudicaulis, 2, E. terrica.

Bean, red gums 471

10. Inflorescences 9-13-flowered, fruits 4-5 mm long ............ EK. kabiana

Inflorescences 7-flowered, fruits 6-10 mm long .................... #42//4t

11. Operculum length/breadth ratio 1.5-2, juvenile leaves narrowly

lanceolate : E. nudicaulis

Operculum length/breadth ratio 1-1. 5, juvenile leaves ovate to

orbicular... roid opeit ENE anus weenie E. gillenti

12, Operculum length/breadth ratio <16 ©... 1... ee ce ee ee ee ee 13

Operculum length/breadth ratio >1.6 .. 0... 0. cee ee ee ee ee ee) «(4

13. Trees of watercourses; disc of fruit strongly convex; valves curved; seeds

yellow .... EK. camaldulensis

Trees of sandy cypress-pine flats; disc of fruit flat or slightly convex;

valves straight; seeds black .. . Sree ee 2 _. E. chloroclada

14. Trees of frosty flats; juvenile leaves orbicular and green; buds and fruits

often sessile... E. amplifolia

Trees of hillsides or ‘watercourses; juvenile leaves ovate, bluish: buds

and fruits not sessile .......... . de Tae ma ete oe er OD

15. Umbels 7-11-flowered; operculum conical, straight-sided; flowering Dec-

Feb; adult leaves bluish-green 3 .. KE. blakelyi

Umbels 7 -flowered; operculum horn-shaped, expanded at ba se: flowering

Apr-Sept; adult leaves green Flin es ie te ue ee ve ve a ©=§©») Ky tereticornis

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Peter Harris of Mt Isa who drew my attention to E. nudicaulis

and provided much information about it. I would also like to thank Will Smith for the

illustrations and Les Pedley for the Latin diagnoses.

References

CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora (Myrtaceae). In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. & HILL, K.D. (1990). New taxa and combinations in Eucalyptus and Angophora (Myrtaceae).

Telopea 4(t): 37-108.

Accepted for publication 5 February 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 473-480 (1991) 473

STUDIES IN DIANELLA LAM. EX JUSS. (PHORMIACEAE) 2

R.J.F. Henderson

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Dianella fruticans, from south central Queensland, is described as new and its relationship to other species of the

Phormiaceae is discussed. The legitimacy of Dianella odorata Blume is reviewed. It is concluded this is a legitimate

name. Dianella brevipedunculata R. Henderson, confined to ane enet ng is recorded for the Maranoa pastoral

district at a site more than 350 km north-west of its previously known most westerly occurrence, and from the

Port Curtis pastoral district at a site in the tropics at least 100 km north-west of its previously known most

northerly occurrence.

Introduction

This 1s the second of my papers dealing with taxonomy and nomenclature in

Dianella Lam. ex Juss., included variously in Phormiaceae (Henderson & Clifford 1984)

or, in the system of Cronquist (1981), in Liliaceae (Henderson 1987). Since the first

paper appeared (Henderson 1988), a new species of Dianella has been found in Queensland

and this needs formal naming. The legitimacy of the name Dianella odorata Blume,

presently accepted for a taxon in northern Australia, needs consideration as Fosberg and

Sachet (1987) listed that name as illegitimate. A major and a minor extension to the

distributional range of Dianella brevipedunculata R. Henderson have been noted and

are worth recording.

1. New Dianella species from Queensland

A very unusual specimen, apparently of a Dianella species, was collected from

the Mount Moffatt section of the Carnarvon National Park in south central Queensland

by Mr Barry Jahnke in September 1986. The material was not complete, being only a

twig with a young inflorescence with immature flower buds. Basal portions of plants,

including rhizomes and roots as well as flowers and fruits, are necessary for positive

identification of Dianella material. Even so, Jahnke’s specimen suggested that, if it

belonged to that genus, 1t represented a completely new species. A trip to examine the

plants in situ in late 1987 yielded only sterile specimens, and transplants to Brisbane

languished and subsequently died. In December 1987, a sterile specimen of the same

plant, from the difficult-to-access Ka Ka Mundi section of the park, was submitted to

the Queensland Herbarium for identification. The Mount Moffatt section was ravaged

by bushfires in late 1988 ruling out a visit to the site that year. In December 1989, a

colleague, Ms Megan Thomas, collected scant flowering material of it from there which

all but proved the plant belonged to Dianella. A visit to the park in February 1990

produced ripe fruit which confirmed that this plant indeed belongs to an entirely new

species of that genus.

Dianella fruticans R. Henderson sp. nov. ab speciebus omnibus aliis Dianellae Lam. ex

Juss. perspicue propria sed forsan D. incollatae R. Henderson propinquissime

affinis. Caulibus aeribus 0.5~3 m longis, surculis extra-vaginalibus systema exten-

sum ramorum facientibus, foliis brevibus prope basin equitantibus, griseo-viri-

dibus, apice parum recurvis (non cucullatis) et vagina foliorum proximale perfecte

apertis, floribus viridi-caeruleis in inflorescentiis contractis decurvis ultra folia

apicalia caulium vel ramorum breviter extensis portatis distinguitur. Typus:

Queensland. MARANOA DISTRICT: NW of Marlong Plain on a sandstone ridge of

the Chesterton Range, Mt Moffatt Section, Carnarvon National Park, 23 November

1990, RF. Henderson H3503 & P. Robins (holo: BRI(2 sheets); iso: CANB,K,NSW,

distribuendi).

Plants caespitose, perennial, to c. 2 m high; tufts open, to c. SO cm across at base; roots

fibrous-fleshy, some with fleshy tubers to 20 cm long and 2.5 cm across 15-25 cm from

the rhizome; aerial stems ascending to decumbent, 0.3-3 m long, leafy throughout,

ultimately bare for most of their length due to leaf drop. Leaves distichous, evenly

dispersed along aerial stems, 5~20 cm long, grey green, glaucous; sheaths equitant, slightly

ridged abaxially, slightly occluded distally where + V-shaped transversely, + indistin-

HME aM tA MAN Ne NING

474 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

suishable from blade, minutely auriculate proximally and not forming any tube round

the stem; blades 0.6-1.2 cm across, complicate or incurving (inrolling when dry),

ultimately acute at the outwardly curving tip, smooth or minutely and irregularly sparsely

scabrid on saree cm distally and midrib abaxially; veins distinct, slightly raised on upper

and lower surfaces. Inflorescence contracted, open, irregular in outline, interrupted,

arcuately curving, + within leaf canopy; bracts from c. 3.5 cm (lower) to c. 2 mm (upper)

long, sheathing at base; bostryces condensed, 1(?)-—3-flowered; pedicels slightly arcuate or

straight, 0.5-10 mm long, rounded throughout. Perianth segments narrowly ovate to

elliptic, pale bluish yellowish green; sepals obtuse, cucullate, 7-8 mm long, 5-nerved;

petals obtuse-emarginate, 6.5-7 mm long, 5-nerved. Stamen filaments 2.5-3 mm long,

kinked; struma globular, yellow, c. 1 mm long; anthers pale yellow, 3-3.5 mm long,

tapered upwards. Ovary depressed globular, c. 1.8 mm across; ovules 6-8 per locule;

style c. 4.5 mm long, with stigmatic papillae on the truncate apex. Berry depressed

globular but obscurely trilobed at maturity, to c. 1.2 cm wide and 1 cm long, purplish

blue; seed 4.3-4.7 X 3-3.6 X 2-2.5 mm, testa smooth, black, glossy; hilum punctiform.

Fig. 1.

Specimens examined (all BRI): Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: Mt Moffatt Section, Carnarvon National

Park, 24°54’S 147°S9’E, along walk to Kenniffs Cave from car-park (c. 80 km SW of Rolleston), Oct 1987,

Henderson H3089, ditto, Dec 1989, Thomas & Geeves [AQ 459253]; ditto, Feb 1990, Henderson H3340 & Franks.

WARREGO DISTRICT: Ka Ka Mundi section of Carnarvon National Park, 24°4—S 147°2-’E, Dec 1987, Kelly DK1.

MARANOA District: Mt Moffatt section of Carnarvon National Park, on top of scarp to NW of Marlong Plain,

24°55’S 147°56’E, Sep 1986, Jahnke [Ag 367491}; Mt Moffatt Section, Carnarvon National Park, NW of upper

Marlong Plain (c. 90 km SW of Rolleston and 14 km N of park headquarters), Feb 1990, Henderson H3342 &

Franks, ditto, Nov 1990, Henderson H3503 & Robins (TYPE).

Distribution and habitat: D. fruticans is known only from the Ka Ka Mundi and Mount

Moffatt sections of the Carnarvon National Park in south central Queensland (Map 1).

In localities seen, the plant occurs sparsely in rocky sandstone outcrops in open eucalypt

forest on the crest or upper slopes of sandstone ridges. One site faces north east and is

on the Great Dividing Range, the other two face south east and are on the Chesterton

Range not far from its junction with the Great Dividing Range. The roots seem few

and thickened and are wedged well down in sand and organic material in cracks in the

rock, At no site are there extensive populations of the plant.

Phenology: The plant flowers in spring to early summer and fruits in mid to late summer.

Relationships: D. fruticans is clearly distinct from all other species of Dianella and at

first sight may be considered to belong to a distinct genus, so different is its vegetative

appearance. However, its stamens with a squat filament struma and a straight anther

remaining straight after dehiscence, and blue fleshy berries with shiny black seeds with

punctiform hilum clearly show it belongs in Dianella.

In habit it is similar to Rhuacophila javanica Blume from Indonesia to New

Caledonia and Fiji, and has lower bracts similar to those of that species, but the floral

attributes mentioned above exclude it from Rhuacophila. It also shows similarity with

Stypandra glauca R. Br. from Australia in habit, but again the above attributes exclude

it from Stypandra. Within Dianella it is apparently, because of the little-occluded leaf

sheaths, most closely related to D. incollata R. Henderson from sandstone areas in far

north Queensland. It is distinguishable from that by its longer aerial stems which develop

an extensive branching system from primary, secondary and tertiary extra-vaginal shoots

in upper regions of the stems and branches. Also, it has shorter, equitant (rather than

distinctly patent), grey-green, inrolling leaf blades and pale green-blue flowers in. con-

tracted, decurving inflorescences extending only a little beyond the apical leaves on each

stem or branch (rather than an open and exserted inflorescence).

In its stem system it shows similarities to D. bambusifolia H. Hallier, D. caerulea

var. protensa R. Henderson, D. caerulea var. assera R. Henderson, D. pavopennacea R.

Henderson var. pavopennacea and D. pavopennacea var. major R. Henderson but these

are clearly distinct in attributes of leaves and/or the inflorescence, and none of them

has large tubers produced on only some of their roots.

Notes: In my key to Australian species of Dianella given in Flora of Australia (Henderson

pst; D. fruticans keys to couplet 10/10:. Leads 10/10: and 11/11: should be modified

as follows. |

Henderson, Dianella, 2

ae gee ee ae ee i ee ~~ =

= oe eee Pre ee ay ee

SS ar on,

we the ative etlonitethiadmn tad aie ihe bee, | rae omer aks?

WASMITH

Fig. 1. Dianella fruticans: A. habit of plants X c. 0.03. B. branch apex with young inflorescence X 0.3. C. branch

apex with inflorescence bearing buds and fruits x 0.67. D. transverse section of leaf lamina X 2, E. transverse

section of leaf in zone of occlusion X 2. F. flower with a petal and stamen removed xX 4, A, Henderson H3342

-& Franks; B, Jahnke [AQ 367491]; C,D, Henderson H3503 & Robins.

475

476 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

10 Margins of leaf lamina smooth or with occasional minute pricklets

particularly distally

10A Leaf lamina venation parallel; intervein areas opaque; pedicels

+ straight, divaricate, 0.5-10 mm long; petals 5-nerved; lateral

faces of seed smooth (southern central Qld) D. fruticans

10A: Leaf lamina venation + scalariform; intervein areas translucent

{1 Pedicels arching or spreading, 12-25 mm long; petals 5-

nerved; lateral faces of seed areolate but smooth and

evenly convex (northern Qld & northern N.T.) D. odorata

11; Pedicels + straight, erect or ascending, 1.5-10 mm long;

petals 3-nerved; lateral faces of seed alveolate and irreg-

ularly ridged (northern Qld) D. bambusifolia

10: Margins of leaf lamina regularly serrulate-scabrous virtually

throughout; venation parallel or scalariform; intervein areas opaque

or translucent

12 Leaf lamina + coriaceous; ... etc.

Conservation status: From its present-known distribution and occurrence in a declared

National Park, a conservation code of 2RCt (see Briggs & Leigh 1988) is appropriate.

Etymology: The specific epithet fruticans, Latin for ‘growing into a shrub-like plant’,

refers to the habit of the plant throughout its life span.

2. In defence of Dianella odorata

I have used the name Dianella odorata Blume for a taxon occurring in northern

and north-eastern Australia extending from Bathurst Island, Northern Territory to

Hinchinbrook Island, Queensland and including coastal areas on the mainland between

(Henderson 1987). This taxon also occurs in Indonesia. Fosberg and Sachet (1987) in

describing Dianella saffordiana from Guam included in the synonymy “Dianella odorata

sensu Schlittler, 1957 non Bl. 1827 (nom - superfl. illegit.)”” and in discussion about a

specimen in US (C.B. Robinson 505) say that it is referrable to “D. odorata Bl. (nom.

iliegit.)”’. Incidentally, I examined C.B. Robinson 505 on loan from US (Sheet 654815)

several years ago (c. 1976) and considered it belongs with D. odorata, as Drs Fosberg

and Sachet have suggested.

In correspondence, Dr Fosberg explained his opinion on the legitimacy of Blume’s

name as follows.

“My point about Dianella odorata Bl. is that Blume’s citation of Dracaena

ensifolia Lour., a somewhat indirect reference to Dracaena ensifolia L., in syn-

onymy makes Dianella odorata Bl. superfluous and therefore illegitimate. I think

there is little doubt that Loureiro was merely using the Linnean name, rather

than creating a new species.”

When describing Dianella odorata as new, Blume (1827) based his description on

plants growing in gardens in what is now Indonesia and specifically on a specimen from

‘“Archipel. indic.”, collector unknown, now housed in the Leiden herbarium (Herb. Lugd.

Bat. 908.106 738). In addition to a description, his protologue included a diagnosis

distinguishing the plant from Dianella revoluta R. Br., and two references as follows.

“Dracaena ensifolia. Lour. Cochinch. 1. p. 243. 2.

Gladiolus odoratus. Rumph. amb. 5. p. 145, t.73.”

(As it happens, the page and species number references given here for Loureiro’s Flora

by Blume relate to the second edition edited by C.L. Willdenow, published in 1793

(Stafleu & Cowan 1981). Loureiro dealt with Dracaena ensifolia on page 197 of the first

edition of his Flora (1790). Blume apparently had no access to this.)

Henderson, Dianella, 2 477

I agree with Dr Fosberg on his last point. There can be no doubt that Loureiro,

in 1790, was dealing with a taxon (or taxa) from field localities in Cochinchina (Indo-

China) for which he used the name Dracaena ensifolia, following Linnaeus (1767), and

not describing a species anew as Dracaena ensifolia. Merrill (1935) came to this conclusion

too in his commentary on Loureiro’s Flora. Loureiro considered his plants conspecific

with Linnaeus’s and also with plants Rumphius (1747) called Gladiolus odoratus indicus,

probably because Linnaeus cited Rumphius’s plate in his protologue of Dracaena ensifolia.

Merrill explained in detail Loureiro’s often misinterpretation (more than 56% overall)

of Linnaeus’s taxa, and his basis for interpreting those taxa in relation to the plants

dealt with in Flora Cochinchinensis. In the case of Dracaena ensifolia though, Merrill

agreed with Loureiro’s application of Linnaeus’s name, and accepted Dianella ensifolia

(L.) DC. for Loureiro’s Indo-China plants. He noted, however, they are not conspecific

with Rumphius’s Amboina ones.

“Dracaena ensifolia Loureiro”, or more correctly Dracaena ensifolia sensu Lour-

eiro, is therefore a taxonomic grouping which may or may not correspond to the taxon

Linnaeus called Dracaena ensifolia. Linnaeus seemingly did not see the plants Loureiro

described and it is doubtful that Loureiro saw the specimens in Linnaeus’s herbarium

which formed the main basis of his protologue description (Merrill 1917, p. 136). As

Merrill (1935) pointed out, Loureiro’s concept of the species covered plants of (at least)

two species. Linnaeus’s concept of Dracaena ensifolia also encompassed plants of more

than one species (Henderson 1977, 1987) one of which was represented by Rumphius’s

plate. Article 48 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN) (Greuter

et al. 1988), dealing with an author using an existing name but excluding its type from

the taxon he applied it to, thus surely cannot apply. I consider, therefore, ‘““Dracaena

ensifolia Loureiro’, being a taxonomic grouping, is of no nomenclatural significance.

For Article 63 of the ICBN to be invoked to render Dianella odorata Blume

superfluous and illegitimate, Blume would have to have “definitely included” within his

circumscription of that species “the holotype or a// syntypes or the previously designated

lectotype” (my emphasis) of an earlier name that ought to have been adopted, or whose

epithet ought to have been adopted, under the rules. Inclusion of a type is understood

to mean (ICBN Art. 63.2)

. the citation of the type specimen,

. citation of an illustration of the type specimen,

. Citation of the type of a name, or

. citation of the name itself unless the type is at the same time

excluded either explicitly or by implication.

a0 Of

In publishing the name Dianella odorata, Blume cited no specimens of any kind

so criteria a. and c. do not apply. To argue that he indirectly cited type specimens by

citing the references he did, seems an obscure interpretation of the word ‘citation’ and.

is not convincing. Rumphius’s table 73 in volume 5 of his Herbarium Amboinense was

one of the syntypes (now a lectoparatype) of the name Dracaena ensifolia L., so criterion

b. can be taken to be applicable to this element. However, all other syntype material

would also have to have been definitely included for citation of this table to be relevant

for no lectotype had been chosen for the name by 1827 (Art. 63.1). Blume did not cite

Dracaena ensifolia L. (the name itself) in his protologue so criterion d. does not apply

either. It is acknowledged that Linnaeus (L.) is not part of the name as defined by ICBN

Article 23, but citation of the author of a name is mandatory for the following requirements

concerning the type in criterion d. to be relevant. The only part of Article 63.2 dealing

with implication relates to the exclusion of ‘the type’ (? holotype) of a name, which in

the case of Dracaena ensifolia L. would probably not apply anyway as that has no

holotype. Inclusion of type material depends on direct citation of it.

Blume clearly was fully aware of Linnaeus’s names for under “Dianella, Lam.”

on page 12 of his Enumeratio, he included “Dracaenae sp. Linn.”. In addition, the

specimen at L considered to be and marked as (holo)type of Dianella odorata Blume

(by both an unknown hand (presumably not Blume’s) and J. Schlittler in June 1947)

was originally determined “Dracaena _ensifolia, Linn.”. The original label is then anno-

tated, presumably 1n Blume’s hand, “Dianella odorata BI./ media intr. D. divaricatus et

478 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

D. rarum, a priori differt panicula simplici ramisque strictis. a D. rara autem foliis

lineari-ensiformibus haud linearibus/fig. Rumph. optima”’.

Blume chose to ignore Linnaeus’s epithet and was guided by Rumphius’s plate

and polynomial Gladiolus odoratus indicus in choosing the epithet “‘odorata”. There is

no evidence that Blume saw that part of Linnaeus’s “original material’ subsequently

chosen as lectotype of his name, a specimen in Linnaeus’s herbarium in LINN. From

the foregoing then, it is clear he cannot be considered to have definitely included all

syntypes of Linnaeus’s name within his circumscription of Dianella odorata.

In summary then, I contend that Blume’s name Dianella odorata is legitimate for

the following reasons:

1. He was describing a new taxon distinct from that covered by the name

Dracaena ensifolia L. (as currently lectotypified), based on a specimen (or spec-

imens) from ‘“Indiae orientalis’(Indonesia) at his disposal (Blume 1827, Praef.).

He considered these conspecific with Rumphius’s plants from Amboina (also in

the area covered by his Enumeratio).

2. Though he thought his plants were conspecific with the plants Loureiro included

under Dracaena ensifolia (based on the latter’s incidental citation of Rumphius’s

plate), he did not realise Loureiro’s use of that name covered at least two different

species.

3. Had he considered his plants conspecific with Linnaeus’s he would have used

the latter’s name, as he did two pages earlier in his Enumeratio in accepting

Dracaena terminalis L. for other local (Indonesian) plants, or made the necessary

transfer of the epithet to Dianella for them.

4. He did not publish a superfluous name for his (Indonesian) plants by mentioning

Willdenow’s re-publication of Loureiro’s application of a previously published

name to Indo-China plants and his misapplication of that name to Rumphius’s

(Indonesian) plants.

Recognition of Dianella odorata as legitimate, I believe, best serves the original

author’s intent, as evidenced by his published opinion, and is in line with the opinion

of many subsequent authors (Merrill 1917, pp.136 & 137). We can, therefore, continue

to use the name for some of our Australian Dianella plants.

3. Extensions to recorded distributional range of Dianella brevipedunculata

In undertaking field trips to collect material of Dianella fruticans in February and

November 1990, I found extensive stands of Dianella brevipedunculata R. Henderson

that greatly extend the known distributional range of the species. The first is on sandy

alluvial flats beside tributaries of Marlong Creek, north-west of Marlong Plains, and

below sandstone ridges of the Chesterton Range in the Mount Moffatt section of the

Carnarvon National Park. The vegetation of this site 1s open eucalypt forest with a

ground cover of mostly grasses. The other occurrence of the species is along a small

tributary of the Fitzroy River near Canoona, about 50 km north-west of Rockhampton.

At that site, the vegetation is eucalypt forest with predominantly grassy ground cover

abuttin fringing forest of mainly Casuarina cunninghamiana Miq. and Callistemon .

viminalis (Sol. ex Gaertner) G. Don ex Loudon, all growing on serpentinite-derived soils.

D. brevipedunculata is a most adaptable and easily identifiable species which grows

in forest habitats from beside the sea east of Brisbane, to areas at c. 900 m altitude in

the Bunya Mountains (south-east Queensland), from near Marlborough, north-west of

Rockhampton, to the Queensland/New South Wales border and westward to the foot of

the Chesterton Range, north-west of Roma. The newly established western record extends

the species’ known distribution some 250 km westward of its previously known western

limit and is approximately 360 km from the nearest previously known population of it.

The newly established northern occurrence extends the species’ limit into the tropics, to

a ‘ee at gn 100 km north-west of the previously known most northerly population of

it. Map 2".

Henderson, Dianella, 2 479

148° 154°

a O

Rockhamptone.{_ __

®Sor} ®Sori O re

Springsure Springsure

on O

® Injune ® Injune 5

e Mitchell © Mitchell 0

O 26-

Toowoomba ¢,

; BRISBANE

ote Warwicke O

ed Sa Pd

* Ff os + ap

Maps I & 2. Distribution of Dianella spp.: 1. D. fruticans, 2. D. brevipedunculata.

To vouch for these records, relevant specimens (Henderson H3507 & Robins for

the westerly occurrence, Henderson H3491 & Robins for the northerly one) have been

lodged in BRI.

Acknowledgements

My thanks to Megan Thomas and Barry Jahnke for bringing D. fruticans to my

attention, observing plants in the field when I could not, and giving specific instructions

for finding them in their obscure habitats. Andrew Franks and Paul Robins helped with

field work, and Will Smith prepared the maps and illustrations. This assistance 1s

gratefully acknowledged. The Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service kindly

granted me a permit to collect Dianella material in Carnarvon National Park. I thank

Dr Raymond Fosberg for his correspondence on the legitimacy of Dianella odorata. Les

Pedley made useful suggestions for clarifying my text on this topic and these have been

incorporated.

References

BLUME, C.L. (1827). Enumeratio Plantarum Javae et Insularum Adjacentium minus cognitarum vel novarum

ex herbaris Reinwardtii, Kuhlii, Hasseitii et Blumu i: 12-13.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

penal Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

CRONQUIST, A.J. (1981). An Integrated System of Classification of Flowering Plants. New York: Columbia

University Press.

FOSBERG, F.R. & SACHET, M.-H. (1987). Noteworthy Micronesian Plants. 5. Micronesica 20: 132-133.

GREUTER, W. ET AL. (1988), International Code of Botanical Nomenclature. Regnum Vegetabile 118.

480 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1977). Typification of Dianella Lam. ex Juss. (Liliaceae). Taxon 26(1): 131-137.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1987). Dianella. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 45: 194-225,434-437,476-485.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

aowite oe J.F, (1988). Nomenclatural Studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, (Phormiaceae) 1, Austrobaileya —

HENDERSON, R.J.F. & CLIFFORD, H.T, (1984). A recircumscription of the Phormiaceae Agardh. Taxon 33(3):

423-427,

LINNAEUS, C. (1767). Systema Naturae ed. 12: 246.

LOUREIRO, J. (1790). Flora Cochinchinensis 1: 197.

MERRILL, E.D. (1917). An Interpretation of Rumphius’s Herbarium Amboinense. Department of Agriculture

and Natural Resources, Bureau of Science Publication 9. Manila: Bureau of Printing.

MERRILL, E.D. (1935). A Commentary on Loureiro’s “Flora Cochinchinensis”, Transactions of the American

Philosophical Society. New Series. 24(2): 1-49, 105,

RUMPHIUS, G.E. (1747). Herbarium Amboinense 35: 185, t.73.

STAFLEU, F.A, & COWAN, R.S. (1981). Taxonomic Literature edn 2. 30Lh-O): 174. Regnum Vegetabile 105.

Accepted for publication 15 February 1991

*Note in proof: A further population of D. brevipedunculata has been found E of Springsure, the first BRI record

of the species in Leichhardt Pastoral District. Details of the voucher are E slopes of Expedition Ra., c. 45km E

of Rolleston, Jun 1991, Henderson H3512 & Thompson (BRI).

Austrobaileya 3(3): 481-487 (1991) 481

NOTES ON MACROZAMIA MIQ. (ZAMIACEAE) IN

QUEENSLAND WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW

SPECIES IN SECTION PARAZAMIA (MIQ.) MIQ.

David L. Jones

Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601,

Australia

Summary

Macrozamia fearnsidei and M. lomandroides, both members of section Parazamia (Miq.) Migq. from central

Queensland, are described as new, the new combination M. plurinervia is made for MM. pauli-guilielmi subsp.

plurinervia L. Johnson and M. mountperriensts Bailey is recognised as specifically distinct from M. miquelii (F.

Muell.) A. DC. A key to the species of Macrozamia in Queensland is given.

Introduction

The most recent systematic treatment of Macrozamia Miq. is that of Johnson

(1959) who recognised 14 species and gave a key to identify them. This work provided

the basis for flora treatments (Johnson 1961; Stanley & Ross 1989) and was a valuable

foundation for biological and genetic studies (Ornduff 1986, 1990; Ellstrand, Ornduff &

Clegg 1990). Taxonomic problems have been identified in the genus and some of these

have been investigated by me over the last three years. This paper presents the results

- studies into taxa in Queensland. A key is presented to the Queensland species of

acrozamila.

Taxonomy

Macrozamia fearnsidei D. Jones sp. nov. affinis M. pauli-guilielmi W. Hill et F. Muell.

habitu multo robustiore pluribus frondibus (usque 20) coronata, pinnis concavis

multo longioribus latioribus nitentibus viridibus supra, strobilis magnis eorum

sporophyllis plurimis spina apicali vestigiali praeditis differt. Typus: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Wallaroo Station, c. 64 km north of Injune, 26 August

1990, D.L. Jones 6307 & B.E. Jones (holo: CBG; iso: BRI,CBG,NSW),.

Caudex more or less ovoid, 15-35 cm diameter, subterranean. Fronds 70-140 cm long

on mature plants, dark green and lustrous, 5-20 in an erect very bushy crown, rarely

nearly prostrate; petiole fexclading the woolly expanded base) 15-40 cm long, c. 15 mm

across at the top of the expanded base, dark green, dull, flat or slightly concave above,

strongly convex below; rhachis spirally ‘twisted 1-5 times, 8-10 mm across at the lowest

pinnae, the cross-section similar to that of the petiole, dull green, with irregular cream

markings between the bases of the distal pinnae but not in a continuous band. Pinnae

linear, arising at a steep angle to the rhachis, obliquely erect to arcuate before drooping

in the distal third, 20-60 cm X 6-11 mm, hypostomatic, dark green and shiny above,

paler with 9-12 prominent raised veins beneath, strongly concave in cross-section, spirally

twisted 1-4 times, apex acuminate, slightly pungent, callous base cream to pale yellow,

55-120 per frond, arranged more or less in two ranks but not always in opposite pairs,

crowded, the longest pinnae found towards the middle of the frond, lower pinnae hardly

reduced. Male cones more or less cylindrical, 15-27 cm X 4,5-6. 5 cm, usually curved

with age; peduncle 18-30 cm X 1.2-1.8 cm, circular to elliptical in cross-section;

sporophylls cuneate to cordate, 1.6-2.2 cm X |. 5-2 cm, those in the proximal two-thirds

of the cone with vestigial spines, distal ones with stiff, pointed spines to 1.3 cm long.

Female cones more or less ovoid, 12-18 cm X 8-10 cm, erect; peduncle 18-27 cm X

1.5~2.2 cm, elliptical in cross-section, furrowed; sporophylls with stipe 1-1.5 cm long,

transversely ovate to reniform, 1.7- 2.8 cm X i-1.5 cm, with a prominent depression

just below the apical spine, spines increasing in length towards the apex of the cone, the

longest c. 2 cm long. Seeds 2.3-2.7 cm X 1.9-2.3 cm, the sarcotesta orange to scarlet

when ripe. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: No specimens of this species occur in the collection at BRI.

Distribution and habitat: Locally common on escarpments of the Expedition Range to

the north of Injune and probably also in adjacent ranges. It grows in sandy soil in tall

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

482

male sporophyll (from below) from basal portion of cone. G. apical

portion of male cone. F.

portion of male cone. H. male sporophyll (from below) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female cone.

Fig. 1. Macrozamia fearnsidei: A, portion of rhachis and one pinna. B. tips of pinnae, C. TS of rhachis. D. TS

J. female sporophyll. From Jones 6307.

of pinna. E. basal

Jones, Macrozamia 483

open eucalypt forest either in gullies near ephemeral streams or on rocky slopes, sometimes

in association with Macrozamia moorei F. Muell.

Phenology: Cones mature September - October; seeds ripen February - April.

Notes: ©. fearnsidei is a distinctive component of the complex which surrounds M.

pauli-guilielmi. It has the most robust plants of the group which have up to 20 fronds

in the crown (M. pauli-guilielmi usually has only 2-5), The pinnae, which are much

longer and broader than those in M. pauli-guilielmi, are strongly concave in cross-section

and dark green and shiny on the upper surface (those in M. pauli-guilielmi are shallowly

concave and dull). Male and female cones of M. fearnsidei are much larger than those

of M. pauli-guilielmi and the ns pond of their sporophylls, especially those on the male

cones, have only a vestigial apical spine (this spine is well developed on most sporophylls

of M. pauli-guilielmi). M. plurinervia also has affinities with M. fearnsidei but its leaflets

are shorter, duller and much more leathery. M. platyrachis F.M. Bailey is the closest

member of section Parazamia geographically to M. fearnsidei but is not closely related

and can be readily distinguished by its nearly prostrate fronds which have hardly any

twist in the rhachis. In common with most other species in the genus, the leaves of M.

fearnsidei, especially those of the new growth after fire, are highly toxic to cattle (G.

Fearnside, pers. comm.).

2 raves status: Locally common although not known to be protected by any security

or tenure.

Etymology: Named in honour of Geoff Fearnside, owner of Wallaroo Station, in rec-

ognition of his successful combination of cattle farming with conservation practices on

the property.

Macrozamia lomandroides D. Jones sp. nov. afhinis MZ. fawcettii C. Moore pinnis rigide

erectis confertis numerosioribus textura crassiore, rhachidi distincte complanata

vel vadose concava supra differt. Typus: Queensland. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: c.

26.5 km south of Bundaberg beside the road to Goodwood, 29 September 1990,

D.L. Jones 6341 & BE. Jones (holo: CBG; 1so: CBG,BRI,NSW).

Caudex more or less ovoid, 10-17 cm diameter, subterranean. Fronds 30-80 cm long

on mature plants, dull green 2-6 1n an erect or spreading crown; petiole 6-14 cm long,

c. 8-10 mm across above the woolly, expanded base, pale green, dull, flat or shallowly

concave above, strongly rounded beneath, two raised marginal ridges fairly prominent;

rhachis spirally twisted 1-8 times, 10-14 mm across at the lowest pinnae, the cross-

section similar to that of the petiole, with a pale green to cream marginal band especially

noticeable in the distal two-thirds. Pinnae linear to slightly obovate, 20-30 cm X 0.9-

1.4 cm, hypostomatic, straight or falcate, coriaceous, dark green and dull above, paler

with 10-16 raised veins beneath, shallowly concave 1n cross-section, tapered to a relatively

long, narrow base, callous base pale green to cream, apex with 1-6 sharp teeth on the

acroscopic side, 1 or 2 on the basiscopic side, asymmetrical (often curved), 50-90 per

frond, arising at a steep angle to the rhachis, then stiffly erect to obliquely spreading,

arranged more or less in two ranks but not always 1n opposite pairs, crowded, the longest

pinnae towards the base of the frond. Male cones more or less cylindrical, 12-15 cm x

4-5 cm, usually curved with age; peduncle 8-15 cm xX 1-1.2 cm, elliptical in cross-

section; sporophylls transversely ovate, 1.2-1.8 cm xX 1.8-2.2 cm, those in the proximal

two-thirds of the cone with vestigial spines, distal ones with stiff, pointed spines to 0.8

cm long. Female cones more or less ovoid, 12-18 cm X 7-9 cm, erect; peduncle 10-15

cm X 1-1.2 cm, elliptical in cross-section, hairy at the base; sporophylls with stipe 0.7-

1 cm long, transversely ovate, 1.4-1.8 cm X 2.5-3.5 cm, with a prominent depression

just below the apical spine, spines increasing in length towards the apex of the cone, the

longest c. 3 cm long. Seeds 2.2~2.6 cm X 1.8-2.2 cm, the sarcotesta orange to red when

ripe.

Specimens examined: No specimens of this species occur in the collection at BRI.

Distribution and habitat: Reported by cycad growers to occur in several sites south of

Bundaberg between the Elliot River and the Isis River. It grows among grass in grey

silty loam under tall open forest. Topography is usually flat but one site is on a slope

with the plants growing amongst rocks.

484 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Phenology: Cones mature October and November; seeds ripen March and April.

Notes: 14. lomandroides is a distinctive species which probably has as its closest congener

M. fawcetti from New South Wales. It can be distinguished from that species by the

thicker-textured, stiffly erect pinnae which impart a distinctive crowded appearance to

the fronds. Those of M. fawcettii are thinner and spread widely from the rhachis in a

whorled appearance. The flat or shallowly channelled abaxial surface on the petiole and

rhachis of AZ. lomandroides is also distinctive because in M. fawcettii this organ is

completely round in cross section. The two species are separated geographically by a

distance of about 400 km. M. lomandroides can be immediately distinguished from all

other Macrozamia species in Queensland by the many, small, sharp teeth on the apex

of the pinnae of mature fronds, these being particularly prominent on the acroscopic

margin. Clumps of this species bear a strong resemblance to large plants of some species

of Lomandra.

Conservation status: Not conserved and although locally common in small areas it is

threatened by land clearing, with much of its habitat already converted to sugar cane

production; suggest 2E according to Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: Resembling the genus Lomandra.

New Combination

Macrozamia pauli-guilelmi is a complex of taxa which was treated by Johnson

(1959) as consisting of three subspecies. My field studies, which include visits to the

vicinity of the type localities of all taxa, show that each of these is isolated and habitat

specific and has unique characters. I am unable to locate any of the intermediates

mentioned by Johnson and find that most members of this group grow in isolated

colonies, especially those which occur in inland regions. In addition to M. pauli-guilielmi

for the type subspecies, M. flexuosa C. Moore is available at specific rank for M/Z. pauli-

guilielmi subsp. flexuosa and M. pauli-guilielmi subsp. plurinervia is here raised to

specific rank for the third taxon.

Macrozamia plurinervia (L. Johnson) D. Jones comb. et. stat. nov. AZ. pauli-guilielmi

subsp. plurinervia L. Johnson, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 84: 108 (1959).

Typus: Reedy Creek Station, near Bonshaw, New South Wales, April 1956, J.

Leader (NSW 40958) (holo: NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Lower slopes and western parts of the Northern Tablelands,

Central-western Slopes (upper Hunter Valley) and North-western Slopes of New South

Wales and southern parts of the Darling Downs District of Queensland. This species

grows in small colonies on ridges, protected slopes and gullies in sparse or stunted

woodland, often with Callitris spp.

Notes: 7. plurinervia can be distinguished from both ©. pauli-guilielmi and M. flexuosa

by its broader, stiffer, thicker-textured, dark green to nearly glaucous pinnae with the

apex tapering fairly suddenly to the mucro and by its glaucous cones. It is a species of

drier, inland habitats whereas M. pauli-guilielmi 1s strictly coastal and M. flexuosa

extends from coastal cliffs to adjacent near-coastal ranges and valleys.

Macrozamia mountperriensis Bailey

Macrozamia mountperriensis was reduced to synonymy by Johnson (1959) who

regarded the taxon as being a smaller form of M. miquelli (F. Muell.) A. DC., from

drier, more inland country. It is however a stable taxon which is locally abundant in

the Mount Perry region, exhibits remarkably little variation in the wild and retains its

distinguishing characteristics in cultivation. For these reasons it is here recognised at

specific rank. It can be distinguished from M. migquelii by its smaller fronds with

proportionately longer petioles, the absence of reduced, spine-like proximal pinnae, much

smaller cones and smaller seeds. It grows in large colonies on protected slopes and ridges

in gravelly loam under sparse, tall eucalypt forest.

Jones, Macrozamia A485

Fig. 2 Macrozamia lomandroides: A. portion of rhachis and one pinna. B. tips of pinnae. C. TS of rhachis. D.

TS of pinna. E. basal portion of male cone. F. male sporophyll (from below) from basal portion of cone. G.

apical portion of male cone. H. male sporophyll (from below) from apical portion of cone. I. portion of female

cone. J. female sporophyll. From Jones 6341.

486 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Key to the Queensland species of Macrozamia

1. Rhachis with a gentle spiral twist less than 180° .. am 2

ss with at least one sofa twist ee 360° usually § several such twists

er frond =) Be Sek ee

2. Fronds held more or less horizontal, rhachis recurved near the

ase M. sa de aos

Fronds erect to ‘obliquely erect, “rhachis straight or gently curved : 3

3. Proximal pinnae reduced and spine-like .. . ey: 4

Proximal ee eats pion than median pinnae ‘but not reduced to

spines... ........ a fabian GUM caddie er alld wes Mare kidece aes ots 5

4. Reduced pinnae extending nearly to the base of the frond, pinnae dull

and thick-textured... M. moorei F. Muell.

Reduced pinnae MOR DIOE well short of the frond base, pinnae shining and

thin-textured .... .. WM. miquelii F Muell.) A. DC.

5. Pinnae mostly more than 0.7 cm wide, widely spreading to recurved

. lucida L. Johnson

Pinnae mostly Jess than 0.5 cm wide, directed forwards at an acute

angle 2. 0... .. ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ss». M. mountperriensis Bailey

6. Pinnae held stiffly erect, with 3 or more spine-like, apical teeth

. ML. leomandroides D. Jones

Pinnae held obliquely erect to widely spreading. with a single apiculus 7

7. Pinnae 0.2-0.5 cm across .......... M. pauli-guilielmi W. Hill & F. Muell.

Pinnae 0.8 cm across or more eee eee sa ee ee eee nee ts here gee ees eee 8

8. Rhachis hardly twisted, fronds recurved and more or less horizontal,

pinnae broadly linear, held obliquely erect ... M, platyrachis Bailey

Rhachis strongly twisted, fronds erect, to obliquely erect reese: linear,

spreading .... De Fue eek ne he X80 ER 2 wd cede 9

9. Pinnae to 25 cm long, dull, thick-textured, cones glaucous

M. plurinervia (L. Johnson) D. Jones

Pinnae to 60 cm long, shiny, thin-textured, cones green MM. fearnsidei D. Jones

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Geoff Fearnside for allowing me to study the cycads at Wallaroo

Station and to Ross and Robyn Peatling for assistance and hospitality while there. I

thank Stan Walkley, Paul Kennedy and Craig Thompson for enthusiastic support of my

studies and assistance with specimens, Sandra Jones and Mark Clements for reading the

manuscript, Les Pedley for supplying the Latin diagnoses and Barbara Jones for word

processing.

References

BRIGGS J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare and Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service, Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

ELLSTRAND, N. C. ORNDUFF, R., & CLEGG, J. M. (1990). Genetic Structure of the Australian Cycad,

Macrozamia communis (Zamiaceae). American Sacemal of Botany 77(5): 677-81.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1959). The Families of Cycads and the Zamiaceae of Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of New South Wales 68: 64-117.

JOHNSON, L.A.S, (1961). Zamiaceae. Contributions from the New South Wales Herbarium, Flora Series 1: 21-

41.

Jones, Macrozamia 487

ORNDUFF R. (1986). Male-biased sex ratios in the cycad Macrozainia riedlei (Zamiaceae). Bulletin of the Torrey

Botanical Club 112: 393-7.

ORNDUFF R. (1990). Geographic Variation in Reproductive Behaviour and Size Structure of the Australian

Cycad Macrozamia communis (Zamiaceae). American Journal of Botany 77: 92-9.

ie ab T. D. & ROSS, E.M. (1989). Cycadaceae and Zamiaceae. In Flora of South-eastern Queensland 3:

448-53.

Accepted for publication 12 April 1991

a Ter Te BE Et

tet a Sean ee ae

Austrobaileya 3(3): 489-501 (1991) 489

NEW SPECIES AND CHANGES IN SAPINDACEAE FROM

QUEENSLAND

s. I. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Four new species of Sapindaceae from Queensland viz Atalaya collina, Atalaya oligoclada, Cupaniopsis simulatus

and Rhysotoechia florulenta, and a new subspecies of Rhysotoechia bifoliolata Radlk., viz R. bifoliolata subsp.

nitida are described and notes on their distribution and affinities provided. Jagera dasyantha (Radik.) S. Reyn. is

a new combination based on Guioa dasyantha Radlk.

The relationships of Alectryon unilobatus S. Reyn., with A. reticulatus Radlk., and Jagera discolor L.S. Smith ex

S. oe “ J. dasyantha are assessed. A. untlobatus is reduced to synonymy of A. reticulatus, and J. discolor

to J. dasyantha.

Flowers of Alectryon kimberleyanus S. Reyn. and Cupaniopsis dallachyi 5S. Reyn. are described for the first time.

piaiuenetrs - the range of Alectryon subdentatus forma pseudostipularis Radlk., and Atalaya caicicola S. Reyn.

are recorde

Introduction

Increased collet in recent years has added to the number of representative

specimens of many of the Sapindaceae, dealt within my revisions in Austrobaileya

(Reynolds 1981-84). A few new species have been discovered in the genera Afalaya,

Cupaniopsis and R ysotoechia, and some previously poorly known species are now well

represented. Extensions of the range of Atalaya calcicola and Alectryon subdentatus are

recorded, if the relationships of some closely related species in Jagera and Alectryon

are assesse

Rhysotoechia Radlk.

This is one of a few genera of Sapindaceae in which no new taxa were recognised

when it was revised (Reynolds 1984, 1985), but in recent years two new taxa have been

collected from north Queensland, viz from Mt Lewis, and from Mt White near Coen.

Both new taxa have petals which are furnished with ‘scales and are therefore referable

to section Rhysotoechia (fide Radlkofer 1933),

aa The key to the species (Reynolds 1985) is modified to include the new species as

ollows:

1. Petals furnished with scales .. . Sra 2

- Petals scaleless, sometimes with slightly thickened basal. margins sit “thy Gaye te 4

2. Leaves with 1 (rarely 2) pairs of leaflets; petiolules 1-7 mm sin Fruits

sessile or subsessile .. .. , R. bifoliolata

Leaves with 2-4 (rarely 1) pairs of leaflets: petiolules § 8 18 mm h 08

Fruits usually conspicuously stipitate .... .. Les 3

3, Leaves with 2 or 3 pairs of leaflets; apex of leaflets usually acute or

acuminate; reticulate venation lax. Inflorescences sparsely flowered.

Flowers 8-10 mm diameter; panels 6-9 mm long. Sepals to 6 X 5

mm. Petals 4-5 mm long fs .. RR. mortoniana

Leaves with 2-4 pairs of leaflets; apex of leaflets broad, obtuse: reticulate

venation fine, close together. ‘Inflorescences densely flowered. Flowers

6-7 mm diameter: pedicels 4-5 mm long. ance to 4 X 3 mm. Petals

2.9-3 mm long yee ee ee ae Be, ee ge IR cre R. florulenta

HAAR

490 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

4. Branchlets glabrous at tips; leaflets very vernicose, finely closely reticulate-

veined; petiolules 7-10 mm long. Fruits 2Q-locular.. . R. flavescens

Branchlets villous at tips; leaflets shiny, lax and cuit reticulate-veined;

petiolules 2-6 mm long. Fruits 3-locular eats Sa yo Sigs ce R. robertsonii

Rhysotoechia bifoliolata Radlk., Sitzungsber. Bayer. Akad. 9: 541, n. 591, 656 (1879).

A new taxon which strongly resembles R. bifoliolata was collected at Mt White

near Coen, north Queensland in June 1989. It has the leaves, flowers and fruits (dried

ones) of typical R. bifoliolata, but differs from it in its shorter petioles, very vernicose

leaflets and smaller flowers. Because of these differences and disjunct distribution (R.

bifoliolata has not been recorded north of Gladstone before (Map 1)), the new taxon is

treated here as a subspecies of R. Difoliolata.

The subspecies may be distinguished as follows:

Petioles (7-)20-31 mm long. Leaflets 1 or 2 pairs per leaf, elliptic or

elliptic-obovate, margins flat or recurved; upper surfaces glossy: lateral

nerves usually + patent. Branches of panicles to 3 cm long. Flowers

5-7.5 mm diameter .. .. subsp. bifoliolata

Petioles 4-8(-11) mm long. Leaflets 2 per leaf, elliptic, margins flat; upper

surfaces very vernicose; lateral nerves + oblique. Branches of f panicles

4-9 cm long. Flowers 4.5-5.5 mm diameter... . subsp. nitida

R. bifoliolata Radlk. subsp. bifoliolata

Distinguishing characters as in the key above. For description etc. refer to Austrobaileya

(Reynolds 1984, pp. 41-42).

R. bifoliolata subsp. nitida S. Reyn. subsp. noy. a subsp. bifoliolatae petiolis brevioribus

1 mm longis), foliolorum nervis lateralibus plerumque + obliquis et floribus

narvioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Northern slopes of Mt

BRD” about 2.8 km from Coen, 10 July 1990, E.M4Z. Ross s.n. (holo: BRI; iso:

Small trees, glabrous except for sparsely hairy young parts and peduncles. Petioles 4-11

mm long, mealy; leaflets 2 per leaf, elliptic, apex broad, obtuse or retuse, base subacute,

decurrent into petiolules, margins flat, (4.4-)5,5-6(-8. 5) x (1.4-)2-3.6 cm, thick, rigid,

very vernicose above; lateral nerves is oblique, looping at tips; petiolules. 1- ~3(-5) mm

long. Panicles 5-12 cm long, branches 4-9 cm long. Flowers and old fruits as in the

typical subspecies.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DistRicT: Mt White, Coen, 13°56’S, 143°11’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5528

(BRI); ditto, Jul 1990, Ross s.n. (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality (Map 1). It grows on steep

hillsides and scree slopes, in deciduous vine thickets.

R. bifoliolata subsp. nitida is distinguishable from the typical subspecies in the

short petioles and petiolules, very vernicose upper surface of leaflets and + oblique

lateral nerves.

wee devant the subspecific epithet “nitida” (from the Latin nitidus, shining or polished)

efers to the very shiny leaflets.

Rhysotoechia florulenta S. Reyn. sp. nov. ab aliis speciebus Australianis foliolis 2-4

jugatis, ellipticis obtusis, venatione reticulata conferta, inflorescentiis magnis,

florulentis, petalis we ctge § ornatis distinguenda. Typus: Queensland. Cook

DISTRICT: S.F.R. 143, Parish of Kanawarra, Carbine L.A., Mt Lewis,

moo alt. 1100 m, 16 October 1989, B. Gray 5129 (holo: BRI; iso:

Tree to 15 m tall, glabrous except for flowers, branchlets usually with a whitish bloom;

lenticels scattered, ellipsoid. Leaves with 2-4 pairs of opposite or subopposite leaflets:

petioles terete, pulvinate, 3.2-4.5 cm long; rachis 3-9 cm long, terete; leaflets elliptic,

obtuse at both ends, base sometimes suboblique, 7.1-11.5 X 3.4-5.7. cm, coriaceous,

upper surfaces very shiny and vernicose, lower ones glossy, usually with minute slender

Reynolds, Sapindaceae 491

glands on both surfaces; lateral nerves 6-8 pairs, + patent; reticulate venation close

together, conspicuous both surfaces; petiolules terete, pulvinate, 1-1.7 cm long. Panicles

in upper axils or in axils of fallen leaves, thyrsiform, usually large, [0-40 X 5-40 cm,

laxly branched, densely flowered; bracts and bracteoles ovate, minute. Flowers cream,

-7 mm diameter; pedicels 4-5 mm long; outer calyx lobes broadly ovate, obtuse, to 3

x 2.5 mm, inner ones broadly elliptic-obovate, concave, to 4 X 3 mm; green or cream,

resin- dotted, viscid, margins pale, ciliolate; petals broadly ovate, with broad apex and

short claw at base, 2.5-3 mm long including claw, 2.5-3.2 mm wide, lower margins with

2 prominent scales and crest-like appendages; sparsely hairy on the scales and on the

outside of petals from above the middle to base; scales often as long as the lamina of

the petal; disc glabrous, fleshy; stamens to 3 mm long, filaments to 2.5 mm long, subulate,

hairy towards base, anthers glabrous; ovary subglabrous, style short. Fruits not seen.

Distribution and habitat: Known only from type habitat (Map L).

__R. florulenta differs from other species occurring in Australia by the combination

of 2-4-paired elliptic leaflets per leaf, reticulate venation close together, large many-

flowered inflorescences, and petals furnished with scales.

Etymology: The specific epithet “florulenta” (from the Latin florulentus, abounding in

flowers or profusely flowering) refers to the large, profusely flowering inflorescences.

Atalaya Blume

Since the genus was revised (Reynolds 1981, 1985) two new species (described

below) have been discovered, and the number of representative specimens of some of

the previously poorly known ‘Atalaya species have increased. An extension of the range

of distribution of Atalaya calcicola S$. Reyn. from north to central Queensland was also

recorded. The increased number of specimens also increased the known variability in

some of the species viz Atalaya salicifolia (A. DC.) Blume, and in the Atalaya australiana

Leenh. - A. sericopetala S. Reyn. complex (as discussed in Reynolds 1981, 1985).

The key to the species (Reynolds 1981, 1985) is modified to accommodate the

new species as follows:

1. Leaves simple A. sericopetala

Leaves pinnate (juvenile or abnormal leaves sometimes simple) — eet 2

2. Rachis and petiole with broad leaf-like wings; leaflets sessile or .

subsessile A. variifolia

Rachis and petiole with narrow v wings c or wingless, leaflets stalked, rarely

subsessile eek ne deh ee

3, Rachis and petiole usually winged, especially in juvenile moves Lic IE aE 4

Rachis and petiole even in juvenile leaves wingless .... sas ee Bon oe 7

4. Leaflets 4-11 pairs. per leaf, 2-5 mm wide ._...... ... ..... .. .. A. angustifolia

Leaflets 1-4(—6) pairs per leaf. 5-27 mm wide ~ ee ee Or ae 5

5. Leaflets 2-4 pairs per leaf, 10-27 mm wide, 2—4 times as long as wide.

Small spindly shrubs with few branches, 0.5-3 m high .. A. oligeclada

Leaflets 1-4(-6) pairs per leaf, 5-20 mm wide, 4—40 ‘finite as bi as

wide. Small trees to 10 m high Ae ee eer nee eee: at os ee OO 6

6. Leaflets glaucous especially below, mostly hairy. Flowers and fruits

usually hairy A. hemiglauca

Leatiets) green and glabrous on both surfaces, Flowers and fruits usually

glabrous eG lee as eptetiatic PRM wens ciearah Bie alcatel vient urna aor: A. salicifolia

7, ny 2 per leaf, glaucous below: petioles and rachis with curled

A, calcicola

Leaflets Dh per leaf, slaucous ¢ or ‘green | below; petioles and rachis with

short straight hairs Oise 5 . ie eee ak a eS Ue 8

492 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

8. Petals 4 per flower, scales crested. Disc incomplete. Leaflets 1 or 2 pairs

per leaf, + glaucous below; lateral nerves oblique, close together,

decurrent on the midrib... A. multiflora

Petals 5 per flower, scales without crests, sometimes with minute appen-

dages. Disc complete. Leaflets 1-4 pairs per leaf, green below; lateral

nerves not as above, usually + patent and not close together ........ 9

9. Outside of petals densely sericeous all over. Leaflets (2-)4 pairs per leaf

A. sericopetala

Outside of petals glabrous or hairy from above middle to base, the ssoieccet

area usually glabrous. Leaflets 1-4 pairs per leaf .. . Seen oO

10. Leaflets drying hard and rigid, yellowish, vernicose, conspicuously reti-

culate-veined, often truncate and unequal at base. Petiolules i )10-

35 mm long. ‘Leaflets 3 or 4 (rarely 2) pairs per leaf... . . A. rigida

Leaflets not as above, usually drying greenish, thinly coriaceous, finely

reticulate-veined, usually + acute or obtuse at base. Petiolules fe ech

mm long. Leaflets 1-4 pairs per leaf .......... pe sue EAL

11. Leaflets 1 or 2 pairs per leaf, usually narrowly elliptic, obtuse or + acute

at both ends, 1.7~4.5(-6) cm wide; petiolules 1-4.5 mm long. Petals

densely hairy outside ... A. collina

Leaflets 2-4 (rarely 1) pairs per leaf, narrowly elliptic to obovate- elliptic,

apex acute, obtuse, or subacuminate, base acute or obtuse, 3-5(-6.5)

cm wide; petiolules ar 8 mm long. Petals gmnTENS: or r sparsely hairy

outside ... A. australiana

Atalaya collina S. Reyn. sp. nov. A. multiflorae Benth. similis sed foliolis plerumque

anguste ellipticis obtusis vel subacutisive, floribus quinquepetalis, petalis pubes-

centibus, squamis plerumque sine cristis, discis completis, annularibus. Typus:

Queensland, Port Curtis District: Yarwun area 4 km SSW of Yarwun, 23°53’S,

151°06’E, 10 November 1990, N. Gibson 950 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Small spreading trees to 5 m; bark light grey brown, rough; young parts and peduncles

sparsely appressed hairy; branchlets with prominent, small, linear or globose, pale or

white lenticels. Leaves with 1 or 2 pairs of leaflets; petioles 22-6. 5(-7) cm long, shortly

pulvinate, sparsely hairy with fine, short hairs; rachis 2.5-5 cm long, adaxially ridged,

glabrous or subglabrous; leaflets usually narrowly elliptic, obtuse or subacute at both

ends, or decurrent into petiolule at base, 5.2-12.5(-14) x 1.7-4.5(-6) cm, glabrous or

lower surfaces sparsely hairy; thinly coriaceous to semi-rigid upper surfaces ‘glossy green,

drying pale brown, lower ones paler green, drying olive green; midrib pale, prominent

below; lateral nerves fine, 10-14 pairs, + patent, looping at margins, prominent; petiolules

1-4.5 mm long, often tumid, hairy. Panicles 9~26 x 5-18 cm, densely flowered, peduncles

+ angular; bracts ovate, about 1° x 0.5 mm. Flowers 8-10 mm diameter; pedicels 2-5

mm long, glabrous or subglabrous; sepals elliptic, 2.5-3.5 * 2-3.5 mm, glabrous or

subglabrous, ciliolate; petals obovate, 5-6.5 X 2.5-4 mm, densely hairy on the outside

from above middle to base with appressed hairs, except glabrous apical area, ciliolate;

scales 2-lobed, hairy, sometimes with crest-like appendages; disc complete, annular,

fleshy, glabrous: filaments 3-4 mm long, hairy; ovary 3-lobed, densely hairy. Fruits 3.

lobed; samarae 2.3-4.5 cm long, upper margin with a dark brown area, wings divaricate,

depressed obovate, oblique, with rounded or subtruncate apex and undulate margins,

0.9-2 cm wide at broadest part; fruit portion puberulent, wings glabrous. Fig 1D-F.

Specimens examined: Queensland. PoRT CURTIS DisTRict: Mt Sugarloaf area, 4 km SSW of Yarwun, Calliope

Shire, Dec 1983, Gibson s.n. (BRI)(fruttmg); ditto, Nov 1990, Gibson 950 (BRI)(flowering): ditto, Dec 1990,

Gibson 953 (fruiting).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality (Map 2). It grows on

argent in remnant dry scrubs, together with A. salicifolia, but is not as common as

that species.

A. collina is distinguishable by the leaves with 1 or 2 pairs of usually narrow

elliptic leaflets with obtuse or subacute tips, large inflorescences, hairy petals and glabrous

“NARS ee rh Covnanea unheated keer DMNA AEA em

493

weer wart

“i ** * pieet ee oy

aor ete, - -

- La

|, +

- ee ee

taal er eel ted ae =

owe

eon et

-~ =

ie et |

‘ya 7 ¥

Paget yg ba L7* *

rae? oe “a 5 ri

W.A. SMITH

at FR Pe

PAN!

as ee

att tag,

= a a

D,E, Gibson

C, Coveny 6980 & Hind

“

Reynolds, Sapindaceae

ieee *

wae

a TS cal

t x 0.67. B. flower X 4. C. fruits x 1. D~F. A. collina

Ciarkson 5487

ing hab

. A,B,

Owe’rin

.67. E. flower X 4. F. fruits X 1

pp.: are A. oligoclada

Fig. 1. Atalaya 5;

D. flowering habit Xx

469

F, Gibson 953.

494 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

fruits. It is similar to A. multiflora, but the leaves are with | or 2 pairs, of oblong or

obovate-elliptic leaflets with broad, truncate or retuse apices, the lateral nerves decurrent

on the midrib; petals 4 per flower ‘and crested, and disc incomplete in that species. The

leaves are green in colour as in A. salicifolia, but the leaflets are usually much narrower,

and the petiole and rachis usually winged in that species. A. salicifolia also has an earlier

flowering period than that of A. collina, it was said to be fruiting by the time A. collina

came into bloom.

po ang The specific epithet “collina” (from the Latin collinus, pertaining to hills)

ers to the habitat, viz hillsides in which these plants grow.

Atalaya oligoclada S. Reyn. sp. nov. A. angustifoliae S. Reyn. proxima, cujus statura,

foliorumque texturam et formam habet. Differt vero foliolis plerumque latioribus,

2—4-jugatis, inflorescentiis multo magnis et ramulis, foliolis, pedunculis et sepalis

pubescentibus. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 7.7 km south of Lakeland

Downs on Peninsula Development road, 15°55’S, 144°S0’E, alt. 280 m, 4 September

1984, J.R. Clarkson 5487 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI ‘DNA,K,L, PERTH ORS).

Small shrubs 0.5-3 m high, usually sparsely branched and spindly; young parts and

peduncles densely hairy with short spreading rusty hairs; branchlets with white, linear

lenticels. Leaves with 2 or 3 (rarely 4) pairs of leaflets; petioles 1.2-3 cm long, shortly

pulvinate; rachis 1-7.5 cm long, adaxially ridged, sometimes narrowly winged; leaflets

subsessile, elliptic or narrowly elliptic-ovate, subacute or obtuse at both ends, or base

oblique, 6.1-9.2 x (1-)2-2.7 cm (uppermost pair usually smallest), thinly coriaceous;

upper surfaces drying brownish, glabrous or finely puberulent, lower ones olive-greenish,

usually hairy; lateral nerves 8-11 pairs, oblique, prominent, as fine as the reticulate

venation; petiolules tumid, to 1.5 mm long. Panicles usually much longer than leaves,

(7-)14-25 x (4.5-)14-28 cm, peduncles slender, laxly branched. Flowers 6-8.5 mm

diameter; pedicels (1.5-)3-4 mm long, hairy; sepals elliptic, 3.5-5 X 1.5-3 mm, densely

appressed hairy on the outside except for the glabrous apex, ciliolate; petals obovate, 5-

6 X 2~2.5 mm, densely appressed hairy all over on the outside except glabrous apical

area, ciliolate; scales entire or bifid, hairy, rarely with minute, filiform appendages; disc

complete, fleshy; filaments 2.5 mm long, sparsely hairy from below middle to base; ovary

3-lobed, densely hairy. Fruits 2- or 3-lobed; samarae 2.3-2.7 cm_ long, densely finely

hairy; wings divaricate, laterally elongate, depres sed obovate, oblique, subentire, to 8

mm wide at broadest part. Fig. 1A-

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: 7.7 km $8 of Lakeland Downs on Peninsula Development Rd,

Sep 1984, Clarkson 5487 (BRI); 11.7 km SE of Mt Janet on the Survey Road along the Dividing Range, 11. 5

km SW of Lakeland Downs, [5°55’S, 146°46’E, Sep 1984, Clarkson 5509 (BRI), 12.9 km S of Lakeland Downs

towards Palmer River, [5° 58S, 144° SOE, Sep [975, Coveny 6980, & Hind (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Common near Lakeland Downs, north Queensland (Map 2).

It usually grows on slopes and ridges in eucalypt woodlands.

A. oligoclada is nearest to A. angustifolia of which it has the leaves and stature.

It differs in fact by its usually broader leaflets, which are only 2 or 3 (or 4) pairs per

se eo) pairs in A. angustifolia), and in the pubescent branchlets, leaves, peduncles

and sepals

A. oligoclada is distinguishable by its very low stature (sometimes only up to half

a metre high), spindly shape, broad or narrow 2-4 pairs of leaflets per leaf, and large

inflorescences, and also by its hairy inflorescences, fruits and leaves.

Etymology: The specific epithet “oligoclada” (from the Greek oligo, few and cladus,

branched) refers to the sparsely branched habit of this species.

Atalaya calcicola S. Reyn., Austrobaileya 1(4): 404 (1981).

_ This species previously known from the Chillagoe-Almaden-Mungana areas and

Fanning River, north Queensland, 1s now recorded from Berserker Ranges, central

Queensland (Map 3).

Specimens examined: Queensland, PORT CURTIS DisTRicT: Berserker Range, 23°21’S, 150°34’E, Nov 1985, Hoy

108 (BRD; ditto, Hoy 108A (BRD; Mt Archer area, Berserker Ranges near Rockhampton, approx. 23° 20’S,

[50°3S°E, May 1971, Webb & Tracey 10556 (BRD).

Reynolds, Sapindaceae 495

Atalaya salicifolia (A. DC.) Blume, Rumphia 3: 186 (1847)

Recent collections of this species especially from northern Australia have shown

it to be quite variable with at least two distinct forms being recognisable, e.g. plants

from northern Australia, viz the Kimberley, Western Australia, Arnhem Land, Northern

Territory, and northern Queensland especially the islands of Torres Strait, have large,

long and broad leaflets and wide wings on rachis and petiole. They are not unlike

specimens from Timor (type locality). The majority of plants from Queensland especially

the southern populations, have narrow small leaflets, and usually narrow wings on rachis

and petiole, or are wingless. These were previously called Atalaya virens C. White. These

forms are not formally recognised here because they intergrade with each other.

Atalaya australiana Leenh. — A. sericopetala 8S. Reyn. complex

The known variability of these species (previously discussed in Reynolds 1981,

1985), has also increased, but the representative specimens available are inadequate to

determine whether more than one species is included in each of these species or if these

species constitute one very variable species.

Cupaniopsis Radlk.

_ The number of representative specimens of many of the species of this genus has

also increased since my revision (Reynolds 1984, 1985). Flowering material of C. dallachyi

2 Reyn. bi now available for description, and the following new species has been

iscovered.

Cupaniopsis simulatus S. Reyn. sp. noy. C. anacardioide Radlk. et C. dallachyi S. Reyn.

primo maxime similis sed a C. anacardioide foliorum venis grosse valdeque

reticulatis (conspicuis ubi sicco), foliorum paginis non nitidis, et fructibus pler-

umque aurantiacis; a C. dallachyi foliolis efoveolatis, petiolulis brevipulvinatis et

inflorescentiis + glabris differt. Typus: Queensland. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Fairlies

Knob, 10 km NNE of Brooweena, 25°30’S, 152°17’E, 3 December 1990, P.I.

Forster 7671 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,L,MEL,QRS).

Trees to 25 m with straight trunk; young parts finely appressed hairy; branchlets with

scattered, small, ellipsoid pale lenticels. Leaves with 2-5 (or 6) leaflets on each side of

rachis; petioles 3.7-8.2(-10) cm long, terete, trigonous and pulvinate at base, densely

lenticellate especially near the base and on the pulvinus; rachis (2.8-)5-17.5 cm long (to

20.5 cm in juvenile leaves), subterete; pinnae alternate or subopposite, narrowly elliptic

or elliptic-oblong or subobovate, obtuse, emarginate, or subtruncate at apex, acute or

obtuse at base, entire, 6.5-14.5 X 2.5—5.7 cm (to 19.4 X 5.5 cm in juveniles), glabrous,

pale green, + shiny or glossy when young; midrib broad and prominent below; lateral

nerves 9-14(-16) pairs, 8-12 mm apart, + patent, arched at their tips, slightly decurrent

into midrib; reticulate venation very coarse, conspicuous in a dry state; petiolules 8-12

mm long, channelled above, shortly pulvinate at base. Panicles axillary, 8-13 cm long;

peduncles branched from near base; branches patent, sparsely appressed hairy, sometimes

lenticellate. Flowers to 8 mm diameter; pedicels 2-3.5 mm long, subglabrous; calyx lobes

elliptic or suborbicular, 2.5-4 x 2-2.5 mm, sparsely finely appressed hairy on the outside,

+ glabrous towards ciliolate margins; petals broadly ovate, shortly clawed, to 2 < 1.5

mm, hairy on outside and on the scales; disc fleshy, lobed, glabrous; filaments 1.5 mm

long, hairy; anthers obloid, c. 1 mm long, glabrous; ovary glabrous. Fruits subobovoid

to subglobose, shortly stipitate, 3-grooved with rounded lobes, slightly carinate at sutures,

tae be ne a cm, brownish orange when ripe; aril yellow-orange maturing to orange

or red. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE BAy DisTRICT: Fairlies Knob, E of Biggenden, 25°30’S, 152°18’E, Jan

1990, Randali 600 (BRI); between Apple Tree Creek and Childers, Jan 1990, Randal/ s.n. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality (Map 3). It is usually present

as a dominant tree in hoop pine (Araucaria cunninghamii D. Don) rainforests.

C. simulatus is distinguishable by the narrowly elliptic leaflets with prominent

coarse reticulate veins, by the orange coloured fruits, and by the nearly glabrous

496 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

inflorescences. It is very similar to C. anacardioides and C. dallachyi in its aspect, and

may be distinguished from them as follows:

1. Leaflets usually foveolate in the axil of the lateral nerves below. Inflo-

rescences densely hairy. Branchlets densely lenticellate ........ C. dallachyi

Leaflets not foveolate. Inflorescences a canine pcisa Branchlets

sparsely lenticellate ........... san eee ie Z

2. Leaflets mostly obovate or elliptic with mostly broad retuse or obtuse

apex, upper surfaces usually very vernicose and darker than below;

reticulate venation fine, prominent, Peduncles pubescent. Fruits golden

yellow, sometimes tinged with red, glabrous. Small spreading trees

rarely more than 15 m high . C. anacardioides

Leaflets narrowly elliptic to subobovate with obtuse or subtruncate apex;

upper surfaces not as above, slightly shiny, reticulate venation coarse,

very, conspicuous especially in a dry state. Peduncles sparsely hairy.

Fruits orange or brown, cn oats Tall Mineiane-$ trees to 25 m

hi en SREP Pia tay F C. simulatus

Etymology: The specific aden “simulatus” (fom the Latin simulans, resembling or

imitating) refers to the resemblance of this species to C. anacardioides and C. dallachyi.

Cupaniopsis dallachyi S. Reyn., Fl. Australia 25: 199 (1985).

Add to the description:

Panicles 8.5-13.5(-25) X 2.5-4.5 cm, densely flowered; male flowers more numerous

than females; peduncles + angular, pubescent, usually branching from near base, branches

very short; bracts ovate, densely hairy. Flowers 7-8.5 mm diameter, male and female

usually nearly the same size, perfumed; pedicels 3.5-5 mm long, pubescent: calyx lobes

3-4 X 2.5-3 mm, elliptic or suborbicular, usually with dense appressed hairs on outside;

petals broadly ovate, to 2 X 2 mm, white, scales sparsely hairy; disc fleshy, glabrous:

filaments 2-2.5 mm long, densely patent hairy; anthers to 2 mm long; ovary glabrous.

Representative specimen: Queensland. Cook District: S.F.R. 310, Parish of Bellenden Ker, Goldfield L.A.,,

17°18’S, 145°48’E, Nov 1987, Gray 4668 (BRI).

Alectryon Gaertner

The number of representative specimens of many of the Alectryon species has

also increased since the genus was revised (Reynolds 1983, 1985, 1987). Flowering

material of A. kimberleyanus S. Reyn. has been collected, and an extension of range of

A, subdentatus recorded. Increased numbers of representative specimens has also made

it possible to assess more closely the relationships of A. unilobatus S. Reyn. and A.

reticulatus Radlk.

Alectryon kimberleyanus S. Reyn., Austrobaileya 1(5): 477 (1983).

Add to the description:

Inflorescences thyrsiform panicles, 2.7-3 cm long, to 0.8 cm wide, peduncles densely

rusty hairy; bracts ovate-elliptic, 3-3.5 X 1-1.5 mm, densely appressed hairy outside.

Flowers cream; calyces to 3 X 3.5 mm, sparsely hairy, lobes ovate to | X 1 mm; petals

absent; stamens to 2.5 mm long; filaments to 1 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy;

anthers c. 1.5 mm long, mostly glabrous.

Representative specimen: Western Australia. Lone Dingo, approx. 25 km NNW of mining campsite, Mitchell

Plateau, N Kimberley, Oct 1982, Kenneally 8578 (PERTH).

Alectryon subdentatus forma pseudostipularis Radik., Feddes Repert. 20: 28 (1924):

Reynolds 1985, p. 30.

This form is now recorded from north of Gladstone, Port Curtis District and

extends as far west as Chesterton Range, Maranoa District (Map 4). It had previously

been recorded from only southeastern Queensland.

Reynolds, Sapindaceae

eset ee

ao =

545255 ,*

= Lh he

¥ a3)

S42 4*

Se ee

”

= '

eat an

a 57,

',* am

a byt iar

gt *

aq ¥ +

¥ me .

7 4 *

1 id

* *

Fig 2. Cupaniopsis simulatus: A. fruiting habit X 0.5. B. dehisced fruit showing seeds and hairy insides of valves

x |. C. seeds and aril covering X 2. A-C, Forster 7671.

SARA

ami

ct Ee Rt See a a

te oe a Sh aa Mite Su et Bt

me st

a“

A ty WMG a at a ae a a a a A

eee ee eer Cer e rrr errr Croce Lecry

498 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Representative specimens: Queensland. PoRT CurTis DISTRICT: The Caves, 23°11’S, 150°28’E, Jan 1986, Hoy 157

BRI); S.F. 60, Rundle Range, 23°38’S, 150°58’E, Dec 1987, Gibson 1035 (BRI); Beecher S.F. 150, Por. 75, Calliope

hire, 23°55’S, 151°L1’E, Nov 1987, Gibson 1011 (BRI). MARANOA DutsTRIcT: Chesterton Range, Mt Moffatt

section of Carnarvon National Park to NW of Marlong Plain and SW of Mt Sugarloaf (c. 90 km SW of Rolleston

and 14 km N of National Park Head Quarters), 24°56’S, 147°56’E, Nov 1990, Henderson H 3505 & Robins (BRD.

A. reticulatus Radlk. and A. unilobatus S. Reyn.

The close relationship of these two species was noted when Alectryon unilobatus

was described (Reynolds 1983, p. 476). It was also noted by Dr Leenhouts in his revision

of Alectryon (1988, p. 327).

When A. unilobatus was described, it was represented in herbaria by a few variable

specimens. Although these appeared to match quite well with the description of Alectryon

reticulatus Radlk. from New Guinea, especially in the characteristic 1-lobed fruits, no

specimen of this species was available for comparative study. Moreover because A.

unilobatus appeared to contain two + distinct forms represented by northern and southern

collections, no attempt was made to assess the relationship of the two species, at that

time.

The number of available representative specimens of A. unilobatus has increased

substantially since 1t was described, its two forms present are now also better represented

in herbaria, and one of two specimens of A. reticulatus Radlk. cited by Leenhouts (1988)

has become available for study. This latter specimen viz Hartman s.n. (MEL 1537050)

from Torres Strait, Queensland, matches most of the specimens from north Queensland

including the type of A. unilobatus from Pascoe River, it differs slightly in the leaves

from those of the southern collections.

Although the type of A. reticulatus Radik., from the islands in the Gulf of Papua

has not been seen, I am quite confident that this species is conspecific with A. unilobatus

S. Reyn. so the latter name is now reduced to synonymy under A. reticulatus Radlk.,

the earlier name.

Alectryon reticulatus Radlk., Sitzungsber. Bayer. Akad. 20; 255(1890). Type: SE New

Ca islands in the Gulf of Papua, before 1886, collector unknown (holo: M,

n.v.).

A. unilobatus 8. Reyn., Austrobaileya 1(5): 475-476 (1983). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Pascoe River, in 1977, L.J. Webb & J.G. Tracey 13123 (holo: BRD

Two forms are present in Queensland as indicated above, and although they are

now better represented in herbaria they are not formally recognised because they are

connected by intermediates. Plants from north Queensland, viz Torres Strait islands,

Weipa, Pascoe, Pennefather and Olive Rivers, have thin leaflets which are greenish or

greyish green when dry and are finely nerved and reticulate-veined; their peduncles and

calyces are very sparsely hairy, and fruits are smaller with a thin pericarp. Plants from

southeast Queensland, viz Mt Eerwah, Mt Nebo, and near Gympie, have thicker, rigid

leaflets which tend to dry somewhat yellowish, are prominently coarsely reticulate-veined,

have denser hairs on peduncles and calyces, and have larger fruits with thicker pericarp.

Plants from Magnetic Island and Fanning River, north Queensland, appear to be

intermediate between these forms.

Jagera Blume

Jagera discolor L.S. Smith ex 8. Reyn. and J. dasyantha (Radlk.) S. Reyn.

The relationship of these species and whether they are conspecific or not, has

been investigated since 1985, when Dr van Welzen (pers. comm.) drew my attention to

the similarities (especially in the flowers) of the type of Guioa dasyantha Radlk. with

Jagera discolor specimens. He presumed these species to be conspecific (1990, p. 304).

The type of Guioa dasyantha Radlk. (flowering specimen from Sepik area, northern

New Guinea) was examined. The flowers were that of a Jagera and not a Guioa, so the

species is transferred to Jagera and a new combination Jagera dasyantha (Radlk.) S.

Reyn. is thus made below.

499

Reynolds, Sapindaceae

. dl Manas rs

. rae

> 5

{

: =

‘

|! a

t 0 Q S

K Ow &

yr A O New, Britain

j & Or; Lae

a A. :

} «& o

Sf XY iy R. =

AS <

i 4a

°?‘s Port Morseby Brown R. Q ioe

ry : Normanby ID

oe bos

152

14 ;

be A

Maps 1-5. Distribution of Sapiens spp. I. Riysotoechia spp.: R. bifoliolata subsp. bifoliolata Ay R. bifoliolata

subsp. nitida @; R. florulenta QO. 2. Atalaya spp.: A. collina O; A. oligoclada @. 3. Atalaya calcicola O; Cupaniopsis

Queensland form A.

500 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

As indicated above, the type of /. dasyantha resembles J. discolor specimens

especially those from New Guinea. It, however, differs from the type of /. discolor (from

Clump Mountain, northern Queensland) in having more leaflets per leaf, narrower leaflets

with a pronounced acumen at apex, slender peduncles and smaller flowers.

Plants from northern Queensland are typical of J. discolor, while most of the

plants from New Guinea resemble the type of J. dasyantha, differing only slightly in the

shape of leaflets and coarser hairs on the midrib of leaflets. Although no other collection

of J. dasyantha from the type locality has been seen I am quite certain that all these

New Guinea plants belong to the one taxon. A few specimens from New Guinea however

approach J. discolor ones from Queensland, especially those from south New Guinea

viz Owen’s Corner, Kakoda Trail, N of Sogeri, Hartley 10765 i ditto, Schodde

2954 (LAE). These appear to be intermediate between typical J. discolor and typical J.

dasyantha specimens.

Because of the presence of these intermediates and also because the specimens

available for study are few and inadequate, I have after discussion with Dr Leenhouts

(who has been revising Jagera (pers. comm. 1987)) decided to combine the two species

and treat the taxa as belonging to one very variable species. Jagera discolor is therefore

now reduced to synonymy under Jagera drspunsh a, the earlier name.

Jagera dasyantha (Radlk.) S. Reyn. comb. noy. Guioa dasyantha Radlk., Bot. Jarb. 56:

“igo vy Type: Papua New Guinea. Sepik area, 1912-1913, Ledermann 10365

iso: L.!

J. discolor L.S. Smith ex S. Reyn., Austrobaileya 1(5): 407, f. 28A (1981). Type:

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Clump Mountain, 7 November 1951, L.S. Smith

4977 (holo: BRI).

This species is very variable with at least two forms being recognisable (as indicated

above) but these forms are not formally named here because of the presence of

intermediates.

New Guinea form: This occurs in northern New Guinea, New Britain and on Milne Bay

Islands (Map 5). Leaves with 4-8 pairs of leaflets; petiole terete, trigonous at broad base;

rachis terete; leaflets elliptic-ovate or obliquely oblong, apex long acuminate or caudate

(acumen 10-20 mm long), or shortly acuminate or rarely obtuse; base obtuse, oblique,

subequal; 2.4-4.5(-5.7) cm wide, upper surfaces glabrous or midribs hairy, lower ones

finely appressed hairy; lateral nerves 5-12 pairs, strongly arched or + oblique; reticulate

venation often obscure above. Peduncles slender, 2.5—8 cm long; bracts minute, 0.5-1

mm long. Flowers 1.7-2 mm long; pedicels 2 mm long.

Note: The type has leaflets with long caudate tips (acumen to 20 mm long), strongly

arcuate lateral nerves, and with midribs above glabrous. Most specimens have shorter

acumen, midribs hairy above, and + oblique or + arcuate lateral nerves.

Queensland form: This form previously known as J. discolor occurs in northern Queens-

land (Map 5) (Reynolds 1981, p. 407). Leaves with 4 or 5 (or 6) pairs of leaflets; petioles

subterete, broad and pulvinate at base; rachis subterete; leaflets elliptic or elliptic-ovate

or -oblong; apex abruptly shortly acuminate (acumen less than 10 mm long) or obtuse;

base usually broad unequal; (3-)4.8-5.7(-6.5) cm wide, glabrous above, lower surfaces

finely appressed hairy; lateral nerves 8-12 pairs, + oblique and ascending; reticulate

venation prominent, usually forming a fine mesh. Peduncles 9-20 cm long, + angular

pany dry; bracts prominent, {-3(-5) mm long. Flowers to 2.5 mm long; pedicels 2-4

mm long.

Plants from Sogeri area, Western District, southern New Guinea, appear to be

intermediate between the above forms.

Acknowledgments

I am grateful to Les Pedley for providing the latin diagnoses, to Rod Henderson

for his comments on the manuscript, to Paul Forster and Estelle Ross who made special

trips to collect type material of Cupaniopsis simulatus and Rhysotoechia bifoliolata subsp.

nitida, to Norm Gibson who made several trips and subsequently provided copious

material and information on Atalaya collina, to John Clarkson and Jim Randall for

Reynolds, Sapindaceae S0i

bringing my attention to the new Afalaya and Cupaniopsis species, and for providing

slides, and to Will Smith for the line drawings and maps. My thanks are also due to

Drs Leenhouts and van Welzen of Leiden, for their helpful suggestions on Jagera

dasyantha and to the curator of L for the loan of the type of Guioa dasyantha Radlk.

References

LEENHOUTS, P.W. (1988). A Revision of Alectryon (Sapindaceae) in Malesia. Blumea 33: 313-327.

RADLKOFER, L.A.T. (1921). Guioa dasyantha. Botanische Jahrbticher 56: 277.

Bel te tsa L.A.T. (1933). Rhysotoechia. In A. Engler (ed.), Pflanzenreich 98f: 1209-1216. Leipzig: Wilhelm

ngelmann.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1981). Afalaya. In Notes on Sapindaceae, I. Austrobaileya 1(4): 388-419.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1983). Alectryon, In Notes on Sapindaceae, Il. Austrobaileya 1(5): 472-496.

REYNOLDS, §S.T. (1984). Rhysotoechia. In Notes on Sapindaceae, Il. Austrobaileya 2(1): 29-64.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1984). Cupaniopsis. In Notes on Sapindaceae, III. Austrobaileya 2(1); 29-64.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1985). Atalaya, Alectryon, Guioa, Cupaniopsis, Rhysotoechia, Jagera. In A.S. George (ed.)

Flora of Australia. Vol. 25. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

VAN WELZEN, P.C. (1990). Guioa Cav. (Sapindaceae). Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus Leiden p. 304.

Accepted for publication 19 March 1991

Ce CCS ol “

Austrobatleya 3(3): 503-521 (1991) 503

IATION IN HOYA AUSTRALIS R. B

(ASCLEPIADACEAE)

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

and David J. Liddle

P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qid 4880, Australia

Summary

Hoya australis R. Br. ex Traill is a highly variable taxon that occurs in Australia, Papuasia and Melanesia. Five

subspecies are recognised within H. australis, defined by vegetative characters and floral phenology. H. australis

subsp. oramicola is newly described and the new combinations H. australis subsp. tenuipes CH. oligotricha subsp.

tenuipes K,. Hill) and A. australis subsp. rupicola (H. rupicola K. Hill) are made.

Introduction

As noted by Liddle (1986) and Hill (1988), H. australis is an exceptionally variable

taxon with a wide distribution in Australia, Papuasia and Melanesia. The recent account

of the complex within Australia by Hill (1988) is deficient in several regards, firstly in

that it does not recognise all of the variants that do occur, secondly in that it recognises

‘variants’ that do not occur, thirdly in the use of several characters primarily of

indumentum that are of little use in taxon delimitation at the specific level, fourthly in

the omission of several diagnostic characters that are obvious with live material and

fifthly in the incorrect indication of the location of several types.

The H. australis complex encompasses a number of previously described taxa,

namely Gymnema recurvifolium Blume, Hoya dalrympleana F. Muell., H. bicarinata

Gray, H. keysii Bailey, H. sanae (“sana’’) Bailey, H. papillantha Schumann, H. pubescens

Reinecke, H. lactea S. Moore, H. oligotricha K. Hill, H. oligotricha subsp. tenuipes K.

Hill and H. rupicola K. Hill. These taxa exhibit a wide range of vegetative forms but

are relatively uniform in terms of floral morphology. In this paper we attempt to reassess

the wide variation in the group throughout its entire range and to define taxa based on

discontinuities in morphology, ecological separation and phenological differentiation. As

with other taxa of the genus, field observations and the study of live or pickled material

is essential, as both floral and vegetative characters of these plants become considerably

distorted and difficult to interpret once material is pressed and dried. Our taxonomic

decisions are based on extensive field studies in Australia and the examination of a large

number of plants of known origin under uniform conditions of cultivation.

Materials and Methods

Field studies in Queensland and the Northern Territory were undertaken by us

from around 1978 onwards. A large number of plants from wild populations were

cultivated both at Emerald Creek, Mareeba and Brisbane during this period.

Flowering material of these coilections was pickled in 70% alcohol, glycerol and

water and subsequently used for measurement of floral characters. Vegetative characters

were determined from live plants that were flowering or that had previously flowered.

It should be noted that since plants of this complex will only flower in bright light,

measurements of vegetative characters were obtained from plants grown under these

conditions. Plants grown in dense shade tend to have much thinner, larger leaves (cf.

Adams ef a/, 1988, and our observations) and do not flower.

In the taxonomic section we have cited representative collections under the separate

taxa, mainly to demonstrate the geographical distribution of each subspecies. For Australia

these are collections that have been examined in the field, subsequently cultivated and

represented, at least in BRI, both by dried and spirit material. A full list of collections

seen is given in Appendix 1. The maps show Australian distributions only, as we have

not seen comprehensive herbarium material of these plants from Papuasia and Melanesia,

nor have we conducted field studies in these regions.

SRNR IRIS AE RAN UE

504 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

The following characters were measured on 142 clones of known wild origin. The

number of samples for each clone is indicated in [ } brackets.

(1) habit: (a) twining, (b) erect or scrambling but not twining. [1].

(2) leaf type: (a) very succulent, (b) fleshy to succulent (c) coriaceous. [1].

Note: “very succulent” denotes leaf thickness of 2.5~3.5 mm, “fleshy to suc-

culent” denotes leaf thickness of 1.2-1.6 mm; coriaceous denotes leaf thickness

< 1.2 mm (cf. Forster 1990b).

(3) leaf margin: (a) not recurved, (b) strongly recurved. [1].

(4) leaf venation: (a) prominent, (b) obscure. [1].

(5) indumentum: (a) absent, (b) scattered, (c) sparse (d) dense. [10].

Note: Hill (1988) placed much emphasis on the orientation of indumentum in

definition of taxa in the group. We observed that this could be variable both

within and between populations and have not used it as a character. Indu-

mentum cover is defined using the system developed by Hewson (1988), eaCeDt

that we use the term ‘scattered’ instead of ‘isolated’.

(6) extrafloral nectaries on Jamina: (a) present, (b) absent. [10].

(7) lamina length and width. [10].

(8) flower diameter. [5].

(9) pedicel length and width. [5].

(10) sepal length and width. [5].

(11) corolla lobe length and width. [5].

(12) staminal corona diameter. [5].

(13) individual staminal corona lobe length. [5].

(14) individual staminal corona lobe width. [5].

(15) length of slit between anther wing. [5].

(16) pollintum length and width. [5].

(17) corpusculum length and width. [5].

(18) caudicle length and width. [5].

Where possible 5 flowers from the same inflorescence were scored separately for characters

hes but where less than 5 flowers were present, scoring was increased on individual

owers.

Results

Plants could be consistently allocated to one of five groups on a number of

characters of habit and leaf morphology. These characters are summarised in Table 1.

Table 1. Allocation of clones of H. australis complex into 5 groups on the basis of plant

habit and leaf morphology characters that exhibit variation

Character rou

2 3 r 5

(1) habit: (a) twining, inte erect or li cuteice

but not twining .. a a b a a

(2) leaf type: (a) very succulent 1 mined to

succulent, (c) corlaceous.. b C a b b

(3) leaf ragcen (a) not recurved, » (0) strongly

recurved . a a a b b

(4) leaf venation: (a) 1 prominent t () obscure b b b a b

(5) extrafloral nectaries on lamina: (a) ene S-

ent, (b) absent . . a a b ab b

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis 505

Plants could not be consistently allocated into groups on the basis of lamina

indumentum cover, lamina length and width or the ratio of the latter two. Plants of

groups 3 and 4 (Table 1) tend to have dense indumentum on both lamina surfaces, but

particularly on the adaxial surface. Plants of group 1 tend to have sparse to dense

indumentum, often on both lamina surfaces, but also quite commonly only on the

adaxial surface. Plants of group 2 are glabrous or have scattered to sparse indumentum

on the lamina surfaces. Leaf length and width varies considerably across all groups,

although there was a slight tendency for plants of group 3 to have more lanceolate leaves

than those of the other groups (Fig. 1).

Flower shape was consistent throughout the clones examined. The number of

flowers per inflorescence and pedicel length appeared to be dependent on individual

growing conditions and could vary from inflorescence to inflorescence or from year to

year on the same plant. Flower size was extremely variable with most noticeable variation

being in the corolla lobe length and width (Fig. 2) and pollinium length and width (Fig.

3). Very small flowers tended to have small coronas and small pollinaria, whereas very

large flowers tended to have large coronas and large pollinaria. There was continuous

variation in all floral characters between all groups defined on vegetative characters.

Plants of the five groups defined on habit and leaf morphology (Table 1) tend to

have, but not exclusively so, discrete flowering periods in Australia (Group 1: March-

May; Group 2: September-October, rarely March-May; Groups 3 & 5: January—March;

Group 4: May-July) and also occur in different habitat types. Plants of groups 1 and 2

occur over much the same geographical range in north Queensland but are always

ecologically discrete, although at times the physical distance between them may be small.

Plants of groups 1 and 4 are generally found in different areas, but both occur in close

proximity in the Glennie Tableland area on Cape York Peninsula.

a ©

: ae te

o A @) A

: 5 ne ° A

c AY °¢)

E A a . ° 0% ;

3 4 ge nasty 2 so 08, ”

= A Aa AS Ava AA?

. wae ts, rs o ¢

AYA By, ~oR A IN 4

A A

A F, 7

2 A A %

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a” 9 10 11

Leaf lamina length (cm)

Fig, 1. Leaf lamina length versus leaf lamina width in Hoya australis.4\ Group 1 (subsp. australis); & Group 2

PAE OME ee a URN,

506 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

10+ A AA

9 A

° A

€ A A®&

E ky A

s 8 Be AAAA + 28 AAA

2 A A a o x

= M6 7 ROA

2 A A Ba LO ip

o 7 4

: yA

° $

o PS M

0 A

6 ~~ a AA 2 o Bo

5 A Om A

_ | i U a i . a

3 4 5 6 7

Corolla lobe width (mm)

Fig, 2. Corolla lobe length versus corolla lobe width in Hoya australis. /\ Group 1 (subsp. australis); A Group

Discussion

In the genus Hoya (Forster & Liddle 1990; Rintz 1978) and elsewhere in the

family Asclepiadaceae, species have been defined primarily on discontinuities in floral

characters. Vegetative characters provide useful secondary data for specific delimitation

or for defining groups of species. However, no study (including the present) has ever

really addressed the relative worth of floral characters as opposed to purely vegetative

ones for taxon delimitation. Certainly, in terms of the breeding biology of species of

Hoya, there are some obvious barriers to the insertion of pollinia of a given taxon into

the slit between the anther wings of taxa with markedly different flowers. In other cases

this is less so. Given our lack of knowledge of the breeding biology of the group, we

feel it is prudent to retain the concept of floral discontinuity 1n defining species and

reject Hill’s (1988) definition of species on indumentum orientation and geographic

origin.

Hence, we consider that the five groups we have defined in the H. australis

complex are best treated as subspecies of the one species because there is no discontinuity

in floral morphology but a marked discontinuity in vegetative morphology. For the taxa

so defined, there are also both ecological and geographical separations.

The trend of increasing leaf succulence in plants of the H. australis complex is a

result of greater development of mesophyll tissue in the leaf (Forster 1990b). This trend

may be interpreted as representing an increasing adaptation to seasonal water deficit

with a presumed radiation of plants of the complex out of an ancestral rainforest habitat

(subsp. tenuipes) into ever drier habitats with the extreme being the sandstone escarpments

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis 507

of Arnhem Land and the Kimberley (subsp. rupico/a). The possession of succulent leaves

and the ability of plants of A. australis to tolerate a wide range of light conditions

(Adams et al. 1988, cf. subsp. australis only) enable plants of this complex to occur in

. range of different habitats over a wide geographic range in Australia, Papuasia and

elanesia.

_ The earliest specific name applicable to the group is Hoya australis R. Br. ex

Traill, and the five groups defined in Table 1 equate to the following taxa based on our

examination either of type collections or descriptions from the literature.

Group 1: Hoya australis R. Br. ex Traill; Hoya dalrympleana F. Muell.; Hoya keysii

Bailey; Hoya pubescens Reinecke; Hoya oligotricha K. Hill subsp. oligotricha.

Group 2: Gymnema recurvifolium Blume; Hoya bicarinata A. Gray; Hoya papillantha

Schumann; Hoya lactea S. Moore; Hoya oligotricha subsp. tenuipes K. Hill.

Group 3: Hoya rupicola K. Hill.

Group 4: Hoya sanae Bailey; Hoya australis subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill.

Group 5: Undescribed taxon.

0.90 &

¢ §

A A

Baie™ ok

0.80 a Ms me

As GA

wae, OA

E A %

= By A

= a oe oft

= N - San ,4

5 - 4, 44

@o 0.70 anak a

E A A.

= me AS A o A

= oO A

c a A’

_ A By nae,

0.60

ry AA ‘ AA,“ oP yn

- eae A A

A . ° :

0.50 x Ay 6

wo 9 O

0.40

0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35

Pollinium width (mm)

Fig. 3. Pollinium length versus pollintum width in Hoya australis. AA Group 1 (subsp. australis); & Group 2

508 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Taxonomic Treatment

Hoya australis R.Br. ex Traill, Trans. Hort. Soc. 7: 28 (1830). ah ae Queensland. Cook

DISTRICT: Cape Grafton, [1770] Banks & Solander (holo: BM!).

Succulent vine to subshrub. Stems cylindrical, succulent becoming somewhat woody

with age; twining or clambering, glabrous or with indumentum when young. Leaves

petiolate; lamina succulent, fleshy to coriaceous, elliptic, narrow-ovate, oblong, ovate or

orbicular, up to 15 cm long and 12cm wide, glabrous or with indumentum: tip acuminate,

acute or apiculate; base rounded, cordate, obtuse or cuneate; petiole up to 2 cm long:

extrafloral nectaries absent or present at lamina base. Cymes racemiform, persistent,

with up to 50 flowers; peduncles 1-3 cm long, glabrous or with indumentum. Flowers

campanulate 3-5 mm ‘long, 10-25 mm diameter; pediceis 2-4 cm long. Sepals ovate to

triangular, 1-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, with sparse to dense indumentum and with |

to several glands at base. Corolla minutely puberulous, white to cream with red under

staminal corona; lobes ovate to acute, 5-10 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, apex antrorse,

margins revolute. Staminal corona cream; lobes 1.2-3.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, ovate,

concave above, with two longitudinal inrolled keels, Slit between anther wings 0.7-1.2

mm long. Style-head conical, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Ovaries 1.6-2 mm long, 1.4-1.5 mm

wide, glabrous. Pollinarium 0.9-1.15 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide; pollinium oblong,

Q.56-0.92 mm long, 0.22-0.41 mm wide; corpusculum ovate-oblong, 0.3-0.45 mm long,

0.15-0.24 mm wide; caudicles unwinged, 0.15-0.34 mm long, 0.05-0.14 mm wide.

Follicles fusiform 9-13.5 cm long, 1-1.5 cm wide. Seed oblong, tan, 5-7 mm long, 2-3

mm wide; coma 25-30 mm long.

Key to subspecies, based on live or pickled material

1. Margin of leaf lamina strongly recurved .. .. 1... 0... ce ce ee 2

Margin of leaf lamina not recurved .. 1... wk ce ee 3

2. Leaf lamina <5 cm long, secondary venation prominent ...... subsp. sanae

Leaf lamina >5 cm long, secondary venation obscure ...... subsp. oramicola

3. Plant erect, not twining; leaf lamina very succulent, lacking extrafloral

nectaries at base... .. subsp. rupicola

Plant twining; leaf lamina coriaceous, , fleshy ¢ or succulent, with extrafloral

nectaries at base ras Pane’ bat ah rie Store. Bid OR 4

4. Foliage with sparse to dense indumentum; leaf lamina fleshy or

SUCCHICMG: rs.tyn ort ate ited, Rf eh Wigton Upplnh ae eepre pt ee subsp. australis

Foliage glabrous or with sparse indumentum; leaf lamina

COTIACEOUS= 2 <oo7e s Sed we Gale: Va Sek ola Bees oh uel nyse be Eulwak des subsp. tenuipes

1. Hoya australis R. Br. ex Traill subsp. australis

Hoya dalrympleana F. Muell., Rep. Burdekin Exped. 16 (1861). Type: Queensland.

N — KENNEDY DISTRIcT: On granite hills at Cape Cleveland, E. Fitzalan (holo:

ar at wit: oo” , Bonplandia 9: 257 (1861), nom. nud. (fide A.C. Smith, Fl. Fiji

Hoya keysii Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 1: 87 (1884). Type: Queensland.

BURNETT District: Mount Perry, climbing over rocks, J. Keys (holo: BM n.y.,

photo at BRI).

Hoya pubescens Reinecke, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 23: 669 (1898). Type: Samoa. Upolu,

Apia, Jan 1894, Reinecke 220 (holo: B+; iso: BISH!).

Hoya oligotricha K. Hill, Telopea 3: 253 (1988), synon. nov. Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Davies Ck, E of Mareeba, D. Liddle (holo: NSW u.y.; iso: L

n.v., BRI, K not received).

Illustrations: Bailey, Compr. cat. Queensland pl. t. 309, 310 (1913); Jones & Gray,

Aust, Climbing Pi. t. 118, 119, 120 (1977); Williams, Native Pl. Queensland 1:

160 (1979); Liddle, fee in Australia Fig, 5 (1986); Hill, Telopea 3: 245 (1988).

Forster & Liddie, Hoya australis 509

Fig. 4. Hoya australis subsp. australis. A. habit of flowering plant x 0.5. B. apical view of flower X 3. C. side

view of flower X 3, D. vertical cross-section of flower x 6. E. calyx and ovaries from above X 6. F. pollinarium

(inverted) X 20, A-F, Liddle IML599. Del. D.J. Liddle.

uh at at oe Co tt tt he te Hh

510 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Vine or rarely a twining subshrub. Foliage with sparse to dense indumentum. Leaf

lamina fleshy to succulent, with extrafloral nectaries at base, margins not strongly recurved;

secondary venation obscure. Fig. 4.

Selected specimens: Australia, Queensland. Cook DtstricT: Nagir Is, 10°30’S, 142°30E, Oct 1983, Liddle IML288

(BRI); cult. Emerald Ck (ex plant collected Head of Hann Ck, 12°28’S, 142°59’E), Apr 1988, Lavarack IML528

(BRI); T.R. 14, Rocky River, 13°50’S, 143°25’E, Sep 1973, Hyland 6807 (QRS); Silver Plains, 13°06’S, 143°22’E,

Jul 1982, Liddle IML208 (BRI); Cape Grafton, 16°52’S, L45°55’E, Jun 1986, Watts IML606 (BRI); Davies Ck,

17°03’S, 145°35’E, Apr 1980, Liddle IMLS (BRI,MEL,QRS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: cult. Indooroopilly (ex

plant collected by R. Lockyer, 1 mile W of Ravenshoe, Bald Rock Trig Stn, 17°36’S, 145°27’E, Feb. 1986), Forster

2383 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY District: Bailey Islet, May 1969, Firth [AQ 007897] (BRI). LEICHHARDT DtsrrRict:

Rainbow Falls, Blackdown Tableland N.P., 23°51’S, 149°06’E, May 1984, Forster 1785 (BRI). PoRT CurtTISs

District: Mt Hedlow, 27.5 km N of Rockhampton, 23°07’'S, 150°35’E, May 1984, Forster 1805 (BRI). BURNETT

District: 2 km SW of Boolbunda Rock, 25°08’S, 1S1°41’E, May 1986, Forster 2424 (BRI); Mt Lorna, ““Toondahra”’,

42 km SSE of Mundubbera, 25°29’S, 151°21’E, Mar 1984, Forster 1755 (BRI). WipE Bay District: Black Gin

Ck, T.R. 580, 25°29’S, 151°SS’E, May 1987, Forster 2906 (BRI). MoreETON DtstrRicT: Flinton Hill, Worlds End

Pocket, Brisbane River, 27°31’S, 152°45’E, Mar 1983, Forster 1843 (BRI); Ivorys Rock, 17 km S of Ipswich,

27°46'S, 152°47E, Aug 1984, Forster 1871, Bostock & Bird (BRI,MEL). New South Wales. cult. Indooroopilly

(ex plant collected by N. Skennar from Glenugie Peak, 29°50’S, 152°56’E), Jul 1985, Forster 2036 (BRI). Vanuatu.

Malekula, Tisbel, Sep 1971, Halle RSNH6330 (P); Piste de Bunlap, Apr 1977, Mforat 5489 (P); Aneityum Is, Vtgi,

Mar 1939, Wilson 1002 (P).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies occurs in eastern Australia (Map A) from

Torres Strait south to northern New South Wales and is also in Melanesia (cf. type of

H, pubescens Reinecke, pubescent forms discussed by Smith (1988) and specimens cited).

Plants grow on rock outcrops or cliffs in open eucalypt forest or heath in northern

Queensland and in vinethickets and vineforests in southern Queensland, New South

Wales and Melanesia. Plants growing on the mainland of Cape York Peninsula north

of 12°28’S are mostly subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill.

Metnaiatas Austrahan populations flower from March to May and fruit 3-4 months

ater.

Notes: As noted by Henderson (1983), H. australis had a rather informal entry into the

taxonomic literature, with the result that the correct author citation and place of

publication has often been confused, particularly in the horticultural literature. Brown

(1810) listed Australian material of Hoya under H. carnosa which is an Asian species,

with the comment that the material could well be specifically distinct. In the Prodromus,

Brown listed the locality for Australian Hoya as (T) and said that he had seen plants of

it living (v.v.), thus indicating that material he worked with was collected by him

somewhere on the coast of Queensland and the Northern Territory westward to Arnhem

Bay (Stearn 1960). The first effective publication of H. australis 1s that of Traill (1830)

who stated “The first is a native of the more northern part of New South Wales, with

leaves varying from elliptic to obovate; this is in the Herbarium of Mr. Robert Brown,

and is named by him Hoya australis, it having been referred by him in his Prodromus

Flora Novae Hollandiae, Vol. 1. page 460, with a doubt, to H. carnosa.”

No material of H. australis exists at BM that was collected by Brown. A Banks

and Solander collection from Cape Grafton near Cairns is present in BM and is the

material illustrated in Banks and Solander (1901). There are two sheets of this, one (the

poorer) which was taken by Brown on the voyage with Flinders, and the other which

has written in Brown’s handwriting - H. australis. This latter sheet is undoubtedly that

seen by Traill and is the type of H. australis. Brown’s omission of “‘B” from the relevant

text in the Prodromus, indicating use of Banks and Solander material (Burbidge 1955;

Stearn 1960) is apparently an error. ;

Recollection of material both at Cape Grafton and adjoining areas revealed plants

with variable leaf form, but all consistently with small (<10 cm long and 5 cm wide),

orbicular, densely pubescent succulent leaves. Watts IML600 from Rocky Island off

Cape Grafton, in particular is similar to that illustrated by Banks and Solander (1901).

We have been unable to locate the type of H. dalrympleana which is apparently

not at MEL (H. Aston, pers. comm. 1990) as thought by Hull (1988). We have included

it within the synonymy of H. australis subsp. australis as neither subsp. tenuipes nor

subsp. sanae occurs as far south as Townsville.

The isotype of H. pubescens at BISH is poor but both the stems and petioles have

a sparse to dense indumentum. As outlined by Smith (1988), such pubescent plants are

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis

S11

Pre

soae

Fig. 5. Hoya australis subsp, tenuipes: A. habit of flowering plant X 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 2.5. C. side

view of flower X 2.5. D. vertical cross-section of flower X 5. E. calyx and ovaries from above X 2.5. F. pollinarium

(inverted) x 25. A-F, Liddle IMLI. Del. D.J. Liddle.

SSE EU RN LG

ie ayer

eae

rrr anaae aa Ne A GGA Ay Hy wt Ht HN a WA mga a

ss vA RAMETERS RETA EIR de cea Ee

ro le eM bth ete emmy A al A Mab NE ty ea MSA Me

512 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

relatively common in parts of Melanesia and from the specimens we have examined,

this subspecies occurs both in Samoa and Vanuatu.

The type of H. keysii is not at BRI as was previously thought (Hill 1988: 250),

but at BM (Forster 1989), This is an unusual location for an F.M. Bailey holotype; BM

should be considered when seeking location of missing types relative to other taxa

described by him. Small densely pubescent, orbicular-leaved plants that are more or less

identical with the type of H. Keysii were relocated at Boolbunda Rock near Mt Perry

(Forster 2424). These plants are very similar to those from Cape Grafton.

Plants at Davies Creek, the type locality of H. oligotricha, are virtually indistin-

guishable from the Cape Grafton plants, so the nag foiets of H. oligotricha in addition

to H. australis by Hill (1988) is unnecessary. One of us originally collected the material

at Davies Ck from which Hill purportedly prepared his type material, however we have

not seen the resultant herbarium specimens and this type material does not appear to

have been distributed, at least to BRI and K. In addition to the type collection of H.

oligotricha, Hill cites a different collection from Davies Creek for H. australis sensu Hill.

Both of these coilections are referable to H. australis subsp. australis. Apart from

indumentum development on the lamina, the main criterion by which H. oligotricha

subsp. oligotricha is distinguished by Hill from H. australis subsp. australis, is that in

southern Queensland it is a coastal plant whereas the other species is “restricted to the

ranges’. While we do not wish to belabour this misconception, many populations can

be found where there is no distinction. As examples, Kenning IML566 from Lake

Bowraddy on Fraser Island (“a coastal sand habitat’) is quite pubescent, and Forster

4275 from the top of Mt Perry (“the ranges’’) is almost glabrous.

Conservation status: This is a very common plant and is not endangered. Plants are

widely cultivated under a variety of names, sometimes even correctly as H. australis!

2. Hoya australis subsp. tenuipes (K. Hill) P. Forster & D. Liddle, comb. nov. Hoya

oligotricha subsp. tenuipes K. Hill, Telopea 3: 254 (1988). Type: Queensland,

Cook DISTRICT: Pascoe River Rockpile, 16 Septesnber 1978, B. Wallace 83252

(holo: NSW n.y.; iso: L n.v.; BRL,K not received).

Gymnema recurvifolium Blume, Mus. Bot. 1: 150 (1850), synon. nov. Type: Nov.

Guinea, Zippelius (holo: [L898168-39, L898168-41] L}).

Hoya bicarinata A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sc. 5: 335 (1862). Type: Tonga.

TEs T1988) U.S. Expl. Exped. [US78372] (lecto: US!; fide A.C. Smith, Fl. Fiji 4:

Hoya barrackii Horne, A Year in Fii (1881), nom. nud. (fide A.C. Smith, Fl. Fiji

4: 118 (1988)).

Hoya papillantha Schumann, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Mus. Berl. 2: 142 (1898), synon.

nov. Type: “Neu-Lanenburg-Gruppe, Credner-Insel, an einem Stamme vou sub-

*s cordata”’, Jul 1896, Dah! 239 (holo: Bf).

Hoya lactea 8. Moore, J. Bot. 52: 293 (1911), synon. nov. Type: Papua New Guinea.

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Mt Gandada, H.O. Forbes 872 (syn: BM n.y., photo at BRI);

without locality, H.0. Forbes 925 (syn: BM 1.y.).

Illustration: Liddle, Hoya in Australia Figs 10 & 11 (1986).

Vine. Foliage glabrous or with scattered to sparse indumentum. Leaf lamina coriaceous,

with extrafloral nectaries at base; margins not strongly recurved; secondary venation

obscure. Fig. 5.

selected specimens: Irian Jaya. Warnapi, 15 km N of Ransiki, Vogelkop, Sep 1948, Kostermans 2715 (L); Cycloop

Mtns, road Hollandia - Sentani, Jun 1961, van Royen & Sleumer 5715 (BRI,L). Papua New Guinea. MADANG

PROVINCE: Josephstaal, 4°45’S, 145°00’E, Sep 1958, White [NGF10323] (A,BRI,CANB). New BRITAIN: Bei Massawa,

Nov 1901, Schlechter 13707 (WRSL). BOUGAINVILLE: Arawa Plantation, 6°15’S, 1S5°40’E, Dec 1960, Millar

[NGF38401] (BRI,;CANB,L). SOUTHERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Near Moro, Lake Kutubu, 6°22’S, 143°14’E, Oct

1961, Schodde 2445 (A,CANB,L). MoroBE PROVINCE: track to Mt Shungol, 6°50’S, 146°45’E, Nov 1970, Stevens

[LAE50489] (A,BRI,CANB,L). NORTHERN PROVINCE: Near Ridubidubina camp, Aug 1954, Hoogland 4509 (A,

L). WESTERN PROVINCE: Daru Is, 9°07’S, 143°20’E, Aug 1967, Ridsdale [NGF33759] (L). CENTRAL PROVINCE:

Boridi, Nov 1935, Carr 13467 (CANB,L). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: Biniguni, Mayu I track, 9°38’S, 149°18’E, Jun

1972, Streimann & Leach [NGF28579] (BRI,CANB). Solomon Islands. San Cristobal, mouth of Muni River, Aug

1965, Sore 2331 (A,L). Australia. Queensland, Cook District: Mulingar, MclIlwraith Range, Apr 1979, Liddle

IML25 (BRI); Lankelly Ck, 13°53’S, 143°18’E, Apr 1979, Liddle IML26, IML27 (BRI); Daintree Barge, 16°17'S,

145°24’E, Aug 1979, Liddle IML3 (BRI); Atherton, 16°34’S, 145°40’E, Apr 1978, Liddle IMLI (BRI). Nortu

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis 513

Fig. 6. Hoya australis subsp. rupicola: A. habit of flowering plant X 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 3, C. side

view of flower X 3. D. vertical cross-section of flower x 3. E. apical view of calyx and ovaries < 3. F. pollinarium

(inverted) x 20. A-F, Liddle IML758. Del. D.J. Liddle.

514 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

KENNEDY DISTRICT: cult. Indooroopilly (ex plant collected by R. Lockyer at Charmillan Ck, c. 12 km SSW of

Ravenshoe, 17°42’S, 145°31’E, Feb 1986), Forster 2380 (BRI). New Caledonia. Paita, Mont Lulu, Ile Wallis, Dec

1981, McKee 40077 (P). Fiji. Vitu Levu, Sep 1947, Syith 6256 (BRI); cult. Indooroopilly (ex piant collected by

P, Spence on Mana Is), Apr 1986, Forster 2394 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies occurs in Queensland (Map B) on southern

Cape York Peninsula south to Innisfail and also in New Guinea, the Solomon Islands

and Melanesia. Plants grow in rainforests, vineforests or adjacent to mangroves either

as epiphytes or lithophytes.

Phenology: In Australia, the main flowering period is from September to October,

although there may be a few flowers present in April or May; fruits appear 3-4 months

later.

Notes: The most distinctive features of this subspecies are the more or less glabrous,

coriaceous to fleshy foliage, and the slender peduncles. Both characters were recognised

by Hill so that our concept of this taxon is similar to his. We consider the taxon also

occurs in New Guinea and Melanesia where it has been previously described several

times at the specific level. An excellent account of the taxa of this complex of Hoyas

described from Melanesia including notes on typification, nomenclature and indumentum

development, is given by Smith (1988). In this, subspecies femuipes appears to be the

most frequently collected taxon in that region.

The type collection of Gymnema recurvifolium which comprises two sheets, has

inflorescences with only very young buds present. Dissection of some of those buds was

not particularly informative as to the generic placement of the material as neither the

staminal column nor pollinaria were developed. On the basis of the foliage and racem-

iform, persistent peduncles this material does not belong to Gymnema (soon to be

included in Marsdenia R. Br. or Stephanotis Thouars (cf. Forster 1990a)) and is not

referable to any taxon of Marsdenia s.l. that occurs in Papuasia (Forster unpubl.). This

material is, however, an excellent vegetative match for other collections of H. australis

subsp. tenuipes from Papuasia so we are confident on the inclusion of Blume’s taxon

within this subspecies.

The lectotype of H. bicarinata at US is rather fragmentary. It has glabrous upper

leaf pagar x me on the lower leaf surface is glabrous except for scattered indumentum

on the midrib.

The type of H. papillantha is not extant. However, we have been able to locate

a specimen (Schlechter 13707) subsequently cited under this name by Schlechter (1905)

who compared his material with the type in B. This collection is glabrous and typical

of the coriaceous large-leaved plants that have been collected from New Britain, Bou-

gainville and the Solomon Islands.

Conservation status: This subspecies is commonly encountered and is not endangered.

Plants are widely cultivated.

3. Hoya australis subsp. rupicola (K. Hill) P. Forster & D. Liddle, comb. et stat. nov.

Hoya rupicola K. Hill, Telopea 3: 252 (1988). Type: Northern Territory. Deaf

Adder Gorge, 24 February 1977, R.E. Fox 2548 (holo: NSW n.¥.; iso: CANB!,DNA)).

Subshrub or trailer, not climbing. Foliage with dense indumentum. Leaf lamina very

succulent, lacking extrafloral nectaries at base; margins not strongly recurved; secondary

venation obscure. Fig. 6.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Surveyors Pool, Mitchell Plateau, 14°41’S, 125°43’E, Jun 1976, Kenneally

5075 (PERTH); Camp Ck, Mitchell Plateau, 14°53’S, 125°44’E, Jan 1982, Kenneally 7788 (PERTH); Summit of

Mt Trafalgar, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15°17’S, 125°04’E, Aug 1974, George 12800 (PERTH); Fern Gully,

Garipeli Ck, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15°32’S, 125°13’E, Aug 1974, George 12639 (BRI,PERTH). Northern

Territory. Wessel Is., 11°11’S, 136°44’E, Oct 1972, Latz 3356 (AD,BRI,DNA); Stevens Is, The Wessels, 11°34’S,

136°06’E, Dec 1987, Russell-Smith 4527 & Lucas (DNA); On rocks near the Giddy River, 12°22’S, 136°42’E,

Symon 7870 (CANB); cult. Emerald Ck (ex plant collected at Obiri Rock, East Aligator River Crossing, 12°23’S,

132°S6’E), Liddle IML623 (BRI); East Alligator River area, near Mt Howship, Arnhem Land, 12°35’S, 133°10’E,

Feb 1984, Jones 1461 (CANB,DNA); Buffalo Springs, Mt Brockman, 5 km NE of Koongarra, 12°50’S, 132°53’E,

May 1980, Lazarides 8912 (CANB); Badaingarrmirn Ck, Arnhem Land, 12°53/S, 135°50’E, Sep 1985, Weightman

2227 (CANB,DNA); 2 miles W of old BHP airstrip, 12°54’S, 135°28’E, Symon 7737 (AD,DNA,PERTH), Florence

Falls, Tabletop Range, 13°06’S, 130°46’E, May 1985, Dunlop 6815 (BRI,DNA); top of Wangi Falls, 13°11/S,

130°49’E, Aug 1986, Smith 52 (DNA); Tabletop Range, 13°13’S, 130°43’E, Nov 1989, Forster 6077 (BRI); Barrk

Malam walk, Jim Jim Falls, 13°16’S, 132°50’E, Dec 1989, Forster 6126 (BRI); Edith River, 14°09’S, 132°16’E,

Sep 1974, Dunlop 3644 (DNA); Ruined City, 50 km NNE of Negukurr, 14°17'S, 134°55°E, Nov 1987, Russell-

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis §15

L595

at gl vol

amare

«ew

hal

+ att

= tS a.

tNepte =

1%: 4 tie te oy

Weise

iz, **

= + *oe

#4. wg te a at fe ’

= -* = = 3+

ana + fi x eri athe be F Fees, -* 5 ee

E # = ng = = = eit --

Pad Fgom a = #*#, fg F" Eee 4g * ee ee

ve = =. _

a ste r

cae

Fig. 7. Hoya australis subsp. oramicola: A. habit of flowering plant X 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 3, C. side

view of flower X 3. D. vertical cross-section of flower X 6. E. apical view of calyx and ovaries x 3, F. pollinarium

(inverted) < 20. A~F, Liddle IML123. Del. D.J. Liddle.

516 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Smith 4190 & Lucas (DNA); Katherine Gorge N.P., 14°18’S, 132°28’E, Apr 1968, Byrnes 623 CDNA); Macadam

Range, 14°41’S, 129°44’°E, Mar 1989, Russell-Smith 7456b & Lucas (DNA).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies occurs in the Kimberley region of Western

Australia and over much of the top end of the Northern Territory (Map A). Plants grow

on sandstone outcrops and cliffs.

Phenology: Flowers January to March; fruits 3-4 months later.

Conservation status: This subspecies is commonly encountered throughout its range and

is not endangered. It is represented in a large number of conservation reserves such as

Litchfield Conservation Park and Katherine and Kakadu National Parks in the Northern

Territory.

Notes: This subspecies generally occurs as an erect subshrub although this would appear

to be a result of the exposed habitats in which it normally occurs. For example at Jim

Jim Falls, Northern Territory, the plants may cascade down rock faces for up to 20 m.

Subspecies rupicola is distinctive within H. australis in that it 1s the only subspecies

that does not twine, but throws out long runners that may clamber over surrounding

rocks and vegetation. Leaves are very succulent and this may be interpreted as an

adaptation to the marked monsoon environment in which it occurs.

While subsp. rupicola is a very distinctive plant, particularly as regards habit and

the very succulent leaves, this distinctiveness is lessened by the recognition of subsp.

-oramicola as a link between subsp. rupicola and the other subspecies. While flowers in

the majority of populations of subsp. rupicola do have large calyces (cf. Hill 1988),

several (George 12639 and Liddle IML623) do not so this attribute cannot be used

effectively as a diagnostic character.

4. Hoya australis subsp. oramicola P. Forster & D. Liddle subsp. nov. ab subsp. australi

foliis ad basin laminae nectaria extratloralia carentibus, maginibus laminae valde

recurvis differt. Typus: Northern Territory. 7 km NE Lubra Point, Bathurst Island,

1 July 1988, J. Russell-Smith 5812 & D: Lucas (holo: DNA/!).

Vine. Foliage with sparse to dense indumentum. Leaf lamina succulent, lacking extrafloral

nectaries at base, greater than 5 cm long; margins strongly recurved; secondary venation

obscure. Fig. 7.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Conder Point, Melville Island, Russell-Smith 2410 & Lucas (DNA);

ditto, Nov 1989, Forster 6086 & Russe I-Smith (BRI); cult. Emerald Ck (ex plant putatively from Talc Head,

Darwin area), Feb 1988, Liddle IML424 (BRI); cult. Emerald Ck (ex plant putatively from Mandorah, Darwin

area), Feb 1988, Liddle IML123 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is apparently restricted to Melville and Bathurst

Islands north of Darwin in the Northern Territory (Map B). Material in cultivation is

labelled as Talc Head and Mandorah, both localities near Darwin. We have not been

able to relocate plants at these localities, Plants grow as Canopy lianes in monsoon vine

thicket on red laterite on Melville and Bathurst Islands.

Phenology: Flowers July; fruits 3-4 months later.

Notes: This subspecies appears to be intermediate between subsp. rupicola, which does

not twine and occurs on sandstone, and the twining subsp. sanae, which occurs in vine

thickets on sand-dunes.

Conservation status: This subspecies has been rarely collected and the small populations

on Melville and Bathurst Islands should be monitored and conserved.

5. Hoya australis subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill, Telopea 3: 251 (1988); Hoya sanae

Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 1: 229 (1897) (“sana’’). Type: Queensland. Cook

DISTRICT: Polo Creek, Somerset, F.L. Jardine (holo: BRI).

Illustrations: Bailey, Compr. cat. Queensland pl. t. 308 (1913); Liddle, Hoya in

Australia Figs 8 & 9 (1986).

Vine. Foliage with sparse to dense indumentum, Leaf lamina succulent, less than 5 cm

long, usually lacking extrafloral nectaries at base, but occasionally present: margins

strongly recurved; secondary venation prominent. Fig. 8.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis 517

Fig. 8. Hoya australis subsp, sanae. A, habit of flowering plant xX 0.5. B. apical view of flower X 2.5. C. side

view of flower X 2.5, D. vertical cross-section of flower X 5. E. apical view of calyx and ovaries X 5. F. pollinarium

(inverted) X 20, A-F, Liddle IML171a, Del. D.J, Liddle. ,

318 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Selected specimens: Australia. Queensland, Cook Districr: Badu Is, Torres Strait, 10°07’S, 142°09’E, Jul 1979,

Garnett 132 (BRI); Banks (Moa) Is, Torres Strait, 10°1L0’S, 142°15’E, Feb 1975, Cameron 20582 (QRS); c. 2 km

S of Cape York, 10°43’S, 142°32’E, Jun 1988, Forster & Liddle 4436, 4437 (BRI), Ida Is, Torres Strait, 10°43’S,

142°34’E, Oct 1983, Liddle IML289 (BRI); { km S of Punsand Bay, 10°44’S, 142°29’E, Jun 1988, Forster & Liddle

4439 (BRD); Newcastle Bay, 2.5 miles S of Somerset, Brass 18771 (BRI,CANB); Newcastle Bay, headland between

Narau & Nanthau beaches, 10°47’S, 142°35’E, Feb 1990, Forster 6381 (BRI); | km E of Muttee Head, 10°55’S,

142°1S’E, Jun 1988, Forster & Liddle 4474 (BRD; Muttee Head, 10°56’S, 142°17’E, Apr 1982, Liddle IML1I71a,b

(BRI); Tributary of Escape River, Clarkson 2083 (BRI); cult. Emerald Creek (ex plant collected at Captain Billy

Ck, 11°38’S, 142°51’E), May 1988, Collins IML31 (BRI); Olive River, 12°10’S, 143°05’E, Sep 1974, Hyland 7497

(RLORS): Turtle Bay, Jul 1943, Blake 14973 (BRI); c. | km along road to Bolt Head, off road from Maloneys

prings, 12°28’S, 143°O1’E, Jun 1989, Forster & Liddle 5525 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies occurs on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

and ae cae islands (Map B). Plants grow in foreshore monsoon vine thickets

on white sand.

Phenology: Flowers May-June; fruits 3-4 months later.

Notes: As with subsp. oramicola the most distinctive features of subsp. sanae are the

strongly recurved margins of the leaf lamina that may almost touch one another when

the leaves are strongly desiccated during the dry season. This feature is not particularly

noticeable on dried material and may explain why Hill did not comment on this

characteristic in his account. Although Hill stated that “zones of intergradation [of this

subspecies] with subsp. australis occur around Cooktown and somewhat south of there”

our field studies showed that the populations from Silver Plains and Silver Valley are

referable to subsp. australis.

Bailey originally spelt the epithet as “sana” but as the taxon was named for Mrs

Sana Jardine, the correct spelling of the epithet is “sanae’’.

Acknowledgements

A large number of people and some institutions have aided this revision in the

collection or provision of live material and we would like to thank E. Anderson;

Australian National Botanic Gardens, Canberra; G. Batianoff; L. Bird; P. Bostock; D.

Brewer; J. Clarkson; R. Collins; J. Conran; A. Cribb; D. Cumming; G. Defina; R.

Dowling; G. & A. England; B. Ghen; B. Gray; K. Halfpapp; G. Hardy; R. Harvey; H.

Hepburn; M. Hodge; B. Hyland; K. Kenneally; G. Kenning; P. Lavarack;,R. Lockyer;

R. Mclliwain; M. O’Brien; M. Olsen; Mount Coot-tha Botanic Gardens; D. Orford: G.

Sankowsky, V. Scarth-Johnson; P. Sharpe; M. Smith; J. Russell-Smith & D. Lucas; M.

Telfer; M. Thorsborne; M. Tucker; V. Watts, K. Williams and the various landholders

from whose property plants were obtained. The Directors/Curators of A, B, BISH, BM,

BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, JCT, K, L, MEL, QRS, P, PERTH and US provided access

to material, either on loan or at their institutions. Staff at the Queensland Herbarium

organised and processed loan material. The Queensland National Parks and Wildlife

Service and the Queensland Forest Service provided various permits to collect material

in areas under their jurisdiction. The Australian Biological Resources Study provided

funding to P.J. Forster during 1988 to 1990. All of this assistance is gratefully ackowledged.

References

ADAMS, W.W., TERASHIMA, IL, BRUGNOLI, E. & DEMMIG, G. (1988). Comparisons of photosynthesis and

photoinhibition in the CAM vine Hoya australis and several C, vines growing on the coast of eastern

Australia. Plant, Cell and Environment 11: 173-181.

BANKS, J. & SOLANDER, D. (1901). Ilustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook’s voyage around the worid

in H. M. S. Endeavour in 1768-1771. With determinations by James Britten. Part II. London: Trustees of

the British Museum.

BROWN, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen. London: Johnson & Co.

BURBIDGE, N.T. (1956). Robert Brown’s Australian collecting localities. Proceedings of the Linnean Seciety of

New South Wales 80: 229-233.

FORSTER, P.I. (1989). James Keys F.L.S. and his contribution to early botanical exploration in south-east

Queensland. Queensland Naturalist 29: 116-122.

FORSTER, P.I. (1990a). Proposal to conserve Marsdenia R. Br. against Stephanotis Thouars (Asclepiadaceae).

Taxon 39: 364-367.

FORSTER, P.I. (1990b). Hoya australis subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill (Asclepiadaceae) as a host plant for

Margaronia microta Meyrick (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 43-44,

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis

115 120 125 130

30 |

A H. australis ssp. australis

A H. australis ssp. rupicola

1S¢-

A H. australis ssp. sanae

135

A H. australis ssp. tenuipes

@ H.australis ssp. oramicola

115 120 125 130

135

c—

140

145 150

Sof

145 150

219

Maps A & B. Distribution of Hoya australis in Australia, A. A subsp. australis; A subsp. rupicola. B. A subsp.

sanae;, Z\ subsp. tenuipes; @ subsp. oramicola.

520 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

FORSTER, P.I. & LIDDLE, D.J. (1990). Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia - an alternative classification.

Austrobaileya 3: 217-234.

HENDERSON, R.J. (1983). Plants of Australia. In D.J. Carr (ed.), Sydney Parkinson Artist of Cook’s Endeavour

Voyage. pp. 128-177. Canberra: British Museum (Natural History) & Australian National University Press.

HEWSON, H.J. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of Terminology. Australian Flora and Fauna Series No.

9, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

HILL, K.D. (1988), A revision of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia. Telopea 3: 241-255.

LIDDLE, D.J. (1986). Preliminary observations on Hoya and Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia. In P.I.

Forster (ed.), Hoya in Australia, pp. 2-37. Brisbane: Queensland Succulent Society.

RINTZ, eee (1978). The peninsular Malaysian species of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae). Malayan Nature Journal 30:

467-522.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1905). Periplocaceae, Asclepiadaceae. In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zur Flora

der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Siidsee. pp. 351-369. Leipzig: Gebruder Borntraeger.

SMITH, A.C. (1988). Asclepiadaceae. In Flora Vitiensis Nova 4: 108-123. Hawai: Pacific Tropical Botanical

Garden.

STEARN, W.T. (1960). An introduction to Robert Brown’s Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae in Brown, R.:

Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van-Dieman 1810; Supplementum Primum 1830 (1960

Fascimile). In J. Cramer & H.K. Swann (eds), Historiae Naturalis Classica Vol. 6. Wenheim: Englemann

(Cramer); Codicote: Wheldon & Wesley; New York: Hafner Publishing Co.

TRAILL, J. (1830). Accounts and descriptions of the several plants belonging to the genus Hoya, which are

cultivated in the garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. Transactions of the Horticultural Society

7: 16-

Appendix 1. Index to numbered collections of Hoya australis examined, based on holdings

at BRI, CANB, DNA, JCT, PERTH, QRS and partial holdings at A, BISH and L.

la. H. australis subsp. australis

lb. H. australis subsp. oramicola

lc. H. australis subsp. rupicola

ld. H. australis subsp. sanae

le. H. australis subsp. tenuipes

Note: Individual collectors in the NGF/LAE series are not named.

Adams 935:Ic.

Barlow 355:la; Batianoff & McDonaid 222:la, 568:la, 688:ia, 1271:le; Blake 4744:la, 11287:1a, 14973:1d,

15280:la, 15392: la, 15821: la, 21705:la; Brass 2509:1a, 1877{4:1d, 25953:le, 32545:1e; BSIP3934:le; Byrnes

623:1c, 2485:1c.

Cameron 2573:id, 20582:1d; Carr 13467:le; L.E.Cheesman 50:le; Clarkson 2083: 1d; Collins IML31:1d; Craven

8235:1c; Craven & Schodde 1459: 1a.

Dillewaard & Olsen 276:1a; Dockrill & Stevens 374:!a; Dunlop 3644:lc, 5696:lc, 6815:1c.

Feuilletau de Bruyn 121:le; Fitzsimon 189:le; Forster 732:1a, 1543:1a, 1656:la, 1755:ia, 1771:la, 1783:1a, 1785:1a,

1792:la, 1795:la, [805:la, {845:la, [85I:la, 1852:1a, 1853:fa, 18S6:1a, 1857:la, 1859:1a, 1883:la, 1974:1a,

2002:ta, 2005:la, 2036:1a, 2047:1a, 2070:la, 2137:la, 2171:ld, 2265:1a, 2271:le, 2272:ia, 2274:la, 2317:1a,

2330:1a, 2332: La, 2333:la, 2335:la, 2375:la, 2377:la, 2380:le, 2382:le, 2383:la, 2394:le, 2398:la, 2418:1a,

2424:1a, 2499:la, 2575:la, 2655:ta, 2721:la, 2722:la, 2906:la, 2962:1a, 3964:la, 4275:la, 6074:1c, 6077:1c,

6079:1c, 6080: ic, 6086:1b, 6381: 1d; Forster & Bird 1854:la, 2153:1a, 2328:1a, 2881:1a; Forster & Bostock 2052: 1a,

2066: la: Forster & Hoy 5000: la; Forster & Liddle 4436: Id, 4437: 1d, ‘4439: Id, 4474:1d, 5525:1d; Forster & Russell-

Smith 6086: ib; Forster & Telfer 1566: la, 1569:la; Forster et al. 1860: la, 1868: la, i871: la, 2071: la, 2077:la; Fox

2548: 1c; Fryxell, Craven & Stewart 4734: ex

Gardner 1394: Ic; Garnett 132:1d; George 12639:ic, 12800:1c; Gray 803:le, 804:le, 1648:1e, 2036:1d, 4373: le.

Halfpapp IMLA86:le, IML610:la; Halle RSNH6330:1a; Hartley 10757:Le, 10862:1e; Hearne 142:ic; Henderson

el at 840:1a; Heyligers 1054:1a; Hodge IML35:1a; Hoogland 4509:le, 5188:Le, 9000:1e; Hyland 6708:1a, 6807:1a,

7497: 1d, 8875:le, 9428:le.

D. Jones 1461:lc; W. Jones 1471:fe, 2537:1d, 2951:la.

Kanis eae Kenneally 2188:lc, 4805:ic, 5075:lc, 7788:1c, 7907:1c; Kenning IML532:la, IML566:1a; Koster-

mans 2715: Le.

Latz 3356:ic; Lavarack IML385:la, IML528:la; Lazarides 8912:1c; Liddle IML series, I:1e, 2:le, 3:le, 4:le, 5:La,

6:la, 7:la, 8:la, 25:le, 26:le, 27:fe, 28:le, 33:le, 34:le, 38:le, 119:la, 124:1b, 157:1c, 164:1a, 171a,b:1d, 173:1d,

206:la, 208:la, 210:la, 257:1a, 264:la, 277:le, 288:la, 289:ld, 367:la, 384:le, 424:ib, 441:1a, 442:1a, 599:1la,

600:la, 603:1a, 606:1a, 615:le, 623:1c, 758:1d, 760:1d.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya australis 521

Mackenzie 710307-8:lc; McDonald & Batianoff 1619A:la; McKee 9335:la, 40077:le; Morat 5489:la; Moriarty

494:la; Must 959: Ic.

Neldner 820:1a; NGF & LAE series, 9968:le, 9984:1e, 10323:le, 14044:1a, 18753:le, 22744:le, 26932:le, 27876:1e,

28579: le, 33759:le, 35199:le, 35650:1le, 36718:1a, 38401: le, 38486:le, 40533:le, 50489: le, 77254:1e.

O’Brien IML366: la,

Paijmans 481:1e; Pullen 8158:1e.

Russell-Smith & Lucas 2410:1b, 4190:1c, 4527:1c, 5812:1b, 7456b: 1c;

Schodde 2445:le, 2971:le, 2976:la; Sharpe 1759:la, 4689:la; Sharpe & Durrington 448:la; Smith 52:1c; Sore

2331: le; Specht & Specht L1335:la, LI383:la; Stoddart 4622:1la, 4652:la; Symon 5124:1c, 7737:1c, 7870: Ic.

Trapnell 121:la, 284:le. Trapnell & Williams 201:1a.

Webb 931:le, 1441:la, 4739:la; Webb & Tracey 9774:la, 11623:la, 13646:le.

van Royen 663i:le; van Royen & Sleumer 5715:le.

Webster & Hildreth 15253:le; White 9945:la; Wightman 2227:lc; Williams 219:le, 8217:1le; Wilson 1002:1la.

Accepted for publication 25 February 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3); 523-528 (1991) 523

NOTES ON ASTROTRICHA DC. (

QUEENSLAND

A.R. Bean

P.O, Box 397, Nambour, Qld 4560, Australia

Summary

Astrotricha cordata and A. intermedia, both with affinity to A. pierocarpa Benth., are described as new. A description

of A. pterocarpa s. str, is provided. The correct name for Queensland plants previously known as 4. floccosa DC.

is shown to be A. /Jatifolia Benth. A key to the Queensland species is presented.

Introduction

| Astrotricha is an endemic Australian genus comprising 15-20 species. The genus

is largely confined to Victoria, New South Wales and Queensland, while there is one

species endemic to the Hamersley Range area of Western Australia.

A, pterocarpa was named by Bentham from specimens collected in north Queens-

land, the epithet meaning ‘winged fruit’. Subsequently the name A. pterocarpa has been

applied to all specimens of Astrotricha which possess winged fruit, despite floral and

vegetative differences which occur in southern Queensland specimens.

A. pterocarpa, as previously circumscribed, comprises three taxa which have in

common their winged fruit, large inflorescence and single-stemmed habit. These taxa are

quite striking in the field, standing tall over surrounding shrubs. They have not been

extensively collected, probably due to the large size of the leaves and inflorescences, and

the difficulty of making a suitable herbarium specimen. There is however ample fertile

material for the purpose of describing the taxa in this group.

In addition to absolute measurements and shape, the characters used for distin-

guishing taxa of this group have been the colour of petals, rachises and fruits; the

presence or absence of indumentum, the colour of the indumentum; presence of stipules,

shape of the midrib of the leaves, leaf peltation and the number of flowers per

inflorescence.

This paper also reports on the misapplication of the name A. floccosa DC. for

plants indigenous to Queensland. Specimens previously identified as A. floccosa are

referable to A. Jatifolia Benth.

Taxonomy

Astrotricha cordata A. Bean sp. nov. affinis 4. pterocarpae a qua foliis multum latioribus

cordatis, floribus purpureis et inflorescentiis glabris differt. Typus: Blackdown

Tableland, c. 35 km SE of Blackwater, September 1971, R.J. Henderson Hi018,

L. Durrington and P. Sharpe (holo: BRI).

Slender shrub up to 6 m high, usually single-stemmed. Lower parts of stem glabrous,

marked by leaf scars, upper parts of stem densely stellate-tomentose, white. Leaves

spirally alternate, often with a pair of leafy stipules each up to 5 X 2 cm at the base of

the petiole; petioles terete, 12-21 cm long, densely stellate-pubescent, creamy white;

blades discolourous, ovate, apex acute, base cordate, sometimes peltate, 17-27 x 9-16

cm; upper surface of newly developed leaf blades stellate-pubescent, becoming glabrous

and dark green with maturity; leaf blade undersurface densely stellate-pubescent, creamy

white; midrib and major veins impressed on upper surface, raised below; midrib rounded

in cross-section. Inflorescence a large terminal panicle, up to 120 * 60 cm, purple or

brown in colour, glabrous except for the bracts which possess a few stellate hairs; bracts

linear, 2-10 mm long; unit inflorescence umbellate, 7-14-flowered. Peduncles and pedicels

slender; pedicels 4-8 mm long. Flowers unisexual or bisexual, glabrous, purple, with 5

small, acute calyx teeth, petals 5, acute, caducous; stamens 5, purple, alternating with

the petals; anthers dehiscing by longitudinal slits; ovary inferior, 2-locular, styles 2,

recurved. Fruit a schizocarp, rarely dehiscent, glabrous, slightly fleshy, laterally com-

pressed, elliptical, 10 ¥ 5 mm, surmounted by persistent styles; initially not winged, as

Be ta OM Sa A SAN nnn “Oe

524 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

fruits mature epicarp expanding to form two distinct papery wings, at right angles to

orientation of fruit and styles; wings each c. 11 X 5 mm; pedicels 8-13 mm long. Fig.

Selected specimens: Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: Expedition Range, E of Rolleston, Sep 1962, Story &

Yapp 268 (BRI,CANB), Mt Playfair-Mt Faraday area, Sep 1982, O’Keeffe s.n. (BRI); Salvator Rosa N.P., Sep

1990, Bean 2316 (BRI); Carnarvon Gorge, on track to Bulimba Bluff, Dec 1989, Makinson 498

(BRI,CANB,CBG,NSW):; Glenmoral Gap, 13 km WSW of Theodore, Sep 1986, Forster 2633 (BRI); Nathan

Gorge, SW of Cracow, Oct 1989, Bean 1140, 1141, 1142 (BRI). BURNetT District: hills N of St John Creek,

W of Eidsvold, Oct 1989, Bean 1143, 1144 (BRI); Dead End Lookout, Coominglah S.F., Oct 1983, Henderson

H3003 (BRI); ‘““Manar”’, Rocky Paddock, 45 km SSE of Mundubbera, Nov 1984, Forster 1931 (BRI). WIDE Bay

District: Mount Walsh, near Biggenden, Jun 1983, Bean 22 (BRI). New South Wales. Carrawarra Ridge, Mt

Neville area, NNW of Grafton, Jun 1984, Benson & Dodkin 35 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: A. cordata is widely, though sporadically distributed in south-

eastern Queensland from Blackdown Tableland (23°45’S) to south of Mundubbera

(26°00’S). It is also known from a single locality in New South Wales, NNW of Grafton

(see above). This is a remarkable disjunction, being almost 400 km from the nearest

Queensland locality (Map 1). A. cordata inhabits skeletal soils derived from sandstone,

sranite, or occasionally rhyolite. It occurs as a component of open eucalypt woodland

and tends to grow in open rocky areas or cliff lines.

Flowering period: September to November.

Notes: This species has been observed to be monocarpic, that is, it grows for a few

years, flowers once, fruits, then dies. Fruiting plants often have already shed all their

leaves, and soon after the fruits mature, the plant dies. Sometimes however, apparently

dead plants will sucker from ground level. These growth characteristics also occur in the

related species, A. pterocarpa and A. intermedia.

A, cordata is readily distinguished from A. pterocarpa by its broader leaf blades

with a cordate base, midrib rounded in cross-section, longer petioles, white indumentum,

purple flowers, glabrous inflorescences and longer pedicels.

Conservation status: A. cordata is widespread and occurs within several National Parks.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the distinctly cordate leaves of this species at

all stages of growth.

Astrotricha intermedia A. Bean sp. nov. affinis A. pterocarpae a qua foliis aliquantum

latioribus, floribus glabris purpureis et inflorescentiis glabris floribus paucioribus

differt. Typus: Nogoa River camping area, Salvator Rosa National Park, 9

December, 1989, R.O. Makinson 600 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,NSW).

Slender shrub up to 6 m high, usually single-stemmed. Lower parts of stem glabrous,

upper parts of stem stellate-tomentose. Leaves spirally alternate, stipules absent; petioles

up to 10 cm long, densely stellate-pubescent, creamy yellow to brown. Blades discolourous,

lanceolate with apex acuminate and base obtuse, occasionally hastate, 14-22 x 3.3-5.5

cm; upper surfaces dark green, glabrous; undersurtfaces of blade densely stellate-pubescent,

creamy yellow to brown; midrib impressed on upper surface, prominent below, acute in

cross-section. Inflorescence a large terminal panicle, purple to almost black in colour,

glabrous except for stellate hairs on bracts; bracts linear, 2-8 mm long; unit inflorescence

umbellate, 7-11-flowered. Pedicels slender, 6-9 mm long. Flowers mostly bisexual,

glabrous, purple, with 5 small, acute calyx teeth; petals 5, acute, caducous; stamens 5,

purple, alternating with the petals;-anthers dehiscing by longitudinal slits; ovary inferior,

2-locular, styles 2, recurved. Fruit a schizocarp, rarely dehiscent, glabrous, slightly fleshy,

laterally compressed, elliptical, 10 * 5 mm, surmounted by persistent styles; initially

not winged, as fruits mature epicarp expanding to form two papery wings, at right angles

to orientation of fruit and styles; wings each c. 9 X 5 mm; pedicels 8-10 mm long. Fig

Selected specimens: Queensland, PORT CuRTIS DISTRICT: Byfield, Sep 1931, White 8140 (BRD; Canoona, 30 miles

he km] north-west of Rockhampton, Sep 1943, Blake 15317 (BRD; Bulburin State Forest, Apr 1980, McDonald

215 et al. (BRI); Blackmans Gap, SW of Miriam Vale, Sep 1990, Bean 2405, 2406 (BRI). LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:

11 miles [18 km] E of ‘Mantuan Downs’, Apr 1946, Everist 2550 (BRI); Main Range, between Alpha and Tambo,

Aug 1966, Gittins T79 (BRI); Nogoa River, Salvator Rosa N.P., Aug 1977, Blaxell 1489 & Armstrong (BRI,NSW);

‘Riverside’, W of Springsure, Oct 1987, O’Keeffe 878 (BRI).

Bean, Astrotricha 525 :

oe =

vent ete * os * be

< ra Ye 4 * * e +

“FF + Ff r r ri

od * + * «

eee # \ “ .

wre a” * +

-* Pam + - =

Fig. 1. Astrotricha intermedia: A. leaf X 0.5. B. flower X 8. Astrotricha cordata: C. leaf X 0.5. D, fruit xX 4.

526 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Distibution and habitat: A. intermedia has a broad, but disjunct distribution. It is found

in a few areas near Rockhampton and then on the sandstone belt around Springsure

and Tambo (Map 1). It grows in open eucalypt woodland, in shallow sandy soils over

sandstone, or occasionally on serpentinite.

Flowering period: September to November.

Notes: Plants with hastate leaf bases occur in the Salvator Rosa N.P. While this leaf

shape is unique in the genus, so far as is known, its occurrence is sporadic, and not

correlated to any other morphological differences, and so is not likely to be of any

taxonomic significance. The flowers and inflorescences of A. intermedia are very similar

to those of A. cordata, but the species may be readily and consistently distinguished as

A, intermedia has much narrower leaves, shorter petioles, midrib acute in cross-section,

yellowish or brownish tomentum and never has stipules. It is notable that these two

species grow in adjoining populations in the Carnarvon National Park without intergra-

dation. Juvenile plants of A. intermedia may be confused with those of A. cordata, as

the leaves of the former are broader at that stage.

Conservation status: A. intermedia is moderately widespread, and is conserved in the

Carnarvon National Park.

Etymology: The specific epithet is a reference to this species being intermediate, geo-

graphically and morphologically, between A. cordata and A. pterocarpa.

140° 145°

150° 155

o A.pterocarpa

e A.cordata

oN ; ,

45° 6 a A.intermedia

& o \Cairns

t O 3%

} ae

i ‘

i :

20 0

;

! Longreacha a ‘ aRockhampton

A @

l A An

25° g 4 *e Pd

L.————— [ @ %

{

{ ‘

Brisbane

} OE ae ‘a a

ee ee ee ee eee eee wee a i 1 rw

Map 1. Distribution of Astrotricha spp.

Bean, Astrotricha §27

Astrotricha pterocarpa Benth. Fl. austral. 3: 379 (1867). Type: Fitzroy Island, W. Hill

K, photo!).

Slender shrub up to 7 m high, usually single-stemmed. Lower parts of stem glabrous,

marked by leaf scars, upper parts of stem covered by brown stellate tomentum. Leaves

spirally alternate, stipules absent; petioles 5.5-12.5 cm long, flattened at base, covered

by dense brown stellate tomentum; blades discolourous, lanceolate, apex acute, base

obtuse or slightly cordate, mostly 15-27 x 1.7-4.0 cm, glabrous and dark green above;

leaf blade below covered by brown dense stellate tomentum; midrib impressed above,

prominent below, acute in cross-section. Inflorescence a terminal panicle, up to 100 x

50 cm; rachises, peduncles and pedicels all floccose, with stellate hairs; bracts linear, 2-

10 mm long; unit inflorescence umbellate, 10-15-flowered. Flowers mostly bisexual,

creamy or pale green, calyx teeth 5, smail, acute; petals 5, hairy outside, glabrous inside,

caducous; stamens 5, creamy, alternating with the petals, anthers dehiscing by longitudinal

slits; ovary inferior, 2-locular, styles 2, recurved. Fruit a schizocarp, rarely dehiscent,

pubescent, slightly fleshy, laterally compressed, elliptical, c. 12 X 7 mm, surmounted by

persistent styles; initially not winged, as fruits mature epicarp expanding to form two

distinct papery wings, at right angles to orientation of fruit and styles; wings each c. 11

x 5 mm; pedicels 4-5 mm long.

Selected specimens: Queensland. CooK DISTRICT: Altanmoui, Jul 1972, Hyland 6346 (QRS); east of Jowalbinna-

Maytown road, Jul 1990, Bean 1768 (BRI); Isabella Falls, NW of Cooktown, Jul 1990, Bean 1953, 1954 (BRI);

Mount Mulligan, 40 km-NW of Dimbulah, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5908 (BRI); Fitzroy Island, Oct 1946, Flecker

10510, [0511 (NSW,QRS), Watsonville, Nov 1931, Gallogly s.n. (BRI); ridge above Yarrabah, Sep 1986, Starkey

62 (QRS); Walsh’s Pyramid, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 13778 (BRI); above Bessie’s Creek Falls, Jul 1937, Flecker

3633 (BRI,QRS). NORTH KENNEDY DisTRICT: 8 miles [13 km] W of Pentland township, Jun 1953, Perry 3554

(BRI); 32 km SW of Pentland, Sep 1974, Williams 62 (BRI); 25 km W of Pentland on Great Dividing Range,

Jul 1975, Chapman 1323 (BRI,CANB,K). ;

Distibution and habitat: A. pterocarpa is confined to north Queensland where it extends

from the Melville Range area north of Cooktown southward to the Burra Range near

Pentland (Map 1). It grows on shallow sandy soil, over sandstone, in eucalypt woodland.

Flowering period: July to October, but one flowering specimen collected in April.

Conservation status: A. pterocarpa is not known to be present in any conservation reserve,

but it 1s not considered rare or endangered at this time.

Identity of A. floccosa DC.

Astrotricha floccosa DC. was one of the two species originally named by De

Candolle based on specimens collected by Sieber in the vicinity of Sydney. For over

100 years, 1t has been accepted that A. floccosa occurs in Queensland. I have examined

the type specimen of A. floccosa (Nova Hollandia, 1825, Sieber 258 (K, photo!)) and it

clearly does not match any material found in Queensland.

The Queensland material matches that of a taxon widespread in New South

Wales, and currently called A. /atifolia Benth. in that state (Beadle 1980; Beadle et al.

1982; R.O. Makinson pers. comm.).

To date, attempts to locate the type of A. /atifolia have proved unsuccessful (G.

Leach pers. comm.). However in his original description (in Hueg. Enum. 55.), Bentham

states that the petioles of A. /atifolia are ‘2-3 pollicari’ long. This corresponds to

approximately 5-8 cm long. The Queensland ‘floccosa’ material, and the New South

Wales material determined as A. /atifolia often have petioles which are of that length,

but all other Astrotricha species (except the A. pterocarpa group) have petioles which are

considerably shorter. Based on this, I concur with the use of A. /Jatifolia in New South

Wales, and propose that this name be taken up for the Queensland material previously

identified as A. floccosa.

An unnamed species (sp. Q2 in the key below) occurs. sporadically in northern

New South Wales and southern Queensland. It resembles A. floccosa because of its very

floccose indumentum, but in other respects, it is more closely related to A. longifolia.

528 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Key to the Queensland species of Astrotricha

1. Tall shrubs (2-7 m), mostly unbranched; inflorescence >70 cm long;

fruits winged Ln 2

Shrubs less that 3m tall, mostly branched; inflorescence <45 om long:

fruits not winged ww... ee re ree es es 4

2. Leaf blades 90-160 mm wide, base cordate, midrib rounded below A. cordata

Leaf blades 17-55 mm wide, base obtuse, midrib keeled below a, eee Ie 3

3. Umbels 10-15-flowered; inflorescence woolly hairy, flowers creamy-white;

leaf blades 17-40 mm wide . A. pterocarpa

Umbels 7-11-flowered; inflorescence glabrous, flowers purple; leaf blades

33-55 mm wide .......... , +e <i A. intermedia

4. Leaf blades below green, glabrous .. . tea ne ee ae we e)6A, glabra

Leaf blades below white, grey or brown, pubescent. poke teen sith, | rr etx, 5

5. Leaf blades >18 mm wide, petioles >20 mm long ............ A. latifolia

Leaf blades <18 mm wide, petioles <20 mm long a S.C CRE Te 6

6. Leaf blades below, petioles and pedicels floccose or woolly hairy... A. sp. Q2

Tomentum on leaf blade below and on petioles closely appressed bck Jase yn 7

7. Leaf blades 3-6 mm wide; inflorescence glabrous, purple .. .. A. biddulphiana

Leaf blades 5-17 mm wide; inflorescence pubescent, white ...... A. longifolia

Acknowledgements

Mr Bob Makinson of the New South Wales National ph Seger Sydney provided

extra material, and my discussions with him were very useful. I am grateful to Paul

Forster for his help and encouragement, to Les Pedley for sa latin diagnoses, Greg

Leach for locating types while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, Will Smith

for the illustrations and to Gordon Guymer and Estelle Ross for their willing assistance.

References

BEADLE, N. sled. .W. (1980). Students Flora of North Eastern New South Wales. Part IV. Armidale: University of

New England

BEADLE, N.C.W. (1982). Flora of the Sydney Region, 3rd edition. Sydney: Reed.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

Accepted for publication 25 March 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 529-539 (1991) 529

NEW SPECIES OF HIBBERTIA ANDREWS (DILLENIACEAE)

FROM AUSTRALIA

S.T. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Seven new species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) viz H. arnhemica, H. cymosa, H. hendersonii, H. laurana, H.

mulligana, H. oligedonta, and H. pholidota, and a new form of H. banksit viz H. banksti forma rigidula from

Australia are described with notes on their affinities and distribution.

Introduction

The preparation of a Census of Queensland plants at BRI has necessitated a

review of some of the genera in which there has been confusion with the identity of the

species or where there were many known undescribed taxa. The genus Hibbertia

(Dilleniaceae) is one of the many genera that have been studied.

Continued studies over the years at BRI, of the Queensland species of Hibbertia,

have shown that there was much confusion with the identity of some of the species and

several undescribed taxa. Many of the species contained more than one taxon, and there

were also undescribed taxa closely related to some of the species. Confusion was

particularly obvious in the following species or groups of species, viz H. banksii, H.

acicularis, H. stricta, H. cistoidea and H. longifolia, and in the H. linearis — H. obtusifolia

- H. diffusa group, H. velutina - H. melhanioides group, and the H. cistifolia — H.

oblongata ~ H. lepidota groups. Recent collecting due to various floristic studies in

Queensland and Northern Territory have made it possible to understand some of the

i species and to segregate and describe the following new species and discuss their

ainnities.

Note: Bentham’s division of Hibbertia into sections (1863, 1: 17-20) is followed in this

account for easy reference of the relationship of the new species.

A. Hibbertia banksti (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth. and allies

Four distinct taxa are present in this group viz H. banksii (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth.

with two forms, and the two species now described as H. arnhemica and H. laurana.

These species have stamens on one side of the carpels, staminodes outside the stamens

and two hairy carpels, and are referable to section Hemistemma (Juss. ex Thouars)

Benth. (1863, p. 17). These species are easily distinguishable by their rusty tomentose

stems and peduncles, spiciform inflorescences with secund flowers, and by the numerous

stamens (20-50 per flower). Their leaves are discolorous and usually densely white hairy

on the lower surfaces and with conspicuous rusty nerves, the margins are revolute,

recurved or flat, entire, serrulate or dentate. These species may be separated from each

other as follows:

l. Sepals 5-11 xX 3-7 mm, elliptic or elliptic-ovate with subacute or obtuse

apex; peduncles 0.7-4.5 cm long; leaf margins serrulate or entire 1. H. banksii

Sepals 13-23 X 7-11 mm, elliptic, elliptic-ovate to obovate with acute-

acuminate, obtuse or rounded apex; peduncles 0.7-2.7 cm long; leaf

margins entire, dentate or denticulate ...... 0... 0... cee ee eee 2

2. Leaves denticulate or dentate; petioles 8-12 mm long; bracts 6-7 X 2.5-

3 mm; sepals rounded or obtuse at apex, 13-17 <X 9-11 mm; stamens

30-50 per flower; spikes 3-5-flowered ................ 2. H. laurana

Leaves entire; petioles 0.5-3 mm long; bracts 8-21 X 2-15 mm; sepals

acute-acuminate at apex, 15—23 < 7-10 mm; stamens 20-30 per flower;

spikes 8-12-flowered 2 Rath B er a teal tg es A APE Bal ARB lt 3. H. arnhemica

530 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

1. Hibbertia banksii (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 21 (1863). Hemistemma

banksii R. Br. ex DC., Syst. Veg. 1: 414 (1817). Type: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Endeavour R., date unknown, J. Banks (n.v.).

Shrubs to 3 m, occasionally multistemmed; branchlets usually terete, densely tomentose

with pale or rusty-brown hairs. Leaves elliptic, elliptic-oblong or subobovate, (3.7~)5-11

xX (0.5-)1.6-4.5 cm; apex obtuse, emarginate, subtruncate or rarely subacute: margins

entire or surrulate (teeth [6 on each side of the midrib), usually recurved; base obtuse,

subacute or cuneate; thinly coriaceous or sometimes thick and slightly rigid; upper

suriaces glabrous or ‘hairy on the midrib; lower ones densely white tomentose except

rusty or yellowish brown nerves and reticulate venation; lateral nerves 5-12 pairs, patent

and looping at margins in entire-leaved forms, or slightly oblique and ending in marginal

teeth in toothed-leaved forms; reticulate venation impressed above; petioles 3-12 mm

long, pubescent. Spikes terminal or axillary, 2-8 cm long, 3-1 0-flowered: peduncles (from

the lowest flower down) 1-4 cm long, rusty tomentose; bracts narrowly ovate or elliptic,

2-7 X 1-2 mm, often keeled, rusty hairy. Buds ellipsoid. Flowers 1.7-2.5 cm diameter;

sepals ovate- elliptic or elliptic, 5-11 X 3-7 mm, obtuse or subacute, concave, slightly

rigid, tomentose or villous outside, glabrous and shiny inside or hairy towards the apex

inside; petals obovate, 2-lobed at apex, 9-23 X 7-15 mm; stamens 20-48; filaments free,

filiform 1.5-2 mm long: anthers narrowly obloid, 2-4 mm long; staminodes 9-20, linear

or clavate, 3-4 mm long; carpels 2, densely villous mostly at apex only, or tomentose;

ovules 2 per carpel. Seeds | or 2 per carpel, obovoid or subglobose, covered by the pale

membranous aril or with a small aril at its base.

The species varies considerably especially in its leaves, two forms are recognised,

although they sometimes merge into each other at the extension of their range. They

can be separated as follows:

1. Leaves 0.5-2.3 cm wide; margins entire or very sparsely toothed (teeth

1-3 on each side of the midrib); thinly coriaceous; petioles 3-7.5 mm

long; spike usually with closely arranged flowers; peduncles 1.2-—4 cm

long; seeds usually covered by the aril. . forma banksii

Leaves 2.5-4.5 cm wide, margins crenulate- serrulate (teeth 2-6 on each

side of the midrib); slightly thick and rigid; petioles 5-12 mm long:

spikes usually with separated flowers; ‘alicia 1-2.5 cm long; seeds

usually with a small aril at its base... . . ....ea...., forma rigidula

Hibbertia banksia forma banksii

Leaves narrowly elliptic to subobovate, 3.7-10.5 x 0.5-2.3 cm; apex obtuse, emarginate,

subtruncate or subacute; margins entire or sparsely toothed, recurved: base subacute or

cuneate; thinly coriaceous; lateral nerves patent, looping near the margin, or sometimes

slightly ‘oblique and ending in marginal teeth; reticulate venation closely reticulate, +

impressed on upper surfaces; petioles 3-7.5 mm long. Spikes with closely arranged

flowers, terminal or axillary, peduncles 1.2-4 cm long; petals 10-11 * 7-9 mm: stamens

21-48: ‘staminodes 10-20; carpels densely villous all over or only at apex. Seed usually

enclosed in the aril.

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN DIVISION: Timbuke, Wassi Kussa R., Brass 8431 (BRI).

Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Cape York, north of Jardine R. about 32 km NE of Bamaga, Oct 1971,

Dodson s.n. (BRI); Sharp Point, Jun 1978, Clarkson 2116 (BRI); Olive R., Sep 1974, Hyland thes a N of

Massey Ck, about 13 km NW of Silver Plains, Aug 1978, Kanis 2018 (BRI); upper reaches of Isabella Ck, NW

of Cooktown, Jul 1990, Bean 1940 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Northern Queensland, from Cape York to Daintree R., and in

southern New Guinea (Map 1); usually in deep sand in river flood banks and ‘edge of

swamps.

H, banksii forma banksii is distinguishable by the usually narrowly elliptic leaves,

entire or sparsely toothed recurved margins, thin texture of the leaves with prominent

impressed reticulate venation on upper surfaces; long peduncled spikes, elliptic-ovate

sepals, and seeds usually covered by the aril.

Reynolds, Hibbertia 531

Hibbertia banksii forma rigidula S. Reyn. forma nov. differt a forma banksii (R. Br. ex

DC.) Benth. foliis latioribus crassiusculis rigidulis, petiolis longioribus et arillo

plerumque parvulo. Typus: Queensland. Cook DistTrRicr: Tozer Gap, Iron Range,

July 1948, LJ) Brass 19425 (holo: BRI).

Leaves oblong-elliptic to obovate, 4.5-11.5 * 2.5-4.5 cm; apex broad obtuse, emarginate

or truncate; margins crenulate-serrulate, toothed mostly in the distal half with 2-6 small

teeth on each side of midrib, flat or slightly recurved; base obtuse or subacute; thickly

coriaceous and =+ rigid; reticulation prominent, not impressed above; petioles 5-12 mm

long. Spikes with loosely arranged flowers, axillary; peduncles 1-2.5 cm long; petals 9-

23 X 8-15 mm; stamens 20-25; staminodes 9-14; carpels tomentose. Seed usually with

a small aril at its base.

Selected specimens: Queensland. COooK DisTRICT: McDonnell heath, 11°35/S, 142°27’E, Jul 1970, Isbel/ s.n. (BRI);

road between Heathlands and Captain Billy Ck, 11°36’S,142°46’E, May 1980, Aforton 639 (BRI); Iron Ra. Rd,

about 1 km upstream from Brown Ck Crossing, Cape Weymouth, Apr 1988, Forster 4157 & Liddle (BRI), Tozer

Gap, Iron Ra., Jul 1948, Brass 19425 (BRD; Kennedy Rd, 13 miles [20.8 km] NNE of Pascoe R. Crossing, Aug

1965, Gittins 1021(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Far northern Queensland, between McDonnell heath and Pascoe

R,, aor around Iron Ra. (Map 2); usually in heathlands and sandy ridges; altitude

75-500 m.

Hibbertia banksii forma rigidula differs from forma banksii by its broader, thicker

more rigid leaves, and by the very small aril at the base of the seed. Further collections

may indicate this form is worth recognition at a higher rank.

Etymology: The epithet rigidula (Latin), slightly rigid, refers to the texture of the leaves

of this form.

2. Hibbertia laurana S. Reyn. sp. nov. quoad aspectum foliorum, inflorescentias et

indumentum H. banksii (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth. accedit sed ab ea differt essentialiter

floribus multo majoribus, sepalis ellipticis vel obovatis, foliis latioribus et colore

indumenti inflorescentiarum et foliorum multo pallido. Typus: Queensland. Cook

DISTRICT: Mushroom Rock, 5°56’S, 144°24’E, 5.3 km east of Peninsula Devel-

opment road on an IWS track leaving the main road, 0.5 km N of the Laura R.,

26 April 1983, JLR. Clarkson 4710 (holo: BRI).

Shrubs 2-4 m tall, often robust and multi-stemmed; bark grey-brown, fissured; young

parts densely rusty tomentose; branchlets terete, tomentose. Leaves elliptic, 7.5-9.5 X

2~3.7 cm, apex obtuse sometimes mucronulate, base obtuse, cuneate to subacute, margins

remotely dentate or denticulate, recurved or revolute, + rigid, upper surfaces slightly

shiny, usually drying grey green, glabrous or nerves hairy, lower surfaces white tomentose,

hairs brownish on lateral nerves and reticulate venation; lateral nerves 8-10 pairs, +

patent or oblique and ending in marginal teeth; upper surfaces rugose, with impressed,

closely arranged reticulate venation; petioles 8-12 mm long. Spikes axillary, 3.5-5.5 cm

long, with 3-5 secund flowers, peduncles (from lowest flower down) 7-17 mm long,

stout, terete, densely rusty tomentose; bracts ovate or elliptic, 6-7 * 2.5-3 mm, rusty

velvety hairy; buds broadly ellipsoid, 1.4-1.6 < 1.4-1.9 cm. Flowers (old ones only seen)

3.2-3.5 cm diameter; sepals elliptic to obovate, rounded or obtuse at apex, concave,

1.3-1.7 X 0.9-1.1 cm, coriaceous, stiff, densely villous or tomentose outside with rusty

hairs, glabrous and shiny inside; petals broadly obovate, 2-lobed at apex, 1.2-1.4 X l-

1.8 cm (imperfect ones only seen), deciduous; disc villous; stamens 30~50, all placed on

one side of the carpels in rows; filaments + united at base, linear, 1.5—-2 mm long;

anthers narrowly obloid, 3.5-4 mm long; staminodes 14-31, on outside of stamens, 3-

4 mm long, linear or narrowly elliptic, acute at apex; carpels 2, densely villous or hai

only towards apex, ovules 2 per carpel; style glabrous. Seeds 1 or 2 per carpel, obovoid,

4-5 X 3-4 mm, brown, enveloped by a thin pale lobed aril. Fig. 1A-G.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: N of Laura R. near Earlyman site, May 1975, Byrnes 3303

(BRI); Giant Horse Gallery, Laura, Mar 1975, Hyland 8115 (BRI); upper reaches of Garden Ck, east of Laura-

Maytown Rd, Jul 1990, Bean 1767 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat; Common around Laura, far northern Queensland (Map 1);

usually among sandstone outcrops.

H. laurana is easily distinguishable by its spikes of very large secund flowers,

rounded apex of its sepals, and broad, dentate, hairy leaves. It is similar to H. banksii

§32 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

but differs chiefly in its large flowers and rounded apices of the elliptic-obovate sepals.

The leaves are broader and also more dentate in H. /aurana and the indumentum on

a lala and on the lower surface of the leaves are much paler than that in H.

anksil.

Etymology: The specific epithet is taken from the locality viz Laura, where this species

1s quite common.

he sy, *

ni c.

on ww

he 7

—

- be

“N

bas

ci nein

amen

\ :

ND) 4,

i, *

zs ‘ 4 T Pr} joe

Odette

WASMITH

Fig. 1. A-G. Hibbertia laurana: A. flowering branch X 0,5. B. flower x 2. C. bract X 3. D. outer sepal X 2. E.

inner sepal X 2, F. stamens, staminodes and carpels X 2, G. carpels X 2. H-O. Hibbertia arnhemica: H. flowering

branch X 0.5. I. spike X 0.5. J. bract X 2. K. outer sepal x 2. L. inner sepal X 2. M. petal x 2. N. stamens X

2. O, carpels and stamens X 2, A-G, Bean 1767; I, Lazarides 7571; H,J-O, Lazarides 7858.

Reynolds, Hibbertia 533

3. Hibbertia arnhemica S. Reyn. sp. nov. H. banksiae (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth. et H.

lauranae S. Reyn. affinis a quibus imprimis differt bracteis multo majoribus late

ovatis, foliis margine integris non recurvis. Typus: Northern Territory. Arnhem

Land, east of Mt Howship near East Alligator R., 12°36’S, 133°19’E, 8 July 1972,

M. Lazarides 7571 (holo: BRI).

Erect shrubs to | m tall, bark pale grey; young parts pale rusty tomentose with pale or

whitish short curved hairs, intermingled with long straight hairs; branchlets stout, terete,

densely hairy with tight crispate hairs as well as long spreading fine hairs. Leaves ovate

or elliptic, (5-)6.3-7.1 * (1.6-)3-4.5 cm, apex acute, subacuminate or obtuse, mucronate;

base obtuse, subtruncate or acute; margins entire, flat, rarely slightly recurved; very

discolorous, + rigid, upper surfaces drying grey green, glabrous or hairy on midrib, lower

ones whitish, densely tomentose with white hairs, lateral nerves and reticulate venation

rusty brown hairy; lateral nerves 8-10 pairs, slightly oblique; reticulate venation prom-

inent; petioles 0.5-3 mm long, hairy. Spikes terminating branchlets, 7.8-11.5 cm long,

with 8-15 closely arranged secund flowers; peduncles stout, + terete, 1.1-2.7 cm long

(from the lowest flower down), densely crispate hairy; bracts very conspicuous, ovate-

elliptic or broadly to narrowly ovate, acuminate, 1.3~2.1 < 0.8-1.5 cm, keeled, velvety.

Buds ovoid, 1.8-2.3 * 1-1.2 cm. Flowers 3.4-4.5 cm diameter; sepals ovate or narrowly

ovate, acute or acuminate, 1.5-2.3 x 0.7-1 cm, concave, + rigid, densely rusty villous

outside, glabrous inside; outer sepals larger than inner ones, slightly keeled; petals

obovate, 2-lobed at apex, 1.8-2.3 X 1.5-2.2 cm, entire; disc villous; stamens 20-30,

placed on one side of carpels, 4.5-8 mm long; filaments free, Linear, 1.5—-3 mm long;

anthers narrowly obloid, 3-5 mm long; staminodes 8-15, inserted on outside of the

stamens, 5-7 mm long, narrowly elliptic; carpels 2, densely villous; ovules 2 or 3 per

carpel; style 2.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous; seeds 1 per carpel, obovoid, to 6.5 X 5.5 mm,

with a cupular, lobed, pale aril towards its base. Fig. IH-O.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. Upper East Alligator R., 12°38’S, 133°26’E, Aug 1990, Menkhorst 986 &

987 (DNA); 3 miles [4.8 km] upstream from Jim Jim Falls, 13°12’S, 132°47’E, Jul 1977, Byrnes 2726 (BRI,DNA);

Jim Jim Ck, 3.5 km ESE of Jim Jim Falls, May 1980, Lazarides 8940 (DNA); about 12 miles [19.2 km] E of El

Sharana Mine, 13°20’S, 132 °32’E, Feb 1973, Lazarides 7858 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, between East Alligator R.

and Jim Jim Falls (Map 1); on sandstone plateau, usually in permanently wet deep

sandy soil in eucalypt woodlands.

H. arnhemica is distinguishable by its large flowers with conspicuous large ovate

bracts, inflorescences with secund flowers, and entire, very discolorous leaves. It is allied

to H. banksii and H. laurana but differs essentially from both by its entire leaves and

much larger bracts.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the region viz Arnhem Land, where this species

is endemic.

B. Hibbertia stricta (R. Br. ex DC.) Benth. and allies

Amongst the variability noted under H. stricta is H. hendersonii. These species

have stamens on one side of the carpels but no staminodes and are referable to section

Pleurandra (Labill.) Benth. (1863, p. 18).

4. Hibbertia hendersonii S. Reyn. sp. nov. H. strictae var. hirtiflorae Benth. accedens

sed habitu erecto; foliis longioribus, staminibus numerosis (20-31, raro 12), et

sepalis multo majoribus. Typus: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Blackdown

Tableland about 35 km SE of Blackwater, altitude 600-900 m, 3 September 1971,

R.J. Henderson H934, L. Durrington & P. Sharpe (holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Erect shrubs to 1 m high, usually multi-stemmed; branchlets terete or slightly angular

towards their tips, usually densely hairy with fine, long, slightly stiff spreading hairs,

intermingled with shorter ones. Leaves suberect to patent, very narrow and elongate,

narrowly elliptic, (21-)28-45 x 1-3 mm, apex subacute, mucronate; margins revolute;

base subacute; both surfaces usually densely hairy with fine spreading hairs; midrib raised

below, + sunken above; petioles to | mm long. Flowers 2.5-2.8 cm diameter, sessile,

solitary, axillary or terminating branchlets, 1-21 per branchlet with the terminal one the

oldest; bracts narrowly ovate, 3-7 X 1-2 mm. Buds ellipsoid or ovoid, acuminate. Sepals

ovate, abruptly acuminate, (8-)10-14 * 5-7 mm, apex recurved, outer sepals densely

534 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

LS AN

wy 1?

abet

<hit

“4

wi j

ba ET A

oe ile | Uy fF

Ak faith

an | ry fr

to & 1: 7

rat weotes . % x =

: a ee ay =

—

W.A.SMITH

Fig. 2, A-E. Hibbertia hendersonii: A, flowering branch x |. B. bud X 2, C. sepal x 4. D. petal x 4. E. stamens

and carpels X 4. F-L. Hibbertia pholidota: F. flowering branch < 1. G. portion of leaf showing scales X 8. H.

outer sepal X 4. I. inner sepal X 4. J. petal X 4. K. stamens X 4. L. carpels X 4. M~R. Hibbertia muilligana: M.

flowering branch xX 1. N. portion of leaf showing stellate hairs x 8. O. outer sepal x 4. P. inner sepal X 4, Q.

petal X 4. R. stamens * 4. A~E, Henderson H934, Durrington & Sharpe; F-L, Warrian 5060; M-R, Clarkson

5307.

Reynolds, Hibbertia 535

white hairy all over outside and towards the distal half inside, with long fine hairs

intermingled with short hairs; inner sepals usually glabrous, ciliate; petals obovate,

emarginate, entire, 12-14 * 8-10 mm; stamens 20-31, rarely 12, placed on one side of

the carpels; filaments free, filiform, 1.5-2 mm long; anthers 2-3 mm long, narrowly

obloid; carpels 2, densely sericeous, ovules 10-12 per carpel; styles 3-6 mm long,

glabrous. Seeds 3-7 per carpel, + reniform, to 2 X 1 mm, with small pale campanulate

aril at its base. Fig. 2A-E.

Selected specimens: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DisTRICT: Blackdown Tableland, ist creek, Aug 1964, Gittins 931

(BRI); ditto, on northern edge, Nov 1972, Johnson & Blaxell 876 (BRI); ditto, track to Stony Ck, Aug 1980,

Williams 80189 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Common on Blackdown Tableland, central Queensland (Map

2); in sandy soil in open eucalypt forests; altitude 600-900 m.

H. hendersonii is recognisable by its erect stems, long linear leaves with very

revolute margins, and fairly large flowers in axil of upper leaves. It approaches H. stricta

var. hirtiflora Benth. but differs from it in its erect habit, longer leaves, greater number

of stamens (20-31 (rarely 12) in number per flower), and by the larger sepals. H. stricta

var. hirtiflora is a smaller plant with decumbent, sparsely hairy stems, smaller leaves

and flowers, and also fewer stamens (12-17 1n number). The leaves and sepals of the

latter are also sparsely and finely hairy.

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mr R.J.F. (Rod) Henderson (BRI), one

of the collectors of the type, who recognised this plant as a distinctive new species.

C. New species of Hibbertia section Hibbertia (Andrews) Benth. (1863, p. 19)

Among the new species in this section are H. cymosa, H. mulligana, H. oligodonta

and H. pholidota. These species have stamens all around the carpels. H. oligodonta has

sessile flowers and glabrous carpels and is referable to series subsessiles Benth. (1863, p.

20); while H. cymosa, H. mulligana and H. pholidota have pedunculate flowers and

scaly carpels and are referable to series tomentosae Benth. (1863, p. 19).

5. Hibbertia oligodonta S. Reyn. sp. nov. H. diffusae R. Br. ex DC. aspectu maxime

similis praecipue differt caulibus plerumque erectis, et indumento piliorum dense

crispatorum, H. lineari R. Br. ex DC. et specierum affinium affinis, praecipue

differt foliis paucidentatis. Typus: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Bauhinia

Downs —- Rolleston Rd, about 20 miles [32 km] W of Bauhinia Downs, 31 August

1964, R.W. Johnson 2806 (holo: BRI).

Low, compact, erect, multi-stemmed shrubs to | m high, sometimes with + straggly

branches; branchlets + terete, young ones densely crispate hairy, older ones + glabrous.

Leaves occasionally clustered on short branchlets, obovate or obovate-cuneate, rarely

narrowly elliptic-obovate, 14—28(-50) x 6-14(—25) mm; apex obtuse or subtruncate,

mucronate, sometimes retuse; margins denticulate or dentate usually in the distal half

with 1-4 teeth on each side of the midrib, very rarely entire; base cuneate, decurrent

into short petioles; both surfaces usually densely crispate hairy, lower surfaces usually

glaucous; midrib mostly drying reddish brown; lateral nerves obscure; petioles 1.5—-3 mm

long, flattened, articulate near base. Flowers 2.3-3.4 mm diameter, sessile, solitary,

terminating short branchlets, subtended by young leaves; bracts ovate-triangular, 4-7 x

1-1.5 mm, finely hairy outside with long white hairs. Buds ellipsoid. Sepals broadly

elliptic, 7-10 X 5.5-8 mm, slightly keeled and apiculate at + rounded apex, concave,

glabrous except sparsely crispate hairy margins; inner sepals larger than the outer ones;

petals obovate-cuneate, 9-15 X 9-13 mm, slightly emarginate, entire; stamens 22-38, all

placed around the carpels; filaments free, filiform, 2.5-3 mm long; anthers as long as

filaments, narrowly obloid, obtuse; carpels 3, glabrous; ovules 2 per carpel; styles 4-4.5

mm long. Seeds 1 or 2 per carpel, subglobose, 2-2.5 X 2.5 mm, brown, with a small

pale deeply lobed aril at its base. Fig. 3A-F.

Selected specimens: Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: Salvator Rosa National Park, Oct 1981, Cockburn 31

(BRD; Blackdown Tableland about 32 km SE of Blackwater, on Mimosa Ck, Apr 1971, Henderson H588, Andrews

& Sharpe (BRI); ditto, Sep 1970, Williams 79087 (BRI); Shotover Ra., 60 miles (97 km) ENE of Springsure, Sep

1961, Lazarides & Storey 45 (BRI).

SAREE

536 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Distribution and habitat: Common on and around Blackdown Tableland, central Queens-

land (Map 1); in sandstone ridges, rocky outcrops, in sandy soil amongst sandstone

rocks, usually in open eucalypt forests; altitude 600-700 m.

H. oligodonta is distinguishable by the sparsely toothed leaves and crispate hairy

erect stems. It is at first sight very similar to H. diffusa with which it had been confused

in the past, but differs from it mainly in the dense crispate hairs on the erect stems (in

H. diffusa the stems are usually decumbent and the hairs are straight and spreading). It

is closely related to H. linearis and its allies, but the leaves are usually entire in those

species.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the few-toothed (oligo (Greek), few; dontus

(Greek), toothed) margins of the leaves.

Fig. 3. A-F. Hibbertia oligodonta. A. flowering branch X 1. B. outer sepal X 4. C. inner sepal x 4. D. petal x 4.

E. stamens X 4, F. carpels X 4. G-J. Hibbertia cymosa: G. flowering branch X 1. H. sepal x 4. I. petal x 4. J.

stamens and carpels X 4. A-F, Johnson 2800; G-J, Bean 1713.

Reynolds, Hibbertia 537

6. Hibbertia mulligana S. Reyn. sp. nov. H. melhanioidi F. Muell. affinis praecipue

differt, foliis multo angustioribus, anguste ellipticis, margine revolutis, et sepalis

exterioribus conspicuis, multo majoribus, late ovatis. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Mt Mulligan, 16°54’S, 144°51’E, alt 750 m, 12 April 1984, J.R. Clarkson

5307 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,QRS,PERTH).

Subshrubs to 1 m high, with erect or rarely decumbent stems; usually with loose bark;

branchlets terete or + 4-angular towards their tips and slightly keeled, densely stellate

hairy with long hairs, older ones + glabrous. Leaves narrowly elliptic or subobovate-

elliptic, (20-)32-45 x 2.5-5.5 mm; apex obtuse; margins entire, recurved; base acute,

narrowing and decurrent into short petioles; both surfaces stellate hairy, hairs denser

below; midrib sunken above, raised below; lateral nerves patent, sometimes distinct

below; petioles 1.5-2.5 mm long, densely stellate hairy. Flowers solitary, axillary, 1.2-

1.5 cm diameter, long pedunculate; peduncles filiform, dilated at their tips, 1.2-3 cm

long, densely stellate hairy; bracts narrowly elliptic to clavate, 4-7 * 0.5-2 mm, densely

stellate hairy. Buds ovoid, acuminate. Sepals unequal, outer ones larger than the inner

ones, usually broadly ovate-elliptic, abruptly acuminate, attenuate, (7-)9-11(-13) X 4-6

mm, keeled especially in the distal half, densely stellate hairy outside and towards apex

inside, the hairs usually with scale-like bases; inner sepals elliptic, obtuse, concave, 6-7

x 4-5 mm, densely hairy outside with short or long stellate hairs with scale-like bases,

margins pale, ciliate; petals obovate, bilobed at apex, undulate, 8-10 x 7-10 mm; stamens

70-74, all placed around the carpels; filaments free, filiform, 1.7-2 mm long; anthers

narrowly obloid, retuse, 1.7-2.5 mm long; carpels 3, densely hairy with stellate hairs

with scale-like bases, ovules 3 or 4 per carpel; styles glabrous, 3.5~4 mm long. Seeds

(immature ones only seen) 3 or 4 per carpel, obovoid. Fig. 2M-R.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Mt Mulligan, Apr 1984, Clarkson 5307 (BRI); ditto, Mar 1986,

Walker (BRD; ditto, Apr 1989, Neldner 2759 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Around Laura and Mt Mulligan, northeastern Queensland (Map

2); in sandstone scree slopes and escarpments; altitude 660-750 m.

H, mulligana is easily recognisable by its very narrow leaves with revolute margins,

long pedunculate flowers; broadly ovate acuminate keeled outer sepals, densely stellate

hairy stems and leaves. It is allied to H. melhanioides of which it has the solitary

pedunculate flowers, but the leaves are much broader (more than 10 mm wide), the

margins flat or slightly recurved, outer sepals narrowly ovate and stamens fewer (22-40

per flower) in H. melhanioides.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from Mt Mulligan, where this species was

first collected and is quite common.

7, Hibbertia cymosa S. Reyn. sp. noy. insignis inflorescentis cymosis, 2- vel 3-floribus,

a speciebus nobis notis bene distincta. Accedit H. melhanioidi F. Muell. quoad

aspectu, forman foliorum et indumentum sed ab ea differt sepalis suborbicularis

lepidotis, et staminibus numerosis (52-80 numero variantibus). Typus: Queens-

land. Cook District: Sandy Creek area NE of Jowalbinna, 15°43’S, 144°18’E, 4

July 1990, A.R. Bean 1713 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Erect shrub to 1.4 m high; branchlets and leaves densely stellate hairy with long whitish

hairs; branchlets terete. Leaves obovate or obovate-elliptic, (2.8-)4.1-6 * (0.9—)1.2—1.8

cm, apex obtuse shortly mucronate or slightly retuse; base acute narrowing into short

petiole; margins entire, slightly recurved, upper surfaces dark green, sparsely stellate

hairy, lower ones whitish, densely stellate hairy; midrib sunken above; lateral nerves

indistinct, + patent, looping at margins; petioles 2-4 mm long. Inflorescences cymose,

shortly pedunculate, axillary or supra-axillary, 2- or 3-flowered; bracts elliptic or elliptic-

ovate, 2-5.5 X 1-1.5 mm, stellate hairy, foliaceous. Buds globose. Flowers 1.2-—1.6 cm

diameter; pedicels 6-11 mm long, filiform, scaly or with a few stellate hairs with scale-

like bases; bracteoles ovate, obtuse, 1-1.5 X 1-1.25 mm, ciliate, scaly outside, often

papillose inside; sepals suborbicular or elliptic, rounded at apex, concave, scaly outside,

glabrous inside; outer sepals narrow, 4-4.5 X 3.5-4 mm); inner ones broad, 5-7 X 5.5-

6.5 mm; petals obovate, 2-lobed at apex, 7~8 xX 6-7 mm, entire; stamens 52-80, all

placed around the carpels; filaments united at base, filiform, 2.5-3 mm long; anthers

narrowly ellipsoid, about 1 mm long; carpels 2, densely scaly outside, ovules 2 per carpel;

Paros ae

oct h a

538 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

style glabrous, Seeds 1 or 2 per carpel, subglobose, 2-2.5 X 2-2.5 mm, shiny, brownish,

with a thin cupular lobed aril at its base. Fig. 3G-J.

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type (Map 3); growing beside creek with

Lophostemon suaveolens and Dillenia alata.

H, cymosa 1s distinguishable from other species that I have seen from Queensland

by its few flowered (2- or 3-flowered) cymose inflorescences. It is also distinguishable by

its densely hairy stems and leaves, and densely lepidote sepals and carpels. It approaches

H. melhanioides in its aspect, leaf shape and indumentum but differs in the suborbicular

lepidote sepals and numerous stamens (52-80 in number). The sepals are narrowly ovate,

and stamens fewer (22-40 per flower) in H. melhanioides.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the cymose inflorescence.

8. Hibbertia pholidota S. Reyn. sp. nov. H. /epidotae R. Br. ex DC. affinis a qua imprimis

differt folus fere duplo latioribus oblongis vel ellipticis, apice obtusissimis, retusis

vel emarginatis. Typus: Queensland. NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hinchinbrook

Island, Deluge Inlet, north branch 3.5 km from mouth, 7 June 1977, A. & M.

Thorsborne 520 (holo: BRI).

Scaly trailing shrubs with usually procumbent branchlets to 2 m_ high; branchlets

triquetrous especially towards their tips; stems, leaves, petiole, sepals and peduncles

densely covered with large, shiny or scarious peltate scales. Leaves oblong or elliptic-

oblong, (1.6-)2.7-5.7 X 0.6-1.2 cm; apex obtuse and apiculate, or retuse or emarginate,

often slightly recurved; margins entire, flat or slightly recurved; base obtuse; upper

surfaces green, densely scaly with scarious shiny scales, or scaly only towards the midrib,

or glabrous and with only a row of scales along the margins; lower surfaces silvery,

densely covered with scarious shiny scales; midrib + sunken above; lateral nerves

indistinct, + patent, looping at margins; petioles 2-4.5 mm long. Flowers 1.2-1.7 cm

diameter, solitary, axillary, long pedunculate; peduncles filiform, dilated towards the

apex, 1.4-4 cm long, sparsely scaly; bracts ovate, 1-3 x 1-1.5 mm, densely scaly. Buds

+ globose. Sepais broadly elliptic, concave; outer sepals 4-5 X 2.5-3 mm, densely scaly

outside, glabrous inside; inner sepals 5-6 X 3.5-4.5 mm, densely scaly outside except

the pale margins; petals obovate, bilobed at apex, 7-7.5 X 5-6 mm, entire or crenulate:

stamens 30-39, ail placed around the carpels; filaments free, filiform 1-1.5 mm long:

anthers narrowly obloid, to 1.5 mm long; staminodes absent; carpels 2, densely scaly:

style 3 mm long, glabrous; ovules 2 per carpel. Seeds solitary in each carpel, subglobose,

to 2 X 3 mm, reddish brown, with a small membranous campanulate lobed aril at its

base. Fig. 2F-L.

Specimens examined: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DisTRIcr: Hinchinbrook Island, Mar 1986, Warrian 5060

(BRI); ditto, NE slopes of Mt Diamantina, Aug 1951, Blake 18856 (BRI); ditto, Zoe Bay, Oct 1982, Tracey 15486

(BRI); ditto, southern end of Little Ramsay Bay, Aug 1975, Sharpe 1733 (BRD; 27 km south of Cardwell, 220

m west of Bruce Highway, May 1970, Thorsborne & Thorsborne 226 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: North Queensland, near Cardwell and at Hinchinbrook Island

where it is common (Map 2); usually along creeks in sandy soil creeping over rocks.

H. pholidota is distinguishable by the shiny scales on the leaves, stems, peduncles

and sepals, and by its broad, obtuse, usually oblong leaves, and very angular (triquetrous)

young branchlets. It is allied to. H. lepidota R. Br. ex DC. of which it has the shiny

scales; but leaves are very narrrow, acute, flat or + concave, and densely scaly, and

stamens fewer (less than 18 per flower) in H. lepidota.

rere The specific epithet refers to the scales (pholidotos (Greek), scaly) on the

plant. ;

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Rod Henderson for his constructive comments on the manuscript,

to Les Pedley for providing or checking the Latin diagnoses, to John Clarkson for

drawing my attention to the new Hibbertia species from Mt Mulligan and Laura, and

to Will Smith for the illustrations and maps.

Reynolds, Hibbertia 539

i? e wT? e

A ‘e

1 00 & 2? a

a -

4 ai.

444 ad

(

a a

2 +

: 4

H, oligonanite A. 2. H. banksii forma rigidula O; HH, hendersonii @; H. mulligana OU; H. pholidota A. 3

cymosa

References

BENTHAM, G. (1863). Hibbertia. Flora australiensis 1: 17-41. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

GILG, E. & WERDERMANN, E. (1925). Hibbertia. In A. Engler (ed.), Die Natirlichen Pilanzentamilicn 21: 21-

30. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.

HOOGLAND, R.D. (1974). New combinations in Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae). Kew Bulletin 29: 155-156.

VEILLON, J.-M. (1990). Hibbertia. Flore de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et Dependances 16: 10-86. Paris: Museum

National D’ Histoire Naturelle.

Accepted for publication 3 May 1991

To ER eH tie Bye ae ete

Austrobaileya 3(3): 541-547 (1991) 541

ADDITIONS TO SECAMONE R. BR. (ASCLEPIADACEAE:

SECAMONOIDEAE) IN AUSTRALIA

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Summary

Four species of Secamone R. Br., S. elliptica R. Br., S. lineata Blume, S. auriculata Blume and S. timoriensis

Decne, are recognised as occurring in Australia. The status of the genus Toxocarpus Wight & Arn. is discussed

and its placement in the synonymy of Secamone is supported.

Introduction

A revision of Secamone R. Br. in Australia wherein a single species, S. elliptica

R. Br. was recognised, was given by Forster and Harold (1989). Although the author

was aware at the time of completion of that paper that several taxa of Apocynales from

northern Australia possibly belonged to Secamone or to other genera, the lack of fertile

material prevented unequivocal placement of these specimens either in the Apocynaceae

or Asclepiadaceae.

Examination of several fertile collections held at PERTH and a range of material

from L has enabled identifications to be made of this material. This has resulted in the

recognition of three additional taxa of Secamone for Australia. Two of these taxa were

transferred to Toxocarpus Wight & Arn. by Decaisne (1844) and Boerlage (1890) after

being originally described as species of Secamone (Blume 1826). The third species, S.

timoriensis, was originally described as a species of Secamone (Decaisne 1844), but the

name has subsequently not been used.

Toxocarpus has been maintained as distinct from Secamone by a number of

authors of Decaisne 1844; Tsiang 1939; Bakhuizen van den Brink 1950) primarily on

the basis of the elongated style-head of Toxocarpus as opposed to the captitate to obtuse

style-head of Secamone. Style-head elongation would appear to be a trivial character

upon which to distinguish genera within the Asclepiadaceae, as it is possible for the

style-head to vary from depressed-globose to capitate or even elongate-rostrate, within

different populations or subspecies of the same species, e.g. some species of Hoya and

Marsdenia. When other characters are enumerated for species of Secamone s. str. and

Toxocarpus s. str. (Decaisne 1844), there are no further characters whereby the two

genera can be maintained as distinct. Hence the placement of Joxocarpus in the synonymy

of Secamone as a section by Schumann (1897) is supported here.

Over sixty species of Toxocarpus (Tsiang 1939) have been described from Asia

and Malesia and the group is in need of critical study. Many of the earlier names of

authors such as Blume and Decaisne do not seem to have been subsequently applied to

taxa and the group 1s poorly collected. Variation within species, as with most Asclepia-

daceae, further complicates the situation and it is likely that there are considerably fewer,

widespread and variabie taxa than the large number of published epithets would indicate.

However many more collections are required of these Malesian taxa before their taxonomy

can be reviewed.

Four species of Toxocarpus were described from New Guinea by Schlechter (1914).

I have not been able to locate any type material of these taxa as the holotypes at B were

destroyed in World War 2 (B. Leuenberger, pers. comm.), however the possibility of

isotype material in other European herbaria cannot be ruled out at this stage. As a result

the possibility of conspecificity with the Australian and Javan taxa cannot be determined

at present. On the basis of the herbarium material seen from Australia and Java, T.

cyclocephalus Markgraf (isotype at BRI) would appear to be endemic to New Guinea;

however, the status of the taxa described by Schlechter (1914) is unclear. The present

identifications of the Australian material are based on overall similarity with the Javan

material on inflorescence and floral morphology and in particular leaf venation where

the a? Pan are sterile. The names used in this treatment are the earliest valid names

applicable.

542 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

The inclusion of these three additional taxa for Australia does not require any

additions to the generic description for Secamone (Forster & Harold 1989), but as

bibliographic information for Toxocarpus was not given in that account, this has been

added here.

Taxonomic Treatment

Secamone R. Br., Prodr. 464 (1810).

Refer to Forster & Harold, Austrobaileya 3: 69-78 (1989) for typification, a generic

description and bibliographic material.

Toxocarpus Wight & Arn. in Wight, Contrib. bot. India (1834); Secamone section

Toxocarpus (Wight & Arn.) K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(2):

itt Type: 7. kleinii Wight & Arn., lecto, fide Tsiang, Sunyatsenia 4: 66

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 504-506 1844); Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook., Gen.

pl. 2: 505 (1876): J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 13-15 (1885); Tsiang, Sunyatsenia

4: 65-87 (1939).

Goniostemma Wight, Contrib. bot. India 62 (1834). Type: G. acuminatum Wight

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 504 (1844).

Schistocodon Schauer, Nov. Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 362 (1843); Toxo-

carpus section Schistocodon (Schauer) Tsiang, Sunyatsenia 4: 66 (1939). Type: S.

meyenil Schauer

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 677 (1844).

Genianthus J.D. Hook., FI. Brit. India 4: 15 (1885). Type: not designated.

Rhynchostigma Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook., Gen. pl. 2: 771 (1876); Toxocarpus

section Rhychostigma (Benth.) Tsiang, Sunyatsenia 4: 76 (1939). Type: Rhychos-

tigma racemosum Benth., lecto, fide Bullock, Kew Bull. 15: 194 (1961).

Benth., Hook. Icon. pl. 12: 77-78 (1876).

Key to sections present in Australia

1. Style-head not greatly exceeding anthers, obtuse to capitate ...... Secamone

tyre Rene greatly axpeeding anthers, Svan 70%

ne, | Toxocarpus (Wight & Arn.) K. Schum.

Floral descriptions are based on collections from Java and New Guinea, supple-

mented by fertile Australian material where available. Indumentum cover is described

ne ue terminology of Hewson (1988), except that ‘scattered’ is used instead of

“isolate

Key to the species of Secamone in Australia

1. Leaf lamina membranous and without extrafloral nectaries at base; WA,

NT, QLD, NSW .. Te 1. S. elliptica

Leaf lamina coriaceous and with extrafloral nectaries at base pe signet 2

2. Secondary venation prominently raised below, extrafloral nectaries 30-40

at lamina base; QLD 2. §. auriculata

Secondary venation discernible, but not prominently raised below:

extrafloral nectaries 2-8 at lamina base ........ 0... 0... ce ee ee 3

3. Leaf lamina with 13-16 secondary veins per side of midrib, QLD .. 3.5. lineata

Leaf lamina with 6-9 secondary veins per side of midrib; WA 4. S. timoriensis

1. Secamone elliptica R. Br.

See Forster & Harold, Austrobaileya 3: 70-72 (1989) for typification details, a description

and illustrations.

Forster, Secamone

Po ae! 2 is wae wwe Sid * wii * “> Thee! Enns, vr Poses ST, . sae, eoethbe tb eee est

2A Say S tetas oy 5 ee u u : : te Hf i at

rs SD

. ie ke eeT : ae, : ry SHEE. oe == Piginn fala. VT.

wyh ae . _ Parr e Paee obs alt 4 : v= af Pe a ores * wee tot = Ts ~ "Eee Dee a : wea? wate I

s : “., 4 yi ces a Tr oie ena ae

i wn 7 cme x ct . : mn :

vr wae.

+ peel gh,

atest See

ee a a

ees

: G

HE beaos

_pr se

:: torah _ ely ne = So a Tet

poo ey = a as 7

+ Se,

Paes air---

Stale et

ont

BEAT aLponene tei ang

a Pe nanengt eat Aa nt eee ay

ie a pte =e = ave

tpt ane res f° ASSES

is + ata Tee er AT Oe DO er

ma: ous iF aT F, Parte Don beet roan

fick

eet

Me we bP eg

a) 7 Se

Tea ea

at a ae

nee

ariiirat,fglatt

ey ee

ili i eid yebpes

ant

sine

ori. .

pH reoere

ai:

are.

ila Se rea

eter ai

Se ONL ae deen

DEP SV ne ee fey bees

ang : . ld wer

WE hotles bafta

= aie mae = ¥ Toeyee = TF a

Spee. *

Fig. 1. Secamone auriculata: representative sheet of holotype series (L898171-69).

stones

melee eet ty

Sante

atone

CE EU EEE EN EE EERE EEE E AUNT CUEING EHO LOY

544 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

2. Secamone auriculata Blume, Bijdr. 1051 (1826); Yoxocarpus auriculatus (Blume)

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 505 (1844). Type: Java, Blume (holo: L898171-67,

L898171-70, L898171-69).

Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fi. Java 2: 255 (1965).

Vine to several metres, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, glabrous

or with sparse to dense brown indumentum when young, becoming lenticellate with age;

internodes up to 11 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic, up to 15 cm long and 10

cm wide, discolorous; above dark green, venation obscure, with scattered brown indu-

mentum; below pale green, secondary veins 6 per side of midrib, tertiary venation

obscure, with sparse brown indumentum particularly on veins; tip mucronate; base

cuneate; petiole grooved along top, 28-31 mm long, [-1.5 mm wide, with short sparse

indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 30-40 at lamina base and extending to 3 mm up

lamina midrib. Cyme with many fascicles, up to 16 cm long; peduncle up to 3 cm long

and c. | mm wide, with scattered indumentum; bracts lanceolate-ovate, c. 1 mm long

and 0.75 mm wide, with scattered indumentum. Flowers rotate, c. 2 mm long, 9-10

mm wide; pedicels c. 11 mm long and 0.5 mm wide, with scattered to sparse brown

indumentum, Sepals lanceolate-ovate, c. 2 mm long and 1 mm wide, with sparse

indumentum. Corolla probably cream; tube c. 1 mm long and 3 mm diameter; lobes

lanceolate, 8-11 mm long and c. 1.2 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona c. 1.2 mm

diameter; each lobe erect, recurved, narrowly linear, slightly broadened at top, c. 0.8

mm long and 0.3 mm wide. Staminal column c. {| mm long and 0.8 mm diameter;

anther appendages lanceolate-ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter; slit between

anther wings 0.2-0.3 mm long. Style-head conical-elongate, 0.8—1 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm

diameter. Pollinarium 0.27-0.28 mm long, 0.14-0.21 mm wide; pollinia narrow-oblong,

c. 0.16 mm long and 0.07 mm wide; corpusculum triangular, 0.06-0.07 mm long, 0.07-

0.08 mm wide; caudicles linear, c. 0.05 mm long and 0.01 mm wide. Follicles and seed

not seen. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Java. [L898171-75] (L); [L898171-71] (L); [L898171-73] (L). Australia. Queensland. Cook

District: Moa Is, Torres Strait, 10°L1’S, 142°16’E, Budworth 1020 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat; Recorded fro.n Java and from Torres Strait, Australia. The

Moa Island plants are probably from a vineforest community.

Notes: The collection of Budworth 1020 is sterile; however, vegetatively it is a close

match for the type material of S. auriculata and is quite dissimilar to the other Australian

taxa. The pollinaria of this species are different to those of the other species and to

those illustrated by Tsiang (1939), as the caudicles are well developed and the junction

between the two pollinia attached to each caudicle is indistinct, if indeed it exists at all.

However other floral features of S. auriculata fit the concept of Secamone as applied

herein. As the material dissected was very old and fragmentary, further fresh or spirit

angen’ a required before any decisions on the generic placement of this species can

e resolved.

Conservation status: Further field work is required to adequately assess the size of the

population of this species in Australia. An appropriate conservation coding at this stage

is 2K +, using the system developed by Briggs and Leigh (1988).

3. Secamone timoriensis Decne. in DC, Prodr. 8: 502 (1844). Type: Timor, Riedle (iso:

P, n.v., photo BRI!).

Vine to several metres, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter, with dense

red indumentum in 2 lines spiralling up the stem; internodes up to 13 cm long. Leaves

petiolate; lamina elliptic to elliptic-obovate, up to 9 cm long and 4.5 cm wide, discolorous;

above glossy dark green, venation obscure, with scattered to dense indumentum; below

pale green, secondary veins 7-9 per side of midrib, tertiary venation reticulate, with

dense indumentum, particularly on veins; tip mucronate; base rounded; petiole grooved

along top, 13-15 mm long and c. 1 mm wide, with dense red indumentum; extrafloral

nectaries 2-8 at lamina base. Cyme with up to 10 fascicles, up to 5 cm long; peduncle

1-4 mm long and | mm diameter, splitting immediately into 2 branches, with dense

red indumentum; bracts lanceolate to elliptic-ovate, 1.3-2 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide,

with dense red indumentum. Flowers campanulate, 4-7 mm long, 7-10 mm diameter;

pedicels 1.5-2 mm long and c. 0.25 mm diameter, with dense red indumentum. Sepals

lanceolate-ovate, 2.2-3 mm long and c. 1.5 mm wide, slightly overlapping, with sparse

Forster, Secamone

eta

cone oe sh mg

Patent cA, heheh nf

Shalugass ria aa anoega tts

Satay Ress NR ead tt gitar,

TGS wa Od ena iets Rebecca

real ganic) EAT eat RRS te RAE NA oe gsm oh

OE tate ata tat at ns tee ten sea eye SS ed pian

fads a yen ir ere Me petits ae a ae! Me

Mery re ara {Patabat nape hein tT canes Shee a

ire Arie biees TO i na Cc ee et

peo Ts trad sre eam ana aig rane eng ps shel

EE Pape eae tae NM TE aN rg eer MAL,

casey aN Meena pp ea eae Li beter graye cere ear

rh te Meta en Ht et A MEMS LphaaNg cote ne Nag

Aye patente Mea eRa wean et Stati e rerrt

EE EL att aT] me nt NE a t,

epee Pag cao ROM ys 1 orl dante AS,

> a Ea ee Sy igs ereryhatha PT late ta i

RP SE TS wha pies rel are sod pence Nera spit et

TR aA a caesarean aren es

Rye por serie eb eer Set aia teh ohne a ha

bole toot aD Paha gs ben eat he eg neha

al aK “cee See PY iene sae ees

Pitan

aman

repre Ae

Meh aN

re ee yee,

earache he

i aie

be * Ma

Mt anne me *. * eng ere

tN a EAE oh mes at Mg

Fae a ea

ed a RE ata eb MT Le

SN ahah ee AP PY

TACs hE MRT A cae gh la keto fed

oats Te yas en

BE ym ecm BE at tele

Hist sEa pie tae eet Ged mbes

Fertescacee HN aN Ts vheies

Phe teen be hee !

ee Sea

PickigtEaAeY ONE, Thee hen "need “st

I mace int gta mame, eg

onc tay ye Oy goat nn Be Les Nr br

eee a ea AE te

pea ote rier te ih

and Nt eB asc tenn pry

“ria n't ade My hp prt ot

Steed een ants nae

ESE eT Ease enh ae aS ee

i hm bate alae ea ea tag rey

ee a a cele

= ary

a ‘—*

Q Sian

ee Ne,

Naa

rrr beets,

SET

oe,

EAA EEE be At Net VAS

patel te DRE

AANA fees 4A ede A oe AMAA AERA ARM at Ate tent a oho nt cme ct es ete Ba ote Ba ht

aE Ba

Sart yee eens

ATER a LAR Pa

ions

see

hye

Cae ci!

cis ha “

Te lew ws poe pd

oer recente ets

AH Sy be oot

gies rr ee tet Se

abRemeet seria treet me Metre ata Pal aa hp

Res ROT pe vette Ss FS

Mtr eat eon tay cee ore re eas

PR Dit Ne ig po Rone eke se

Ropu Moca td bese ttn HT et eelee

Pte OR a een ie

SEE ei ial iil eR Gra re ee ‘

eed agg sP ner eee Tons at ean Pa eg peg hp res “ee

Feet PRA att rer gered hr lt

Pathtnttniphetee Ma palit tai teeta

ah relionmansit eat td iireyeirganie teria

aE ea perder) ea rime ry

Fit ee Mas terns "ete etre

Se ee ee AH Rett ee igre e

Pea en gee tat pe are mn

ee Pee eee oe i A me Be “

sere tea eR Sen ae gen a

fal be ea ba ein na aaa

ames BE ciara hope sa

Soa ot tee a on

tea apt Tebte la ee eh

PNT ar [ie ean Ih “

Pe i Sa cn

ise ere oh

TNR LS 2 Te ean ’

ed f

a eg

ere

ine NA

pepe ab ra

‘

aaa

Tah.

Rae

. Sry ale Oa

“ pe ei!

. se are

PY is Oe pee

vas Ree

7 _.\ . .

a * eo rd * * ‘i

at * * me 7

+, at eat vow,

2 we

Fig. 2. Secamone lineata: representative sheet of holotype series (L898169-297).

faye T

al.

kid

rh...

a Os

“7

oe ee

aE eee Sy”

ae eee

‘wey ead

vee

qi. das wd bey ee

rr Be

ee)

546 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

to dense red indumentum externally; bases of sinuses with | or 2 glands. Corolla yellow;

tube 2-3 mm long, 2.5-3 mm diameter, externally glabrous, internally with sparse

indumentum in throat; lobes lanceolate, twisted to mght in bud, 4.6-6 mm long and c.

2 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm diameter; each lobe

attached to bottom of staminal column, lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm long and 0.75 mm wide,

truncate at top. Staminal column 1.3-1.5 mm long, 1-1.3 mm diameter; anther appendage

triangular to obtuse, 0.25-0.5 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm wide; slit between anther wings c.

0.9-1 mm long. Style-head conical-elongate, exceeding anthers, 2.4-2.5 mm long and c.

0.8 mm wide at base. Ovaries c. 0.6 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Pollinarium c. 0.25

mm long and 0.15 mm wide; pollinia 0.13-0.15 mm long, 0.06-0.08 mm wide; corpus-

culum c. 0.08 mm long and 0.06 mm wide. Follicles fusiform, c. 11 cm long and 8 mm

wide, glabrous; seed not seen.

Specimens examined: Irian Jaya. Cycloop Mtns, road Hollandia ~ Sentani, Lake Sentani, Jun 1961, van Royen

& Sleumer 5804 (L). Australia. Western Australia. Lone Dingo, Mitchell Plateau, 14°35’/S, 125°45’E, Feb 1979,

Beard 8447 (PERTH); Surveyors Ck road, turnoff between Mitchell Plateau Mining Camp and Port Warrender

road, 14°39’S, 125°42’E, May 1981, Tracey 14002 (BRI,QRS); Forest Ck near Drysdale River, 14°39’S, 126°57’E,

Aug 1975, George 14123 (PERTH); Mertens Falls (Little Falls) on road to Mitchell Falls, Mitchell Plateau,

14°48’S, 125°42’E, May 1981, Tracey 14008 (BRI,QRS); Ghder Gorge, Carson Escarpment, Drysdale N.P., 14°49’S,

126°49’E, Aug 1975, George 13664 (PERTH); Worriga Gorge, Drysdale River N.P., 15°02’S, 126°40’E, Aug 19735,

George 14023 (PERTH); 3.7 km NW of Mt Daglish, 16°15’S, 124°56’E, Jun 1987, Keighery & Alford 1378

PERTH Gorge of Barker River, NW of Mt Mattau, Mt Hart Stn, 16°46’S, 124°55’E, Jun 1987, Edinger s.n.

(PERTH), Walsh Pt, Port Warrender, Admiralty Gulf, Jan 1980, Kenneally 7820 (PERTH); Mongonai Ck, 24

km S of Carson River Crossing, Gibb River - Kalumburu Mission road, Jun 1976, Reauglehole 52087 (PERTH);

Cape Clujo, Jul 1973, Wilson 11286 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: Recorded from Timor and Western Australia, Australia. Plants

grow as lianes in vine thickets.

Notes: Of the Australian material cited, only Beard 8447 and Kenneally 7820 are fertile

and there 1s considerable vegetative variation between the other collections. Further

fertile collections are required to determine whether more than one taxon is involved.

Conservation status: This species seems to be quite common in the Kimberleys in

Western Australia. No conservation coding is required.

4, Secamone lineata Blume, Bijdr. 2: 1050 (1826); Toxocarpus lineatus (Blume) Boerl.,

Handl. fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 436 (1890). Type: Java, Blume (holo: L898169-297,

L898169-293).

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 503 (1844); Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink, FI.

Java 2: 256 (1965).

Woody vine to several metres, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 2 mm diameter,

abrous or with scattered indumentum when young, becoming lenticellate when old:

internodes up to 13 cm long. Leaves petiolate, lamina lanceolate-ovate to elliptic, up to

12.5 cm long and 4.5 cm wide, discolorous; above glossy, dark green, venation obscure,

glabrous; below pale green, secondary veins 13-16 per side of midrib, tertiary venation

obscure, glabrous or with scattered indumentum on veins; tip acuminate; base rounded;

petiole grooved along top, 11-13 mm long and c. 0.5 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered

indumentum; extrafloral nectaries 4-5 at lamina base. Flower rotate, c. 3 mm long, 13-

14 mm diameter; pedicels 12-14 mm long and c. 0.3 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals

lanceolate, c. 1.4 mm long and 0.7 mm wide, with sparse indumentum. Corolla probably

yeliow; tube c. 1.5 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter; lobes lanceolate, c. 7 mm long and

1.5 mm wide, panne. Stamina! corona c. 2 mm diameter, comprising 5 lobes adnate

to staminal column; each lobe subulate, c. 2 mm long and 0.4 mm wide. Staminal

column c. 1.3 mm long and 1 mm wide; anther appendages truncate, c. 0.1 mm wide;

slit between anther wings c. 0.4 mm long. Style-head conical-elongate, c. 1.4 mm long

and 0.3 mm diameter. Pollinarium c. 0.27 mm long and 0.27 mm wide; pollinia c. 0.07

mm long and 0.07 mm wide; corpusculum c. 0.08 mm long and 0.05 mm wide. Follicles

and seed not seen. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Sumatra. Dette! (L). Java. [L898169-296] (L); ditto, [L898169-295] (L); ditto,

[L898169-299] (L); ditto, [L908337-284] (L); Tepoes Lantjer, Tjadas Malang, Feb 1918, Winckel 70B (L); Res.

Preanger, Oct 1896, Koorders 26066B (L); Res. Preanger, Tjigenteng, Jan 1897, Koorders 263556 (L). Australia.

Queensland, Cook Disrrict: 2,7 km past Lockerbie Homestead site on road to Cape York, 10°47’S, 142°29’E,

Jun 1988, Forster 4418 & Liddle (BRI,MEL,QRS); Lake Patricia, Weipa, 12°39’S, 141°SQ’E, Apr 1988, Forster

4077 & Liddle (BRI); Lamond Hill, 12°43’S, 143°18’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4213 & Liddle (BRI); Garraway Creek

Moat rea cate 143°11’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4240 & Liddle (BRI); MclIlwraith Range, 1962, Webb & Tracey

Forster, Secamone 547

Distribution and habitat: Recorded from Sumatra, Java and far north Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland, The Australian populations grow in rainforests and vineforests

on a variety of soil types.

Notes: Sterile plants may be recognised partly by the prominent lenticels on the stems

which are uncommon in other Australian Asclepiadaceae. There is also a tendency for

the stems to layer on contact with the soil. There is no available fertile Australian

material of this taxon and the floral description is mainly based on Koorders 263558

and [L898169-294]. Despite extensive searching during February and March 1990 in

the wet season at Lockerbie Scrub and Weipa where this species 1s very common I was

not able to locate flowering material or observe evidence of past flowering.

Conservation status: Although this species has been rarely collected in Australia, it is

ant uncommon on far north Cape York Peninsula and thus does not require a conservation

coding.

Acknowledgements

Material was collected on trips in north Queensland with the assistance of P.D.

Bostock, G. Kenning, D.J. Liddle and M.C. Tucker. B. Leuenberger (B) provided a

listing of extant Schlechter types at that institution. The Directors/Curators of BRI, L,

PERTH and QRS allowed access to collections either at their institutions or on loan.

Staff of the Queensland Herbarium arranged and processed loans. This work was

supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study during 1988 to 1990.

References

BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, R.C. (1950). Notes on the flora of Java, VI. Bluiea 6: 367~383.

BLUME, C.L. (1826). Bijdragen tot de flora van Nedelandsch Indie. Batavia ter Lands Drukkerig.

BOERLAGE, J.G. (1890). Handleiding tot de kennis der Flora van Nederlandsch Indie; beschrijving van de

families en geslachten der Nederlandsch Indiesche Phanerogamen. Vol. 2. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988), Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

bite al kindge and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

ildlife Service.

DECAISNE, J. (1844). Asclepiadeae. In A. De Candolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis 8:

490-664. Parisiis: Sumptibus Fortin, Masson & Sociorum.

FORSTER, P.J. & HAROLD, K. (1989). Secamone R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Secamonoideae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 3: 69-78.

HEWSON, H.J. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of Terminology. Australian Flora and Fauna Series No.

9, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1914). Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsche-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbeticher fir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

TSIANG, Y. (1939). Notes on the Asiatic Apocynales, IV. Sunyatsenia 4: 31-94.

Accepted for publication 25 February 1991

DKA i

Austrobaileya 3(3): 549-553 (1991) 549

{PTOPHYLLUM NEES (ACANTH

AUSTRALIA

A.R. Bean

P.O. Box 397, Nambour, Qld 4560, Australia

and P.R. Sharpe

2 Malibu Ave, Coolum Beach, Qld 4573, Australia

Summary

A revised key to the species of Graptophylium in Australia is given. The most important diagnostic characters for

Graptophyllum in Australia are discussed. Graptophyllum reticulatum A. Bean & Sharpe sp. nov. from south-east

Queensland is described. G. thorogeodii C. White is reduced to synonomy with G. excelsum (F. Muell.) Druce.

Introduction

A revision of the family Acanthaceae in Australia, including a review of the genus

Graptophyllum, was published by R.M. Barker in 1986. In revising the genus, Barker

was hampered by the few specimens available for study, some of which were sterile.

This problem has now been partly remedied, as numerous collections have been made

recently. This increase in herbarium material combined with field observations by the

authors and others, allows us to clearly define the most important characters and

circumscribe the species involved. The discussion below applies to Australian Grapto-

phyllum material only.

Diagnostic Characters

Leaf characters

(a) Arrangement: For most species, a simple pattern of opposite leaves is the rule, but

or one species, G. excelsum, condensed axillary branchlets occur, in addition to the

normal phyllotaxis. Here several leaves are formed on very short side-branches and

Beperete® by very short internodes. This gives the appearance of a cluster of leaves at

each node.

(b) Size and shape: Leaf shape, and to a lesser extent leaf size, are relatively consistent

or each species. There is some overlap between species, but used in conjunction with

other characters, leaf size and shape are useful diagnostic characters in species deter-

mination. The prominence or otherwise of marginal teeth is diagnostic. In G. excelsum,

leaves are entire or slightly toothed, G. spinigerum is distinctly toothed, while the

remaining species have long spinose marginal teeth. In fresh material of most species,

the lateral veins are not readily visible, but G. reticulatum has prominent raised

reticulation of leaf veins. G. ilicifolium displays this feature in dried material.

unequal in size. In those species, the larger leaf is commonly more than five times the

area of the smaller one. In G-. excelsum, the one species which does not display this

feature, the leaf pairs are about the same size.

Axillary spines

From field observations of all four species, we have found that axillary spines are

consistently either present or absent for wild populations of each species. However, in

the case of species where spines occur, they will not necessarily be evident on herbarium

specimens. The axillary spines occur most often on older wood or coppice growth.

Young, actively t reticul stems may be free from spines, hence cultivated plants seldom

possess them. G. reticulatum never has axillary spines.

Flowers

Two species, G. excelsum and G. ilicifolium, have large (c. 30 mm long) red flowers,

while G. spinigerum and G. reticulatum have small (c. 10 mm long) white flowers with

mauve spots. The size and colour of flowers is consistent for each species. We can find

550 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

no evidence of the floral dimorphism which Barker (1986: 158) pe ag could occur

in Graptophyllum. Smaller “flowers” observable on specimens of the large-flowered

species appear to be flower buds, in which the corolla has split prematurely in response

to the drying of the specimen.

The number of flowers per leaf axil, length of calyx segments, and pedicel length

were all found to be highly variable. Fruits are too rarely seen, either in the field or the

herbarium, to be used for diagnostic purposes.

Key to the Australian species of Graptophyllum

1. Leaves 6-10 cm long, with spinose marginal teeth >2 mm long; reticu-

lation of leaf venation raised in dried material .................. 2

Leaves 1.7-—6 cm long, entire or with short marginal teeth <2 mm long;

leaf. venation obscure.on dried material... .. 2... 0. 0. ce ee ee ee

2. Corolla white with mauve spots, 8-11 mm long; leaves 3-4.5 cm wide,

lateral veins raised in fresh material .................. G. reticulatum

Corolla red, >25 mm long; leaves 3.5-5.5 cm wide, lateral veins not

raised in fresh material .. 0. 1... ee G. ilicifolium

3, Leaf pairs approximately equal in size, margins entire or slightly toothed;

corolla red, >25 mm long; condensed axillary branchlets present |G. excelsum

Leaf pairs greatly unequal in size, margins distinctly toothed; corolla white

with mauve spots, 7-10 mm long; condensed axillary branchlets

ABSOTE ly.5R- en ceed sete ae HEE, watd Gye methane hE Bae, peel aya eG G. spinigerum

Taxonomic Treatment

Graptophyllum reticulatum A. Bean & Sharpe sp. noy. affinis G. spinigero a qua floribus

extus glabris, ramulis glabris, foltis aculeatidentatis valde retinervis, spinis axil-

laribus nullis differt. Typus: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: about 7 km SW

of Nambour, 7 October 1989, P.R. Sharpe 4889 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI; iso:

AD,CANB,K,L,MEL,NSW).

A shrub, 1-2.5 m high, bark smooth, grey. Branchlets angular, glabrous, bark loose,

axillary spines absent. Aerial roots sometimes present. Leaves opposite, leaf pairs

markedly unequal in size. Larger leaves up to 10.5 X 4.5 cm, dark green above, paler

below, glabrous, leathery, with 5-8 pairs of pungent marginal teeth; apex acute, spine-

tipped; midrib impressed above; reticulation raised and very conspicuous on upper

surface, main veins visible on lower surface; cystoliths very numerous, conspicuous;

petioles about 2 mm long. Inflorescences small, dense axillary cymose clusters of 5-18

flowers on very short peduncles, each flower subtended by a pair of 2 mm long eglandular

hairy bracteoles, at the base of the pedicel. Calyx segments 4~8 mm long, slender,

glabrous outside, hairy inside. Pedicels 3~7 mm long. Corolla 8-11 mm long, white with

mauve spots in the throat, externally glabrous, and internally glabrous apart from

indumentum at point of filament insertion, and at apex of upper lip; limb 2-lipped,

upper lip notched, convex, lower lip divided into 3 nearly equal lobes, recurved. Stamens

two, brown, exserted; filaments hairy on lower half, anthers two-celled, brown, slender,

parallel, glabrous, opening by slits, connective not extended; staminodes two, enclosed.

Style with a few sparse hairs; stigma distinctly 2-lobed. Fruit a woody capsule, clavate,

apically acute, 15-17 X 4 mm. Seeds not seen. Fig 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: near Dulong Road, west of Woombye, May 1989, Bean

1034 (BRI); ditto, Nov 1989, Bean 1192 (BRI,NSW); Brolga Park, west of Woombye, Feb 1990, Bean 1348 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This species is known from just two small populations about

1.5 km apart. About 100 plants occur at each site, growing in complex notophyll vine

forest. Habitat varies from creekbank to hillside but in all cases, the ground is very

rocky. Associated species include Syzygium francisii (Bailey) L. Johnson, Hodgkinsonia

ovatiflora F. Muell., Cryptocarya laevigata Blume, Bouchardatia neurococca (F. Muell.)

Baillon and Dissiliaria baloghioides F. Muell. ex Benth.

Flowering period: October — December.

Cee ete et et et eT ee a a)

951

oN |

ay NA

3 4

Bean & Sharpe, Graptophyllum

Fig. 1. Graptophyllum reticulatum: A. part of flowering twig X 1. B. flower from front x 4. C. flower from side

x 4,

552 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Affinities: G. reticulatum is readily distinguishable from all other species of Graptophyllum.

(i) G. excelsum has large red flowers, leaves less than 4 cm long, leaf pairs which are

approximately equal in size, and condensed axillary branchlets, None of these features

is possessed by G. reticulatum.

(ii) G. spinigerum has the same size and colour flowers, but it has hairs on its branchlets,

corolla (externally), calyx (externally), and anthers, while G. reticulatum does not. The

leaves of G. spinigerum are smaller, and lack spinose teeth and raised leaf venation.

(iii) G. ilicifolium is vegetatively similar to G. reticulatum, but can be distinguished by

its broader leaves, somewhat shorter marginal teeth and less conspicuous reticulate

venation. The flowers of G. ilicifolium are red, and about 30 mm long.

_ _G., ilicifolium, G. spinigerum and G, excelsum possess axillary spines, whereas G.

reticulatum does not.

Conservation status: Being restricted to an area of about two hectares, G. reticulatum

(1989 considered endangered, 2E, following the criteria used by Thomas and McDonald

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the prominent reticulation of the leaf venation.

Graptophylium ilicifolium (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 552 (1868);

Graptophyllum earlii var. ilicifolium F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 87 (1867). Type: Port

Mackay, Mount Blackwood, s. dat., Nernst (lecto: MEL), fide R.M. Barker, J.

Adelaide Bot. Gard. 9: 163 (1986).

This species occurs as a tall shrub which grows on rocky gullies in complex notophyll

vine forest in the Mackay district, where it 1s probably endemic. It is characterised by

large red flowers (30-35 mm long) and large leaves (6-11 cm long and 4-5.5 cm wide)

which possess long spinose marginal teeth. The leaf pairs are greatly unequal in size.

Branchlets are glabrous. Axillary spines are present, but rarely seen on herbarium material.

Condensed axillary branchlets are absent.

Specimens examined: Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mackay, S. dat. Nugent 64 s. dat. [AQ 006883]

(BRI); Revenge Creek, on SW side of Mt Adder 12-15 km from Kuttabul, Jul 1984, Champion 71 & Champion

(AD, BRI,CANB,NSW),

_ A specimen collected by Jones (BRI, AQ 007238) from Port Douglas and deter-

mined by Barker (1986) as either G. spinigerum or G. ilicifolium, is clearly G. spinigerum

based on the small flowers and shallowly toothed leaves which lack raised reticulation.

Graptophyllum excelsum (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles, Rep. 1916:

625 (1917); Earlia excelsa F. Muell., Fragm. 3: 160 (1863); Graptophyllum earlii

F, Muell., Fragm. 6: 87 (1867), nom. illeg.; Thyrsacanthus earlii F. Muell., Fragm.

6: 87 (1867), nom. inval. Type: Rockhampton, Thozet 75 (lecto: MEL), fide R.M.

Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 9: 161 (1986).

Graptophyllum thorogoodii C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 50: 83 (1939),

a noy. Type: Kelsey Ck, near Proserpine, March 1937, Thorogood (holo:

G. excelsum is characterised by consistently large red flowers (about 30 mm long), small

leaves (varying from 1.7 to 4 cm long), leaf margins entire or slightly toothed and leaf

pairs of approximately equal size. Leaves may be completely glabrous (e.g. Vavryn 22,

BRI) or slightly pubescent at base of midrib (e.g. Hoy 138, BRI). Condensed axillary

branchlets are present and are usually evident on herbarium material. Axillary spines

are present, but these are not always evident on herbarium specimens. For example,

Forster 5120 & Vavryn consists of 2 sheets collected from the same plant. In material

on one sheet, axillary spines are present, whereas in that on the other sheet, there are

none. G. excelsum inhabits semi-evergreen vine thicket.

G. thorogoodii was described by White (1939) from a specimen collected at Kelsey

Creek near Proserpine. In recent years, populations occurring in the Chillagoe area have

also been ascribed to this species (Barker 1986). White, in his protologue, compared G.

thorogoodii with G. spinigerum, and discussed the possibility that G. thorogoodii may

“in the future be regarded as a variety or synonym” of that species, because of his

supposition that G. spinigerum would be found to possess dimorphic flowers. We now

Bean & Sharpe, Graptophyllum 553

know that this is not the case, and that these two taxa are quite distinct. White did not

compare G, excelsum with G. thorogoodii, nor even mention G. excelsum.

The type collection of G. thorogoodii comprises four separate pieces, and it has

all the characteristics of G. excelsum listed above. One piece displays condensed axillary

branchlets, and one piece has axillary spines. The calyces (7-8 mm) and pedicels (6-9

mm) of the type are longer than is usual for G. excelsum but we have found calyx and

pedicel length to be among the most variable characters for Graptophyllum. Both calyx

and pedicel appear to lengthen after flowering, as mentioned by Barker (1986, 157). The

Chillagoe populations assigned to G. thorogoodii also possess the characteristics of G.

excelsum, although they are more inclined to possess axillary spines.

To summarise, G. thorogoodii, either from the type locality near Proserpine, or

ee is indistinguishable from G. excelsum and hence they should be considered

conspecific.

Recent collections (all BRI) not cited by Barker (l.c.): Queensland. Cook District: 1.5 km past Mungana trucking

yards, 17°06’S, 144°23’E, Mar 1988, Forster 3956; Royal Archway Cave, Mungana, 17° 06'S, 144°24’E, Mar 1990,

Forster 6528. PORT CURTIS DisTRICT: Mt Etna, 23°09'S, 150°27’7E, Nov 1987, Vavryn 22; ditto, Jun 1989, Forster

5120 & Vavryn, Mt Archer road, 23°21’S, 150°35’E, Jul 1987, Hoy 138; 2 km SE of Butlerville, northern end of

Mt Larcom range, 23°46'S, 151°O4’E, Jan 1988, Forster 3470 & Gibson.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Don and Fay McIntyre for their assistance and keen interest.

Paul Forster provided valuable collections and observations. We must also thank Will

Smith, Les Pedley, Irene Champion and Gordon Guymer for their help during the course

of this project.

References

BARKER, R.M. (1986). A Taxonomic Revision of Australian Acanthaceae. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Gardens. 9: 1-286.

THOMAS, M.B. & McDONALD, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and threatened plants of Queensland. 2nd edn. Brisbane:

Queensland Department of Primary Industries,

WHITE, C.T. (1939). Contributions to the Queensland Flora, No. 6. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

50: 83.

Accepted for publication 8 February 1991

Austrobaileya 3(3): 555 (1991) 555

NOTES

Acacia pennata (L.) Willd. subsp. kerrii I. Nielsen (Mimosaceae), a new record for

Australia

When preparing an account of Acacia subgenus Aculeiferum Vassal for the Flora

of Australia a number of years ago, it was clear that amongst the material referred to

A, albizioides Pedley was material of a second species from the tip of Cape York

Peninsula. At the time only two specimens of this species were available and neither

was in flower which made identification difficult. Fortunately Bruce Gray, Australian

National Herbarium, Atherton (QRS), collected good flowering material between Bamaga

and Lockerbie in February 1986 and it is this flowering material that finally enabled the

species to be identified.

Perusal of the literature indicated that the species was likely to be either A.

pennata pe Oobtenesg or A. megaladena Desv. A specimen was sent to Dr T.D. Macfarlane

at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, who established its identity as A.

ProRO) subsp. kerri I. Nielsen, a taxon formally described in Adansonia, ser. 2, 19: 353

Like A. albizioides, A. pennata is a vigorous liane with scattered recurved prickles

on the branchlets. A. pennata is distinguished from 4. albizioides at once by having

leaves with more numerous pinnae pairs, more numerous pairs of smaller leaflets and

very distinctive stipules. The large conspicuous longitudinally venose stipules act as

bracts and envelop the young leaves and flower buds. The differential characters are

indicated in the key below:

Leaves with 2-9 pinnae pairs; leaflets 16-28 pairs per pinna, 2-4 mm

wide; stipules inconspicuous; pods 6-8 cm long .. . aes A. albizioides

Leaves with 9-20 pinnae pairs; leaflets 25-60 pairs per pinna, up to 1.5

mm wide; stipules sa ota up to 0.9 cm Tong, longitudinally

venose; pods 14-16 cm long . Son! .... A. pennata

In Australia A. pennata subsp. os is confined to the tip of the Cape York

Peninsula where it occurs in or on the margins of rainforest, but the taxon occurs also

in North East India, Burma, Cambodia, Laos, North and South Vietnam and the Lesser

Sunda Island (Sumbawa and Timor).

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Lockerbie, Hyland 21049V (QRS); Laradeenya Creek, Hyland

21051V (BRI,MEL,QRS); between Bamaga and Lockerbie, Gray 4299 (MEL,QRS),

Acknowledgements

I am most grateful to the Director of the Queensland Herbarium and the Curator

of the Australian National Herbarium, Atherton, for the loan of specimens, and to Dr

T.D, Macfarlane, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for

establishing the identity of the taxon.

J.H. Ross

National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia

Accepted for publication 6 June 1990

Austrobaileya 3(3): 557-559 (1991) 537

NOTES

Ochrosia minima (Markgraf) Fosberg & Boiteau (Apocynaceae), a new record for Australia

While undertaking field collecting on far north Cape York Peninsula, Queensland,

I encountered several populations of an unknown fruiting Ochrosia species (Apocynaceae).

This taxon had been previously collected in Queensland a number of times and the

collections had either remained undetermined or had been misidentified as Neisosperma

poweri (Bailey) Fosberg & Sachet at the Queensland Herbarium. N. poweri does not

occur on Cape York Peninsula but reaches its northern limit on the Atherton Tableland.

On examination of an isotype of O. minima (Markgraf) Fosberg & Boiteau from

New Guinea, it was found that 1t matched the unknown Ochrosia sp. from Australia.

O. minima was previously known only from the type collected in Papua New Guinea

(Markgraf 1940, 1979). This new record brings the number of Ochrosia species native

to Australia to three, of which only O. moorei (F. Muell.) F. Muelil. ex Benth. is endemic.

Ochrosia minima (Markgraf) Fosberg & Boiteau, Adansonia ser. 2, 17: 27 (1977);

Excavatia minima Markgraf, J. Arn. Arb. 21: 199 (1940); Bleekeria minima

(Markegraf) Merr. & Perry, J. Arn. Arb. 24: 214 (1943). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN PROVINCE: Tarara, Wassi Kussa River, December 1936, L.J. Brass 8512

(holo: B, #.v.; iso: A, n.v.; BRI!). Fig. 1.

Illustration: Williams, Native Pl. Queensland 3: 231 (1987) [as Ochrosia sp.]

Specimens examined (all BRI). Australia. Queensland, Cook District: Lake Boronto - Newcastle Bay, 10°45’S,

142°32’E, Sep 1974, Tracey 14341; Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York Rd, 5 km N of old “Lockerbie” (abandoned)

homestead site, Sep 1985, Williams 85215; “Long Scrub’, Bamaga district, Cape York, May 1962, Webb &

Tracey 5972; Heathlands road, 11.3 km N of Captain Billy Landing turnoff, 11°02’S, 142°32’E, Jun 1988, Forster

4415 & Tucker, Jardine River N.P., 11°18’S, 142°36’E, Aug 1987, Fell 522; 3.5 km N of Captain Billy Landing

turnoff, Heathlands to Bamaga road, 11°35’S, 142°33’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4500 & Tucker, N of Olive River,

12°07'S, 143°04’E, Sep 1974, Webb & Tracey 13728; N of Olive River, near mouth, 12°07’S, 143°05’E, Sep 1974,

Tracey 14479; ENE flank of Mt Tozer, 12°45’S, 143°1LI’E, Oct 1986, Tucker 35; Mt Tozer, near Iron Range,

12°45’S, 143°12’E, Nov 1977, Tracey 14846; Hill E of Mt Tozer, Iron Range area, 12°45’S, 143°13’E, Nov 1977,

Tracey 14214; Tozer Range, 0.5 miles [0.83 km] E of Mt Tozer, Jul 1948, Brass 19461; Head of Leo Ck above

gorge, Mcliwraith Range, 13°41’S, 143°23’E, Aug 1986, Fel/ 322.

Distribution and habitat: Ochrosia minima is found from the McIlwraith Range north

to Cape York on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, and in the southern part of Papua

New Guinea (Map 1). It is a relatively common understorey shrub in evergreen notophyll

vineforests on white sand-dune systems or on red acid volcanics.

Notes: In his 1979 account of O. minima, Markgraf cites the type (not specified as to

holotype or isotype) as being at A. However, in the protologue (Markgraf 1940), the

holotype 1s stated to be at B, and an isotype at A. While an additional thirteen collections

for this species are now known, little can be added to the thorough descriptions given

by Markgraf (1940, 1979).

In general appearance, O. minima closely resembles O. moorei (F. Muell.) F.

Muell. ex Benth. from southern Queensland and northern New South Wales. However,

it is conspicuously different from this southern species in the predominantly opposite

leaves and the much smaller fruit. The three Australian taxa of Ochrosia may be

distinguished with the following key.

1. Leaves 3- or 4-whorled, obovate-oblong to broadly elliptic; fruit

subtriquetrous oar LE arian bg Uy tat Reon men Ec. O. elliptica

Leaves opposite or 3- whorled, obovate-cuneate to lanceolate; fruit ellips-

oid-rounded or ellipsoid-ovoid .. 1... 0. 1. ce ce ee ee ee ee 2

2. Leaves opposite, very rarely 3-whorled; fruit ellipsoid-rounded, 1.5-1.6

cm long, 0.9-1 cm diameter ...............0.0.. O. minima

Leaves predominantly 3-whorled, very rarely opposite; fruit ellipsoid-

ovoid, 6-7 cm long, 2.7~3 cm diameter ol en me eeA lS Ee op, es QO. moorei

Be tahe a eA NE CU Ne I tm mmm armament eum mm A Ln

‘tt ns, mn Nm No

Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

ON RRR Sie PERS BF, cea

PRESSE RE oe Ee Bese oo | “ git at | Lo Ae See ie MEN

after te Ree LE | aaa ate A Ee Bye cet hcl ee be utile : Aaa

BRE Re Bae pa et Re Ge el a He" 2 eS og AY ase!

Sa, BOR Pee PEP SEIS 0 ie aheeggeepe , ees A Oe en ae

> REUED Bepwee ere ae a or hail

Se A ir i So ea a fa Oh ee 5 ee coe ESEPEEE vr eo

Beat p. Feet Bry Labs Fav! : vy oad

Ret Pasderod, oh gem. ar |

fs, fey Fe era tre Be ane A Sete “Stk . Magtet Te 7 "a .

teted meatesast “af GHW OD ee pe _ 2s = * suis te

Gere oe ead FO ee ei” Rienecenginsteaee ree

toy te cles} ae

t ta =F a Hee 7 ‘

a : zag gat $ . - iM ae . : ~ ast oe bR Ty : r Fier _— . x 5

Fig. 1. Ochrosia minima. Forster 4415 & Tucker (BRI).

a opannnbai stone naan ante sia dane ne oa

ME BS as Bt hs

959

Forster, Ochrosia minima

COE er eee a eeeeee

| eT TT

A Oa ee ae oe

A Ee a:

eT Te TTT eA CELE I

Fee See

et Tt

Ceres

Map I. Distribution of Ochrosia minima in New Guinea and northern Queensland.

Acknowledgements

The field assistance of G. Kenning, D.J. Liddle and M.C. Tucker is gratefully

acknowledged. Field work was funded by the Australian Biological Resources Study

during 1988-1990.

References

Arnold Arboretum 21: 163-200.

MARKGRAF, F. (1979) Florae Malesianae Precursores LIX. Apocynaceae V. Ochrosia, Neisosperma. Blumea

MARKGRAF, F. in E.D. MERRILL & L.M. PERRY (1940) Plantae Papuanae Archboldiana II. Journal of the

25: 233-247,

Paul I. Forster

ty of Queensland, Qld 4072*

ind

lvers}

Botany Department, Un

Accepted for publication 26 November 1990

* Current address: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Austrobaileya 3(3): 561 (1991) 561

NOTES

Voacanga grandifolia (Miq.) Rolfe (Apocynaceae), a new generic record from Torres

Strait, Queensland, Australia

A monographic account of Voacanga Thou. has been provided by Leeuwenberg

(1985) who recognised 12 species. One of these species, V. grandifolia (Mig.) Rolfe, was

recorded as having a wide distribution in Malesia. A recent fertile collection of V.

grandifolia by B. Gray from Moa Island, Torres Strait, Queensland has enabled positive

identification of earlier but fragmentary collections from Torres Strait that are also

referrable to this species. These collections represent a new generic record for the

Australian flora.

Voacanga grandifolia (Miq.) Rolfe, J. Bot. 21;, 202 (1883).

Refer to Leeuwenberg, Agric. Univ. Wageningen Papers 85-3: 55-64 for a description,

illustration, details of synonymy, typification and extra-Australian distribution.

Specimens examined: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Dauan Is, Torres Strait, 9°25’/S, 142°30’E, Jul 1975,

Cameron 2301 (QRS); Moa Is, Torres Strait at foot of Moa Peak N of St Paul’s village, 10°10’S, 142°1YE, Jul

1986 Harris 202 (BRI); Banks (Moa) Is, Torres Strait, near St Paul’s, 10°10’S, 142°1S’E, Feb 1975, Cameron

20481 (QRS); Moa (Banks) Is, Torres Strait, 10°11”S, 142°20’E, Feb 1989, Gray 4989 (QRS);

Reference

LEEUWENBERG, A.J.M. (1985). Voacanga Thou, Agricultural University Wageningen Papers 85-3: 5-80.

Paul I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, Qld 4072, Australia*

and B.P.M. Hyland

Australian National Herbarium, Division of Plant Industry, CSIRO,

PO Box 780, Atherton Qld 4883, Australia

Accepted for publication 10 August 1990

* Current address, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

AREER

cd Met ta at 0 et cee mms Sum te ea A Se A Vr A AE a Meee RTA Sal A Re

Austrobaileya 3(3): 563-564 (1991) 563

NOTES

Zizyphus oligantha Merr. & Perry is a synonym of Z. cenopolia (L.) Mill. (Rhamnaceae)

Zizyphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. was originally described from material illustrated

from Sri Lanka and has a wide distribution from Sri Lanka south through Malesia into

New Guinea and northern Australia. In Australia, Z. oenopolia (L.) Mill. occurs in the

top end of the Northern Territory and the far north of Cape York Peninsula in Queensland,

and has been infrequently recorded from adjacent southern Papua New Guinea (Map

| Examination of material of Z. oenopolia in the Queensland Herbarium and of an

isotype of Z. oligantha Merr. & Perry (Mermill & Perry 1939) found that the latter taxon

was Sorts with the first. Z. oligantha is here formally reduced to synonymy of Z.

oenopolta.

When Linnaeus (1753) named Rhamnus cenopolia L. he did not cite any specimens.

However he did mention that the plant he was dealing with originated in Ceylon, and

cited “Burm. zeyl. 131 t. 61°’. This plate is therefore selected lectotype for the name.

_ Most authors subsequent to Linnaeus, when mentioning this plant, have spelt the

specific epithet as “oenoplia’’. However there seems no reason to maintain this error,

despite its long standing in the literature.

Zizyphus oenopolia (L.) Mill., Gard. dict. ed. 8, n. 3 (1768); Rhamnus oenopolia L., Sp.

Pl. 194 (1753). Type: J. Burm., Thes. zeyl. 131, t. 61 (1737) ecto (here designated)).

“Zizyphus oenoplia”’, DC., Prodr. 2: 21 (1825); Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 412 (1863);

Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 268 (1899); Brock, Top End Native Pl. 337 (1988).

Zizyphus oligantha Merr. & Perry, J. Arnoid Arb, 20: 338 (1939), synon. nov. Type:

foot RY Guinea, WESTERN PROVINCE: Mabaduan, April 1936, 1.7. Brass 6488

180: !).

Selected specimens: Sri Lanka. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Kandy District, c. | mile W of Hunnasgiriya, near mile post

20/11, Nov 1974, Davidse & Jayasuirya 8377 (BRI). Malaysia. PAHANG: Bukit Chemaga, Chegar Perak, Oct

1927, Henderson 19470 (BRI). Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Brown River road, near Terr. forest

boundary, 9°10’S, 147°15’E, Jan 1967, Kairo & Streimann [NGF28000] (BRI); Near Mt Lawes, 9°10’S, 147°15’E,

Mar 1971, Womersley [NGF43707] (BRI; Tavai Ck, 9°30’S, 147°20’E, Dec 1964, Gillison [NGF22100] (BRD).

MILNE BAY PROVINCE: Rigo, Turner [AQI09979] (BRI). Australia, Northern Territory. NE Arnhem Land, 2 km

NW Yirrkala, 12°14’S, 136°52’E, Feb 1988, Wightman 4148 (BRI); Beatrice Hill, 40 miles [66.7 km} SE of Darwin,

Mar 1961, Chippendale [NT7928] (BRI); Mary River, 13°09’S, 131°S1V’E, May 1989, Dunlop 8391 & Wilson (BRD;

Mary River, near Mt Bundey, Dec 1968, Byrnes 998 (BRI); Bennett Bay, Eastern Arnhem Land, 13°42’S, 135°52’E,

Nov 1987, Russell-Smith 4226 & Lucas (BRI); 3 km W Mt Muriel, Tipperary, 13°54’S, 131°10E Mar 1989,

| oY £ -. : aa

a” a+! } aie

) Hilts

ay Re ; =

7. 7 tee

ia t ft

i fl

SaERe

(PR ee oeccet rere,

rel

epee te

Hewes

i“

moog he te FO b: | ane

d figs te: H 7 L : : : AL

7 ll ; : | ; : a.

‘. hae

etl to

fe;

lea! ~*~

ae;

: ‘ - t 4

eo mS

soon

iterraires

aT iE h3Ea

. } t

‘* 1

ett 1%

List - AOL EH Eta

r i t

+ t i t r r

i 4 +t +t d

4 r r 4 +

rd 4 [ +t r

J J r +t t r

r +t r r t i

+ * + r i 2 Ba ] r

F I . I wey |

‘ A r “7 r M

or. J

’

Map 1. Distribution of Zizyphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. in Australia and New Guinea.

564 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

Russell-Smith 7952 & Brock (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Badu Is, Torres Strait, Jan 1980, Garnett 355

(BRI); Thursday Is, Jun 1897, Bailey 159 (BRI); Hammond Is, Jun 1897, Bailey 149 (BRI); Somerset, Jun 1897,

Bailey 39 (BRI); Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] WSW of Somerset, Apr 1948, Brass 18398 (BRI); Lockerbie Scrub,

3 km past “Lockerbie” Homestead, 10°47’S, 142°29’E, Feb 1990, Forster 6330 (BRI,DNA,QRS); Upper Massey

Ck, Oct 1962, Smith 11748 (BRD; On road between Peach Ck and Leo Ck, c. 30-40 miles [50-66.7 km] NE of

Coen, 13°44/S, 143°1S’E, Webb & Tracey 9883 (BRI).

Habitat: In Australia and southern Papua New Guinea, Zizyphus oenopolia grows on

the margins of deciduous to semi-deciduous vineforest on red soils or may occur in

adjacent savannah.

Acknowledgements

| The various Directors of the Queensland Herbarium allowed access to collections.

Field work at Cape York was incidental to Asclepiad collecting and was funded by the

Australian Biological Resources Study.

References

LINNAEUS, C. (1753, fascimile 1957), Species Plantarum. London: Ray Society.

sian sre & PERRY, L.M. (1939). Plantae Papuanae Archboldianae. I. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

Paul I. Forster |

Botany Department, University of Queensland, Qld 4072, Australia*

Accepted for publication 26 November 1990

* Current address: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Austrobaileya 3(3): 565-567 (1991) 565

PLANT PROFILE

Cyathea exilis Holttum (Pteridophyta: Cyatheaceae)

Cyathea exilis is a slender treefern discovered on Cape York Peninsula in 1983

by members of an Australian Orchid Foundation-sponsored expedition (Lavarack 1984),

and described by R.E. Holttum in 1986. Neither the original publication nor the reference

to the species in Appendix 2 of Andrews’ Ferns of Queensland (1990) was accompanied

by an illustration. This plant profile is intended to remedy that omission, and it also is

dedicated to the memory of Prof. Holttum, who contributed so much to the taxonomy

of the ferns, and to our knowledge of Cyathea in particular. Richard Eric Holttum died

on 18 September 1990 at the age of 95.

In the description which follows, measurements enclosed in square brackets are

those of the type description, where they differ from those of specimens examined by

me. The discrepancies are considered to originate from the small number of specimens

which have been collected.

Cyathea exilis Holttum, Kew Bulletin 41: 532 (1986). Type: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Cape York Peninsula, William Thompson Range, Hann [‘Mann’] Ck, growing

with Pandanus and Calamus in swamp by the stream, September 1983, D.L.

Jones et al, 1212 (holo: K, n.v.; iso: BRI!; CBG,NSW).

Trunk erect, to 2 [4] m tall and up to 4 [6] cm diameter (excluding basal root-mass),

bearing proliferous buds, each bud in a more or less constant position in relation to an

adjacent frond base. Stipes to 40 [20] cm long, rising vertically against the trunk for

some distance, invested with narrowly conical spinules; spinules 0.5-1.5(—2.2) mm long,

surmounted at their apices by narrow, deciduous, dark brown scales up to 1 cm long;

stipe scales many cells thick near the base and + peltately attached to the spinule, the

scale margins pale, brittle and sparsely setose. Lamina 80-100 cm long, ovate, herbaceous,

the basal pinnae reflexed in life and c. 21 [18] cm long, the largest pinnae to 31 cm

long; rachises smooth below, with a few narrow, brown scales, grooved above, the groove

densely clothed with brown, uniseriate hairs. Pinnules 5-5.5 cm long, 1.2-1.5 cm wide,

deeply lobed, the lobes 2-3 mm wide, crenate, departing at an angle of 45-60° to the

rachis, bearing up to 7 pairs of veins, these once forked for the most part in fertile

pinnules; sterile pinnules usually slightly larger than fertile pinnules; rachises smooth,

the upper surfaces clothed with hairs similar to those of the primary rachis, the lower

surfaces with a few very narrow scales toward the base (the larger scales brown and

apically setiferous, the smaller ones pale and not setiferous), with small, strongly bullate,

pallid scales towards the apex of the pinnules and on the veinlets of the lobes. Sori,

except the lowest ones, submedial, placed on or just below the fork of the veins,

exindusiate, with distally flexuous paraphyses 200-395 um long; sporangia.c. 200 wm

long, on a very short stalk. Mature spores not seen. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland, CooK District: Maloney’s Springs, Hann Creek, 12°28’S, 142°56’E, Jul 1988,

Forster et al. 4525 (BRI,NSW,CANB, to be distributed); cultivated plant, collected Jul 1988, sampled Mar 1990,

Kenning s.n. (BRI, 1n spirit only).

Distribution and habitat: This rare treefern is known at present from only one population

of a few dozen individuals at the type locality, at an altitude of c. 150 m, on northern

Cape York Peninsula; the habitat is dense notophyll palm vinethicket (Webb 1978), a

type of closed forest scattered along the eastern coast and adjacent hinterland of Cape

York Peninsula. Movement within the forest is difficult and often unpleasant because

of the very high density of Calamus and Freycinetia stems. Plants of Cyathea exilis

ow on rocks or hummocks in swampy conditions on the floor of the basin carved

rom the surrounding sandstone plateau. The humidity is high even in the dry season

(June to December or January). Associated ferns include Cyathea rebeccae, C. felina,

Angiopteris evecta and Taenitis blechnoides.

Conservation status: The suggested code is 2E (Briggs & Leigh 1988), in view of the

small population and very restricted distribution. The vineforest at the type locality

covers an estimated area of 80-100 hectares.

Notes: In his discussion accompanying the type description, Holttum quotes Jones’

suggestion that the fern is a rheophyte. I would rather describe it as a ‘hydrophyte’, to

avoid the implication of dependence on running water that the former term invokes.

SinARiea EY

“ao sete My dah LAME mm mcm em me A NCR ct me eA RR aan a

566 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

t ; + :

‘

Cen, on le hss

. rer aa ee oh, Piles

—_-* maa ae a ‘oe eee eet eee me eel ig ea a LJ halie

al k ™ aaaegeae

7 on i

4 ' ‘WwW

ta ade

a a ae ee ow oe ie

eeu een % oe tas aC arts,

et om 4

‘all J

i #

7 é

creat ere

I ae eae

= .. om

«*

* we

thet

wr xs me

tet +.* ot

rT]

ad Ld

i hes

dl 3*

she

a® a ow t

net le * %

a & fee

Sal -

HY ,

WSN7,

SWZ AS

2 NEA

Fig. 1. Cyathea exilis: A. apex of caudex and stipe bases x 0.67. B. frond X 0.17. C. pinnule x 2. D. stipe scale

(surface pee X 12. E. margin of stipe scale X 325. F. spinule from stipe with attached scale (oriented as in life)

x 12. G. bullate scale from abaxial pinnule surface X 25, H. sporangia and paraphyses X 130. A, Kenning s.n.

(from living plant); B, Forster ef a/, 4525 (drawn from pressed frond); C~H, Kenning s.n. (in spirit). B~H at BRI.

(b — proliferous bud).

Bostock, Cyathea exilis 567

The habit of C. exilis reflects that of lowland populations of Dicksonia youngiae in

southern Queensland, in growing in drainage basins under rainforest, but rarely with

water lapping the trunk except during seasonal flooding. Constant humidity appears to

be more of a controlling factor than the presence of running water.

The similarity of C. exilis with D. youngiae extends to the proliferous buds along

the trunk, which can develop small fronds while on the living trunk, although it is more

-usual for a cluster of trunks to be produced at ground level around a living or dead

parent trunk, or a line of new plants to develop along a falien trunk. Broken or damaged

trunks exhibiting this vegetative regeneration are relatively common in the field (Forster

and Kenning, pers. comm.).

C. exilis is very closely related to C. macgillivrayi (Bak.) Domin of Papua New

Guinea and Iran Jaya; indeed, apart from the longer paraphyses in the sori, and a less

distinct pinnule dimorphism, C. exilis is to all intents identical to C. macgillivrayi. My

examination of BRI specimens of C. macgillivrayi and an isotype specimen of C.

gracillima Copel. (placed in the synonymy of C. macgillivrayi by Holttum, 1963) did

not reveal any other significant morphological differences.

As regards the habitat requirements of C. macgillivrayi, most collections of it

were from ridges on mainland New Guinea, as Holttum states, but at least one of the

collection sites of C. gracillima, south-west of the Idenberg River, Irian Jaya, was

described as ‘a mountain-locked valley, swampy in places and drained by a considerable

stream...’ (Brass 1941). The specimen Brass 13489, from this locality, 1s recorded as

‘plentiful on river flats’ (Copeland 1947). The island collections of C. macgillivrayi

(Louisiade Archipelago) are mostly from below 300 m altitude (Holttum 1963). Mainland

New Guinea is not much closer to the Louisiade islands than to the site of C. exilis on

Cape York Peninsula.

__ In spite of my comments above, I am disinclined to place C. exilis in synonymy

with C. macgillivrayi at present. Living or spirit-preserved material, particularly of C.

macgillivrayi, 1s essential to allow accurate comparisons of their morphology.

The illustration of the sporangia and paraphyses of C. exilis was made from

alcohol-preserved pinnule fragments, bearing more or less mature sori (before any

dehiscence had occurred); these fragments were mounted whole in Hoyer’s medium.

Acknowledgments

My thanks are extended to W.A. Smith, who prepared the illustrations, and to

P,I. Forster, D.J. Liddle, G.G. Kenning and M.C. Tucker for their field notes and for

collection of specimens. Mr Forster commented on the manuscript.

References

ANDREWS, S.B. (1990). Ferns of Queensland. Brisbane: Queensiand Department of Primary Industries.

BRASS, L.J. (1941). The 1938-39 expedition to the Snow Mountains, Netherlands New Guinea. Journal of the

Arnold Arboretum 22: 271-342.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or threatened Australian plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Austalian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

COPELAND, E.B. (1947). Cyathea in New Guinea, Philippine Journal of Science 77(2): 118.

HOLTTUM, R.E. (1963). Cyatheaceae. In Flora Malesiana, Series IH, 1(2); 123.

HOLTTUM, R.E. (1986). A new tree-fern in northern Queensland. Kew Bulletin 41: 532.

LAVARACK, P. (1984), Orchids of the Carron Vailey. Unpublished report for Queensland National Parks and

Wildlife Service, Brisbane and Australian Orchid Foundation.

WEBB, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

Peter D. Bostock

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Rd, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Accepted for publication 15 March 1991

“SEE

568 Austrobaileya 3(3): 1991

CORRIGENDUM

Austrobaileya 3(2) 1990

p. 186. line 34. Correct spelling to Aeschynomene micranthos.

Notes for Authors

Austrobaileya publishes original papers in systematic botany and related fields.

Preference will be given to papers relating to the flora of Queensland or tropical Australia.

Ali papers are refereed and the editorial committee reserves the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queens-

land Herbarium, c/- Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld

4068. They must be double-spaced typewritten, with 2.5 cm margins in the first instance.

After refereeing, the corrected manuscript should preferably be submitted on an MSDOS

disk as an unformatted ASCII file (DOS Text File Format, e.g. CTRL-F5, 1 in WordPerfect

Version 4.2 or 5.1), saved twice, accompanied by a printed copy. All illustrations should

be submitted with the text. One set of proofs will be sent to authors.

For style and layout the most recent number of Austrobaileya should be followed,

particularly in the use of subheadings for distribution, ery melons, etc. A detailed guide

may be obtained from the editor. Papers must be concise and illustrations should make

economical use of available space.

Where possible illustrations should be submitted in a size suitable for reproduction

without reduction in size. The maximum size of a printed illustration is 12.5 cm X 18.5

cm. Do not put lettering on the illustration but indicate separately on a photocopy or

overlay. Illustrations should be cited in the text. Typed captions should be supplied on

a separate page with the text and also adhered to the overlay or photocopy of the

illustration. All illustrations, both line drawings and photographs are to be numbered as

figures in a common sequence. Published illustrations remain the property of the

Queensland Herbarium.

Tables should be as simple as possible. Long and/or complicated tables should

ee avoided. The tables should be numbered consecutively and each should be cited in

the text.

Standard Abbreviations

Titles of journals cited in the nomenclatural sections of the text should be

abbreviated according to Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum (Hunt Botanical Library, 1968)

while names of books should be abbreviated in accordance with F.A. Stafleu and RS.

Cowan, Taxonomic Literature, edn 2 (W. Junk, 1976-1988). In the ‘References’ section

the titles of both journals and books should be given in full. All entries in the ‘References’

are to be referred to in the narrative text and all references to papers or books in

narrative text are to be included in the ‘References’ section.

Author abbreviations should follow the Draft Index of Author Abbreviations

compiled at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (HMSO, 1980). Acronyms used

for herbaria cited in the text should be in accordance with P.K. Holmgren, W. Kreuken

and E.K. Schofield (1981), Index Herbariorum Pt 1, edn 7, Regnum Vegetabile 106.

Other abbreviations which may be used in citing specimens are S.F. (State Forest),

S.F.R. (State Forest Reserve), L.A. (Logging Area), T.R. (Timber Reserve) and an A

number. This number refers to the computerised collection number situated on the sheet

and/or on the label of specimens housed in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). It is

distinct from the BRI number which is a framed sheet number associated with the name

“Queensland Herbarium Brisbane”, stamped on the sheet.

Y. R. Ward, Government Printer, Queensland—1991

124757

Sneed AA a